mw r-
%
O. ..
..
x-
• i
:
r
-
T
v
: '
Uf Digitized by
Digitized by
Digitized by
THE PRICKE OF CONSCIENCE (STIMULUS CONSCIENTLE)
A NORTHUMBRIAN POEM BY
RICHARD ROLLE DE HAMPOLE.
COPLED AND EDITKD FKOU HAKL'SCKIPTri IN THE L1BUAHY OP THE BRITIBH MUSKUU, wrrn
AN INTRODUCTION, NOTES, AND GLOSSARIAL INDEX HY
RICHARD MORRIS, ai'tuor ob
um rrmotoor ob iotai. hake»". boito» Kimen ob
rnr. cockcil
ob “ubbe ubk roroECK', ov tue inaoiooiCAL eoviett. i
BERLIN: A.
LONDON
,
ASHER
& CO.
SMITH,
SOHO
J. H.
36,
1863.
SQl'ARE.
«Vit' mi
irufjK< i ru myietf •II
ERMANNO LOESCHER
TOUINO
S. Via Carlo Alberto.
5.
THE PRICKE OF CONSCIENCE (STIMULUS CONSCIENTLE)
A N ORT HU MB RI AN POEM BY
RICHARD ROLLE DE HAMPOLE.
COPIKD AND KD1TED FROM MANU8CRIPT8 IN THK LIBRARY OP THK BRITISH MUSEUM,
AN INTRODUCTION, NOTES, AND GLOSSARIAL INDEX
RICHARD MORRIS, AUTHOK OF “THK ETTMOLOOY OF LOCAL HAMB»’*, EDITOR OP “LTBBB CURE COCORl'lT, MRMBBR OF THK COl'KCIL OF THB TUILOLOOICAL SOCIETY.
BERLIN: A.
ASHER
&
1863.
Digitized by
—
;
PREFACE.
Among
the manuscript-collections of the British
are no less
though
all
of obtaining a good text
,
there
y et one bas seemed of so much greater
philological value to the students of
the others that I have
The
Museum
than ten copies of the ‘Pricke of Conscience’ and
of them have been carefully examiued for the purpose
made
it
Old English
literature than
the basis of the following text.
ten copies, a description of which will be found in the printed
catalogues of Manuscripts, are:
—
Additional MSS., Nos. 11305, 22283
Cottonian MS., Galba E. ix;
Harleian MSS., Nos.
106, 1731, 2377, 2394,
Lansdowne MS., No.
348.
The E.
ix,
present volume
a
fine folio
is
41%, 6923;
printed from the Cottonian MS.,
Galba
volume of Northumbrian poetry, containing the
romance of Ywaine and Gawainc, the Seven Sages, Minot’s poems, a few short treatises on the deadly sins, shrift &c., the Gospel of Nichodemus, together with the Pricke of Conscience which forms the concluding portion of the manuscript.
My
choice of this
fluenced 1.
MS.
in preference to the others has
by the following considerations:
The reputed
commonly
called
author Richard
Hampole,
lived in the priory of
miles from Doncaster in Yorkshire.
He was
populär divines of the fourteenth Century.
he did for the unlered and lewed,
it
been
in-
—
Rolle de Hampole more
is
Hampole, four
one of the most
Writiug as he
not at
teils
us
all likely that
he
would have employed any other mode of communication than the
A
Digitized
by
PREFACE.
II
dialect of the district in
was Northumbrian,
which he lived
;
this as
we
well
know
the
‘Language of the Northin lede
That can nan other 2.
Inglis rede'. 1
Si* manuscripts s out of the ten already enumcratcd are
evidently transcriptions of a Northern copy adaptcd
Western and midland
skilfully to the Southern,
by
tnsily proved
eudeavoured
way
the
more or
less
This
dialects.
is
which the sevcral transcribers have
in
to tranelate pure
Northumbrian words
into tlieir
own
South-, West- and Midland-Englisb.
One example must
to explain
suffice
our meauing.
— In
Cottouian manuscript Hampole speaks of the conccption of
the
man
—
in the following terms:
“He was consayved synfully Witbin bis awen moder body, par duellid man in a myrk dungeon,
And in a foul sted of corupcion, Whar he bad na other fode, Bot wlatsom
glet
and loper blöde.”
(p. 13,
1.
446—459.)
A north countryman would bave known that loper (more commonly loperd lopered) meant curdled, coagulated, but the word was evidently unknown in the south for instead of ,
“Bot wlatsom
MS.
Addit.
The *
’
and loper blöde.”
transcriber of
MS. Y.’ shows
still
more ingenuity
in reu-
Cursor Mundi (Northumbrian Version) a MS. in the College of Pby-
ticians at rical
glet
—
11305 reads: “Bot lothsom glette and ßllhede of blöde.”
Edinburgh,
Homilies
fol.
43b,
col. 2.
Quoted by
J.
Small M. A. in Met-
p. xxi.
Harl. MSS., Nos. 106, 1731, 2377 (all very imperfect).
Addit.
MSS. Nos. 11305, 22283
(perfect).
Lansd. MS. No. 348 (imperfect).
The
Harl.
MSS. 2394, 6923
are in the Northumbrian possible with the Cott.
thern copies
and
dialect
MS.
differs
(all
very imperfect) and 4196 (imperfect)
and have
beeil
— The Harl. MS. 4196
is
collated
so far as was
the best of tbese Nor-
but slightly from the copy which has snpplied
the present text. * I take this opportnnity of acknowledging the kinduess of James Yates Esq. who, nnsolicited, ph.ced a fine MS. copy of the ‘Pricke of (xiv lk Century) at my disposal, as soon as he heard that an
Conscience'
Digitized
by
PEEFACE.
III
dering the uncoutk term by one easily intelligible and which at
no
the Banie time bears
reading will shew
—
:
slight resemblance to
it
,
as the following
“Hb was concayved synfully Wip-inne his owen moder body
Panne dwellep man in a foole dungeonne, And in a foule stede of corrupcioune, Where he hap non oper fode, Bot glette and It
lepret foule blöde."
need hardlv be said that between
blöde’ there
‘
(fol. 14.)
lepres blöde’
and
‘loper
not the slightest Connection.
is
many other northern terms bas grasouth ward«, for we find it in Forby and other
Lopered, Sc. lopperit, like dually travelled
eollectors of provincialisms.
This example
Nortbumbriau words.
MS.
to be trusted
far the
in
numerous tran-
their translatious of
some instances however the various and a few of them frora Addit. MSS. 11305,
readiugs are useful 222S3; Lansd.
show how
is sufficient to
of Hatnpole are
scribers
In
348, are
coldness
worthy of notice:
—
for dasednes, (Northern)
droubelonde „ domland, pees „ saghtel,
lowryng
„ merryng,
riche
„ bigg,
roryng
„ romyng,
slouh
„ rym, „ worow.
strangly
From
these remarks
it
may be
its
vocabulary,
is
more
far
for readers of the
maa knowledge of auyof the copies written
inferred that the Coltonian
nuscript supplies us witli a text, which
if
intelligible than
we have
South of England. The l&nguage too
chaic, while the length of the for the study of a
poem
vocabulary of which
is
is
more
ar-
furnishes us with material
most important English
dialect, the published
confcssedly very meagre; and the influence
of which upon the classical or written language has as yet re-
ceived bnt
attention.
little
poem was
edition
of
MS.
and from
Y.,
that
in the present
it
is
forthcoining.
This copy
1
have marked as
printed the very full table of contents contained
rolume.
*3
Digitized by
PREFACE.
iy
Most writers upon the English language,
who have
and even
those
treated their subject historically, seera to bave
been
ignorant of the existence of any material for the Illustration of
English dialects from the latter part of the
Mr Marsh
the xvOi Century.
in his
xiii u> to the
new volume on
middle of
the English lan-
guage produces passuges from the Northumbrian Psalms, along
many
with
from Southern writers, as
extracts
gress of our language in the latter part of the
illustrating the proxiii**
in treating of the literature of the xiv th Century
credit to Minot’s
poems on account of
The hand-writing
Century, while
he refuses to give
their Scotch accent!
of the Cottouian Mauuscript
is
generally as-
signcd to the reign of Henry V, but there are good reasons for placing
not later than the coinmencement of the xv* Century. 11
it
The language
of
Hampole
is
much
of course
earlier than this,
being timt of the North of England towards the end of the 1 half of the xivö> Century .
we
find
Towards
Northumbrian yielding
the
first
the latter half of this period
the influence of the Sou-
to
thern dialects; thus in undoubted specimcns of this idiom in the
of the xiv*s Century
latter part
we
find that ballt, mare,
ma, na, ar
and twa have become also, both, more, rno, no, or, two. even
the
find
a in the preterites wrang, lang
wrong and song &c. The Cottonian MS.
is
The
in print.
text of the
poem in
it
We
becoming o
unfortunately imperfect, but this
not discovered until a great portion of
and
cj-c.
in
was
had been transcribed
the present volume
is
how-
ever complete, the deficiency being supplied by a Northumbriau
MS.
(Harl. 4196) of the
same datu which
is
also imperfect.
THE NORTHUMBRIAN DIALECT. In discussing the peculiarities of the Northumbrian dialect* most writers have confined their reraarks to that portion of
1
it
spoken
There are MSS. (Southern) of the ‘Pricke of Conscience’ as old as
the middle of the xiv !h Century, but their language
is
comparatively mo-
dern as compared with the Northumbrian ones of a later date.
The
fact of not finding
would seem
to
but a few years 1
show
that
liefore his
The following
is
MSS. older than the middle of the xit th Century Hampole compiled the ‘Pricke of Conscience’ death (A. D. 1349).
a Hst of works which have furnished material for
determining the charactcristics of tbe Northumbrian dialect
;
—
Digitized by
PREFACR.
V
North of England, forgetting that the Same form of speech was also spoken in the Lowlands of Scotland. In the literary documents of the xiv' h and xv*>> centuries there is in the
very
between Scottish and
difference
little
in fact, so little that critics
have been sadly
this
N. English
dialect,
at fault in determining
the locality of certain Northumbrian writings, ascribing a Scottish
many works composed South of the Tweed. Minot’s poems and Barbour’s Bruce have many points of resemblance, together with some few of difference, the latter being chiefly confined to orthography, and to a number of words peculiar to the Lowland Scotch. Otherwise in Grammar and Vocabulary the origin to
idioms North and South of the
same over
to one
and the
Lowland Scotch has an advantage giving stress to the syllable which marks
regards orthography the
its sister-dialect
inflexion as: 1.
Tweed belong
dialect.
As
-is
—
or -ys for
in
,
-es,
in the plural
-s
number, possessive case
of nouns, and in the person endings of the Indicative present tense. Thar sperr«, pennonni's and thar Of licht enlumynit all tha feldi's. (Barbour. 2.
-it,
-yt for -ed,
mood
scheldis,
The Brnce,
p. 181.)
-d in the preterites and passive participles
of regulär verbs: “Bath be and law the land was then All occnpyit with Inglismcn
Tbat disputtV atour
Tho Early English
Psalter.
all
thing.
(The Bruce
p. 96.)
Edited by the Rev. J. Stevenson, for the
Surtees Society.
Edited by John Small, M. A. 1862. The Romance of Ywaine and Gawaine, in Ritson’s Uetrical Romances. The Cnrsor Uundi. Cottonian MS. Vospasian A. iii. Uetrical Homilies in Harleian MS. 4196 and Cottonian MS. Tiberius E. vii. The Seven Sages &c. Cott. MS. Galba E. ix.
English Uetrical Homilies.
Barbour's Brnce.
Edited
for the
Spalding Club.
The Morte Arthure and Thornton Romances been very sparingly used. a Lincolnshire scribe has
(edited by ITalliwell), have There is good reason for believing that tampered with the texts. The fine romance
—
of Sir Tristem (Ed. Scott.) originally
composed
in the
Northumbrian
dialect,
has been rendered nearly worthless by the alterations of a
midland
scribe.
Digitized by
;
PREFACE.
vt
“In carrik sona arrivit he,
And
passtt thron all the cuutre."
(lbid. p. 95.)
Othcr orthographical diffcrences occur of which the following are the most I.
marked
:
—
a) -icht, -echt, ocht for -ight, -eght, -oght: ficht for fight,
=
hecht for heght
height,
licht for light,
ocht for oght = aught,
wicht for wight = active; b) -aucht for -aght:
aucht for aght = eight, possession, sa acht for saght =reconciliation,
straucht for straght
=
stretched
c) -euch for -ogh:
beuch for bogh, dreuch (drew) for drogh (drow) = drew, eneuch (enew) for enogh (enow) = enough, lench for logh
=
laughed,
plcucb for plogh (plow) = plough, »leuch (slew) for slogh (slow) II.
o
= slcw.
for e:
na for ne
=
nor,
skar for sker = rock,
=
warld for werld
wary
for
wery =
world,
curse,
yharn for yhern = yearn. III.
a:
e for
threll for thrall,
wes
for was,
ger for gar.
IV.
o for a:
mony ony V.
for
many,
for any,
u for o: cluke for cloke ruse for rose turne for
=
=
claw,
boast,
tome = cmpty,
•wuke for woke.
Digitized by
,
PREFACE. VI.
g\f for yf,
TH
if.
Yef occure in the Metrical Homilies for ‘if’ and is worthy of notice on account of its likeness to the Fris. jef (A. Sax. if
Among portant: I.
—
=
gif).
grnmmatical differences the following are the mögt im-
Begouth and occasionally couth for began or bigan. Dr.
Latham
1
a present tense sapposing
calls begouth
be another form of beginneth Scotch
the usual form of
,
Begouth or couth
is
it
it
to
an almost impossible word in being beginnes.
however a
preterite
as a principal , whereas gan (= began)
is
and always used
employed only
as
an auxiliary verb. II.
a or o for
e in
claf for clef
the following preterities:
—
= clave, cleft. = wept,
grat for gret
lap for lep
wox III.
for
=
leapt,
wex =
The use of
increased.
syne as a preposition and an adverb.
Barbour and Wyntown frequently use syne as a preposition in the sense of ‘after’,
and as an adverb = afterwards, while
Hampole and other Northumbrian as a conjunction only
they employ
sithen.
writers
employ syn or sen
and never as a time-word, for which
— The
dialect
North of the Tweed has
roade a distinction between syn and sen, employing the former
and preposition, the
as an adverb
IV.
Set
(
= seth =
sithen) in Scotch
latter as
means
a conjunction.
‘since’
and
is
only em-
ployed as a conjunction, while writers South of the
always employ sythen as an adverb wards,
in
since’.
Bot (but) as a preposition meaning ‘without’
V.
Tweed
the sense of ‘after-
Scottish writers’.
is
confined to
never takes this meaning in Hampole,
It
1
Englisb Language 2“ d edition.
*
Southern writers
of the
xiii'»
and xiv“ Centimes use but (butan) as
a preposition bnt never as a conjunction, in the sense of but (adversative) for which they
employ
ac.
Barbour uses bot (but) as an adverb, a con-
junction or a preposition.
Digitlzed by
PREFACE.
VIII
Psalms &c. where adverb
employed as a conjunction or an
in the scnse of ‘bnt, except,
only\
Lowland Scotch is substantially one Northumbrian South of the Tweed; there are however
The vocabulary with the
is
it
of the
terms pecnliar to each, as for instance; in the former find layt to seek, amell (emell, omell)
we
(such), while in the latter inkerly, sic
we
never
among, forwit before,
slike
never mcct anerly, forouten, gretumly,
(fC.
The forms
sic,
slUe, and swilk signifying ‘such’ are worthy of
notice as they sec-m to indicate, wherever they occur in literary
documents, three
distinct localities of composition.
tlike. The word marks a border dialect and is evidently the Icelandic - such the like, (slikt, slik'r, sltk). Swilk A.S. steile is the
Sic is Scottish and is perliaps a contracted form of latter slik
,
usual Yorkshire form. Sic for tlike
is
1
perbaps the earlicst instante of dropping the
l,
a practice which beeame very common, at a much later period,
among
Scottish writers.
Wherever we
find the
form
slike,
we
find also
a mark cd re-
semblance to forms which have been looked upon as peculiarly Scottish; thus in the Cursor not’s
Poems where
slike
Mundi, Metrical Homilies and Mi-
so frequently occurs
we meet with
thoru (Sc. sa and thorotc) which in the Psalms and
represented by swa and thurgh.* thurgh
is
{Thoru
is
West Saxon thurh.') former works we meet with a
sa
and
Hampole
are
the Anglian thorh while
the
In the
of Scandinavian origin
,
larger
sker, rock,
number of words
a few of which have hitherto been noticed
as occurring only in the Local-names of the
hogh (Sc. heuch),
hill,
North of England, as
stank, stang, pond,
feil, hill, keld,
a well. Gar or ger [pret. gart, gert\ common enough in Barbour, tbe Cursor Mundi and Met. Hom. never occurs either in the Psalms or in Hampole. 1t must not be snpposed that swilk is nnknown where sic and slike its employment however in Scotch is only occasional. It is somcwhat stränge that sic is now nsed South of the Tweed while in the xiii tb and xiv1 Centimes it was uoknown. ’ Swa oi sua is not unfamiliar to Scottish writers of the liv“ and 1
occur;
iv' 1 centnries.
Digitized
by
PREFACE.
As
Mumli
IX
is
frequently quoted in the present volume
as an authonty for certain
words and forme of words, the follow‘De Penis’ is transcribed from it as a
the Cursor
ing short
1
poem
entitled
specimen of the Norlhumbrian dialect (of Northumbcrland) lattcr part of the
Century.
xiii*i>
It
may
in the
pcrhaps throw some light
upon the material employed by Hnmpole
in the eompilation of the
‘Pricke of Conscienee’. VII1I paines priucipale es par, [in belle] Crist lat us never pider far. ])e first
es pe fire sa batte,
it
,
pat al pe mikel se sa wate, pof pat it casten war parin, Suld
it
never-pe-less brin;
Sua pat ur Again pat
ne mai na tuare
fire
pat [sal] brin par,
fire
gain* urs moght pat apon a wagh* war wroght. Er er it brennes dai and night Bot never mare it castes light,
pan
pe
painted
fire
toper paine
is
tald sa kene,
pat mans mnth it mai nogbt mene, pat pof a fer[e]n feile war made,
And poru
a cbance par-in
Quils pou
moght turn
It
it
gladd*
hand ahnte,
pi
suld worth [f]rese* witnten dute.
pe thrid pine 0 wormes pat Ffelle
es hard to drei,
sal never dei, dragnns and tades bath,
pat ar apon to lok ful lath, Fful wlatsum on to here or Fful
wa
es
Als we se
Sua
pe
pam
water suim,
live pai in pat lou
ferth paine
se,
pat pare sal be;
fixs in
it
s
sa dim.
es o stinc,
pat mai na man sa mikel thinc. Pe fifte es undemnes dint, pat paa wreches pare sal hint, it war dintes on a stepi, pat suythes smittes in a smepey.
Als
1
•
wet
As
’
the
US.
against is
*
wall
rather indistinct yse
4
glided
may have
5
pit.
been the
original
reading.
Digitized by
X
PREFACE. paa
dintes ar ful fers and feile
Herder pan es here irinn melle,
pe sext painc, es noght to scape, Es snilk mercknes men mai it grape; Sua wonder think* par sal it be, pat nan ne mai on oper se.
pe
sevend scenscip
al for pair sin,
Ai scam lastand pat never sal blin, Ffor par-tille sal ilkan ha sight To se pe scenscip on oper plight. 8 pe aghtand pine it cs ful grise 7 To se paa warlaus in pait wise, Strang paine es
And namli pat pat
0
it
pam
on
to loke,
lagbt nntil pair crok;
dreri din, pat balful bere, 8
pai «it-uten stint sal here,
paa wepand in pat «aa,
pat
pam
sal
es
al pair
ai.
pe nind,
Als in hali «ritt we
pat
and
last for ever
Kürend bandes
find,
limes ar bunden «it,
Wituten leth 9 of ani Inh 10 Bot a point es par [pat] pam pines mare, pan dies al pair oper faro". pai vat pair pine sal ha nan end, Ffor pai mai haf na might to mend. And qni par es paa paines nino .
Here nu pe
skil of ilk
pine;
N'ine Orders of angels pai forsok,
Qnen
pai
pam
to pe
«arlau tok,
parfor sal pai pined be,
Wit paa pines, sex and «on to
Ffor pat pai «ar
Ihre;
brin
In catel «it coretise to win, To-quils pai in pis werld «ar
Ai sal pai brin al pur for par.*
And paa men Stilli 13
And
pair
pat sa starck 13 «ar her,
wickedhed
to ster
«ar pai bald, pai sal have ever pat water cald. pai pat «ar fild «it enst and bete 14 pat ipenli pair hertes ete, •
thickl
•
misfortune
" sorro«
brint par-in sa
8 al 7 13
par for
par=always 8
terrible
stubborn
15
noise
secretly
there for that (sin). 9
10
loosening 14
limb
frequently.
Digitized by
PREFACE. par wormcs
sal
XI
[>am nnderwrote 18
and bote, war wont to
In balo wituton hope
And
pai her
for-Jji
li
In pair stincand liehen,
Ne wald
noght höre bot
pat drogh pam pai
f>air delites,
nntil Oper vices,
sal haf ipen ,s stinc iwiss
pat
And pai
neter mar mis.
pai sal
wald na disciplin,
for pai
Thole
luve of ur drightin' 7
for
be
sal
lieft’"
wit-nten hove”,
Ke merci nan to pair behove; And for pai wald noght pe light, pat gis of sothfastnea pc sight, pat es godd seif at understand, pai sal haf mircknes ai lastand;
And for Ke foro
wald noght scrive pair sake 70 mendes make,
pai
Qnat blenck” on oper
And
0
,
pair ending
scam
Ilkan sal se wit sight o
es to blam;
pai pat wald na spelling here
godd, ne of his laghes lere
Ffor-pi pan sal pai bere po snnes
0
nedders bath and of dragnns,
pat renful bere, pat wafnl cii pat wa es pam sted par-hi.
And
for-pi pai gilderd were,
Wit
in pis liif wit lastes sere,
Pai
sal
suffer soru ai par,
Apon pair membres Ai M wend pai here par
Deiand
ai
and never ded,
Ffor ded sal
pai
sal
Upward
flo
til
15
sal se
paa pines
larerd wiperwines 74 ,
pat pai
er scaped o pat care.
nnder-root
M
umsete.
Apon nr Pat pair
fault
blis
'•
mai be pe mare,
17
frequent
”
fault *
dun
war oper* bete
ilk side
pe rightwismen
adrersary.
als pair fedo 7*;
pair fete, pair hefdes
Wit pine on
tion
pam
be sett in pair prisnn,
pair backes
**
ai-quare; to live in sin,
sal pai dei wit-nten blin,
**
=
lord
18
beaten
wened = thonght
18
cessa-
” enemy
evert
Digitized by
PREFACE.
XII
pe
wicked alsua pe gode sal
gammen
Wit-in pair
se,
stad and gle,
pal pni {jo sorfnller sal bc, pat losen folili has pat le;. To dome9dai sua sal pai fare, Bot efter domesdai na mar
pam se paa maledight; Bot pe seli sal o pam ba sigbt. Bot pof pai se pam, wriit pou wele, 0 paim pai sal noght ren a dele; If fader sagh his son pare, Or sun bis fader in pat care, pe wiif hir man, or man his wiif, Or freind be luved als bis liif, Ffor pair misfar suld pai not murn, Ffor to
Ne
ans for pair skathes skurn.*4
Bot suld pai haf a gret
To
se
pam
/
delite
seclid” in pair
site,
Als we baf here on summers dai,
To
se
in a water plai;
fix s
Ffor-qni
,
Quen be
pe rightwis blith sal be, sal
wrak 37 on sinfnl se. paa felnns prai,
If pai suld for
war gain godd and gret derai; Ffor pai til bim sal be sa qneme, Al sal pam like pat be sal deme. It
To deme us mot pat drightin sna pat wo com nevcr nnto pat wa. •
glel
44
M
shun
77
setlidl
vengeance.
GRAMMATICAL DETAILS. I.
The
Nouns. genitive singulär ends in -es, -s, occnsionally in
-is,
-ijs,
as in Scotch.
Very frequently the sign of the case is omitted as, Fader honse = father's honse, = hend’s hair, hair of the head, Hefd hare = man’s son, son of man, Man son
The
Moder kne = mother's knc. number ends in -es,
plural
Eghen (eyes), oxen and schon (shoes) are examples of plnrals in -en, -n,
and the only ones
I
have been able to meet with.
Digitized by
PREFACE. Child and ka (or cu
Brother
is
in
= cow)
XIII
niake the plurals ehilder and ky.
the plural brether, brethir just ns th« Icelandic
Dan. bröder.
brothir rnakes broethir,
llend, the plural of hand, is
the Icelandic hender (the plural of hönd)
and
of very frequent
is
occurence. 1
Ham,
brain,
makes
the plural hem.
Cf. the
Dan. haand,
heen-
der; vaand, vcender.
Freud the A.
is
both singulär and plural.
Saxon
plural frynd not being very differently pronounced
Freud occurs also as a plural
from the singulär freond.
The
Ormulum.
This raay have arisen from
use of freond as a plural in the
in the
Owl and Nigh-
tingale (but not noticed in Coleridge’s Olossarial Index)
would lead
us to suppose that the singulär had acquired a collective sense.
Hampole always
uses gayte (goat)’ as a collective noun, a practice
pcculiarly Northern though not confined to Nortliumbrian writers.
The nouns
which were
winter, yhere (year), putul (pound), thing,
of the neuter gender in Anglo Saxon, are frequently used as plurals
without any change of form as: ‘fyve hundred wynter', ‘
fyve tliowsand yhere',
1
five
hundreth pund’,
‘alle thing'.
Myle feminine in A. S.
is
also used as a plural as
‘
fourty myle’.
All words ending in -yng, -ing (derived from verbs) are substantives and not participles: geling, conception; gretyng, cry;
kepyng, custody; knawyng,
knowledge; tnovyng, rnotion; removyng, reinoval.
We
find traces of the
Scandinavian sufiix
-leik
(O.N.
leikr) in:
ferdlayk fear, hendlaic politeness, revelaic
robbery,
wedlayk wedlock. Tinsel
=
perdition contains the Dan. -sei in födsel, birth; in-
forsel, importation.
1
In the Northumbrian Gospels ad. Bouterwek, feder occurs as the pl.
of fader. ’
Cf.
(Mt. 10, 32.)
‘a
Cf. Icel. fatSir, pl. ftSir.
tryppe of gayte.’
(Thornton Romane es.)
"Wiclif also uses
gayt as a collective noun.
Digitized by
,
:
XIV
I’REFACE. Suffix - rceden 7 is
The A. Sax.
preservcd without
mach change
in
fa-reden enmity,
felaw-reden fellowship, hat-redcn hatred, luf-reden love,
man-reden homage, sib-reden relationship.
The ending
-hed~- hood
-hede,
is
not thcA.Sax. -hud, preserved
by the Scotch in -hade, hut the Frisian dwalikhed
error;
falsehood. Cf. II.
is
-hede in
Dan. -hed in frihed, freedoin hridhed, whiteness, ;
Adjectives.
Adjectives have no sign to
and
-heil,
dweshed, folly; icerhed, truth; falschede.
this« (before plural
mark
the plural, uuless the t in löse
nouns) bc cxamplcs of the
final -e whicli
so frequently employcd in Southern English, as late as the
middle of the
We
xv‘>*
mark
Century, to
often find this
=
these
,
the plural of adjectives.
the final -e having been dropped in
writing but perhaps pronounced in rcading
Föne or /une, a form unknown
Hampole
curs in
pa
as the plural of feio
(A. Sax. thä)
is
3 .
Barbour or Wyntown, oc-
to .*
generally used as a demonstrative adjective
before plural nouns as: ‘pa clerkes’, ‘pa bokes’, ‘pa wardes’.
used pronominally before the relative p at, and aller
It is also
the prepositions of and to, as: ‘
In
=
of tha'
pir,
p
=
of them, theirs these,
er,
—
‘to tha'
;
we have
=
to them.
the Icclandic po>r (pau,
prt'r,
ptrr)
these.
pas =
those.
A. S&xon
pccs.
The Numerals preserve much of the A. Sax. orthography An, ane = one. A. Sax. an. Twa, twin = two. A. Sax. twa (Ac. twäm). Thrin = three. A. S. threo (Ac. thrym). 1
This forms of the ending -red
•
It
msy
be stated once for
is
e. g.
not found in Scottish writers.
all thst
(either as a nurnber or case ending) in
the final
e is
not of any value
Northumbrian Mannscripts.
This
was pointed out long ago by Dr. Guest. 3
Bethen
is
the plural of both in the l’rouiptoriu ui Parvulorum.
Digitized by
XV
PREFACE.
=
Aglit, eght
Neghen =
nine.
An, ane, one
A. Sax. eahta.
eight.
A. Sax. nigon.
like our artide
an sometimes changea to a before
a noun commencing with a consonant. pression ‘a
:
mancre
=
is’
A.Saxon
eatotSa,
manere
‘one
Aghtend or achtande the
This will explain the ex-
—
= eigbth
is’.
is
note worthy because
The comparative degree by -ar or
-or«;
-ast,
or
-aste.
in
formed by
This
is
not
1 .
-er or -ere, occasionally
in -es/, -este;
more frequently einploy
ast
or
-aste.
the endings -ar, -are,
an instance perhaps ofScandinavianinfluence.
the comp,
ln lenger
change as
is
and the Superlative ends
Scottish writers
it is
butthc Frisian achtcnda, achtanda. both fonns
buing preserved in the Northumbrian dialcct
A.Saxon:
lang
of
—
we hnve an
cxaniplc of vowel
lang, lengre, lengest,
sträng, strengre, strengest.
And modern English old, The long vowel of the
elder, eldest.
positive often appears shorteued in the
comparative and Superlative 3 as in the modern English last
(A.Sax.
late, latter,
latt, lator, latost).
Brade, bradder, braddest.
Depe, depper, deppest. Grete, gretter, grettest.
Hate, hatter, hattest.
Swete, swetter, swettest.
The following forms
are very
Mikelle, mykel, great;
Yeel
,
Ul, bad;
common: —
comp, ma, or wäre; superl. mast.
comp, wers; superl.
Fer (far); comp, ferrer; superl
.
werst.
ferrest.
Are, early; superl. arst.
1
The numerals
sevend,
aghtend, neghend
(mW),
tend
tfc.
may
l>e
compared with the Dan. sgvende, attende, niende, tiende 4'c- The Southern forms are sevethe, ei\teothe, nglhe, teothe (tethe). The Kentisb dialect however prefers -nd 3
The doubling
to -th.
of the consonant
generally mark» the »horteniog of
the preceding vowel.
Digitized
by
,
PRBFAOB.
XV«
Form,
in composition only; superl. form-ast.' {formast
first,
barn, formast fader &c,)
Wer, werr, Sc. war, occasionally occurs for wert; O.N. ccerre, Sw. värre.
verr,
Dan.
The only 1.
a remnant of the A.Saxon genitive plural (-re)
-er,
aller, alder 2.
—
case endings to bc inet with are:
and
or alther, ‘of all
-um, sign of the dative, in ferrum, the Cursor
Mundi and Met. Homilies.
the Scotch adverb greatumhj
into
in
in bother, ‘of both’.
which occurs
‘afar’,
in
perhaps
It enters
greatly, the -ly being
superfluous.
Such clere,
plirascs as wel ald, wel lang ,
al rede,
al blak,
alle
= very
3
old, very long; al
warme 3 = very clear or quite clear, wann, are evidently modelled upon
quite red, quite black, very
warm
thelcelandic phrases rel heilt, quite
very large; TTei
is
all <J0Sr,
very good;
all rilr,
warm;
or very
vel mikit,
very wise.
not only employed beforc the positive but also before
the comparative, as wel better, wel the bet = much better; wel toar, much worse; wel mar, wel the mar, much more. The adjectives ald, brade, hate, wate, wrathe (i. e. old, broad,
hot, wet, wroth) are always distinguished from their correspond-
ing substantives
eld,
brede, hete, wete, wrethe
(i. e.
age, breadtb,
heat, wct, wrath).
Modern English has preserved only heat, wroth
and wrath.
The following
adjectives are nearly
lyke (like), lefe (lief),
always employed with the
—
dative of the personal pronouns:
The
the double forms hot and
comp,
lever, dere (dear), lath (loth).
participial ending -and is often used
as a termination for
adjectives as mightand, mighty, boghand, obedient, semande, apparent.
Kyn, kind,
is
frequently incorporated with
a compound Word as:
its
adjective forming
—
alkin, nankin, nakin, ilkin, s umhin ,
whatkin
i.
e. all
kind
of,
no kind of &c.
1
Cf.
/orm-dais, /om-birth, form-tide with the Icelandic /ruw-mdthir,
/rum-getin 3
(first
born), frum-rit, original (of a book).
Metrical Homilies.
3
Cursor Mundi.
Digitized
by
PREFACE.
We
number of
find a large
tbe suffix
XVII
Nouns with
adjectivea derived from
-en:
-in,
almandin wand, an almond wand, boken lare, b6ok learning, cluden piler,
a cloud a
firen piler,
fire
way, a desert way,
uiildrin
slelene
pillar,
pillar,
a rocky stonc,
rochen stan,
1
wapyns,
sylverene dischea. 2
In tbe pbraaes, thrid half yere, half fierth ein, two and a half years, three and a half ells,
we have
perbapa tbe
latest
exam-
common construction in Anglo Saxon and one among modern Teutonic dialecta.
ples of a very in use
III.
still
Pronouna.
The Northumbrian pronouna leas arcbaic than the
tham
,
are
hi, heor (her, hör),
hem
sco, sho, thai, thair,
Southern forma heo,
(heom, hom).
The following relative
tables cxhibit the declenaion of the personal and
—
pronouns:
1.
Nom.
Ic,
We.
I.
Posa. My, myne, mine. Obj. 2.
Me.
Nom. pu,
Us. |>ou,
pow.
Posa. py, pyne, pine. Obj. pee, pe. 3.
Ur, our, urs, oura.
Yhe’ or yhou, yhow, you. Yhour, your, yhoura, yours.
Yhow, yhou,
Nom. He.
pai.
Posa. His.
pair, pairs.
Obj.
Nom.
you.
pam, paim.
Him, Sco, aho.
Poas. Hir, hirs.
Obj. Relative.
Him.
Nom. Wha (= who). Posa. Whas, whase. Obj.
1
Wham.
Cursor Mundi.
5
Morte Arthure,
*
Yhe
is
occasionally
used es an objective case.
a
Digitlzed by
,
PREFACB.
XVIII
The
no change
relative that undergoes
to express
numbcr, gen-
der or case, and connects adjectice clauses with the principal sen-
by wha, wha-swa.
tence; while noun clauses are connected is
employed as equivalent
often
That and
indicative of the verb ‘to be’ as:
— That
na
es
The
where we employ the adverb na man, for ‘there
clcrc, that es
na man for ‘there
It es
That
to what.
are frequently used before the third person singul.
it
wha, wha-swa
interrogative pronouns are
The phrase
qwilk (which).
may say’, also The dative
is
no
‘there’,
clerc 1 &c.
no man’.
is
‘alswa say’
=
wha
‘als
and whilk or
say’
i.
e.
one
‘as
frequently occnrs. of the pronouns
nearly always used with the
is
adjectives likejefe, lath, der e, and the impersonal verbs
aw, pret. aght (ought), behovt, lyke (please),
want
think( seem), pret. tliought,
(is
thar (need),
litt,
missing, is absent), fall,
rew.
Seif or sehen is frequently employed after nouns as well as
pronouns as
Godd
:
seif,
man
seif.
used as an adjective
It is also
with the sense of ‘same’.
Me
seif,
us seif & c. are found along with thi seif, hir seif
The modern
sen
=
seif,
seems
to be
&c.
a corruption of sehen.
IV. Verbs.
The conjugation of one form
in s being
Mood.
Indic.
It is
ihe
Northumbrian verb
is
extremely simple,
used for cvery person in the present tense
moreovcr a
by which Northumbrian
test
may
be distinguished from otber dialects of the North of England.
The verb
thus inflected.
to lote is
Indicati ve Mood. Present Tense. Singular.
(I) loves.
(Thou)
Plural.
We
have occasionally
(We)
loves.
(Yhou)
loves.
(He) loves.
loves.
(Thai) loves.
(thai) loven instead of (thai) loves.
Preterite.
Singular. (I) loved,
gaf (gave)
(thou) loved, gaf (he) loved,
gaf
Plural.
(We)
loved, gaf
(yhou) loved, gaf (thai) loved, gaf.
Digitized by
*
PREFACE.
We
XIX
find (thai) loveden for (thai) loved,
but
it is
not of frequent
occurrence.
Imperative Mood. Singular.
Plural.
lovea (yhe or yhou).
pers. loves (thou)
2<*
The Northumbrian has what may be perative, conjugated as follows:
called an uninflected im-
—
Ga 1 = let me go 6a thou = do thou go Ga he = let him go Ga we = let us go Ga yhou = do you go Ga thai = let them go. 1
1
On
page 96 of the present volume there are no
examples of the 3 d
we Ac.
less than five
ga we ,
pers. sing., while such phrases as
lat
for let us go, let us, occur often elsewhere.
Tbis uninflected imperative survived to a very late period in
our literature plural
may
,
and examples of the 3 d pers.
be found in Pope,
sing,
and
l*1
d and 3
Thomson and Goldsmith.
Parti ciples.
Imperfect.
Perfect,
lovand
The A. Sax. the xiii“>
loved.
prefix ge never occurs in
and xiv
counties retained Infinitives in
* centuries, it
Northumbrian MSS. of
whereas the dialects of
tlie
Southern
to a comparativcly late period. 5
-en are
The Cursor Mundi
seldom employed.
contains lasten, to last, wenden, to walk, wacken, to wake, fasten, to
make
fast,
and
Hampole we have
in
enden, to end, heghen, to
exalt, clensen, to cleanse, wedden, to wed, used after the verb sah*
The Scandinavian 1
1
at, to, as the sign of the infinitive is not un-
have not come across any instances of the first pers. sing. Be my tongue mute (Thomson). Tura we (Ooldsmith).
*
Fall be (Pope).
5
Garnett quotes the solitary form ihaten (called or named) as the only
example of
this
prefix,
but
I
have not been able
to find
any Northum'
brian US. that contains this or any other verb having the prefixal element •
or g. 4
The
-en after all
may
be the verbal suffix
-
en as in ripen
!fc.
b 2
Digitized by
,
XX
J’REFACE.
common as at
,
as ‘at drink, at eat' &c.
a.s
The
tili
drink,
preteritea
vcrbs are
more archaic
tlian the
pers.
1*‘
tili
as well
Southern forms of the Same period. passive particip
pret.
Bind
band
A.Sax. binde sing
bunden
band
(ge)bunden
sang
sungen
sang
A.Sax. singe
(ge)sungen
—
shane
shine
Scan
A. Sax. seine
The
Scottish writers use
eat &c.
tili
and passive participles of the so-callcd strong
(ge)scinen.
preterites drave, shane, wrate $c. are valuable because they
account for the donble forme found in our language.
Dr. Lathani
bas explained the preterites sang, sang, swam, svvum, smate, smit,
wrate writ, but leaves unexplained smate,
The forms
jrc.
droce, s/ione, smote, wrote are Southern, wliile drave,
shane, smate, wrate $c. are
The
xerote
influence of the
Northern
preterites.
Northumbrian upon the written
dialcct ia
best estimated by the large nurnber of such preterites as drave, brast $c.
which are so often met with
late as the It
is
middle of the
in classical literature
the passive participles in -en, -n; the tendency of the Southern
Western
as
xvii“> Century.
Northern dialect that we owe the preservation of
to this
dialects
was
to drop the p. participial ending
tain the prefix y (or ge),
the
and
and to re-
Northumbrian on the other hand
dropped the prefix but teuaciously clung
to-
the suffix.
TABLE OF VERBS. A. Simple Order. Present.
Class
I.
Hate
Class
II.
Bede
Preterite.
hated
P. participle. hated.
bedde
bedde.
Bete (beat)
bette
bette.
Bete (amend)
bette
Cleth (clothe)
cled
cled (clad).
Ken
kend
kend.
kydde
kydde, kyd.
ledde
ledde, lad.
(offer)
(teach)
Kythe (show) Lede (lead)
—
Digitized by
.
PREFACE. Present.
XXI
Preterite.
Mete (raeasure)
III.
—
mette
Rede (advise) Send Shed Spend
Class
P. participle.
redde
redde.
send
send, sent.
—
shedde
spend
spend, spent.
Stede
stedde
stedde, stad.
Wene (suppose) By (buy)
wend
Leche (take)
laght
Reche (reach) Reck Seke
raght
roght
— — —
soght
soght.
—
boght
bogbt.
Seile
salde
Telle
talde
talde.
Teche
taght
taght.
Wille
wähl
—
salde.
B. Comple:x. Order. Division
Class
I.
a) Bere
I.
bare
born.
Breke
brake
broken.
Brest
brast
brnsten (brosten).
Help Kerve
halp
holpen.
karve
korven.
Leke
-
—
loken.
Shere (ent)
share
shorn.
Steke (shat)
stäke
stoken.
Stele
stale
stolen.
Swere
sware
sworn.
Threst
thrast
throsten.
Wreke (avenge)
wrake
wroken.
Yhelde
yhald
yholden
ches
chosen.
Cleve
clef (claf)
clofren.
Crepe
crep
cropen.
Delve (dig)
delf (dalf)
dolven.
Grete (weep)
gret (grat)
b ) Chese (choose)
Digitized by
PREFACE.
XXII
P. participle.
Preterite.
Present.
Lepe
lep (lap)
lopen.
Lese
les
losen, lorn.
melt (malt)
molten.
Melt
Wepe
wep
Slepe
slep
— —
—
Swepe
swopen. yhotten.
Yhete (pour out) yhet Bete
bete
Ete
ete
beten. eten.
Forbid(forbede) forbed (forbad)
Forget
forgat
forgeten.
—
Frete (eat)
forbeden.
freten.
Get
gat
geten.
Sit
sete, säte
seten.
Blaw (blow)
blew
Cast
kest
casteu.
Fall
feile
fallen.
Fast
fest
fasten.
Ga, gang
ybede, yhode
Gnaw
blawen.
gane, went.
—
gnawen.
Hate
hete
hatt, hatyn.
Late, lete
lette
letsn, laten.
Saw Snaw
sew
sawen.
Start
stert
—
Walk Wash
welk
walken.
Wax
wex (wox
wesh
Draw Fla
washen (weschyn). Sc.)
—
Bake Fare
—
snew
(to go)
(flay)
waxen (woxen Sc.). baken.
drow drawen.
drogk, droh, for, ferd
faren, farn.
fiogh
flane.
Laghe (laugh)
laghe, loghe
laghen.
Qwake
qwoke
q waken.
Shape
shope
Stand
stode
Sla
slogh, sloh,
shapen. standen.
slow
slane.
Digitized by
PREFACK. Present.
Take
toke
Wake
woke
P. participle. tane.
waken.
Scottish qu-ukc, shup e, tuke and toke
Present.
shope.
II.
Preterite.
P. participle.
Bigin
bigan
bignnnen.
Bind
band
banden, bonden.
Blin (cease)
blan
Climb
clamb
clumben,
Cling
dang
düngen.
Ding
dang
dangen.
Drink Fight
drank fight
Find
fand
Fling
flang
—
Grind
Nim
(take)
Rin (rnn)
II.
wuke occur for qwoke,
and woke. Division
I.
XXIII
Preteritc.
blunnen.
dämmen.
dranken. foghten.
fanden (fonden). (langen.
granden.
nam
nomen, numen.
ran
runnen.
Sing
sang
Sink
sank
sanken.
Spin
span
spönnen.
Swing Swink
swang swanc
swungen (swongen).
sungen.
swonken.
Threst
tbrast
th rüsten.
Win
wan
Wonnen.
Wring
Come
wrang come
comen. cumen.
Bite
bäte
bitten.
Drive
drave
wrangen.
driven.
Give
gave
given.
Glide
glade
glidden.
Ride
rade
ridd en.
Rise
rase
risen.
Shine
shane
Shrive
shrave
shriven.
Smite
Bmate
smiten.
—
Digitized by
XXIV
PBRFACK. Present.
Class III.
P. participle.
Preterite,
Strike
strake
Swike
swake
swiken.
Write
wrate
writen.
striken.
—
Writhe
wrathe
Flegh
flegh, flaw (Sc.)
(fly)
flown.
—
Lie (speak falsely) leigh
See
segh, sagh
Stegh (ascend)
stey, stegh
seeu.
—
Anomalous Verbs. Agh, aw, Can,
pret. aght.
kun)
(infin.
Dur
pret. couth.
(dare) pret. durst.
May, mov,
mught, moght.
pret. niight,
Mot (may, must)
pret. most.
Sal (sball) pret. suld.
Dan. skal
Cf.
,
tkulde.
Thar (need) pret. thurt. Wate (know) pret. wist. Wille, pret. wilde.
The verbs
sal, wille $c.
I sal,
Thou
He The
sal,
sal,
wille &c.
Yhou
wille &c.
Thai
I es,
He I
vil, vilde.)
We
substantive verb
Thon
(Dan.
take no inflexion
wille &c.
es,
es,
to be is
e. g.
wille &c.
sal,
wille &c.
sal,
wille &c.
sal,
thus conjugated:
—
am.
We
ert.
Yhou
er, es.
Thai
er,
es, bes.
We
was
es.
er,
war
es.
(wäre)
Yhou war (wäre)
Thon was
He was Thai war (wäre). Occasionally we have the Norse war for was, e. g. he war = he was. The following contractions occasionally occur: bus ~ behoves ha = have ma = make ta = take mase
—
,
= makes,
täte
,
=
takes, tane
,
=
;
taken.
V. Adverbs.
The adverbs
hethen (hence), thethen (thence), whethen (whence)
are worthy of notice on account of their Scandinavian origin.
Digitized
by
—
XXV
PREFAOE.
The A.8. forme are O. Norse
hetian, patlan, hvatSan.
The adverb of
‘as’, e. g.
It
henan, p onan, hvonan, corresponding to the
sum, som
is
offen used as in Danish, in the scnse
‘black «um ani cole’
whare-sum, quat-sum, how-som
in
=
any coal\
‘black a8
occurs also aa an adverbial Suffix with the senae of ‘so’ in
The termination = wise
O. Norse)
<Jv.
employed as an adverbial ending
-gate (also is
a common adverbial
Mundi, Met. Hom., the Bruce, but
it
The
Scottish ending
timea,
sythes,
-eil
=
as oftsis
is
Cursor
suffix in the
does not occur in Hampole
or in the Psalms (thus-gale, swagate, algate, howgate
fyc.)
a contraction of the Northumbrian
oftsythes.
occurs once only in the
It
Cursor Mundi.
= by that time fra than, fra thine = from that time. To-when = how long; to-whiles, whilst; to-fom = before. Outwith = outwards; forwit (Jorwith ) = before.
By
than
;
VI. Prepositions.
Fra ffom, ,
The
Norse origin
prefix
Northern VII.
til
,
,
light;
um
on luke and on
in umset,
at
d miUi, d medal).
dun, down, forth,
up are used as separable particles; thus
and dun tham
The
(fra, at,
prefixes again, ogain ( = against)
out, over,
among, emid, amid,
at, to, tü, to, amell (enteil),
intervals, are of
in,
we have dun
on,
light
to luke $c.
umlap, umloke
is
a good criterion of a
dialect.
The only
conjunction peculiar to the Northumbrian
is
warn
or «•am«, unless. It occurs in the Metrical Homilies MS. Harl.4196
and
poem, where
have not met with
I to tt'
in the present
however
it
found two or three times.
it is
in the
Cursor Mundi.
I take
it
be cognate with the Old High German and Middle Dutch ne-
are,
Old Saxon ne wari, unless,
literally
The Nor-
‘if-not’.
thumbrian has placed the negative ne after the conjunction war instead of ‘before
A. Saxon, but aber, ausser)
War
it’.
we have
the
If forms the compounde
VIU. The
in the sense of
‘
if ’ is
not found in
Old Frisic wara, were, wera (sondern,
which seems to
offer
a satisfactory solution of warne.
bot-if, unless; alle-if, although.
interjection quin,
O
that! deserves
earliest instance of its use is in the
some
Cursor Mundi
notice.
fol.
46:
—
The
—
PREFACE.
XXVI
“He wok and And said ‘our
Quin not.
ig
Hampole employs
whine.
am
I
Saxon and
it
lit.
v:hy
two or three times under the form* ichyn, hwy ne had this sense in Anglo
that
ha« escaped the notice of Bosworth and other
it
— In
Alfred’« translation of Bofthius Ch. xxiv, 10
the following passage: "Iltey ne miht
The
laverd god »lle-might,
inclined to think that
lexicographers.
we have
thoght al on that sight
Saa bale quin war i and swa ligbt, Als me tbogbt i was to night." merely another form of the A. Saxon kwy ne,
pü on-gitan patte »le wnht cwices
bytr
innnn-
weard hneseost and ütan-weard heardost?” by placing the mark of interrogation after the pas-
editor
sage renders the meaning obscure. His translation would be: “Why might tbon not understand that each bring thing is softest inwardly and hardest outwardly?” I would suggest that we «houlddropthe interrogatory mark and read: “0 that thou migbt understand <£c., the writer evidently desiring tliat the person addressed had the
power
to
understand the mystery of things being soft and hard,
and not questioning any ignorance upon the Characteristics
half of the 1.
xiii“>
The most
the long o in
subject.
of the Northumbrian Dialect
from the latter
to the end of the xiv«* Century: striking peculiarity perhaps
is
the preservation of
words of A. Sax. origin containing
the Southern dialects changed into a long
A. Saxon.
Northumb.
this
vowel, which
o.
Southern form,
Aid
ald
An
ane
one, oon.
Ban
bäne
bone, boon.
Cläth
clathe
old.
cloth.
Cräwan
craw
crow.
Gast
gast
gost, ghost.
Gräpian
grape
Häm
hame
home.
Häf Läng
lafe
loaf, loof.
grope.
lang
long.
Läm
lame
loam.
Lär
lare
lore.
Lath
lath
loth.
Digitized
by
PRRFACE. A. Saxon.
Mä
ma
mo.
Nän
nan
none.
Ra
ra
roe.
rope.
Rap
rape
Sar
gare
Särig
sari
gorry.
Snäw
suaw
snow.
Stän
stan
8tone,stoon.
Twa
twa
wa
Wah
wagb
and, ond (breath); bla,
woth,
4.
two.
woe, wo.
Many worda once peculiar to we observe still
3.
8ore.
Wa
further South but
2.
XX VII
Northamh. Southern form.
wow
(=wall).
the Northumbrian gradually got
same change of vowel, e. g. blo (blue, livid); wath (evil, barm), the
fra, fro.
The adjectives ilk, twilk (slike, sic), thir ( tfier), tha. The pronouns wha, whiUc (qwilk). The adverb tum, som ( = so, as), twa, and the adverbial
end-
ing -gate. 5. 6.
The The
prepositions at, fra,
til,
amel, emid.
inflection of the verb in the present Indicative.
verb tal, suld and the want of inflection in the preterite.
absence of the preflx ge or tive 7.
ending
The
The The
and the disappearance of the
infini-
conjunctions at (=that); warn, warne, nnless.
The
y,
-en.
interjection quin, quine , ( whyn, w/iine). 8. 9.
A
Norse element in The Northumbrian seems large
to the softer sound of eh. still
in use as
skirt
The following double forme ask bink
to
have preferred the guttural k
This will account for the double forms
pake and pouch,
Northern.
the vocabulary.
and
shirt.
are also very
Southern. asb,
bench,
birk
birch,
blak
blotch,
blink
blench,
common:
â&#x20AC;&#x201D;
xxvm
PREFACR. Northern.
brek
breach,
brekes
breeches,
cloke
clouch (clutch).
hak
batch-et.
kirk
church,
kist
ehest,
mickel
muchel,
pik
pitch,
reke
reacb,
rike
rieh,
scako
schake,
scrill
skift
The
shrill. shift,
skirt
shirt,
skenke
schenche
skriek
shriek,
spek
speech,
sterck
stcrch
ihak
thatch,
think
thenche
wrenk 10.
Southern.
(
=
wrench (=
=
(
to
pour
out).
stiff),
trick).
following forme are worthy of notice indicating, as
they seem to do, a vowel change:
Northern.
Southern.
(= to kill), = straw),
sla
sie
stra
stre (
bra (= bro)
breye (= brow),
clai
clei (
dai
dei
rayke
reke
wayke
weke (= weak),
(
= clay), = day), = spread), (
(=
trayst
trist
lither
luther
(
trust).
=
bad),
rĂźg (= back), s6k
sack,
seke
sike (=sick).
Digitized by
PREKACE.
XXIX
Hnmpole often writes th for t, as thechyng for techyng, feth for Whether th at the beginning of words had the sound of t, fet. I
cannot say, but that
it
had
sound
this
at the
end of words
is
extremely probable. 1.
In the Cursor Mundi with In
2.
curious that
always writtcn
is
tet'f.
Hampole Judith rhymes with writt, but what that David rhymes with Judith. It would end of words was pronounced as t.
is
d
at the
is still
more
thus appear Cf. servand,
sembland, avenand, for servant, temblant, avenant.
We is
have an instance of a
made
to
rhymc with
hope,
final b
being pronounced as p for lob
and
one instance
in
it is
written Iope.
poem of such considerable length as is the Pricke of Conscience we might expect to find many incideutal ailusions to the manners and custonis of the age in which Hampole lived, but In a
we
‘
find only a passing notice of that
well described in the
poem on
wretched state of
the ‘evil times of
afifairs
Edward
II’,
so in
which we are told that “Kuytes schuld were clothes Ischape in dewe mauere, As his Order wold aske, As wel as schuld a frere:
Now
tbei beth disgysed
So diverselych i di;t That no man may knowe A mynstrel from a knyjt wel ny: So is mekenes falt a down And pride aryse an bye.” (Poem on the Times of Edward II, published by the Percy Society 1849.)
Not very
different are the
words of Hampole when he com-
plains that
“Of bathe per worldes gret outrage we se In pompe and pride and ranite, In selcouthe maners and sere degyse, pat now es nsed of many wyse. In worldis haryng and beryng, In yayn apparail and in weryng, pat tas oyer mykel vayn costage.
And
tornes al until outrage,
For swilk degises and suilk maners, Als yhong men now hauntes and lers,
:
PREFACE.
XXX And
ilk
day es comonly sen,
—
tyme ne has noght ben. Now many men se ofte chaungyng Of sere maners of gys of clethyng; For now wers men short and now iyde, For now uses men narow and now wyde; Som bas [>air clethyng hyngand als stolea, Byfor
8om
J>is
gas tatird als tatird
Swa mykelle pryde
Was Valuable as
is
— — —
foles.
now
als
es I
wene,
nover byfore fis tyme sene.
the language of
Hampole
(p. 43,
1516-1545.)
I.
to the Student of
early literature, the matter will be found to be
as
altuost
our in-
teresting.
The reader, wbo is on the look out for wiiat is curious, cau learn how to teil by the erg of the new born habe ‘whether it be mau or woman’ (p, 14) “If
it
And
He
be
man
it
it
is
born
can read about the lynx that,
eyes’, sees
aays
tbe child a
if
When
it
‘a a'
woman says
‘with
‘through thick stone walls'
be
‘e
its
e’.
sharp sight and clear
He
(p. 17),
will find the
miseries consequent upon ‘Old Age’ most minutely enumerated (p. 22-23).
He may
approaching death, than the right, and
learn, from ‘men that are sly’, the signs of
how how
the left eye of the dying
“Bis noae at the point
is
bis chin to fall;
His pulse
still
is
without
is
narrower
sti rings,
Bis feet get cold, his belly clings."
Those who bare been accnstomed
man
sharp and small,
Then begins
(p. 23.)
to death bed scenes
may
liave
observed perhaps that “If near the death be a young
man
He always wakes and may not sleep than, And an old man to death drawing May not wake bnt ia always sleeping.”* (p. 23 1
Hampole her« seems
to
)
bare followed the authorities of hia time,
—
aa the following extract from a Medical
MS. will show: “For to wete yf a seke man aal lyre or dy Qwen his broues hildes doune; the right eigb mare than the lefte ye; neyae ende waxes sharp; his eres waxes calde; his eighen waxes holle; the chyn falles; his eighen and his month es opon when he slepea, bot he be wont thar-to; his
—
Digitized by
;;
XXXI
PRKFACE.
The reader death
is
whatever may be said
will find,
exceedingly painful,
is
the wrenching from
of fiends’,
appear
The
man
dying
is
disquieted
by ‘the
grinning and staring like
scowling,
raniping,
beasts’ (p. 61).
Not sight
‘mnd
and are only permitted
devils are very ‘ugly’
dying
in their ‘proper shape’ to the
any Protestant reader should not believe
If
(p. 53).
there physieal pain at the approach of death, but mental
torture, for the soul of the
to
much worse than
sinew and limb’ of our bodies
their roots ‘each vein,
only
to the contrary, that
(p. 63).
in the existence of
Purgatory, our author will give him as trustworthy informution
upon
as
it
if
he had travelled through the country and seen
He may leam
‘sights’.
‘what
‘what pains are there’
what
sin’
(p. 89-96);
it is’ (p.
64)
‘wbere
;
it is’
its
(p. 76)
‘what souls go thither and for
(p. 79-89;
may
and ‘what
help to slake their pain’
(p. 96-108).
any one desires information upon future punishments he will
If find
an interesting question raised at
feel
pain?’
Hampole answers
it
p. 82.
— ‘How
by showing that
The
the soul and not in the body.
may
the soul
all feeling is in
soul shall feel the pain, but
‘eacli
one shall appear to another as posscssing shape of body of
man’
(p. 83).
But some
the soul that
clerks, our author teils us
,
‘maintain that
purgatory, or in hell, bas of the air a body for
is in
to suffer pain in various linibs’ (p. 84).
About
man
Antichrist, ‘the
of
sin’
there
is
no lack of inform-
ation, "Ile shall be called the child that
And
of
And
in Chorazin ho shall be born,
Of
woman
a
Gog and Magog,
is
of the kindred of Dan."
in
lorn,
(p. 113.)
we
a passing nllusion,
are told that
they are the ‘worst folk in the world’, and the general opinion conccruing them
is
that they live
beyond the mountains of the
Caspian Sea, and are kept quiet by the queen of the Amazons.
At
the end of the world
ere-lappes waxes lethy; if
however ‘they
his forhede his
waxes rede; yonge
shall break out
waxes calde;
his fete
he pulle at the straes or the clathes
man
;
if
bis
warnbe
ay wakand, aide
and de-
falles
he pyke at his nese
man ay
away;
thrillea
slepand
;
twa membres waxes calde agayns kynne, and hydes tham; if he thir er the takenyngos of dethe, forsothe witte thn wele he
nitills;
sal
noght lere thre dayes.”
(Reliq. Antiq. p. 64.)
Digitized
by
XXXH
is
PRKFACE.
many
stroy
A
lands about’ (p. 121).
giren too, about thc rtturreclion,
shall be the
same
The reason
of this
i.
thirty
e.
is,
that
is
it
in the
youug
(p. 135).
months therewith
three
also."
ignorant of the whereabouts of hell, can learn
is
middle of
According
of an egg.
the agc of old and
when he
rose from the dead, of thirty three years and two that Christ,
“Was And of
The reader who
curious piece of Information
when
two years and three months
earth
tlic
,
Hampole an egg
to
hollow in the yolk
like the
‘hard boiled’ exactly
represents the relative positions of heaven, earth and hell. “And as the yoUc amidst the egg lies,
And
tho fehlte about on the
Right so
Hell too
same
wise,
the earth withont a donbt,
is
Amidst the heavens that go abont." (p. 174.) an ‘ugly hole’ (p. 180) full of boiling brimstone and
is
pitch (p. 1S1).
‘There the devils shall
stuff the sinful in the fire so
that they shall
glow as
good authority
for addressing thc ‘deil’ as
“Wha
in
fire
So Borns had
brands' (p. 138).
yon cavern grim and
pretty
one
sootie
closed ander hatches,
Spairges about the brunstane clootie
scaud poor wretchea."
to
Our author
in the
seventh and last part of his
to an attronomical lesson teils
,
far
more amusing than
work
treats us
instructive.
He
us (p. 206) that
“From the earth until the circle of the moon, es The way of five hnndred winters and no less."
“And from the point of the earth to Saturnns The highest planet may be gucssed thus, The way of seTen thousand years And three hnndred" (p. 207).
For relies
these,
and some few other points of
it
heaven’ that he ventures, as he his
this sort,
Hampole
upon the authority of Rabbi Moses; he seldom advances
Statements of his own, and
own
is
only in describing the ‘city of
teils his readers,
For other points of
head’ (p. 239).
must consult the volume
to
‘imagine on
interest the reader
itself.
Since Warton prophesied that he would be the last transcriber
of any part of the Pricke of Couscience, for subsequent writers
upon English
it
has been the fashion
literature to
pole as prosy and prolix. But to writers of the
speak of Ham-
xv«t>
Century,
Digitized by
many
XXXIII
PREFACK. of
whom however were
above makiag any acknowledgement of
their original, the Fricke of Conscience furnished rial for
abundant mate-
sermons and homilies.
The Rev. John Pery, Canon of Holy Trinity witbout Aldgate, who lived a Century later than Hampole, wrote for the instruction a
of his parisbioners,
on Heaven and Hell 1 , the
treatise
little
leading ideas of which are taken from the Pricke of Conscience.
Pery was so great an admirer of Hampole as
to use the
Northern
own, in addressing his Southern That the Canon of Aldgate was really indebted to our
dialect in preference to that of his flock.
author will easily be seen from the following parallel passages,
which occur
in the description of
“pare
And And
es alkyn delyces
es peysebelte
ay
beyng,
blyt/ulle certaynte.
is
(Pricke of Consc. p. 211.)
ay gret fulnesse of lyght,
roumo withouten pres, merthes that passith alle menys syght;
largesse of
There
And
tely endetet
es
certayne dwellyng ay fre.”
“There
And And
eese,
lastand,
endeles blysfulhede in alle thyng;
pare
And
wy ay
ioyful selynet ay lykand;
pare es
And
Heaven. aud
syker yeytibilnet and pees;
pare
is
soverayn
siJcernetse dight,
stirer peisibilnesse
with pees,
Peisable joye with lykyng of sight,
And
joyful silenee with ees;
There
And
To
is tely endetet
beyng
endetet blys in that place.’’
(MS. Addit. 10053,
voured
f.
141.)
bring this somewhat rambling preface to a conclusion, the
Editor of the present volume would remark that he to
make
the text of the
poem
proof sheets
in
script.
hoped that the Glossary
It is
lias
endea-
as correct as possible, the
every case having been read twice with the Manu-
cographical purposes
,
since
will be found useful for lexi-
no pains have been spared
to
make
it
complete, both as an index of Northern words, and as supplying also a reference to inany others (of
pear perhaps for the 1
first
Romance
origin) which ap-
time in the language of the North.
See MS. Addit. 10053 (British Museum).
«
Digitized
by
TABLE OF CONTENTS. (Frotu Mr. Yates’ Southern
Here
bigynnej) pe boke whiche
pe Prick of Conscience dyvised in
pe pe pe pe pe pe pe
first
party
secunde
iclepid
is
pe whiche
p« g «
bigynnyng of mannes
of pe
is
part tellep of pnrgatory.
(1.
is to
371-931)
11- 26
(1.932-1663)
1664-2689)
26- 46 46- 73
.... .... ....
73-108 108-173 173-203 203-256
lif.
of pe unstabulnes of pis World.
is
dredo.
(I.
(1.
2690-3965)
part spekep of pe day of dome.
v. vi.
is
vii parties.
part tellep of dep and whi dep
iii.
iv.
(1.
3966-6420)
part is of pe paynes of helle.
(I.
6421-7531)
of pe ioyes of heven.
(I.
7532-9532)
vii.
part
is
Here bigynnep pe First hit tellep of
And And And And
.
of the xiv' h Century.)
MS.
how how how how
chapitles of pe
first
po commendacionn of po
part of pis boke. trinite.
pe fader was ever wip-out bigynnyng.
... ...
(1. 1)
(1.
12)
God is bigynnyng and ending of eche ping. pat God made alle pyng of nought. (1.43) god made man to his owne liknes. (I. 69) pat
is
.
and makep
pes bup pilk foure.
(I.
his hert wel
of godes.
(1.
hantyne
to
a
1
two
5
.
7
[Brennyng of
man
is
Riehes
joupe.]
7
skilies.
(1.
pat tellep of
...
(1.
11
of foule
11
374)
aflar his dep.
Here bigynnep pe
3
knowe God and
not
servy
249)
Of pe mydward of mannes lif. (1. 552) Of pe ende of mannes lif. (I. 728) Of pe tokens of dep pat a man hap or he dep.
What
1
.
2
And panne hit tellep of bigynnyng of mannes lif. (I. 370) And wherof God made man (1. 372). How God made man for
1
.
241)
Favonr of pe puplc. Fairnes of mau.
mater
25)
.
.....
How mekenes is princepal woy to blisse. (1. 139) How foure tbynges lettep a mannes Insyjt pat he may what he
(
16 21 (1.
812)
....
830)
chapitles of pe seconde part of pis
23 24
boke
pe world.
Digitized
by
TADLE OF CONTENTS.
xxxv F**o
how God made two worldes for man. (1. 962) heven. pat othere, pis dal« where In wo bnp now
First bit tellej*
Pat one yng.
is
.
söget perto. a
man
is
27
lyv-
27
(1.
1055)
schuld not
pe more world
Hit
.
972)
(1.
How God made two erthliche How God made pis world to How How
.
worldes pe more and pe lesse.
be söget to
man, and
(1.
man
not
1042) to be
.
trist to pis
may be
ilikened to pe see.
(1.
world pat nys bot vanite.
lickend to foure thinges.
(1.
(1.
1088)
1211)
.
1213)
Hit
is
ilickened to a wildernes pat
Hit
is
ilikened to a grete forest pat
Hit
is
ilikened to a leid fnl of dyrers batailes.
is fnl is
of wild bestes.
ful of thefis. (1.
(1.
(1.
1236)
1245)
29
1225) .
.
....
30 30 34 34 34 35 35 35
How pe world fyjttep ajens ns wip doumble hond. (1. 1257). Wip po right hond and wip pe lift. (1. 1269) How he callep pe rigbt hond welth and gret havyng of goodes. (1.
1261)
35
And
1262)
35
pe lyfte honde.angres and tenes pat ofte cometh to man.
(1.
.
.
35
Of two weyes pat bnp in pis world pat one is pe wey of lif and pat opere is pe wey of dep. (1. 1398) Of pe variannces of pis worlde. (1. 1412) a man is ilikend to pe more world and he clepid pe lasse world (I. 1487). Of dyrers condicionns pat touchep to a mannes lif. Of pe nyce degises pat men usep in pis world. (1. 1516) Here bigynnep pe chapitles of pe prid partof pis boke, whiche .
39 39
How
.
tcllep of
dep and whi dep
First he tcllep of tbre liche
How
dep
(1.
is tö
maoners of dep
(l.
1680).
pe
first
is
bodi-
pe seennde is gostly dep (I. 1690). ... may be Slawe thnrgh dedly syne (1. 1708). pe How pat endles dep is in helle (1. 1742)
1686).
a mannes sonl
thrid es endles dep.
What
thing dep
is
(1.
.
1761)
How ho likenep dep (I. 1808) How men schuld drede dep for foure skilies (1. 1818). How dep hap no merey of no man (1. 1864) How dep is commune to alle men (1. 1895). How a philosophre discrevep pe paynes of dep (1. 1900). How dredful thyng dep is (1.1920). How no man knowep pe tyme of dep when hit schal come and pe skile
why
(1.
1940)
How sikenes is idepid pe messanger of dep How God visitep us al day wip tokenes by be-ware
(1.
42
drede.
.
(1. 2024) whiche he warnop ns
47
48 49 50 61
62 53 54
56 to
58
2092)
How pe fend apperid to Seint Bernard in pe tyme of hisdyjyng. (1. 2248). How griseliche pe fendes bnp of sight (1. 2300) How a mau schuld ever thynk On his last day for to fle synne (1. 2593) Here bigynnep pe chapitles of pc iv. part of pis boke pattellep
62 63 71
of purgatorie, wherein soules bep iclansid of synne.
c2
Digitized by
XXXVI
TABI.E
OF CONTENTS. P.g.
«hat purgatory
First hittellep
Where
J>at
purgatory
is
(I.
is (l.
2710)
74 76
2788)
Of two dyyers purgatories (l. 2871) Of ]ie bittur paynes pat bup in pnrgatory (1. 2892) Ofmenydyvers synnes, «hiebe bup venial and whichebup dediy (1.3364) Ho« a raannos soul is dampned to helle for dediy synne (I. 3358).
78
Ho« Ho« x
92
for venial
synnes pe soul
mo«e
thynges
hem
purgid in purgatory
is
fordo lyjtly pe venyal synnes,
pe
if
(1.
3383).
man
a
wil
79
93
is holy «atur (1. 3401). (2) Almes (4) Howsel of pe sacrament (1. 3402). (5) (3) Praier of pe patemoster (1. 3403). (6) Blessyng of Bischop (1.34041. (7) Schrift of mouthe (1. 3406). (8) Knockyng of mannes brest
use
(1.3394).
first
Fastyng.
dede.
(10) And pe last ennoynt(1. 3408). (9) Kussyng of pe grounde. yng (1. 3409) panne he eounsailep pat eche man schold use pes x thinges (1. 3502).
What profit pe help of lyvyng frendes dop to pe What pardoun availep to mannes soule (1. 3798)
Here bigytmep pe
chapitles of pe v. part of pis
soul
(1.
3572)
.
93 96 97 103
boke pe wbiche .
spekep of pe dredful day of domo. tellep of
First hit
whiche pilk
dyvers tokens pat to-fore pilk day schul be, of
on erthe spake
crist here
day schal be putto
Of pe
Where
al
to bis disciples
.
ho« Rome
tofore
maneresubiection anddestructioun (1.3972)
of Antecrist (1.4047)
lif
(1.
113
.114
4199)
In «hat eite he schal regne (1.4210)
How
115
Antecrist schal deceyve pe puple on
first
es thurgh fals
miracles
shewyng
4259).
(1.
payne .
pe
iiii
prechyng (1.
4258).
(1.
pe
4267). iii
iiii
maneres (1.4255). secundo thurgh
pe
thurgh large
;i
fites
pe fals
lyvyng
thurgh grete manaces, and tourment, and strong
pat he schal do busiliche to alle folk pat stondep aleyns
his wille (1. 4260).
pur) al pe
world
How (1.
116
his tourmentis and pretynges schul passe
4276).
How Gog and Magog panne
schulte
appery and be obedient to Antecristis lawe (1. 4449) Of pe commyng Ennok and Ely and of hare prechyng (1. 4496). How pe Jewes schul be turned to cristen feep pur; prechyng of Ennok and Ely (1. 4499) How pes two prophetes, Ennok and Ely, schnlle be put to hard deth thurgh Antecrist and bis mynystres
How
109
110
Anteerist schal be bore (1.4166)
In «hat place he schal be norisched
(I.
121
122
123
4541)
Antecrist schal be Slawe thurgh Qoddes myjt, of Seint Michael
appon pe mount of Olyvete (1. 4599). Of pe sodeyne deth pat Antecrist mynystres schul at pe last take thurgh goddia vengeance
Howe
(1.
,125
4619)
aftnr pe
deth
of Antecrist and of his mynystres,
alle
men
Digitized by
XXXVII
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
p«g«
schul be turned to Cristen feth thur) gods mercy
we schuld eyer make us redy, to-morow (1. 4655) Of meny mo
as pe
How
4631).
(1.
day of dorne schuld
126
falle
127
tokenes pat holy writ
makep mencion
pat schalle
of,
be in pe moone and in pe sonne and in pe sterres tofore domes-
day
127
4686)
(1.
of whiche seint Jerom makep mencioun of, pat schul dome in xv dayes pe whiche bup pes (1.4738). day pe see schal arise, and be more heghe pan eny
Of xt other tokenes
4. be tofore pe day of 1.
5.
On
pe
first
mountayne pat
ia
.
.
pere-to nye, bi fourty cnbites
(I.
4758).
On
2.
pe secund day pe see schall bicome so lowe, pat unepe eny man schal hit knowe (I. 4764). 3. On pe iii day pe sea schal seine al playn, and so stonde stille as hit first stode at pe bigynnyng of pe worlde, wip out eny more arisyng other doune fallyng (1. 4766). On pe iiii day all pe wondurfnl fisches in pe see schal come to-gidur and make suche a roryng, pat for drede pere-of meny a man schal quake (1.4770) On pe v day pe see and alle other watres schul brenne ( 1. 4776). 6.
7. 8.
129
On pe yi day hit schal rayne blöde pur) al pe worid (1. 4780). On pe yii day casteis and toures ful feie schul falle adonn (1. 4782). On pe yiii day rete roches and hevy stones schal fyjt to gednr,
and eche schal othere to-barst and in pre parties dyvyse fl. 4784). 9. On pe ix day schal grete erthe-dyn be generalliche in eche londe and in eche cuntree (1. 4790). 10. On pe x day schal come suche
wyndes
pe whiche
blast,
hilles
pat non hille schal be i-sene
wymman as gidy
and
schul
men
come out
wymmen
(1.
and dales schal turne into playne 4794). 11. On pe xi day men and
of caves and holes and so
pat connep no
iritte (1.
4798).
12.
wend aboute
On pe
xii
schul se a token falle doune fram heyen
day
(1.
men
4802).
day schal dey botb man, and womman, and child and alle opere tbyng pat on erthe panne lyyep (1. 4804). 14. On pe xiiii day dede mennes bones schul togidur be i-set, and ont
130
of bare grayes hi schul arise and pere-upon stonde (1.4806)..
131
13.
15.
On
pe
xiii
On pe xr day pe
worid schal brenne in eche side
pus endep pe worlde
(I.
(1.
4812).
.
And
4813)
131
Of pe fuyr pat schal brenne al pe worlde (1. 4856). How pilk fire schal worche and brenne in fonr maners (1. 4875). Hit schal worche as pe fuyre of helle
purgatorie
(1.
(1.
4877).
Hit schal worche as pe fuyre of
4879)
Hit schal worche
132
as pis worldliche fuyre
worche as pe fuyre of pe spero
(1.
(I.
4881).
And
hit schal
133
4887)
Of pe general arisyng of alle men to pe dome (1.4959) Of pe stede in whiche crist schal jif his dome (1. 5147)
135
....
WhiGodwol ;eyehisdomeinpiikstederatheiepaninenyothere(1.5193). How crist schal ;eve Ms dome in pe foorme of man (1. 5253). .
.
140 141
142
Digitlzed by
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
XXXVIII
P*jr*
How
Of xt mauere accusours pat schul accuse day of dome, and (to bup pes (1. 5424) 1.
domo (1.5271)
tokenns of cristis passioun schul bÂŤ brougbt to pe
[io
A man ues owne
143
synful bifore god alte
j>o
147
The secunde es a mannes owne synne pat he hap do (1. 5454.) 3. The 4. The im is pe sonne and pe mono, iii is holy writ (1.5468). and
pe world
al
The t
5.
conscience
(1.
14S
The
6.
eny iewe or sarzyne accuse pe
accnse pe riche
man
synnes un-
of
aungellis schal accnse pe synfnl schal panne be worse i-hold pan
5498).
[The
7.
How
vii.
betben
men
schal
149
6508)
9.
The
accuse pat dide
(1.
(1.
by pat sufferep wronges
ix.
hem wrong
hem
U. The
5560).
12.
5578).
5582).
(1.
schal
5520).
...
5544).
(1.
150
children pat were unchastide schul accuse bare fadres
and hare modres pe riche
(1.
hem
how
x.
men
vi
man
Seintes of heven, and princopallyche martnres, schul
here, scbulle
The
(1.
fals cristen] (1.
viii.
accuse pe synful
10.
2.
5472)
5480).
(1.
eristen, for a fals cristen
The
.
bis Inwit (1.5462).
is
fendis of helle, pat schulle accuso
is
schryven
8.
pat
13.
accuse
The
The
how pe poere men schul how sogettis schulle accuse
xi.
xii.
how
xiii.
benefices pat god hap to
151
5588)
(1.
The xiiii. how pe tourment of cristes passioun schal hem accuse pat bnp synful (1. 5604). 15. The xv. how pe holy trinite schal pe synful accuse at pe day of dome (1. 5608)
14.
.
Of pe
5642).
(I.
How men dedlicbe
Uow men
Uow men
5657).
(1.
5652).
lif (1.
tyme and momont spendid
schold fehl aconntes of eche idel word
153
5664)
schnl not onlyche ;cld aconntis of pe synnes pat hy
in harÂŤ olde,
152
schul }yf tofore god atte day of
schul )eld acountis of al hare
schul ;eld acountis of eebe
(1.
and poujt
How men
men
aconntis pe whiche
streit
dome
but also of synnes pat
dude
hi
dud
in hare jouthe (1.5700).
154
How men schul jeld acountis of pat hy synned in hare v wittes. How men schul jeld acountes not onliche of eche yvul opyn dede, but also of eche priyy yvel dede
How men
How men bodies
(1.
155
5742).
schul Jeld acount of pe seren Werkes of merey pat hy
wold not here in hare ;eld acountes of Ai*
lif fuliille
own
soul
(1.
(1.
Uow
5760).
man
schal
156
schul jold acountes noujt only of hare soulcs but also of bare (1.
How men
157
5814)
schuld not jeld acountes of pe soul hy hit seif and of pe
bodi bi hit seif, but of bope to gadre
How men
emeyned (1.5830).
schuld not Jeld acountes only of
hare neghboures
(1.
5858).
How
faders
hem
lordis schul jelde acountis of hare )if
acountis of hare sogettis
maynye (1.
seif,
.
(1.
5882).
(1.
5870).
How
.
.
158
but also of
and modere schul
acountis of hare children pat were unchastised
schul
eche
5776)
6866).
How
jeld
How
prelatis
scole maisters
Digitized by
XXXIX
TABLE OF COHTENT8.
Page
schul jeld acountes of harc diseiples
How men
in lerning (1. 5893).
pat god hap sent
ham,
pere-to had nede
(1.
pat
myspendid hare tyme
schul (elde aconntis of pe godes
of «hiebe pai «old not }yve to pe pore pat
159
5894)
Ho« somme men schul be demed and some schul not be demed (1.6017). Ho« somme sehnt deme opere men, and somme schul non Oper man deme, but take bare domo (1.6018, 6027) Of pe fynal dorne pat
;yve
crist schal
6126)
(1.
How pe yvel men schal be demed and wend to helle (1.6222). Ho« pe gode men schnl be saved and «end to heven (1. 6240) Ho« men schul be saved at pe day of dorne, tliurgh merey i-pur.
chast bere in bare
Ho«
lif (I.
Here bigynnep pe
bit
.
168
.
169
170
6294)
pe merey of god passip alle mannes synne
world schal seme as
162 166
(I.
Ho«
6310).
pe
were ne« made aftur pe day of dorne (1.6346).
chapiilcs of pe vi.psrt of pis
boke pat
171
tellep
of helle. First hit tellep «here helle
Ho« Of 1.
2. 3. 4. 5.
6. 7. 8.
9.
10.
11. 12.
is (1.
Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of Of
maners of paynes pat bup
pe grete
lilthe
is
in helle
is in
6491)
175 178
179
6637) in helle (1. 6675).
is
hello (L 6699)
pe gret thnrst pat es in helle
177
6595)
is (1. (I.
and stenebe pat
pe strong hungur pat
(1.
in helle (1. 6552)
pe fuyre of helle, how hot hit pe strong cold pat
174
6437)
sooles schul pere for ever duelte
xiiii
6733).
(1.
.
.
.
.......
pe grete derknys pat es in helle (1.6796). pe hidoqs
of fendes pat
sijt
pe horribul vermyue pat
is
bup
in
....
7007).
(1.
pe gnawyng of a mannes conscience in helle
(1.
7049).
.
.
189
.
.
190
....
teres of pe wepyug of pe synful in helle (1. 7097) pe gyete schäme and schendschip pat pe synfulle schule bave aynnes (1. 7135) Of pe hidous bondes, wip pe whicho pe synfulle bep i-bounde
in helle (1. 7173) 14.
Of pe grete
How
191
192
193
dispaire
pat pe synfulle schul have
pai schul uever have hope ne trist to
come out
iu helle,
for
of helle (1 7233).
pe synful schal ever more wanty pe si}t of God pe seit party of pis boke (I. 7520)
(1.
7298).
.
And pus endip
Here bigynnep pe
185
186
(1.6895)
pe betyng of fendis upon pe synful in helle
in helle for hare 13.
182
183
helle (1. 6841)
in helle
180 181
195
197
203
ehapitles of pe vü. pnrt and pe last of pis
boke. pe whiche spekes of pe ioyes of heven. First hit tellep
«here heven
(1.7567).
pe
pe
heven
cristal
first (1.
is
(1.
es pe sterred
7574)
7553).
heven
Of meny dyvers hevens (1.
7571).
pe secunde
es
204
XL
TABLE OF CONTENTS. P««e
1.
pe iii man
pe hegh heven, where-In god duollip, pe whicbe he
Ho« somme
7618).
(I.
pe
first
Venus
pe mone.
is
(1.
7628).
4.
vi is Iubiter (1. 7629).
Of pe ioy pat
How How
no thing
2.
pe
pe
iiii
7.
beven
is
pe
secunde
vii is
in
is
hegher pan heven
(1.
5.
pe
v
Saturnus pat
is
3.
pe
Mars.
is last (1.
is
iii
6.
pe 206 211 208
7630).
7813)
is
alle worldliche blisses
205
Mercnry.
is
for
7621)
(I.
pe sonne.
made
bnp seven ma-
clerkes tellep pat per
uere hevena, pat bup pe eeven planetis
(1.
7726)
bup acountid as noujt
pe
to regard of
236 238
blisse of heven (I. 8767) Of pe lickenyng of pe eite of heven (1. 8867) How heven is lickend to a worldliche thyng and expounep hit in gostliche thyng (1. 8883) How no man can teile wher-of heven is made (1. 8853) Of seven manere blisses pat pe saved bodies schul have in beven. Of seven schenschipes pat pe dampned bodies schul have in helle.
239 238
....
(1.
212
7875)
1. Of pe blisse of bryjtnys (1. 7909) Of pe contrarie of pilk blisse (1. 7925). 2. Of pe blisse of swiftnes. Of pe contrarie of pulk blisse (1. 7961). 3. Of pe blisse (1. 7933).
of strengthe
(l.
(1.
7979).
Of pe (1.
Of pe
(1.
7973).
contrarie of pat blisse
Of pe
6.
Of pe contrarie of lif (1.
pilk blisse
of helthe (1. 8007).
blisse
8015).
214
7959)
Of pe contrarie of 5.
213
Of pe
4. (1.
blisse of
fredom
215
7999)
Of pe contrarie of
pilk blisse
blisse of delices (1. 8023)
pilk blisse
(1.
8053).
7.
Of pe
216 blisse of endeles
8063)
Of pe contrarie of pilk blisse (1.8151) Of seven manere of blisses pat pe saved soules schul have aftnr pe day of dorne (1. 8176). Of vii paynes pat pe dampned souls schulle have in helle (1. 8181). 1. Of pe blisse of wisdom (1. 8187) . . Of pe contrarie of pat blisse (1. 8365). 2. Of pe blisse of onhod and acorde ( I. 8377). Of pe contrarie of pat blisse
(1.
8403).
Of pe blisse of frendschip and parfit love (1. 8447) Of pe contrarie of pat blisse (1. 8469). 4. Of pe blisse of myght and strengthe (1. 8485) % . Of pe contrarie of pat blisse (1. 8507). 5. Of pe blisse of honour and worsebip (1. 8525) Of pe contrary of pat blisse (1. 8643). 6. Of pe blisse of suyrte and
3.
.
sikernys
(I.
217 219
220 225 226 227 228
229
230
8555)
Of pe contrarie of pat blys (1. 8577). 7. Of pe blisse of parfit ioye (1. 8601). Of pe contrarie of pat blisse Of pe blis pat pe saved schul have in bare v wittes (1. 9355). Of
Digitized
by
231
XU
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Pago
pe yü scheuschipes pat pe dampaed soules schul bave in harc fyve Wittes (1. 9392)
Of |>e Of pe
ioyful sight of pe trinite (l. 8662) ioyful sight of oure lady
(1.
8681).
Of pe
ioyful
sight
ioyful sight of pe
vers
medes
234
sight of pe seiutes in heven
of dyvers worschippes (1.
(l.
8741).
(1.
8717).
Of pe
Of pe
ioyful
ioyful sight of dy-
8747)
235
Of pe
ioyful sight of pe citd of heven (1 8848) Of pe ioy of huyryug and of pe contrarie of hit (1. 9557). ioy of smellyng and of pe contrarie of hit (1. 9276)
Of pe ioy
of tastyng and of pe contrarie of
and of pe contrarie of
252
233
Of pe
ix ordres of aungelis (1.8693)
hit
(1.
9363)
hit.
238
Of pe 249
Of pe ioy of felyng 252
Digitized by
,
THE PRICKE OF CONSCIENCE.
4
pe myght of pe Fader almygbty, pe witte of pe Son alwytty, Ami pe gudnes of pe Haligast, A Oodde and Lordc of myght mast, Bo wyth us and us help and spede,
Now 8
and ever,
in al
our nede;
And spccinly at this bygynnyng, And bryng us alle til gudc endyng. Amen. Before ar any thyng was wroght,
12
IG
And ar any bygynnyng was of oght, And befor al tymes, als we sal trow, pe sam God ay was pat es now, pnt woned ever in his godbede, And in thre pcrsons and anhede. For God wald ay witli pe Fader and pe Son And wyth pe Haligast in anhede won, Als God in a substance and beyng With-outen any bygynnyng;
Bygynnyng of l^'m myght never nan be, He was ay God in trinite, pat was ay als wys and fnl of wytte, And als myghty als he es yhitte, W[h]as myght and wytte of him-sel ve was tan For never na God was bot he alan. pe sani God sythyn was pe bygynnyng, And pe Erst maker of alle thyng; ,
20
1
24
1
wbose.
Digitized by
2
GOD BEGINNING AND END OF ALB THINGS. And
als
he
is
bygynnyng of
bygynnyng swa we bim Ende of al wyth-outen ende, pus es in haly bokes contende; For als he was ay Ă&#x;od in trinite
28 Wyth-outen
32
3G
Swa
he es, and ay
And
als
Swa
sal he, at
Of alte And of pat
he
first
God
bygan
call,
sal be;
alle thing.
pe last,
mak endyng
ping bot of heven and helle, inan, and fende, and aungclle,
aftir pis lyfe sal lyf ay.
And na qwik Als men may 40 pat wille
creature bot pai, se in pis boke contende,
se or here to pe ende.
it
And God
that
Als he
now, God and
is
mad man
ay be pan,
sal
nuin.
Alle thyng thurgh his myght 44
[PROB.]
alle,
made
he,
For with-outen hym myght nathing be. Alle thyng pat he bygan and wroght
Was
byfor pc bygynnyng noglit.
Alle thing he ordaynd aftir
is
wille
48 In sere kyndes, for certayn skylle;
Whar-for pe creatours pat er dom,
And na witt ne skille has, er bughsom To lof hym als pe boke beres wytnesse, On pair inaner als puir kynd esse. For ilk a thyng pat God has wroght, ,
52
pat folowes pe kynd and passes
Loves
his
it
noglit,
maker and hym worshepes, kynd right kepes;
5G In pat at he pe
Sen pe creatures pat
Hym 60
64
skill
has uaue,
loves in pe kynde pat pai haf tane;
pan aght man pat has skille and mynde Hys creatur worshepe in his kynde. And noglit to be of wers condicion pan pe creatours with-outen reson. Maus kynd es to folow Goddes wille And alle hys comandmentes to fulfille;
Digitized by
;
MAN
[PROL.]
For of
Man mast And
GOD'S CHIEF WORK.
IS
alle
3
God made, mare and
pat
les,
principal creature es,
alle pat
man
he made was for
done,
68 Als yhe sal here aftirward sone.
God
to
And
al other
mans kynd had grete lufe Wlien he ordaynd, for mans byhnfe, Heven and herth and pe werld brade, 72
thyng, and
man
last
made
Til hys lyknes and semely statnre;
76
And made hym mast digne creature Of al other creaturs of kynde And gaf hym wyttc, skille and mynde, For to knaw gude and ille; And pare-with he gaf hym a fre wille For
and for
to chese,
to halde
80
Gude or ille, wethir he walde; And alswa he ordaynd man to dwelle And to lyf in erthe, in flcsshc and feile, To knaw his Werkes and him worshepe,
84
And And
his if
comandmentes
he be
til
to
kepe;
God bousom,
Til endeles blis at pc last to
And,
if
com;
he fraward be, to wende
88 Til pyne of helle, pat has nan ende. 11k man pat here lyves, mare and God made til his awcn lyknesse;
lesse,
Til wliam he has gyven witte and skille 92
96
to knaw bothe gude and ille, And fre wille to chese, als he vouches save, Gude or ille whether he wil have; Bot he pat his wille til God wil sette, Grete mede parfor mon he gette; And he pat til ille settes his wille
For
Grete payne
sal
have for pat
ille;
Whar-for pat man may be halden wode, 100 f>at cheses pe
ille
and leves pe gude.
Sen God made man of maste
Of
alle creatures,
uud mast
dignite
fre,
a2
Digitized
by
GOD MADE MAN AFTER
4
And
him
in ade
til
OWN
HIS
his
Âťwen
[PROL.]
LIKENES8.
liknes,
1(M In fair stature, als befor sayde es,
108
112
And maste has gyven him, and yhit gyves pan til any other creature pat lyves, And has hight him yit par to pe blise of heven, if he uele do; And yhit when he had done mys, And tliurgh syn was prived of blys, God tok mans kynd for his sake And for his love pe dede wald take, And with his blĂśde boght him agayne Til pat blisse fra endeles payne;
pus 1
IG
grete lufe
And many Whar-for
God
til
benyfices he
ilk
man kydde, him dydde;
man, bathe lered and lewed,
Suld thynk on pat love pat he
And
alle pier
1
beneficc hald in
man shewed, mynde,
mans kynde, And love hym and thank him als he And eiles es he an unkynd man,
120
pat he pus dyd
124
And And And
til
can,
servc him, bathe dav and nyght, pat he has gyven him, use his wittes
despende
it
ryght
in his Service,
Elles cs he a fole und nnght wise;
128
132
136
1
pir (Harl.
And knaw kyndly what God es And what inan seif es pat es les; How wake man es in saul and body, Andhow stalworthGod es, and howmyghty; How man God grevcs pat dose noght wele, And what man es worthi par-for to feie, How mereyful and gracyouse God es, And how ful he es of gudenes; How rightwes God cs and how sothefast, And what he has done and sal do at pe last, And ilk day dos to man-kynde; pis suld ilk man knaw and haf in mynde. M8. 4196).
Digitized
by
THE NECESSITY OF SELF-KNOWEEDGE.
[PROL.]
For pe 140
144
145
152
156
way pat lyggus ledys a man theder,
right
til
5
blys,
And pat es pys; pe way of mekenes principaly, And of drede, and Inf of God almyghty, pat may be cald pe way of wysdom; In-tyl whilk way na man may com Wyth-outen knawyng of God here, And of bis myght, and his Werkes sere, Bot here he may til pat knawyng wynne. Hym byhoves knaw him-self with-inne, Elles nmy he haf na knawing to come In-til pe forsayde way of wysdome. Bot som men has wytte to nnderstand, And yhit pai er ful unkunand. And of som thyng has na knawing pat myght styrrc pam to gude lyfyng; Swylk men had nede to lere ilk day Of other men, pat can mare pan pay; To knaw pat, myght pam stir and lede Til mekenes, and
pe whilk
es
til
way,
lufe,
and drede;
als befor
sayde
es,
160 Til pe blis of heven pat es endeles.
In grete perille of saul es pat
man
pat has witt and mynde and na gude can,
164
And wil noght lere for to knaw pe Werkes of God and gode law, Ne what hym-self es pat es lest; Bot lyves
als
an unskylwys best,
pat nother has 168
pat man
lyfes
his
ne mynde;
kynde. his
pat
in lcryng,
his wittes uses
Namly, of pat 172
skil, witt,
agayn
For a man excuses noght at
pat myght meke
noght
hym
unknnnyng,
knaw and make
fei to
his hert
it
law,
Bot he pat can noght, suld haf wille
176
To lere to knaw bathe gude and ille; And he pat can oght, suld lere mare To knaw alle pat hym nedeful wäre;
Digitized by
SELF-KNOWLEDGE.
6
[PROL.]
For an nnkunnand man, thnrgh
May
be broght
nndirstandyng
til
Of many thynges, ISO pat has bene,
pat
til
leryng,
knaw and
to
and
and
es,
mckenes myght
se
184
And til lnfe, and drede, and to fle Many has lykyng trofels to here, And vanites wille blethly lere, And er bysy in wille and thoght To lere pat pe saul helpes noght;
188
To
Bot
ne[de]ful
pat.
listen
war
192
alle ille.
knn and knaw,
to
and lere pai er
For-pi pai can noght
be,
yliit sal
stir his wille,
slaw;
fnl
knaw ne
se
pe peryls pat pai suld drede and fle, And whilk way pai suld diese and Ulke, And whilk way pai suld lef and forsake. es, yf pai ga wrang myrknes of unknawyng pai gang,
Bot na wonder
For
in
With-outcu lyght of understandyng 196
Of
pat, pat falles
til
ryght knawyng.
par-for ilk cristcn inan and wenian
pat has witte and mynd, and
skillc can,
pat knaws noght pe ryght way to chese, 200
Ne
pe perils pat
ilk
wise
man
flesc,
Suld be bughsom ay, and bysy
To
here and lere of pam, namely,
pat understands and knawes by 204
Wilk
He
es
gnde way and wilk es
skillc, ille.
pat right ordir of lyfyng wil luke
Suld bygyn pus, als says pe boke;
208
To knaw Swa may
first
what hym-sclf
On
whilk
es,
he tyttest come to mekenes,
pat es grund of
al vertue to last,
al vertus
may
be sette fast;
For he pat knawes wele, and can 212
What
A
sc
him-self was, and es, and sal be,
wyser man may he be
talde,
Wether he be yhung man or
aide,
Digitized by
[PROL.]
FOUR THINGS PREVENT SELF-KN OWLEDG E. pan he
pat can alle other tliyng,
216 An<l of him-self has na knawyng.
For he may noght Bot he can 220
him-self propely here;
236
suld
first
feie,
lere
knew kyndely. knawyng of God almyghty, And of his endyng thynk suld he And of pe day pat last sal be. He suld knaw what pis worlde es, if
he hym-self
suld haf
pat es
232
God knaw ne
To knaw
He
228
right
him-self wele:
man
For
224
first
par-for a
ful
of poinpe and lythemes,
And lere to knaw and thynk wyth-alle What sal after pis lyf falle. For, knawyng of all pis shuld hym lede And mynd with-alle, til niekenes and drede, And swa may he com to gude lyvyng, And atte pe last til a godc endyng; And when he sal out of pis world wonde, Be broght til pe lyfe, pat has na ende, pe bygynnyng of alle pis proces Ryght knawyng of a man seif es. Bot som men has mykel lettyng, pat lettes pam to haf right knawyng Of pam-selfe, pat pai first suld knaw, pam til mekenes first suld draw.
240 pat
And
of pat
,
four thynges I find
pat mase a mans wytt
And knawyng 244
ofte blynd,
of hym-self lettes,
Thurgli wilk four, he hym-self forgettes.
Of
pis
And
Saynt Bernard witues bers
er pa four wryten in pis vers.
Fojma, favor populi, fervor juvenilis, opesque 248
Surripuere
tibi
noscere quid
sit
homo.
pat es â&#x20AC;&#x153;favor of pe folk and fayrnes,
And yhouthe.
fervor of thoght
1
and
riches,
;
8
SOME MEN GIVE TIIEMSELVES UP TO VANITY. Reves a mail 252
To knaw
sight, skyllc and
[PROL.]
mynde,
hym-self, wliat he es of kynde.”
pus per fonr lettes his insight pat he knaws noght him-selfe right, And mas his hert ful hawtayne 25G
And
ful
fraward
til
his soverayne.
pir four norisches ofte pompe and pridc,
And 2G0
other vices pat
men
can noght hyde.
For in him, in whan) ane of per four es, Es seiden sen any mekencs; Alswa pai lette a man pat he noght sese
pe
ne vanitese,
perils of pe werld,
Ne 264
268
of pe tyme of pe dede pat es to come Thynkes noght ne of pe day of dom.
Ne
he can noght undirstand ne se
pe
paynes, pat after pis lyfe sal be
To Ne
synful
pe
Bot
272
men
pat here lofes foly,
blise pat
gude men er worthy;
in his delytis settes his hert fast,
And And And
fares als pis lyfe suld ay last.
gyffes
him noght bot
to al pat
lykyng
to
to vanite,
hym myght
Swylk men er noght led with Bot pai folow, ay, pair awen 276
And of noght What wonder For what
eiles thynkes,
es yf pai haf
be.
skylle,
wille
ne tas hede.
na drede;
pai suld drede, pai
knaw
noght,
parfor pai can haf na drede in thoght,
Of pat pat myght pam 280
And
to drede bryng,
pat es tburgh defaut of knawyng.
Yhit som men wille noght understande
pat pat mught mak pam dredande,
For pai wald noght
here, bot pat
pam
pays,
284 parfor pe prophet in psauter says: Noluit intelligere ut bette ageret.
288
He Ne
says “he has no wille to to widerstand for to
feie,
do wele”.
Digitized by
ON THE WANT OF FEAR.
[PROT..]
pis wordes by
pam may
pat wil noght understand ne
To 292
God and
drede
do
lere
his wille,
Bot folowes pair likyng and lyves
Som
understandes als pai here
Bot na drede
And 296
to
9
be sayd here,
ille.
teile.
may
in pair hertes
dwelle,
thurgh defaut of tronthe pat
may
be;
For pai trow nathyng bot pat pai se, But grocbes when pai dredful thyng here; parfor pe prophet says on pis mauere:
Non 300
crediderunt
murmuravertmt.
et
Pe propbet sayd ‘‘pai trowed noght. And groched" and was angred, in thoght; pus
er raany pat trowes na thyng
men pam
304 pat
says ogayn pair likyng,
Bot groches gretly and waxes fraward,
When men says oght, pat pam thynk hard. Som can se in bak ewilk thyng and rede, pam drede, may noght with pam dwelle God pus in pe gospelle:
308 Bot lightnes of hert reves
Swa And
pat
it
parfor says
Quia ad tempus credunt,
et in
tempore
temptacionis recedunt.
312
“Til a tyme”, he says, “some trowes a thyng
And
passes par-fra in pe tyme of fandyng.” Alswa pos says pe prophet David, 316
In a psalme pat cordes par-wyth:
Et
crediderunt in cerbis eius. et lau-
dacerunt laudem et obliti
320
He
And Bat
eius, cito,
fecerunt
sunt opera eius.
says, “in his wordes, trowed pai
loved his lovyng als pai couth say, tyte pai
had don, and forgat
His Werkes, and thoght na mar of pat;” 324 Swilk
men
er ay
swa
unstedfast,
pat na drede may with pam
last,
Digitized by
THE CONTENTS OF THE BOOK.
10
For
pai er
swa wilde, wlien
pat ua drede pai can bald
wha-swa can noght drede may
328 Bot
pat
332
[l*ROL.]
pai haf quert,
in hcrt; lere,
pis tretice wil rede or herc;
Yf
pai rede or bere,
[Je
maters pat er par-in contende,
And
pam
undirstand
pe hende,
til
al
and trow,
Parchaunce pair hertcs pan
sal
bow,
Thurgh drede pat pai sal consayvc par by, To wirk gnde werkeB and fle foli. 33G parfor pis buke es on Ynglese drawen, Of sere maters, pat er unknawen Til lande
men
pat er unkunnand,
pat can na Jatyn anderstand. 340
To make pam pam-self first knaw And fra syn and vanytese pam draw. And for to stir pam til right drede, Wben pai pis tretisce bere or rede,
314 pat sal prikke pair conscience with-yn,
And
of pat drede
may
a lofe bygyn
Thnrgh comfort of ioyes of heven
sere,
pat men may aftirwarfd] rede and bere. 348 pis buk, als it-self bers wittenes,
In seven partes divised
es.
IV.
pe first party, to knaw and hafe in mynde, Es of pe wrechednes of mans kynde. pe secunde es of pe condicions sere And of pe nnstabclnes of pis werld here. pe thred parte es in pis buke to rede Of pe dede and whi it es to drede. pe ferthe part es of purgatory,
357
Whar
I.
II.
353
III.
V.
pe
fift
And VI. 361
VII.
saules er clensed of alle foly. es of pe
day of dorne.
of taknes pat befor sal come.
pe sext es of pe payns of helle par pe dampned sal ever-mare dwelle.
pe sevend
es of pe ioys of heven.
per er pe partes of
pis
buk seven,
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
OF MAN’S WRETCHEDNES8.
I.]
364
;
And
buk
Scre maters
in pis
Ga we now
til [>at
11
men may
of ilka parte fynd
to say.
parte pat
first cs,
pat spckes of mans wrechednes; 368
For
alle pat
Es bot
372
als
byfor es wryten to luk,
an entre of pis buk.
Here bygynnes pe first part pat es of mans wrechednes. First whan God mode al thyng of noght, Of the foulest matere man he wroght iii pat was of erthe for twa skyls to halde
..
;
pe 376
God walde matere mak man in despite
;
Th« t»o rc»»«« why God ra.nle man ot r»nb.
tane es forthy pat
Of foul Of Lucifer pat
1
,
fei als
tyte
Til helle, als he had synned thurgh pride,
380
And
of alle pat with him
For
pai suld have pan pe
fei
pat tyde
;
mare shenshcpe,
And pe mare sorow when pai tuk kepe, pat men of swa foul matere suld duelle In pat place fra whilk pai 384
388
392
feile.
pe tother skille es pis to se; For man suld here pe meker be Ay, when he sese and thynkes in thoght, Of how foul mater he is wroght For God, thurgh his gudnes and his myght, Wald, pat sen pat place in heven bright Was made royde thurgh pe syn of pride, It war fiiled ogayne on ilka syde Thurgh pe vertu of mekenes, pat even contrary
pan may na man Bot he pat meke
til
pryde es;
pider es
,
come
and boghsome
396 pat proves pe gospelle pat says us,
How God 1
sayd
til
his disciples pus:
MS. Addit reads: “Of so foule matere man make, as ln despite Of the foule fende, him therwith to edwyte.”
Digitized by
;
MAN
12
IS
BCT A8HE8 AND CLAY.
[BOOK
I.]
Nisi e/ficiamini sicut parndus, von intrabitis in
regnum celorum.
4G0 “Bot ylie”, he saydo, “be als a childe,
pat
es to say, batlic
meke and mylde, way
Ylie sal noght entre, be na
Hevenryke pat 404
408
sal last ay.”
pan byhoves a man ay here seke, pat may tittest make him meke; Bot natbyug here may meke him mare pan to thynk in hert, als I sayde are, How he was made of a foul matere, And es noght eiles, bot herthe here. For-pi says a clerk, als
412
Memento, queso, quod me, 4 lß
I
now
say,
‘What es man bot herth and clay, And poudre pat with pe wynd brekes?’ And parfor lob pus to God spekes: et in
sicut
lutum feceris
pulverem reduces me.
He says, “thynk, Laverd, pat als pow made me Foul erthe and clay here to be, Right swa pou
sal turne
me agayne
Til erthe and poudre”; pis es certayu.
420
pan says our Laverd God almyghty Agayne til man, pus shortly: Memento, homo, quod et in
cinis es,
cinerem recerteris.
424
“Thynk man”, he says, “askes er-tow now, And in to askes agayn turn sal-tow.” pan es a man noght elles to say
428
Of pis suld ilk man here haf mynde And knawe pc wrechednes of mans kynde, pat may be sene, als I shewo can,
Bot askes and pouder, erthe and clay;
In al pc partys of pe lyfe of man. 432 Of thc
ihrto parts of the Ufo of mau.
Alle
mans
lyfe casten
may
be,
Principaly, in pis partes thre,
pat er
pir to our understandyng
Bygynnyng, midward, and endyng.
Digitized hy
Gopgk'
;
[BOOK
TUE FIRST PART OF MAN
I.]
13
S LIFE.
436 per pre partes er pre spaces talde
Of J>e lyf of ilk man, yhung and aide. Bygynnyng of mans lyf, pat first es,
Befor
J>at
life.
[I] forthir pas,
Shew yhou what a man first was; Sonie tyme was when a mau was 444
Tbe boginniug of inan'a
Contenes mykel wrechcdnes; 440 parfor I wille, ar
noglit,
he was geten and forth broght.
He was geten aftir, als es knawen, Of vile sede of man witli syn sawen He was consayved synfully With-in his awen moder body,
448
Whar
his herber with-in
was
dight,
Als David says in pe psauter right:
Ecce
in inquitatibus conceptus
me mater mea. man-kynd
peccatis concepit
452
“Lo”, he
sum,
says, “als
et in
es
am consayved in wykkednes, And my moder has consayved me I
In syn and in caytefte.” 456
par
duellid
And
in
Whar
man
Bot wlatsom 4G0
464
He Ne
glet,
fode
and loper blöde,
1
Man's feebleuesa.
ne had nouther strenthe ne rnyght, to
ga ne yhit to stand,
to crepe with fote,
pan has a man
les
ne with hand.
myght pan a beste
When
he es born, and es sene leste:
For a
best
Als
1
a myrk dungeon,
otlier
And stynk and filthe, als I sayde ar, With per he' was first norisshcd par. Aftir-warde, when he out came From pat dungeon, his moder warne, And was born til pis werldys light, Nouther
468
in
a foul sted of eorupcion,
he had na
when
tite aftir,
it
es born,
and ryn to and
‘Bot lothsom glette and filthede of blöde.'
Man
is l«*s
than
a b«ast.
may ga fra;
US. Addit. 11305.
Digitized
by
ALL ARE BORN CRY1NG.
14
man
472 Bot a
[BOOK
I.]
has na inyght par-to,
When
he es bom, swa to do; For pan may he noght stände ne crepe
Bot ligge and sprawel, and cry and wepe. 47G
For uunethes pat
ehild at birth s*vi a. a,
\V liether
child e.e.
T,
4b0 ror denote« Adam,
aud
e.
runds
If
it
it
be
.
,
when it be man
for
„
pat pe
F.ve.
to
goulc and cry;
men knaw pan man or weman,
pat cry .
ami a femaie
a.
es a child born fully
ne bygynnes
it
And by
a male itn
es born it
.
it
cryes swa:
, 1
saya “a. a”,
.
first letter
es of
pe
nam
Of our forme-fader Adam. 484
And if pe child a woman be, When it es born it says “e. e.” E. cs pe
first letter
Of pe namc
of
488 parfor u clerk
and pe hedc
Eve pat bygan onr dede. madc on pis mauere
pis vers of metre pat es wreten here: Dicentes E. vel A. quot-quot nascuntur ab Era.
“Alle pas”, he says, “pat comes of Eve, 492 pat es al
When The reason
pus
»i.y
mau'« life commenre« «uh
men
pat here byhoves leve,
pai er born what-swa pai be,
pai say
outlior a. n, or e. e.”
cs here pe
4% Of
bygynnyng
our lyfe sorow ...
cryiug.
and gretyng,
Til whilk our wrechedncs stirres us;
And
parfor Innoccnt says pus:
Omnes nascimur
eiulcmtes,
500 ul nature nostre müeriam e.rprimamus. 1 says, “al er we bom gretand , And makand a sorowful sembland,
He 504
For
to
shew pe grete wrechednes
Of our kynd
1
*
pat in us es.”
MSS. Addit 22283, 11305 read ‘wa’. “wo ben ybore everichone
Ile saith:
Making sorwe and reuly
uione.'’
MS. Addit 11305
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
MAN
X.]
BOBN
IS
508
512
15
IN SIN.
Bus when pe tyme com« of our Al made sorow aud na
M«n
birthe,
brinpi
nothing into thc worid »ith bim.
mirtlie;
Naked we come luder, aud bare And pure, swa sal we hetben t'are; Of pis twa tymes we suld thynk pan, For pus says lob, pe rightwes man: Nudus epressus sum de utero matris mee,
nudus revertar
et
“Naked”, he
illuc.
says, “first I
cam
Hyder, out of my moder warn, 516 And naked I sal turne away.”
Swa
sal
we
al at
our last day.
3
pus a man es, at pe first comyng, Naked, and bringes witli him nathyng; 520 Bot a rym pat es ful wlatsome, Es his garment when he forlh sal com, 1
pat es noght bot a blody skyn pat he byfor was lapped
. flo
i>28
in,
moder warn
524 Whils he in his
lay,
pe whilk es a foul tliyng to say. And fouler to here, als says pe buke. And aldir-foules 2 on to loke; pus es a man, als we may se,
Man U bom
to
troubie aud
In wrechednes borne and caytefte,
And
for to life here a fon dayse,
par-for lob pus openly sayse 532
Homo, natus de
mutiere, breoi vivens
tempore, repletur multis miseriis.
He
says,
“Man
pat born es of 'vornan
Lyfand short time to‘ 536
1
MS. Lansd. 348 reads
Ho saith: He lyveth
4
lo is
pan
MS. Addit 22283 reads
‘slow’.
dit 11305 roads ‘reine’. *
ful-fild cs
Of many maners of wrechednes.” pns says lob, and swa it es,
“aflor that a
7
man
aldir foulest is
(MS.
‘slouh’.
Ilarl.
MS. Ad-
4196)
bor of a woinan
n
but short tymo, and sone bicometh wan.
MS. Addit
1
1305.
superfluous?
Digitized by
.
THE MIDDLE PEIUOD OK MAN’S
16
Alswa inan Bot 540
es borne
I.]
to travayle, als lob yhit telles:
Homo
nascitur
sicut avis
He
says,
ad laborem,
ad volatum.
“man
For
bom
es
Als a foul es to 544
[BOOK
LIEH.
noght elles
til
to travaile right
J>e flight.”
pis lyf es.
littel rest in
Bot gret travayle and bysynes; Man
Yhit a man es, when he es born,
at bi« birth
isttae devil's sou.
pe
fendes son, and fra
543 Ay,
he thurgh grace
til
Til baptem and
til
pus may a man
Qod es Iorn may com
cristendom;
bygynnyng
bis
Ful of wrechednes and of Tbe »econd or 552 middle period of man'« life.
556
Es
vile
and wrechcd
Bot how foule Man
of i'omiptiou. is full
se
caytifle.
pe tother part of pe lyf, men calles pe mydward, aftir pat it falles, pe wilk reelles fra pe bygynnyng Of raans lyfe un-til pe endyng. pe bygynnyng of man, als I talde, es
to behalde;
man
aftir-warde
Tels pus, openly, saynt Bernarde: 560
Homo
quam sperma
nihil aliud est,
fetidum, saccus stercorum
Saynt Bernard says 564
als
et
esca vermittln
pe buke
pat “man here es nathyng
568
572
telles,
elles
Bot a foule slyme, wlatsome
til
men,
And a sekful of stynkand fen, And wormes fode” pat pai wald bave, When he es dede and layde in grave. Bot som men and women fayre seines To pe syght with-outen, als men demes, And pat shewes noght elles bot a skyn; Bot wha-swa moght se pam with-in, Fouler carion moght never be
pan he
suld pan of
pam
se.
parfor he pat had als sharp syght,
And
cler
cghen and als bright
Digitized
by
.
[BOOK
MEN
X.]
17
IN PROSPERITY.
576 Als has a best bat
men Lynx
Th0 't™
calles,'
“ oue
pat may sc thurgh thik stane walles, lykyng suld a man haf
Littel
w,lls-
]>an
For to behald a faire woumii, 580 For pan mugbt he se, with-outeu doute, Als wele witli-in
als with-outc,
And
if be witli-iu saw bir right, Sho war ful wlatsom til bis sigbt; 584 pus foul with-in ilk man es, Als pe buk says and bers witnes.
pan may we
se on pis manere,
How
kynd of man
foul pe
585 Whar-for I bald a
es bere;
man noght
pat herc es over-prowde and
When
he may
What he
es,
592 Bot proud
ilk
and was, and
man
witty ioly,
day bere and se
The promi min has iio thought about imnseir.
sal be.
of pis tas na hede
For hyin wuutes skille, pat hym suld lede, he es yhung and luffes laykyng,
Wben 596
Or has ese, and welth, and his lykyng; Or if be be at grete worshepe, What hym-self es pan, he tas na kepe; Whar-for bim-self pan knawes be
And
And
leste
fares als an unresonabel beste,
600 pat bis
awen
wille folowes, and noght eiles,
par-for pe prophet-in pe psauter telles:
Homo, cum in honoreesset, non inlellexit, coinjmratus est iumentis insipientibus, et similisJactus est illis.
604
“Man wben
he
is til
worshepe broght
Right understandyng has he noght:
He may
be likend and he es lyke pan
Til bestes, pat na skylie ne witte can;” G08 parfor ilk
man
pat has witte and mynde,
Suld thynk of pe wreehednes of his kynde,
pat es
foul,
For he may I
and
'As halb a beste that
Tbat
may
vile,
se fra his
se thurgh
and wlatsom
;
Of the foulncs* of man'« body.
body com,
men lynx
calles,
nyne sloon wallet.
MS. Addit 11305. b
Digitized by
MAN COMPARED
18
WITT! TREES.
[ROCK
t.]
612 Bathe fra aboven and fra bynethe,
Alkyn filthe with stynkand brethe; For raar tilthe es nane, hart! ne nessbe, 616
pan And
es pat cotnes fra a nians flesshe;
may
pat
a
man bathe
se and feie,
pat wil byhald him-sclf wele,
How And
foul he es to
mans
syght,
parfor sayB Saynt Bernard right:
620 Si diligenter cansideres quid per
oh,
per nares, ceterosque meatus
f/uid
corporis egreditur, rilius sterquilinium
nunquam 624
\Vliat
comet from mau.
i'idisti.
pow wille”, he says, “ententyfly se, And by-hald what comes fra pe What thurgli mouthe, whatthurgh nese, commonly,
“If
3
'And thurgh other overtes of his
body,
G28
A fouler myddyng saw pow never nane,” pan a man es, with flesche and bane. Al pe tyme pat a man here lyves,
G32
Whether he
Hi» kynd na other fruyt gyfes,
Bot thyng Als
lyf lang or short while,
that es
wlatsome and
vile.
and stynk and nathynge
tilth
elles.
Als Innocent pus in a boke tellcs: Man
m
com-
parcd Wltk Irres, plant»
Jet.
Herbas etarbores, inquit, mvestiga:
Ille
producunt
et
flores,
frondes
et
fructus;
de se
tu de te lendes, pediculos et lumbricos. Ille diffundunt oleum,
G40 tu de
te
einum,
sputum. urinam,
et
et
balsamum ;
de
te reddis
Qualis G44 H*rb* and
troca
abhominationem
et
stercus: Ille
de se Spirant suavitatem odoris;
et tu
fetoris.
est arbor, talis est fructus.
pis gret clerk telles pus
in
a buke:
“Behalde”, he says, “graythely and loke,
bring forth flow« ers
and fmit,
l*ut
Herbes and trese pat pou sees spryng,
inan only nits, lice
and vermin.
1
A *
And
take gude kepe what pai forth bryng;
‘And other issues of tho body: fouler dongehnll savro tliou never none.’
MS. Addit 11305.
pe (MS. Karl. 4196).
Digitized
by
[BOOK
MAN
I.]
648
Herbes
AN INVERTED
LIEF.
forth bringes floures
And tres And pou
fair fruyt
Of herbes and
tres,
And And
wyne
Als 656
oyle and
vermyn
springes for
gude,
ful
fen,
and uryn and spyttyng;
Of herbes and tres comes swete savour, And of pe comes wlatsouie Stynk, and sour; als
pe tre es with bowes,
Swilk es pe fruyt pat on
664
sere.
bäum
maus fude;
of pe comes mykel foul thyng,
Swilk 660
1
to spede,
forth bringes of pi-self here
Nites, lyse, and otber
652
19
TRF.E.
and sede,
and braunches
it
growes.”
An ille tre may na gude fruyt bere. And pat knawes ilk gude gardyncrc. A man es a tre, pat Standes noght harde, Of whiLk pe crop es turned donward, And pe rote to-ward pe firmuinent, Als says pe grcte clerk Innocent:
Quid arbor 668
est
homo, secuudum /ormam,
e versa,
alvo, rami sunt ulne digiti
cum
676
6S0
cum
slijns est pectus tibiis;
articulis ; hoc est
to rapitur, et stipula
672
He
nisi (juedam
cujus radices sunt crines;
tmncus est caput cum collo ;
a
cum
frondes sunt
folium quod a cen-
sole siccatur.
says, “what cs man Turned up pat es duun,
in
shap bot n
tre
als men may se, Of wliilk pe rotes pat of it springes, Er pe bares pat on pe heved hynges; pe stok nest pe rot growand Es pe heved with nek folowand; pe body of pat tre par-by Es pe brest with pe bely; pe bughes er pe armes with pe haudes And pe legges with pe fete pat Standes: pe braunches men may by skille call pe tas and pe fyngers alle;
m«,, i, iik e «ire« Inverted : th« root* ar« thehair, tho stock in the heatl,
litt*
boughs
ar« the arins an«l hnn«ls, with the aml feet; the
log*
branebes arc the toe* and
Hngers,
6S4 pis es pe leef pat hanges noght faste,
pat es blawen away thurgh a wynd 1
Spredo (MS. Harl. 4196).
blaste,
b2
Digitized by
:
MAN UKE
20
Man, Uke a flover, »oon
688
fades.
692
A KLO WER.
Man’*
r.]
fades, als dos pe flour.
pat son fayles and 696
[BOOK
And pe body alswa of pe tre, pat thurgli pe son may dried be.” A man pat es ybung and light, Be he never swa Stal Worth and wyght, And conily of shap, lufly and fayre, Angers and yvels nmy hym appayre, And liis beute and bis streng[th] abate, And mak liym in ful wayk state, And chaunge alle fayre colour, For a flour pat Tburgb stormes
Many
seines fayre and briglit, fades,
and tynes pe myght.
yvels, angers, and mescheefes
Strenjfth is
weakened by
Oft comes
til
man
pat here lyves,
disease.
700 Als fevyr, dropsy, and launys,
Tysyk, goutc, and other uialadys, pat hym mas streng[lb] and fayrnes tyne, Als grete stormes dose a flour to dwyne; 704 parfor a
man may
likcnd be
Til a flour, pat es fayre to se,
pan son Man
fades as a Ho wer.
aftir
pat
it
Welkes and dwynes
es fortli broght, til
it
708 pis aught to be cnsample
be noght; til
us;
For-whi lob, in a boke, says pus
Homo, quasißos, egreditur et conteritur, et/ugit velud umbra et nunquam in eodem statu permanet. 712
“Man”, be
says, “als a flour bright,
First
comes here til pis light, broken and passes away,
And
fortli
es sonc
Als a sbadu on pe somers day; 7 IG
And
never mare in pe same state duelles,”
Bot ay passand,
Of
als
lob telles;
pis.pe prophet witnes beres,
In a psalmc of pe psauter, tburgb pis vcrs
720 Matte, stcut herba, trauseat et
1
,
matte Jloreat
transeat ; vespere decidat, indurat' et arescat.
indurescat?
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE SlIORTNESS OF MAN'S
I.]
The prophet says
21
“Arely a man passes als pe gres, Arely at pe bygynnyng of pe day,
724
He
floresshe and passes
At even
And
first
N egnen x
he
late
and
fayles,
728 In pe
away
douu broght,
is
and dwynes
dries,
j
.«
,
handreth
Bot sythen bycom mans at
For-whi he sayd pus in
736
“My
ihe
man ’s
iilius
it
til
lyf los
suld be;
Noe:
quia caro
centum
gast,” he says, “sal noght ay dwcllo
man,
for he sal
is
flesshe
be for to
and
life
feile;
höre
hundreth and twenti yhere.”
Bot swa grete elde
may nane now
bere,
or
,h *
of
For sythen mans 744
lyfe
bycom
For-whi pe complection of
Was
sythen fehler pan
Now
es
it
it
mans
life.
shortere.
ilk
man
was pan;
alther-feblest to se,
parfor mans 748
lcn^h of life, and
the reason why it ia «bortened.
annorum.
Hys days
An
in eternum,
erunt dies
viginti
In
Of
permanebit Spiritus mens
homine
est,
,
bers witnes;
And swa wald God Non
.
lyfed pan,
.
Als clcrkes in
732
to noght.
bygynnyng of pe kynd of man
*
wynter man iiii.... bukes
740
LIFE.
pus, als writen es,
life
short byhoves be;
For ay pe langer pat man may lyfe, pe mare his lyfe sal hym now griefe, And pe les him sal thynk his lyf swote, Als in a psalme, says pe prophete:
752 Si autem in potentatibus octoggnta anni, et
amplius eorum labor
et dolor.
“If in myghtfulnes four scor yhere
756
falle,
Mare es pair swynk and sorow with-alle.’’ For seldom a man pat bas pat held, 1
Hele has, and him-self may weld;
1
hejd
fr ‘eld’.
Digitized by
;
TUE PROPERTIES OF
22
Rot now
[BOOK
Ol.D AGE.
falles yhit ghorter
mang
I.]
dayes,
Als lob, pc haly man, pus says: 700
Nunc
paucitas (Herum
meorum
finielur bretri.
“Now,” he
says,
“my
fon days sere
Sal enden with a short tyme here.” Of th* chungps 764 wrought in man by old age; and of the prnpcrtics of ‘cid
768
772
Bodily infirmitic« paused bjr
Föne nien may now fourty yhere pas. And foner fifty als in somtyni was; Bot als tyte als n man waxes aide, pan waxes bis kynde wayke and calde,
pan chaungeB his complexcion And bis maners and his condicion; Than waxes his hert hard and hevy.
And his heved fehle and dysy; pan waxes his gaste seke and sare, And his face rouncles, ay mare aml mare His mynde es short when he oght thynkes, His nese
old ape.
776
ofte droppes, his hand' stynkes,
His sight wax
dym
pat he has,
His bak waxes croked, stonpand he gas Fyngers and taes, fote and hande, Alle his touebes 3 er tremblande: 780 His Werkes for-worthes pat he bygynnes
3 ,
His haire moutes, his eghen rynnes;
His eres waxes deef, and hard to here, His tung fayles, his speche is noght clere. Mental infirmi-
784 His mouthe slavers, his tethe rotes,
tics.
Ilis
He Bot 788
He Rot
He
wyttes fayles, and he ofte dotes; is
lyghtly wrath, and
to tnrne hyin fra
fnl late
1
*
i.
e.
MS.
and =
it
es hard;
he turnes fra pat trowyng;
es covatous
and hard haldand,
His chere es drery and
3
waxes fraward,
wrethe
sonches and trowes sone a thyng,
his serobland;
breath.
Lansd.. 348 reads ‘lymmes’.
‘His Werkes forweion that he bygynuoth'.
MS. Addit 11305.
Digitized by
[BOOK
SIONS BEKORK DEATH.
I.]
792
Ile es swyft to spek
on
hi»
23
manere
And lutsom and slaw for to here; prayses ald men and lutldes parn wysc, And yhuug men list him oft despyee He loves men pat in ald tymc has bene. He lakes pa men pat now are seile;
He
;
7‘.)<>
He
seke and ay grnnand.
is ofte
And SOO Alle
ofte angerd, pir, tliurgb
and ay pleyuand;
kyud, to au ald
Pat clerkes propcrtes of
ma pan to a man
Yhit er par
pat 804
SOS
falles
pus may men
se,
1
man
falle»,
eld calles.
haf talde,
pat es aide.
wha-so can,
Wbat pe condicions er of an ald man. pe last endo of ntans lyfe es hard, pat es, wheu he tlraA'es to dcd-ward. For when he is seke, and bedreden lys, And swa fehle pat he may noght rys, pan er men in dout and noght certayn, Wethir he
sal ever cover agayn.
812 Bot yhit can
Witte
By
if
he
som men,
sal of
flow to teil whcther in old
pat er siegln-,
man
pat yvel deghe
nMTW
will fron» his »irkncss.
certayn e takens, als yhe sal here,
pat by falles when pe ded es nere; SIS
'
820
pan bygynnes his frount dounward falle, And his browes heldes doun wyth-alle; pe lefte eghe of hym pan seines les, And narower pan pe right eghe es; Hys nese, at pe poynt, es sltarp and smallc, pan bygynnes his chyn to falle; His pouce es
His
fete
stille,
with-outen styringes,
waxes calde,
his bely clynges.
824
And
828
He ay slepe pan J noght J wukcs, and may ° And an aldeman to dede drawand May noght wake, bot es ay slepand; Men says, al pir takens sere
if
1
Er
H"»
nere *pe dede be a 'yhnng ° man,
of a
man
1
;
lo
1,11
wneithcr « yoong * u| froin hl9 Sick-
pat pe dede es nere.
Digitized by
THE FOULNESS OF
24 Whftt's n liko
man
when he
Wliälos a
When
dead?
332
R36
810
dead body
DEAD BODY.
A
lyves he
[BOOK
I.]
lyke n man;
is
^
is
but earth and
his liknes se
Chaunged,
it
als
had never bene he;
And when his lyf es broght to pe ende, pan sal he on pe same wys hethcn wende, Pure and naked, right als he cnm po first day fra his moder warn. For he broght with hira nathyng pat day, And noglit sal he bere with him away, Bot it be a wyndyng clathe anely, sal
be lapped obont his body;
pus wrechedly cndes pe lyf of man. And if we behalde what he es pan,
When pan
clay.
he es dede what es he lyke pan?
pan may men
pat
A
man
'is
pe lyfe of
hym
passes oway,
es he noght bot erthe and clay
pat turnes
til
mare corrupcion,
pan ever had stynkand A dead body
§4$
pollut es tho atnioaptiere.
852
carion.
For pe corrupcion of his body, Yf it suld lang oboven erthe ly, It royght pe ayr swa corrumpud mak, pat men parof pe dede suld take,
Swa
vile
it
es
and violent;
parfor pe gret clerk says, Innocent:
Quid enim quid 8,56
8G0
fetidius humatio cadavere,
horibilius homitie mortuo.
He says, “What-kyn thyng may fouler be pan a mans carion es to se: And what es mar horibel in stede pan a man es when he es dede?” Alswa [I] say, nathyng es swa ugly, Als here es a mans dede body;
Man’» body shail be raten by wonns.
8ß4
And when it Wörmes pan
es in ertli layd lawe, sal
it
Til pe flesshe be
al
For-why we fynde pos 1
‘And whan
it
es in ertho
1
to-gnaw,
gnawen oway and bylen; in
buk writen:
bywounde,
Wörmes wol him gnawo on
overy stounde’.
MS. Addit
J
1305.
Digitized by
[BOOK
WORMS
I.]
Cum autem bit
8G8
vermes
pe buk
SIIALL
FEED ON MAN.
25
morietur homo, heredita-
et serjientes.
man
says pus, “pat wlien a
Sal dighe he sal enherite pan
Wörmes and
wbam
Til
nedders,” ugly in sight,
falles
872 parfor in ertiie
mans
man
thurgh right,
flessb,
sal slepe,
Oman[g] worraes, pat on hym
And gnaw on
sal crepe,
pat stynkand carcays,
Als es wryten in a bok pat says: 87G
Omnee
in pulvere dormient, et
vermes operient
pat
es “in
eos.
pouder
And wormes
sal slepe ilk
sal cover
man,
hym pan;” swa witty, ne swa myghty,
880 For in pis world es nane
Swa
swa
fair,
Strang,
Emperour, kyng, duke, ne caysere, 884
Ne Ne
riebe, ne pure,
bond ne
«ball wurms rive asunder.
all
fre,
Lered or lawed, what-swa he
be,
pat he ne
oway,
sal turne at
pe
Einporor, king,
duko and kayser,
other pat bers grete state here,
last
Til poudre and erthe and vyle clay; 888
And wormes sal ryve hym in sondre; And parfor haf I mykel wondere pat unnethes any man wille sc What he was, and what he sal be.
S92 Bot wha-so wald in hert east
896
What he was, and sal be at pe last, Aud what he es, whyles he lyves here. He suld fynd ful litel matere To mak ioy wbilles he here duelles, Als a versifiour
in
metre pus
Si quis sentiret, quo tendit,
Nunquam 900
He
gauderet, sed in
et
Man has lifttlc
cautM* to
rcjoico here.
telles:
unde
reniret,
omne tempore Jleret.
says, “wha-so wille feie and se,
Wethen he com and whider
sal he,
Suld never be blythe bot ioy forsake.
And
alle
tyme grete and sorow make.”
Digitized
by
CONCERNING THE WORLD.
2G Why
Whar-to pan
in man so tender of his
vile
body
Anti
?
pat
sal rote
And swa 908
es
man
swa tendre of
here
swa
[BOOK
II.]
rnyry,
body,
his vile
and with wormes be gnawen.
ugly to syght
may
be
knaweu?
Loverd wha-ao of him pan had syght,
wormes him swa had dight, And gnawen his flesshe un to pe bane, Swa grysly a sight saw he never nane, Als he myght se of pat vile carcays: For Saynt Bernard pos in metre says: Aftir pat
A grisly sight his vilo carcass »hall
b<*.
1112
Post hominemvermvs, postrertnemj'etor ethorror,
Et 1)16
920
924
sic,
“Aftir
in
non homijiem vertitur omnis homo.
man”, he
says, “verntyn es,
And aftir vermyn stynkand uglynes; And swa sal ilk man turned be pan Fra a man intil na man.” pos may ilk man in pis parte se, What he was, and what he sal be, And what he es ay whils he here lyfes, And whatkyn fruyt his kynd here gyves. Here may men se, als writen es, Mikel of mans wrechednes,
And mykel mare
yhit
Bot here-on wille 928
men may
In whilk
Of pe world, and 932
‘
men.
teile;
dnelle.
haf nnderstandyng of worldysshe lyfyng.
pari pat
pe world.
Alle pe world so
worldish'
may men
na langer
Here bygynues pe sccundc es of
Of
I
Ga we now forther-mar and luke, To pe secund part of pis buke.
wyde and
brade,
speciali for man made, And al other thynge als clerkes can Ile made anly to mans by-hove.
Our Lord
936
,
Sen he Til
al
pe world and
alle
profe,
thynge wroght
mans by-hove, pan man aght noght
940 Lufe nowther worldisshe thyng ne bodily,
Mare pan our Lord God almyghty,
Digitized
by
Googl
[BOOK
TWO WORLD9.
TIIERE ARE
II.]
Ne
als
27
mykel ns God, pogh pat war
lcs;
And wba-so dos, onkynd he es; God war worthy mare to be lufed pan any creature, and swa bybufed,
944 For
Syn he
And
maker of
es
altbynge,
of alle ereatores pe bygynnynge.
men
948 pis say [I] by
pat gyves pain mykel
Til pis world, pat es fals and fikel,
And
lufes alle thynge pat
til it
0(
falle»;
»ho »t
thoso
their love roost
Swilk men worldisshe men, men 952
pat pair
And
Inf
mast on pe world
pat Inf, pe Inf of
parfor gnde
it
Fra worldisshe 956
For thnrgh
A man Of pe
at
960
pat dos
luf
world and vanite,
may
last forbard
world par
man
lyfe of
to
God lettes. man him kepe,
and vany worshepe.
Inf of pis
pe
blisfnl
Whar pe
es pat a
God
al
be,
ioy es,
sal be endles,
here pat
hym
fülle»,
pat world per clerkes ‘world of world’
Whi
1
alle
pe world pat
For man, of whilk 964 pat
swa generaly
May be
on thi» worid.
calles
settes.
calles.
God walde make
I byfor spake,
here
undirstanden
is
ma
^7X1 «•
tane,
worldes pan ane;
Tl ' i
l
^" ,h4r
h
":
^ 11
i
|i
Fora gretc clerk say s, pat hight Berthelmewe, pat twa worldes er principaly 965
Pat pe elementes and
al
to
sbewe,
pe hevens
als he pam in boke nerens, And alle pe creatnres pat God wroght, Swa pat withonten pa worldes es noght. pe tan es gastly, invisile and clene, pe tother es bodyly and may be sene. pe gastlv world pat na man may se, Es heven, wluir God syttes in trinite, And pe neghen ordres of angels, And haly spirytes in pat world dnelles,
Contenes,
972
Th«
spiritual
,
976
1
wher« dw«n Qod, the nlne ordora <1
l
°hT/» *
re"
For-whi?
Digitized
by
IIEAVEN MADE FOIt MAN.
28
[BOOK
II.]
And pider sal we com and par ly f av. If we pederward liald pe right way. pat world was made for mang wonnyng
Omang
angels in ioy and lykyng,
Evermare
par-in for to duelle,
As men may here per
Now
For after-wardcomines The world
pe
visible is
divided
into two parts; the ono is h itfh, nwo Ute other low.
clerkes
teile.
heir-on wille I na langer stand, pis matere
hand.
til
men may se, may be, pe whilk alle bodily thyng may hald. And ayther part may a world be cald, And bathe men may se and knawe; tother world pat
In twa partes divised
Bot pe tan es heghe, and pe tother lawe; The higher. world rontains the plnncts and Btars.
*
pe begher
mon
reches fra pe
even
Til pe heghest of pe sterned heven;
pat werld
For par
is
ful brigbt
and fajTe,
es na corrupcion, bot
der
ayre,
And pe planettes and Sternes sbynand, And sere signes and noght ellcs par wonand. pe lawer werld, pat lawest may falle, Contenes haly pe elementes
alle,
pat on pe erthe and about pe erthe Standes, Wliarsere mauere of men wonnes in sere landes. In pis werld es botlie wele and wa,
pat es
ofte
chaunged
to
and
pat
som
es softe
and
til
til
Als yhe
may
fra,
sum
harde,
here or se aftirwarde.
pir worldes byfor als was Goddes wille,
For man was made
pe For
for certayn skille;
heghest world, pat passes alle thyng,
Was made ilk
for
man
To wone
mans endles wonnyng;
sal hafe par
For par
falles to
pe tother Wharo pe
a place
ay in ioy, pat here haa grace.
pat world was made
to our
most avantagc,
be our right heritage.
world, pat
is
lawer,
Sternes and planets er,
Digitized
by
[BOOK
THE GREATER AND THE LE8SER WORLD.
II.]
1010
29
God ord[a]ynd anly for our byhufe, By pis skille, als I can prüfe. pe ayre fra pepen and pe heat of pe son Ttio >ir from the oustayns pe erthc here, par wo won, th« vutbi* worid. And nurisshea alle thyng pat fruyt gyves.'^^^mmhm And confortes best, and man, suid alle pat ly vcs "pr""!',."" And tempere our kynde and ourcomplexioun, (ruit A< And settes pe tymes of yhere in seson. And gyfes us light here, whar we duelle, ,
1
1020
1
;
1024
Elles
war
worid myrk
pis
als helle;
Yhit pe bodys of pe worid
Shewes us 1028
in pair
for bisens to haf in
How we suld
God
serve
kynde,
mynde,
our kynde here,
in
Als pai do par, on pair manere.
pe lawest worid was alswa made for inan, Oo<i made man to dwell ou the earth tbat he ror bis skyile, als clerkes shew can; migbt aee am! under*tand the For bat man suld be bar-in wonnand, work», and do ihe will of th« Goddes Werkes to so and undirstand, Creator, and bo proved her», And his commandmentes and his wille B
#
1032
i>y
spiritual cou-
103C
1010
To knawe, and kepe, and to fulfille, And to be proved here in gastly batayls, Of gastly enmys pat man oft assayls; Swa pat purgh gastly strenth and victori, He may be made in pis worid wortliy To haf pe coroun of blisse endeles
«ict».
In pe blisful worid pat heghest es.
Twa
worldes here to-gyder
may
pat men may erthely worldes 1044
An
whar we
es pis dale,
Th er« an» two earth ly worid«: the worid wo
falle
calle.
1.
Hyc on,
who
wonnand,
er
3.
livaa
man
there-
ou.
Another es man par-in
ly fand;
pis dale whar we won thurgh, clerkes caldes The c»rth i» iho pe mare worid, and pe man *pe les. r 1 great er worid, m»n i» the Of pe les worid wil I noght speke yhit, 7
9
#
1048
For aftirward
I sal
speke of
it;
Bot of pe mare worid yhit wil 1052
I
mare
say,
Ar I pas fra pis matir away; pan wil I after shew, als falles, Skille whv men a man worid calles.
Digitized by
e
,
[BOOK n.]
THE 'WORLD THE DEYIL’S 8ERVAHT.
30
1056
Th« world waxeM wicked.
1060
pe mare world God wald law on erth sott, For it suld be til man guggette, For to gurre man, and man noght it; And pua ordand God, for mang profit. Bot now pig World pat man ly feg in, Waxes swa lither and ful of gyn,
And
of weltbeg pat are bot wayn,
pat many mag pe world pair goverayn,
1064 Of worldiah men.
And gyveg pam par-to a) pat pai may, And gerveg it bygily, nyght and day. And mag pam-gelfe pe worldes tharlieg, pag men worldegghe men men calleg, Forabout worldissbe tbynges pai here travai Ful bygily, pat
1068
at
Abont goddeg of heven, par 1
pai guld haf
pat never By thc world that waxea wirket! is meant tbe different kiiid» of peoplf xv
h<»
1072
I
pe lagt gal fayle;
Bot wald pai do half gwilk bysines alle pat
gal faille,
pe world pat
gude
al
ea,
gude eg pare, bot lagt ever mare.
ea here, eg noght elleg,
Bot pe manerg of men pat par-in dwellea;
herein
dwell.
1076
For pig world men may noght ken Bot by pe condicioug of pe worldia men. Forwhatmughtmen bype world undergtand If na worldighmen war par-in dwelland? Alle pag
Maat 10S0
men
biaily
And paa
pat pe world maet dauntes,
pe world here hauntes;
pat pe world servea and lovea,
Serveg pe devel, aa pe buk provea; The world
i»
For pe world
thc
devil'a Henrant,
hc called tho prince K)§4
aud thereforo
pat bryngea
here, ea pe devela servand,
big eervauntea
til
parfor
of tho world.
God him
prince of pe world callee,
pat e8 of worldiamen pat
to
him
For-pi pig world eg perilliug to
By many n
i« p«riioun to lovo the world» for it in fickic ikc.ptivc.
1088
.
,
#
gudes (US.
fallea;
lufe,
gkille8, aa clerkeg prove.
pig worlde ea
likel
and deanyvable,
.
.
And fals and unsiker and Many men pe world here Bot he
1
hand;
hig
is
ig
unstabel. fraiates,
noght wiae pat par-in trayates:
llarl. 4196).
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE T.OVE OF THE WORLD.
TI.]
1092
parfor
bald pat
I
man noght
pat about pe world 109G
is
lofe
God,
Nemo vire,
be,
bot [he] pe world despise,
For pe godspel snys on 100
witty
over bysy;
For a man may noght Goddes servand Bot he pe maners of pe world fle,
Ne 1
31
For pe world laghcs on man and smyles, Bot at p« last it him bygyles;
pis
wyse:
potest duobus dominis ser-
unum
quxa aut enim
odio ha-
bebit et alterum diliget, aut
unum
sustinebit et alterum contempnet.
1104
Ile says
Twa
“na man may
lordes to-gedir, pat er contmry,
For outher he
1
108
sal
pe tane hate
And pe tother Inf aftir bis state, Or he sal pe tane of pam mayntene, And pe tother despyse”, pus es ofte sene. pe world es Goddes enmy by skille, .
pat contrarius es 1112
serve rightly
And
s
wa
tu« »orid oppoged
r\ i i *u to Lioddes Wille;
to
i«
Ood.
er al pat pe world lufes,
Als pe apostel says pus and profes:
Qui mit
e*se
amicus hnjm mundi,
inbnicus dei constituitur. 11 IG
Ile says,
“wha -90 pe werldes
Goddes enemy pan
pan
suld
we noght
Ne nathyng 1120
frend wil be,
es he;”
assent par-to,
pat lykes
til
pe world do;
For worldisshe men here God mysprays, parfor pe apostel
yhit,
pus says:
Nolite diligere mutulum, nec ea
sunt in mundo. “Lufes noght pe world here”, says he,
c/ue
1124
“Ne
pat, pat yhe in world
may
se;”
For al pat in world men tel can, Es outher yhernyng of pe flcsshc 1128
of man,
Or yhernyng of eghe, pat may luke, Or pride of lyfe, als says pe buke:
Digitized by
MEN
32
est
1132
l>y
in
concupiscencia carnis, aut
vite.
“Yhernyng of
nu*aut
mundo, aut
est in
concupiscencia oculorum, aut
superbia What
[BOOK n.]
IN PROSPERITY.
Omne quod
thyng
flesshe es a
Munt of thc
flesh', ‘Inst
eye'
pat
of thc
lulles til lust
and flesshe lykyng;
and the
*pride of
life’-
1
13G
Yhernyng of eghe,
als I can
gese
Falles to worldes rychese;
Pride of
ly f
pat
some
in hert kepes,
Falles to honours and worsliepes; 1140
Lust and lykyng, put es flesshely,
Engendres pe syn of lyehery;
Worldes riches of grete pryse Engendres the syn of covatyse; 1144
Honours nuryshes,
Vayn
De
mundutn a 1148 fugiebat
munde
vale l
iam respuo (iod
made
the
1152
tibi
Tu
115G
1160
vel fugiens me,
sequeris
deepiciens
dum
modo me,
te.
als says haly writ,
serve man, and noght
man
to serve
it,
And was hym pe worldes bondman, When he may serve God and he fre, And oute of servage of pe world he? Bot wald a man lyght knaw and feie What pe world es, and byhald it wele,
Hym
suld noght lyst, als
Make pe world na For
lol
1164
He
I
understand,
glade sembland,
what says Barthelmew
pat spekes of pe world, Bartholomew
1
postea
Whar-to serves man pe world pan,
world.
says, the world is like a dull vale full of sorrow, and a place
se,
tune se sequentem;
Sen God made pe "world,
To
to serve the
men may
se fugientem, et
mundum
sequerer te.
«orld Io aervo man, and not man
als
glory, vauutyng and vanite.
Eremita qui quidem sequebatur
says, “pe
Bot an hard
als I wil
world es na thyng exil, in
shew:
elles
qwilk men duellcs,”
of exile. 1
Tbis Quotation
is
absent frorn meist of the
MSS.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE WORLD
n.]
And alswa pat es 1168
1
172
1
17G
ful
a
18
FULL OF MISERY.
dym
33
dulful dale,
of sorow and bale,
And a sted of mykel wrechednes, Of travail and angers, pat here ay
es,
Of payne, of syn and of foly, Of 8hens[h]epe and of velany, Of lettyng and of tarying, Of frawardnes and of strivyng, Of filthe and of corrupcion, Of violence and of oppression, Of gilry and of falshede, Of treson, discorde and of drede; In pe world, he says, noght eileg
Bot wrechednes and 1180 Pride and
1184
;
we
se
vanite,
pompe and
covatyse,
And vayn sleghtes, and qwayntyse; pe world, he says, tyl hym drawes' And tilles, and lufes pam, pat him knawcs And many he nuyes and fon avayles. His
and fayles
lufers he desayves
His despisers he waytes ay, Als shadow to tak to his pray; 1188 Bot
1192
1196
pa pat wille him folow, he ledes
And pam scornes and taries in his nedes; pe whilk a while he here socours. And pam heghes with ryches and honours. Bot he waytes to bygille pam at pe laste, And in to povert agayn pam cast; Whar-for worldes worshepe may be cald Noght eiles but vanite, and swa I it bald. And worlisshe riches, how-swa pai come, I hald
noght eiles bot
filth
Tho world in no «apport ia tiiae of ueed.
and fantome.
pe world has many with vanite filed, And with pride and pompe pam ofte bygyled, ‘Thaa pe world draweth in to hie route, All
meu
that to
him wol
allowte,
And many greveth and fewe availeth' For his lovyera he deceyveth and failith.’
MS. Addit. 11305. 0
Digitized by
’
;
THE WORLD
84
19
Spekes to
|>q
LIRE THE SEA.
man,
1200 parfor an haly
als
;
[BOOK
II.]
yhe may here,
world on pis mauere:
O munde immmunde, utinam eues ita immundut, ui me non tangere «, aut 1204
me non
“O
mundus, ut
ita
coinquinares l
pis es on Inglishe Jjou
bymene:
J»us to
world”, he sayg, “unclenc,
Wliyn mught pou swa unclen 1208
pe world here who-so The world
filc.”
wille
Un-to four thinges may liken by
may lykend
First pe world
ia
1
clene and noght vile,
pat pou suld never mare me 1212
be,
pat suld never mare neghe me,
Or be swa
»kille.
be,
like thc sea.
Mast properly, unto pe se 1216
1220
For pe se, Ebbes and
aftir
pe tydes certayn,
flowes, and fallcs agayn,
And waxes ful ken, thurgh stormes pat blawes, And castes np and doun many gret wawes Swa castes pe world, thurgh favour, A man to riches and honour. And fra pat agayn he castes hym doun Til povert and to tribulacioun.
1224 The world
i*
And pa er pe grete stormes kene And pe wawes, pat in pe world er sene. may pe world here pat wyde es, Be likend to a wildernes, Yhit
like
a wildernese.
pat
of wild bestes es sene,
ful
1228 Als lyons, libardes
*
and wolwes kene,
pat wald worow men bylyve,
1232
1
J *
And rogg pam in sonder and ryve; Swa pe world es ful of mysdoers And of tyrauntes pat men ofte ders.
‘Whyne moght pou swa unclen« ‘Unto four thinges ‘The whilk
Ls
may lykend
ful of bestes
The whilke wol
a
man
be.'
MS. Harl. 4196. MS. Harl. 4196.
be, bi skyll.’
unmylde,
strangly and destrye.'
MS. Addit 11305.
Digitized
by
Googl
;
[BOOK
II.]
THE WORLD
IS
LIKE A FOKBST.
35
pe whilk er bisy, nyglit and day, To nuye men in alle |>at pai may. Pe world alswa may lykend be
Th« world
i>
1236 Til a forest, in a wilde euntre,
pat
cs fui of thefs
pat, commouly,
and outlawes, forestes drawes,
til
pat hald pases, and robbe« and reves 1240
Men Swa
of pat pai have, and noght
1245
To
leves
duelle,
thefs, pat er derels of belle;
pat ay us waytes, and 1244
pam
we
es pe world bere par
Ful of
er
bysy
robbe us of our gudes gastiy.
pe world raay yliit, als yhe sal here, „ Be lykend, on pe nerth manere, To a feld ful of batailles Of enemys, pat ilk day men assayles. For-why here wc er on many wyse
Thoworid m
u nk«
battle-field.
Alle umset witb sere enmys,
1232
And, spcciali, with enmys thre, Agayncs wkam us byhoves arrned be:
pa
er pe world, pe fende, our flesshe,
pat, to assayle us
And
pe
ay freshe;
liere, er
par-for byhoves us, day and nvght,
1256 Whilles
we
lif
here,
agayn pam
fight.
world, als clerkes understandes, ...
.
,
.
Th« »orid
,
Agayn us fightes with twa handes, With pe right h&nd and pe left; pere twa 1260
May be taken, bathe wele and wa; pe right hand es welthe als I halde, And pe iefte hand es angre calde;
Th«
,
ror pe worlde assayles sum men awhile, With pe right hand pam to bygile; pat
1268
right
sind
the world iS woaith, th« i«a is aorrow, pover-
°f .
1264
»g*inst US with two i»nd«.
iy,
es welth, als I sayde before,
Of worldly riches and tresore; And assayles men, nyght and day, With pe left hand pam to flay; pat es with angre and tribulacion,
And
povert, and persecucion, c2
Digitized
by
DAME FORTUNE AND HER WHEEL.
8G
1272
ü»m« Fortune helps the world to fight agiiinet
[BOOK
II.]
pe whilk per clerkes pe left hand calies Of pe world, pat ofte sythea falle». Bot with pe world comes dam fortone, bat avtlier hand may chaung sone;
man.
For sho turnes about ay 127G
1280
hir whele,
Up and donne, als many may felej When aho hir whele lates obout ga, Sho turnes sum doune fra wele to wa, And, eft agaynw&rd, fra wa to wele;' pus turnes sho obout oft hir whele,
pe whilk
pir clerkes
noght
olles calies.
Bot happe or chaunce, pat sodanli
And 1284
men
pat
falles,
haldes here noght eiles,
Bot welthe and angre
in
men dwelles.
whilk
parfor worldly happe es ay in dout,
Whillesdam fortune turnes hir whele about. Angre men dredes and wulde it fle, 1288
And Bot
we»ith driws »
man
froin the right w«y.
men wald ay
in welthe parfit
men, pat pair
be; right ledes,
fiese
For welthe drawes a man
fra
>
1292
lif
Welthe of pe worlde ay pat ledes
Us
til
and dredes;
pe right °
way J
<
pe
blisse pat lastes ay,
aght to drede worldly welthe pan
For Saynt Ierom says, pe haly mau: Quanto 1296
in virtutibus cretcimus,
tanto amplirn timere debea-
mus, ne de sublimiori corruamus. Worldly succmj
“be
mare'’, he says, “pat
we wnx
upright
In welthe, and in worldly rnyght, 1300
pe mare wc suld have drede in thoglit, pat we fra pe hegher fal noght;” Tyl
pis acordes
pat says pus, 1304
Tune
cum
1
tibi
tibi
pe wordes of Senek,
als
yhe here
me
spek:
salubria Consilia advoca,
aüudit prosperitas mundi.
‘And efte sone from wo in-to mnch So pat hir whele hath never lysse.
blisse
MS. Addit 11305.
Digitized
by
:
[BOOK
OF WORLDLY 8ÜCCE8S.
II.]
Senek on
“Whea 1308
pis
37
maner says:
welthe of pe worlde with pe plays,
Sek pan gude conaayl wyth-alle.” For welthe mas men in perils falle, pan es worldes welthe to drede parfor, Als says pe grete clerk, Saynt Gregor
1312
St omnis fortuna timenda est, gis tarnen
quam
prospera
ma-
adversa.
Saint Gregor says on pis manere:
“If ilka chaunce be to drede here, 1316
Yhit es happe of welthe to drede mare
pan chaunce
of angrc,” pat smertes sare.
For angres maus 1320
And welthes And pe saul
and proves,
lyf clenses,
Sorrow cleanaes
man his
of iln.
trobles and droves,
lif
man may lightly Spille; pat men has here at wille,
of
For welthes, Semes tokenyng of endeles pyn. For lo! what says here Saynt Anstyn: 1324
Sanitas continua cia, sunt
et
rerum habundan-
eteme dampnacionis
indicia.
Ile says, “continuel hele here
1328
And plente of worldly gudes sere, Er taknes, als in boke writen es, Of pe dampnacion pat es endles.” And to pis wordes, pat sum men myspays
Worldly succesa itasigo ofetern«! damnation.
1
Acordes Saynt Gregor, pat pus says: 1332
Continuus successus temporalium, future dampnacionis est indicium.
He 1336
says, “continuel
Of worldly gudes, Of pe dampnacion
happy eommyng
es a takenyng
pat sal be,”
At pe last day, with-outen pite. Bot pe world prayses nan, bot pa anly
The world praises only the
pat 1340
1
til
alle
worldes welthes er happy,
And on worldly thynges And flese ay pe state of
rieb.
settes pair hert,
povert;
pes. MS. Karl. 4196.
Digitized by
THE WISDOM OF THE WORLD.
38
Swilk men purchaees and gaders
And 1344
fares als pis Iyfe suld
ay
[BOOK
II.]
fast,
last;
pam pe World es favorabel pam thynk profitabel,
Til
In alle pat
1348
1352
pe world paui lofes, and pai luf it, And for pai folow pe worldes wit, And mykel can of worldes qwayntys, pe world pam haldes gude men and wys, Til pam commes gudes here many-falde To pair dampnacion, als I talde. For-why til heven may na man come, pat folowes pe worlde and worldes wysdome,
pe
quilk, als says
Onence God 1356
wyse men and
stultitia
apud Deum.
Many men pe world The wis« man
witty,
es bot foly.
Sapienaa huius mundi nt
Bot he
es noght
here fraystes.
wyse pat
par-in traistes;
not trust in
will
thc worltl.
aman
1360 Forit ledes
And
at tbe last
Bot he may be
it
ha« no surel36S dwelling place
bygyles;
fle
and
and wyse,
dispise.
And hates pe maners pat it loffee, And thynkes ay whyder hym byhoves; And on pis lyfe here traystes noght. Bot on pe tother
Man
wrenkes and wyles,
hym
called witty
pat pe world can 1364
witli
settes his thoght.
For na syker dubllyng fynde we
here,
Als pe apostel says on pis manere:
on cartn.
Non habemus momentan
civttatem,
sed futurum inquirimus. 1372
“Na
syker wonnyng-sted here haf we,
Bot we seke ane, pat
For
here soionrne
sal
hethen tourne;
pat may
For we
To
ay be.”
we
we
Awhile, 1376
sal
als gestes til
fal
soner pan
som wenes,
dnelle here als aliens,
travail,
here in pe way, onr lyms,
Til onr countre-warde, als pilgTyms.
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
MAN L1KK A PILGRIM.
II.]
1380 parfor ße prophet says
til
39
God
thus.
Als {ns vers in pe psauter shewes us:
Ne 1384
peregrinus, ticul omnet patres mei.
“Be nogfat stille Loverd” says he, “For I am a conimelyng towarde pe,
And
pat es
al
And
And
say thos to
For pou
ert
my
pis world es pe
139G
is a grim.
pil-
swa
here
stille,
knaw
pi wille;
swilk comfort to mysaul shevvswythe,
Pat mnght make 1392
Man
faders was.”
say pat in pis world sal pas,
to say, be noght
pow ne make me
pat
my
pilgrym, als alle
pus mav 1388
quoniam advena ego tum apud
tilsas,
te et
in
it it
:
pe glade and blythe
“I
am
thy hele,
pilgriro leie.”
way and
passage,
purgh whilk lyes our pilgrimage; By pis way byhoves us al gang, Bot bc we war we ga noght wrang.
For
in pis
world
liggis
twa ways,
Of lifo
thf
way
of
and doath.
men may fynd pat pam assays; pe tane es way of the dede calde, pe tother es way of lyfe to halde, pe way of dede seines large and eesy, And pat may lede ns over-lightly, Als
1100
1404 Until pe grysly land of mirknes,
par sorow and pyn ever-mare es. pe way of lyfe semes narow and harde 1408
1412
pat ledes us til onr contre-warde pat es pe kyngdom of heven bright, Whare we sal won ay in Goddes sight
And Goddes awen sons pan be calde, If we pe way of lyfe here halde. pe life of pis world es ful unstable, And fhl variand and chaungeable Als es sene
By 1416
in contrarius
manere,
Th«
life of thi* ift fall of ehange and ag variable as the gcasou«.]
world
the tymes and vedirs and sesons here.
For pe world and worldis Chaunges and turnes
life
ofte hider
to-gider,
and pider,
Digitized by
;;
THE WORLD
40
And
FÜLL OF CHANGE.
IS
a state duelles
in
ful
[BOOK
II.]
short white,
Unnethes, pe space of a myle. 1420
And
for-pi pat
men
Alle pat The chan Res
of the times and seasons are tokcns of the variableness of 1424 worldljr things.
pe worlde
swa
is
unstable,
sese par-in es chaungeable
For God ordayns
here, als es his wille,
Sere variaunce, for certayn
skille,
Of pe tyms and wedirs and
sesons,
In taken of pe worldes condicions,
pat swa unstable er and variande, pat 142?
while
ful short
F or God wille men se,
How
may
in
a state stände.
thurgh swilk takens sere,
unstable pis world es here,
Swa pat men suld mare drede and Over mykel
in
be abayste,
pe world here to trayste.
1432 Ofte cliaunges pe tymes here, als men wele wate,
Als thus,
Of
the change in the times and seasons.
now
es arly,
now
es late,
Now es day, now es nyght, Now es myrk, now es light, 1436
And pe wedirs chaunges and pe
sesons,
pus aftir pe worldes condicions; For now cs cald, now es hete,
Now 1440
es dry,
For now And now
Now
es
and now es wete.
es snaw, hail or rayn. es fair wedir agayn;
pe wedir bright and shynaud,
And now waxes it alle douiland; Now se we pe lyfte clere and faire, 1
1444
Now
gadirs mystes and cloudes in pe ayre.
Alle per variance to understande
1448
Of
the changes in man's Ule.
1
MS.
May be takens of pis world swa variande And yhit er par other ma takens sere Of pe unstablenes of pis life here. For now es rnirthe, now es murnyng, Now es laghter and now es gretyng;
Harl. roads domland.
— MS.
Lands. 348 has the following roading:
‘Now
is
wedir bryght and schinonde
Now
is
dym
droubelonde.'
Digitized
by
[BOOK
THE VICI6SITCDE8 OK HUMAN
II.]
1452
1456
1460
1464
1468
41
LIFE.
Now er men wele, now er men wa, Now es a man frende, now es he faa; Now es a man light, now es [he] hevy, Now es he blithe, now es he drery; Now haf we ioy, now haf we pyn, Now we wyn, now we tyn; Now er we ryche, now er we pur, Now haf we or litel, now pas we mesur; Now er we bigg, now er we bare, Now er we hale, now seke and sare; Now haf we rest and now travail, Now we fände onr force, now we fail; Now er we smert, now er we Slawe, Now er we heghe, now er we lawe; Now haf we ynogh, now haf we noght, Now er we aboven, and now donn broght; Now haf we pees, now haf we were, Now eese us a thyng, now feie we it dere; ‘
Nowlofewe, nowhate, nowsaghtel, nowstrife. per er pe maners here of pis lyfe, 1472
pe whilk er takens Of pis worldis lyfe, Bot
als pis lyfe es
Swa
es
pe worlde,
of [pe] unstabeines pat chaungeable es.
ay passand, ilk day,
apayrand;
Th« worid '
1476
For pe worid
til
pe endewarde
fast
drawes,
lri
t0
"'
i«
*™
emi.
Als clerkes by many takens knawes. parfor pe worid, pat clerkes sees pus helde,
Es 1480
als
Twa
mykel
to say als pe
erthely worldes
til
wer
elde.
s
pis life falles,
Thcro &ro two ‘earthly’
Als es sayd by-for, pat clerkes calles
pe mare worid
a
es.
pe mare worid es pis worid brade, Th« greater ornrld la ihn «/ir/A «uriuisiDerarin « And pe les es man, lor wharn it es made, «mi the i«» s u
...
,
,
,
man
‘Now es he riete and now ‘pis worid pat 1s
and
les«.
Ful chaungeable ayther worid 1484
World*,
a greater
of erthe, and pe les j
we
es
he
bare.’
.
MS. Addit 11305.
seo pus helde
not bat pis worldes elde.
1
MS. Addit 11306.
Digitized
by
'
MAN AND THE WORLD.
42
[BOOK
II.]
And als thc mare worid es round sette. Swa es pe les worid man round for to mette. For in pe brede of man es contende,
Of the breadth 1488 and length of man.
Als lang space fra pe lang fynger ende
Ofpe
right hande, with
armes out spredande,
Til pe same fynger ende of pe
left
hande,
Als fra pe haterel oboyen pe croun,
1492
lSs
sene
pan
if
pe sole of pe
tyl
a
man
[h]is
fot doun.
armes out sprede
Na mar es pe lengthe, pan pe brede; Swa rnay men mette a man with-oute,
1496
Als a compas round aboute, Man ahapa
pos has pe les worid pat man es, Shap of pe mare worid and liknes;
ha» the
and
like-
ness of the gre*ter worid.
1500 Bathe per worldes, I dar wele say,
Sal
fail atte
pe
last
and passe away;
For ay pe mare elde pat 1501
pai bere,
pe mare pai appair and er fehlere, Als men sees pat til pam tas teut, And parfor says pus Innocent: Sen ui t iam mundus, uterque macroeomus [et] rnojar mundus, et microcosmus et minor mundus, et quantoprolixius utriusqus senectusproducilur,
1508
tanto dexterius utriusque natura turbatur.
He
Of tb. m-t.t ontrag. tbal il »een in hoth worid».
says pus, als in Latyn es talde,
“Ayther worlde now waxes aide, And pe langer pat pair tym es soght, And pe elde of ayther of pam forth broght, pe mare in malys and febelnes pe kynd of ayther trobled es.” Of bathe per worldes gret outrage we se
1512
lOlb
In
pompe and
pride and vanitd,
In selcouthe maners and sere degyse
pat now es used of many wyse, 1520 In worldis havyng and beryng, In vayn apparail and in weryng, 1
And
so
may
a
man
Right as a compas
be yemed witbout is.
roirnd aboute.
MS. Addit 11305.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
II.]
THE PRE8ENT STATE OF THE WORT.D. pas
tas over
And tomeg 1524
outrage.
al nntil
For swilk degises and Alg yhong men
And
now
suilk maners.
haunteg and lerg
day es comonlv
ilk
gen,
Byfor pis tyme ne has noght ben; 1528
Of
the in tbe
For pat somtyme men held velany
Now
rhange
manners
and castoma.
yhung men haldes curtasy;
And 1532
43
mvkel vayn costage,
pat
som tyme was
curtasy cald,
Now wille yhong men velany hald. Now many men se oftc chaungyng Of
gere
maners of gyg of clethyng;
For now wers men short and now syde, nses men narow and now wyde; Som has pair clethyng hyngand als gtoles,
Now
1536
Som
1540
of
cl0[hinS4
gas tatird als tatird foles;
Some gase wrynchand to and fra, And gome gas hypand als a ka; pus uses yhong men all new gett, And pe world pai all awkeward sett, Thurgh swylk uncomly pomp and pryde, pat pai schew whoper pai gang or ryde;
1544
Swa Was
mykell pryde,
Bot 1548
Of
I
now
wene,
eg, I
pir gyses pat
may
dred pat pai
gret hasty
pat
als
never bifore pis tyme sene,
Of swilk eomes
tyll
we
se.
takens be
myscheves to nnderstand
pe world er nere command.
parfore in pair gyses pai
sali fall,
Ffor pare-wyth pai wreth God pat sese 1552
And
his wreth at
pe
last sali
with
all
pam mete,
Wharfore pns says David pe prophete: Et irritaverunt mm in advencionibtu tu it, et
1556
multiplicata est in
“And
And And
in
eis
ruina,
God tyll wreth“, sais new fyndynges of vanite, pam ig fallyng many-fald,”
pai gtyrd
In pair
he,
pat eg thurgh pryde pat I of tald;
Digitized by
44
THE WICKED FALL
THEIR
IN
OWN
CONCEIT8.
[BOOK
II.]
may be said, als pe boke proves Be pam pat new gyses controves. Ffor pai do swa pe worlde to plese,
1560 pis
Ffor pryde mare pan for pair eese. 1564
And
swylk gyses God greves, many grevos myscheves;
pa, pat witb
Sali fall in
And God 1568
Bot
for pai will lates paui
pe
at
last
nogkt be led
Veng[e]aunce, bot
pan most 1572
pat
God
And
pat
if
pai bifore
pam
has
pai
pam
here amende:
scbew som taken,
left
and lorsaken;
may be knawen
parfor says David
Et
witli skyll,
awhile have pair will;
on pam will sende
in pis
bi serc gysc.
wyse:
secundum desideria Cordte eorum,
dimisi eos
ibunt in advencionibus suis.
1576
pe prophet David
here spekes pus,
In Godes name, als pes verses shewes us. “I
left
pam”, he says, “out of covert,
yhemynges of
After pe
pair hert,
1580 In pair fyndynges sali pai ga.”
may pat God pis
be said be suffers
all
pa
folow vanytese,
After pair lykyng pat pai chese; 1584
pe whilk tyll pe world mase pam And turnes pam al fra God oway, pai
sali at
In pair syn, 1588
Bot
pai
tyll
pyne with-outen ende,
swylk vanytese forsake
And amendes
here be tyme make;
Yhit has pe world,
Ma 1592
als
men
sese and heres,
other contrarius maneres;
For now
And
Now Now And
es
vertow turned
to vyce,
play and bourd untyll malice; es devocyon,
Turned 1596
gay,
pe last fro hethen wende
tyll
on som syde,
pomp and
to pryde;
es wysdorn haiden foly
turned intyll trecbery.
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
ON OOOD AND
II.]
45
EVIL.
And foly is halden [now] wysdome, With prond men and unbowsome. 1600
Now
es luff turned tyll lychery,
And ryghtwisnes Pus
tyrauntry;
tyll
world turned up pat es doune.
es pis
Tyll rnany mans dampnacyoune, 1604
pe wilk folowes pe worlde swa fraward; And parfore pai mon feie payne ful hard, After pis lyfe pat pai here lede,
And
pam
pat aght
gretly to drede.
Conceruiug ihose
1C08
Bot
it
For
pai hald
Wa
sali
men
seines pat swilk
er wode,
evil
pam
we
be, als
Fforwhi Crist says 1612
wbo
call
K«od evü, and good.
gud thing evelland evellgude here clerkes
teil,
pe gosspell:
in
Ve vobis qui dicitü malum bonum, bonum malum!
et
He says: “wa tili yhow pat pat 1616
ille
es
sali
ill;”
wa
be
pat here mysturnes pair
pus
says with will
gud and gud es
pat es to say pam
lyfe swa.
es pe world, and pe lyfe pare-in,
Fful of vanyte and of syn. 1620
Bot som men
lufes pis lyfe
And pe world
pat
is
swa
pat pai wald never part 1624
Bot
lyfe here ay, if
For
pai luf
swa
it
swa mykell
fykell,
par-fra,
moght be swa;
pis worldes vanyte
Pat pai wald never other
lyfe suld be.
pai will noght knaw pe peryls
Of 1628
pis lyfe, ne
Bot
what
all
after sali fall;
for pai life here in delices sere
pai think no hevene es bot here,
Bot
pan 1632
when
at pe last, sali all
pair lyfe sali stynt,
ioy be fra
pam
tynt.
Bot wald a man understand wele
What
pis
When
he
world es and what he sali
wend
Hirn suld noght
lyst,
fra pis
sali feie,
world oway,
nouther nyghtneday,
Digitized by
;
MEN SIIOULD LIVE
46 1636
[BOOK
IN DREAD.
III.]
Myrthe here ne blythe chere make, Bot
pe welthes of pis world forsake,
all
And
lyf in
penaance and in povert,
Ffor pe dred pat he suld hafe in hert,
wald kuaw and trow how hard
1640 If he
Him
bihoved suffer afterward;
Bot ogayne pat dred yhit moght
Thurgh hope of 1644
1G4S
If
Whare he sali won if he here lyf ryght, pus may ilk man do and thynk, In whase hert graee of God may synk. And he pat will noght thynk of this And yhernes to have nane other blys. Bot
1652
1G56
1660
wby
ls
it
pis
wreched
lyfe pat
He
es onther clomsed ,
Or
it
him thynk gnde.
or wode;
1
es a signe of suspecyon
pat he es
in
Here have
I
way
of dampnacyon.
shewed on sere manere
pe condicyons of pis world here, And of pe worldes unstabilnes, And of pe maners pat in pe world es; And now will I pass, forther-mare To pe thred part and se what es pare; Ffor pat part now will I begyn To shew yhow maters pat er within, pat specialy spekes, as I
or dMth uii
he,
hert, conforted be,
he think wele of heven bryght,
sali
rede
to bo
Of pe
dreaded.
1664
ded, and
whi
it
es to drede.
Here bigynnes pe thred part pat es of pe ded.
Ded In
es pe
all pis
mast dred thing pat es world, als pe boke witnes
1665 Ffor here es
pat
1
dit
it
na qwyk creature lyfand
ne es for pe ded dredand
For clomsed. Hat). US. 6923 reads: g/oniseHe 22283 read curttd for clanuede.
.
US3. Lands. 348, Ad-
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
HI.]
THERE ARE THREE KINDS OF DEATH. And Bot
1672
;
pe ded ay whils
fiese
pat
all
47
may
most be pe dedes pray.
at pe last he
Ded, of
it
comes
it
abates
to,
And chaunges all myghtes and States, No man may wele ogayn it stand; 1676
Whare
pat
pat es
to say, bodily ded,
it
comes
any land,
in
Ogayns pe wkilk no man may kelp ne Ffor
pat lyf bas bihoves
all
pat aght 1G80
Bot
bi
And
ilk
man
red,
it feie,
knaw wele. ded may be tane,
to
pe name of
understanden
ma
dedes pan ane,
Ffor als pir clerkes fyndes writenand redes,
Thre maners of dedes er pat men dredes. 1684
Ane Ane
es bodily ded, pat thurgh
is
And
es,
kyndely,
Es twynyng betwene pe 1688
kynd
other gastely, pe thred endeles.
Bodily ded, pat
pat ded es r
Of whilk
I sali
full
saule and pe body
and hard,t bytter j
klud > de*th than one.
schew yhow afterward.
Gastely ded es twynyng thurgh synne,
1692
Bitwene
God and man
Ffor
als
pe saule es lyf of pe body,
Swa And
pe lyfe of pe saule als
pe
saule of
When God
1700
God allmyghty
mau
oruodiiy df.th.
es passed out,
es ded ryght swa,
es departed parefra;
For whare syn es, es pe devell of bell, A nd pare whare pai er, will God uoght d well. For dedely syn and pe devell and ho In a stede
parfor
~
1704
es
pe body, with-outen dout,
Es ded when pe saule 1696
saule within;
may noght
when pe
or
»piritu»i
to-gyder be;
saule es
wounded withsyn,Th« a
.
,
God
passes out, and pe fende gase in;
pan
es
pe saule onence
God
d«vti p.s.« into the $oul« of ts« »infni.
ded,
Ay whils syn and pe devell d welles in pat stede And als pe body may be slayne Thurgh wapen pat men may ordayne,
Digitlzed by
;
ON SPIRITUAL DEATH.
48 1708
Swa
Wharfor God and
pan pan
III.]
it
bihoves twyn.
es gastly ded to dred wele mare,
bodily ded pat nune will spare,
1712 In-als-mykell as pe saule
Es
[BOOK
es pe saule slane thurgh syn
namely
and mare worthy pan pe body;
better
Ffor
pe saule thurgh syn be dede
all-if
Fra God allmvghty pat es the hede, 1716
Yhit
mny
ay
it
Bot pe body
lyf
es
Ffor of erthly lyf 1720
And
no gayn-turnyng, it
es endyng,
way
ryght entre and
Till ioy or
Yhit
and be pyned,
es dedly here thurgh kynde.
Of bodily ded
if
it
es
payn pat es cndeles.
pe saule thurgh syn be slayne.
may thurgh grace qwyken ogayne, And pe gastly woundes of syn
It
1724
Thurgh penaunce may be heled within; Ffor all-if God be ryghtwyse and myghty God
is
fall
He
of
mercy and deBires not the deatb of the »in-
1728
ner.
es full of gudenes
For
all-if
Ordaynd 1732
he pe dede of body that greves
til
alle pat here lyfes,
pe dede of saul wild noght he Of na man pogh he synful be; For pe pan pe
173G
and of mercy,
And to turne him tyll man mare redy es he pan any man tili him will be;
life
of pe saule mare him pays
dede, for pus him-self says:
Nolo mortem peccatorü, sed
ul magis
ccmvertatur et vioat.
“I wille noght pe ded of synful man, ;”
1740
Of endless deatb.
Hell
is
a hör-
rible place.
Bot pat he may be tumed and lyf pan pan may pe synful pat his saul has slayn Be turned purgh grace, and lyf ogayn. Endles dede es pe dede of helle
That es mast
bitter
and mast
feile.
1744 Helle es halden a full hidos stede,
pe whilk
es full of endeles dede,
Digitized by
[BOOK m.]
1748
THE DEATH OF HELL. of paynes and sorow pat never salblyn,
Bot
if
Of
may nan
yhit
mught
pai
dighe pat es par-in;
sal feie
Bot pai
sal
Dede of
many
par
a ded brayde,
ay lyf par-with,
For pe ded of
And a ded
helle es a
pat es ay
lif
helle es noght eiles to say,
pe whilk pat
Of
tille
pis
may men
in
rede and luke
pe Sexte part of pis bnke.
pat spekes of pe payns of parfor here-on
1 wille
Bot of bodily dede
helle;
na langer duelle,
I wille
pat cs entre and way, 1764
sal last ay,
saules sal feie with-outen ende,
pat grisely sted sal wende.
ded
Ynoghe, 1760
als I sayde;
ay dyand,
lifand.
Bot payns and sorow pat 1756
body here may.
diglie, als
sorow pan delyverd war pay;
alle
pai
1752
49
And And
spek mare
als I
ot bodUy a«»th
sayd are,
Til lyf or ded pat has nan hende,
Als es aftirward in pis part contende. Bodily dede here dredes
1768
« For
twa
Ane
es for pe
,
When pe
•
•
pe dede
many,
u
hym
assayls,
when
and
slas.
his lif sal here ende,
For in dout he es and uncertavn Whether he sal til ioy or payn; Bot how-swa he sal aftir fare, parfor
drudtui
for two reasoos.
never whider he sal wende;
pe payn of dede here 1776
ful i
prmcipaly;
payne pat a man has,
tother es, for
He what 1772
i Mi _ skilies
ilk
man
es bitter
pat of dede has
The pllo
and sare;
of
•ore.'*”
mynde
Dredes gretely pe dede here thurgh kynde;
And swa
it semed, als says pe boke in manhede pat he toke, For he byfor, ar he deyghed on pe rode,
pat Crist did 1780
For drede of dede he swet blöde;
For he wyst, ar he
What
til
pe dede suld passe,
pe payn of pe dede wasse, d
Digitized by
;
;
[BOOK
DEATH LOOSES ALL THIKGS.
50 1784
Death parts
pan may we parby trow
right
III.]
wele
pat pe payn of pe dede es hard to feie. Of |>e dede here men may thynk wonder.
all
thluga.
For 1788
thyng
alle
Als
it
seulkes
1
parfor pe haly
it
brestes in sonder.
by diverse ways
man
in
boke pus says:
Mors omnia Solvit.
1792
“pe dede”, he says, “louses alle thyng And of ilk mans lif mas endyng.” pc dede es sw» sutil and pryve, pat na man may it properly se; And for-pv pat na man may se it, parfor may na man knnw ne witt. Ne ymagyn thurgh witte what it es, Ne what shappe it has and lyknes.
1800
Bot what dede
No man kuows what death
is.
es properly to say,
Wha-swa wille, shortly wite he may. 1 Dede es noght elles to teile shortly,
Death
i» a Separation between »oul and body.
Bot a partyng of pe saul and body, 1804
Als
I byfor aparty sayde.
pis
may
And 1808
be calde pe dedis brayde.
a privacion of pe
life,
When it partes fra pe body in And als yhe may se and wate pat myrknes kyndlv
strife.
wele,
es noght to feie,
Bot overalle whar na light es par es properly myrknes; 1812
Right swa pe dede es noght elles
Bot a pry vyng of
lyf , als clerkes telles
For whar-swa-ever pe lyf fayles par es pe dede pat pan assayles. 1816
pus pe dede pat men dredes mast,
When pe
1
J
stalkes (Lands.
MS.
lyf fayles
men byhoves
tast.
348).
Dethe is nothing elles to teile sothly, Bot a departyng of the soule and the body.
(MS. Addit 11305.)
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
DEATH
III.]
Four
Why men 1820
An
IS
FULL OF
PAIN.
51
skilies I fynd writen in sora stede,
es for pe dede stoure
pe whilk
When
1828
swa
ilk
I.
sal feie with-in,
of pere four, byfore
wil I other I
twa
spak
til
first
I wille with other
First aght
sal se
Devils appear
II.
to the dying man (p. 61, 1. 3816).
Han will hare account of the whole of
III.
to yield
hia
life.
IV. Man la uncertain of hia future state.
spake,
I
pam
take;
generaly,
twa pam
men drede pe ded
specity.
in liert,
Of
For pe payn of pe dede pat es swa smert. pat es pe hard stour at pe last ende, When pe saule sal fra pe body wende;
A
is
aght gretely here pe dede to drede.
For of twa
1840
why
feared.
The deeih
fall of pein.
pe body and pe saule salle twyn.
Of twa
Now
four flpois
struggle
teile,
Of devels, pat about hym pan sal be. pe thred es for pe acount pat he sal yheld Of alle his lyf, of yhouthe and elde. pe ferth es, for he es uncertayne Whether he sal wend til ioy or payne; Wha-swa wil of per four take hede,
Now
1836
man
death
feile
Another es for pe sight pat he
Hym 1832
tha
cial rcasoDS
pat es mare payne pan man can
1824
Of
snld specialy drede pe dede
the death eonĂźict.
doleful partyng es pat to teile,
For
pai luf ay togyder to duelle;
Nouther of pam wald other forga
Swa mykel
1844
lof es bytwen pam twa; And pe mare pat twa togyder lufes, Als a man and his wyfe oft pruves, pe mare sorow and murnyng
Byhoves be
at pair departyng.
Four rÂŤMom why soul and body
1848
Bot pe body and pe saul with pe
1852
man and hys wyfe, Wbether pai be in gude way or ille, And pat es for many sere skylle. A skylle es, als yhe sal now se,
lyfe
Lufes mare Samen pan
Why
are so closaly united.
First reason.
pai wald ay togyder be;
For-py pat God,
als says haly writ,
First body and saul togyder knyt; d2
Digitized by
DEATH SPARKS NONE.
52
ruoo. 1856 Another for the taue
Stcond
Bot
if
pe
Tbird reason.
pe
III.]
pe tother help par-to;
come
thred for pai bathe togider sal
Byfor Fourth reaaop. ^sfiO
[BOOK
may noght do
God
pe day of dome;
at
comen
ferthe, for wlien pai er
theder,
Pai sal ay after duel togider. parfor pair payne and sorow es tnare
When 0**1 h spar**
1864
pe tane sal fra pe tother fare.
may be
pis twynnyng
tald pe dede,
none.
pat fleyghes about fra sted
Thurgh
And
For prayer ne gyfte pat inen may gyfe. Whare he comes he lattes nane lyfe. Ne for luf ne awe er nane sparde; For pe dede til na man taa rewarde,
1872
Ne
riche ne pover he spare, hegh ne law,
pe dede 1876
Non
Bemard pus shewes
müeretur mors
non reveretur
non •pect for povertj «r riebe«, wi» dom, age or goud
right:
inopie,
diviciis,
non sa-
non moribus,
piencie,
1880
pam draw,
lyf wil fra
has mercy of na wight,
Als Saynt
r*-
stede.
he has powere,
1868
pat he ne pe
Death ha* no
wham
spares nan of
til
and nere,
alle laudes, fer
etati.
He
says “pe dede of povert na mercy has,
Ne _ Ne Ne
til
wysdoiii pat
til
elde of
.
mjumers.
1884
1888
to ryches
ne
rewaru
1
tas, .
,
man
wyse
raeu schewes.
ne
gude thewes.“
til
Dede wil na frendshepe do ne favour, Ne reverence til kyng ne til emperour,
Ne Ne Ne
til
pape, ne
til
nan
til
na
til
otlier
bisshope, ne na prelate,
man
of heghe estate,
religiouse, ne
For dede over
al
til
na
seculere,
men has powere.
And thurgh pe dede hand
al sal pas,
Als Salamon says, pat wyse was: 1892
Communionem mortis scito.
'
No
(US. Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
;
DEATH DE8CRIBED.
III.]
«53
"Knaw pow.” he says, pat pe dede es Comon to ul men, bathe mare and les.’’ 1896
pus
sal
And
yliit
dede
visite ilk
mau.
na man discryve
it
can,
For here lyves nan, under hevenryke, pat can teile til what pe ded es lyke. Bot pe payn of dede pat
1900
A
ot the p«in of death and what it
al sal feie
philosopher pus discrived wele;
For he lykend mans pat war growand, if
lyf
i» like.
a tre
til
swa mnght be, and swa shuld sprynge, it
Thurgh a mans hert pat obout war lapped with pe hert strynge, Andpe croppe out at hismouthmught shote,
1904
1
And to ilka ioynt war fested a rote; And ilka vayne of pe mans body Had a rote festend fast parby, And in ilka taa and fynger of hand
1908
1912
War
a rote fra pat
And
ilka
With
Yf
pat tre war
At a
pe
1916
tre growand; lym on ilka syde
rotes of pat tre
titte
tite
war occupyde
pulled oute
with al pe rotes oboute,
pan rayse par-with
rotes suld
Ilka vayn and ilka synoghe and
A 1920
mare payne couthe na man
pan And
pis war, als lang als
it
litb.
in hert cast
suld last.
yhit halde I pe payne of dede
mare
And mare sträng and hard, pan pis payn wäre pos a philosopher when he
pe payn 1924
parfor
Aght
of pe dede here discrived.
ilk
man,
to drede
als I byfor sayde,
pe
bitter
For bathe gode and Bot 1928
ille
lyfed,
men
dedes brayde,
ille sal it taste
aght drede
it
maste.
For dred of ded mast pyns wythin
A man
Bad men fear d *** h mo,t'
pat here es ful of syn,
parfor pe prophet says in a stede.
And spekes pus i
The MS.
un-til
pe dede:
reads: ‘And pe croppe out at hi« mughi mught ehote’.
Digitized by
DEATH COMES UNEXPECTEDLY.
54
0
1932
[BOOK
tn.]
morn quam amara memoria
tua homini iniuelo.
“O pou “Ful 1936
grysely dede.” says he.
bitter es
pe mynde of pe.
Until pe synfnl
man” namly,
pat for his syn
es
paynworthy;
me thynk he pat mag hym noght
es nnsleghe
parfor com« u expectedly.
Death
»•1940
A man 1944
here redy to deghe;
For pe dede es privy and sodayne. And pe tyme of his commyng uncertayne. for certayne sal dighe at pe last,
For his lyf is noght bot als a wynd blast. Bot he wayte never what tyme ne whan;
For swa certayne
es here
na man
pat can pe tyme of pe dede forluke, Forpi says Saynt Bernard 1948
Quid
in rebus
boke:
in a
humanis cercius
ent
mortt; quid incercius hora mortis imenitur.
He 1952
says: “What es til man mare certayn pan pe dede es pat es swa sodayn; And what es mare uneertayn thyng, Pan es pe tyme of the dede commyng”,
Alswa say nathyng pat may be Man should
pi
1
;
pan may na man here pe dede fle. man hym suld redy make, Byfor ar pe dede com hym to take, And put hym byfor and ded byhynde. Swa pat ded may hym redy lynde; parfor Saynt Anstyn pe haly man Says pus. als I shew yhow can:
„1956 parfor a
pare himself death.
1960
Nescis qua hora Keniat mors,
semper vigila , ut, quod nescis quando 1964
veniat
cum sie
1968
1
AU
uha
,
paratum
fe
innen iat
venerit, et adhoc forte
nescis
quando veniat,
ut semper
paratus.
“Man pan knawes noght,” says he, “What tyme pe dedes comyng sal be;
say na thyng that
may
be.
(MS. Hui. 6923.)
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
IO.]
MAN SHOüLD BE PREPARED FOR DEATH.
Wake
pou bad na knawyng Of pe tyme of dedys commyng, ay
als
when
1972
pat pe dede inay fynd
1976
Ay redy til God and bugh[so]m And to pat perchaunce knaw pou ne may pe commyng, for pou shuld be redy ay.” pan byhoved us our lyf swa cast Als
1980
day of our
ilk
And Als
lif
war pe
day be redy and
ilk
we
pe,
lif
it
sal
55 w»tch
(or do*th,
com,
last;
wele.
suld ilk day pe ded feie,
And byde
noght
til
pe dede us vyset,
parfor pos says Saynt Austyn yhet:
Laut
ultimus dies, ut observeniitr
o mnet dies, sero parantur reme1984
dia
cum
mortis imminent
pericula.
day of man is hyd’% he says, u»n> u»t d*ji« bidden from bim. . ,, . , , u i*or he shuld kepe wele al pe other dayes,
“Pe ,
1988
last -
When
1992
.
For over
late
.
men ordayns remedy,
perels of dede
comes sodanly."
For if a man pat unredy es, Be tane with dede in his wykednes, Turne agayne pan may he noght For to amend pat he has myswroght; ln pat state, pat he es in tane,
1996
He sal be demed when he es gane; Wharfor a man for drede of lettyng Shuld noght abyde pe dedes commyng, Bot make hym redy, ar he
And kepe hym ay wele 2000
fei
harde,
aftirwarde,
For when pe dede es at pe yhate, Pan es he warned over late.
pe dede fra a man his mynd reves And na kyndely witte with hym leves. 2004
For pan
sal
he
feie
De»th depm»« ° f hl "
mlnd
swilk payn and drede.
pat he ne may thynk of na roysdede,
Bot of
his
payn and of noght
eiles,
Als pis grete clerk Saynt Austyn
teilest
Digitized
by
:
THE DYlNG MAN THINKS ONI.Y OF
56
200s
Tymor mortis totam animain
I>EATH.
[BOOK
III.]
sibi vendicat,
ut nec de peccatis tune libeat cogitare. %
The dread
pe drede of pe ded when
of
death occopies wholly^
Chalanges
the soul
2012
Swa
pat
al
hym
pe saul liste
tyl
it
it
fayles a man.
pan;
pan haf na thoght
Of his synnes pat he here bas wroght. pan folowes pat man na wys rede Pat abydes pe commyng of pe dede. 2016
And
hastes
hym noght
to clense
hym
sone
Of a! his syns pat [he] has done; For when pe dede comes til a man It
es over late to
2020 Bot
I
rede a
bygyn pan;
man he amend hym
here, 1
Or pe dede come, or his messangere For if he wille swa byfor he war. pe dede pan wele les drede hym par ;
Kickneas
i*
mfMcn-
death'e
ffer.
may be
2024 His messangere
pat comes byfor
For
pat thurgh pat
The dying man loses his senses.
9028
2032
called seltenes,
als ofte felled es;
man swa pynes payn hys mynd he tynes,
seltenes ofte a
For he may pan thynk on noght eiles Bot of pe payn pat with hym duelles. Bot when pe ded comes aftirward And hym byhoves feie mare hard.
pan
sal
pat he
And
he be in swylk drede sal
God and hymself
Whyles he has
liele,
haf
203G parfor he sal pan his
And Hac
sette,
forget,
pat es skylle for he wil noght,
God
in thoght,
mynde tyne
parfor pus says Saynt Austyne:
animaversione percutitur
peccator, ut moriens obliviscatur
2040
siti
est
2044
1
,
qui
dum
riveret ob/itus
Dei.
“pe synful“, he says, als es writen, “With pyne of pe dede es smyten, pat he thurgh payn pat him byhoves drighe, Hym-self forgetis when he sal digbe,
The MS. reads meiuangerc.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
III.]
THE DYING
THE IR
T.OSE
pat whylles he mught
2048
God
Many synful _ Io hat, tyme
has here na grace
2052
Me
pat es almyghty.” tuny men noter thlnk of God.
,
,
of repentance, ne space;
For whiles pai
OfGod, bot
57
SF.NSES. here bodyly.
lif
Forgatte bis
mynde
lyf pai have na
hym,
forgettes
thyn[k] pan pat
it
ay unkynde.
als
es skille and right
patthurgh dede God reve pam mynd and myght
pus
dyghe and heven
sal pai
And be 2056 pat
til
putted
God
blis
tyne
endeles pyne,
til
swa
here er
uncurtays.
parfor David in pe psanter says: Vos sicut homine« moriemini, xicut
2060
He And
als
2064
2068
men
men yhe
sal digh alle,
ane of pe princes yhe sal
Pat es yhe Als
et
unus de principibus cadetis.
says: “Als
sal dighe of
diglies in pis
>i>iii die aa ei ‘Ye t»haU
ooe ° nc of the pnu priu!
falle."
°ce'«!' c«*.’
pe same manere,
world here,
And als pe spyrites pat fra heven feile, Be casten don intille helle, parfor til a man it war wysdome To repente hym or pe dede come, And haf God in mynde whyles he lyfes here, Als pe prophet biddes on pis manere:
Memento
creatoris tut antequain ve-
nia t ternpus visitacionis tue.
2072
“Thynk,” he
says,
“and haf
Of hym pat made pe Whilles pou
When 2076
first
in pi thoght
Think
.
0(
o„4
thou liveat.’ whUothouiivoot. while
of noght,
ar pe tyme sal be,
he with pe dede
sal viset pe.”
For when dede here assayles a man
He mav
noght thynk wele on
For pe dede
And 2080
lyffes,
his
Quoniam non
God
mynde away pan
parfor David pos est in
til
God
pan, brekes,
spekes:
morte
memor sit tut. “Lord”, he says, “pat man qui
es noght
In dede, pat of pe here has thoght.”
Digitized by
;
THE DEATH OF THE
58
;
[BOOK
80L'L.
in.]
men may anderstand hereby Dede of saule thurgh syn namly; For he pat has ay God in thoght.
2084 Bot
In dede of sanl seines he noght; 2088
And he jt
01
lh
ÂŤ;Âťr 2092
pat of
God
semes pat he
God
es
myndles dede
in saul
es.
visites us in ilka steile
Whare we may feie takens of dede. And if we couthe understand wele, Ilk day we may takens of dede feie;
parfor me thynk alle tliis lif here semes Mar dede pan lyf, pus wysmen deines; 20% For pe boke says, als it beres wyttenes, pat a man, when he first borne es,
Bygynnes towarde pe dede
And
feles here
to
drawe
many a dede thraw, when pai byfalle,
2100 Als sere yvels and angers
pat men may pe dede thrawes calle, other perils and quatbes many.
And
pat commes 2104
pan es our Of Je dede
to
men
ofte sodanly.
birthe here
bygynnyng
pat es our endyng;
For ay pe mare pat we wax aide pe mare our lif may be ded talde.
wc er here lyffand we pos dighand; pan semes our lyf nathyng elles
2108 parfor whylles Ilk day er Ult
la
bat duth.
2112
Bot
als
And
til
a dede, als pe bok other lyf
Til pe dede pis
wyn we
life til
telles,
noght,
ende haf broght
Bot when pe dede has made ende, pan wate we never whyder we sal wende 2116
Wether we sal til wele or wa. Bot til pe tane byhoves us ga. For-why til gude men pe dede
2120
And
es
way
Til pe blisse of heyen pat lastes ay, til ille
men yhate and
entree
Til pe pyn of helle pat ay sal be;
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE (UTES OK
II!.]
59
8lON.
parfor David, pat wa9 swa haly,
Spekes pus 2124
til
God almyghty:
Qui araltas me de portis
mortis, ut an-
nuncitm omneslaudaoionss tuas, in portis filie Syon.
“Loverd”, says David, “pou pat
fra
2128 pat I
pe yhateg of dede
may shew
ert
liftee
he
me.
over alle thynges
Specialy alle pi lovynges. In pe yhatea of doghter Syon.” pat, als clerkes says pat can pnr-on. 2132
2136
h'
J, g {
Es haly kyrk pat God first ches, Thurgh whilk mencommes topesightof pes.
d
'[
By pe ybates of dede, als men may se, tim d pe dede of helle may nnderstanden be 'dMi Fra wilk God liftes ns day and nygbt, To shcwe his lovynges with alle onr myght, And to serve hym and his Werkes to wyrk In stedfast trouthe of haly kyrk,
2140
Swa
pat
we may
afterwarde wende
Til pe sight of pees pat has nan ende.
Heghe 2144
in
heven es pat
fair sight,
pat
alle sal se pat here lyves ryght:
Bot
alle pat sal
com
pat stede
til
Byhoves passe hethen thurgh bodily dede For pat dede to pam es noght ille pat 2148
And And
lyffes here after
Goddes
parfor Saynt Austyn pns telles:
Mala mors putanda non
est
bona vita precessit, neque 2152
wille,
in pat lif stedfastly duelles;
malam mortem,
nisi
quod
quam
mim
facit
sequitttr
ipsam mortem.
He 2156
says: “na man ille dede ghnld wene par, whar gnde lyf byfor has bene; For nathvng mas ille dede to tast. Bot pat pat folows pe dede mast”, pat es dedely dedes pat sam wille do,
And
*
yhit says Sayn[t] Austyn pos parto:
Digitized by
:
THE GOOD DO NOT FEAR DEATH.
6o 2160
Good men do
not
Non
[BOOK
in.]
polest male mori qui bene vixit.
Et
vix bene moritur qui male vixit.
He
says
pat
in
:
“he may noght
dede
ille
feie
feer death.
2164
And
Goddes laghe has
unnethes
may men
be dyghes wele pat hafes lyfed
f>at
Bot he pat hates
2168
lyfed wele;
se by akille,
pis lyfe9
ille.”
lykyng
Thar noght drede pe dedes commyng; For aftir his dede na payn hym ders, parfor says Caton pus in a vers:
Non 2172
metuit mortem ,
contempnere vitam.
qui
sit
He
says: “he pat pis
lif
despyse
Thar drcd pe dede here on na wyse
Swa
For by Holy men desire
2176
’’ ;
did martirs pat pe dede soght,’
And
pis lyf sette pai right noght;
other halymen
yhemed
to
dyghe
to die.
For
to be with
God
in
heven hyghe,
Als pe boke of pair lyfes shewes us.
And swa
did Saynt Paul pat says pus
2180 Cupio dimolvi
cum
et esse
Cristo.
“I yhern”, he
Fra 2184
pis life
Haly men
“be loused away
says.
and be with Crist ay,”
thoghft] pis lyf bot wast.
parfor pair yhernyng
And
for-pi pat
Noght bot
pam
til
God was
mast;
thoght alle pis lyfe
travail, angre,
and
strife,
2188 pai yherned pe ende of pair lyf days,
And
parfor pe haly
quam The day in
of
death2l92
better than thc day of ooe's birth.
He
says:
dies nativitatis.
says: “better es pe day of dede
pan pe day of burthe’’, and mare Standes in stede. For-wliy a gudemandigbes towendto
Whare 1
man pos
est dies mortis
Melius
The US. reads
rest,
his lyf sal be alther-best
tojkol.
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
in.]
2196
DEVILS TORMENT THE DYING.
When
pe saul
61
body swippes,
fra pe
Als Saynt Joban says in pe Appocalippes Beati mortui qui in domino moriuntur.
2200 “Blessed be alle bas bat in body ,
Dighes here in
God
alle-myghty.'’
‘Biessod »re tho$e who die in the Lord/
For pas pat raen sese in gude lyfe ende Dighes in God, and pai sal wende
swa hyghe, swa may dighe.
2204 Til pe blisse of heven pat es
Wele
es
hym pan
pat
Bot alle-yf haly men may digh wele, Yhit pe payn of dede byhoves pam feie, 2208 pat es mare pan
When
man can ymagyn
pe body and pe saule
pe wilk pam
sal
twyn;
aght dred aparty,
Thurgh manskynd or elles war ferly: 2212 For sen Crist, als I sayd befor, had dred Of the ded, thurgh kynd of bis manhed. pan aght ilkman, bathe mare and les, Drede pe dede here pat swa 2216
pe secnnd
Why Es
skil, als
bitter es.
byfor es redde,
pe dede es swa gretely drede,
for pe grisly syght of fendes
pat a man sal se when his lyf endes. 2220 For when pe lyf sal pas fra a man Devels
To
hym pan, pam away
sal gadir obout
The aecond re«* *on why death is
fcared (see
p. 51,
1.
18*4.)
Devils »hall gather about the
dying man.
ravissche pe saul with
Tyl pyne of
helle, if pai
may.
wode lyons pai sal pan fare And raumpe on hym, and skonl, and Stare, And grymly gryn on hym and blere. And hydns braydes mak hym to fere;
2224 Als
2228 pai sal fände at his last endyng
Hym
in-to
wanhope
for to bring,
Thurgh tbretynges pat
And thurgh pe 2232
Ful hydus sightes pai pat
pai sal
mak,
ferdnes pat he sal tak.
his chere sal
sal
makc
shew hym
grisly
and grym.
Digitized by
:
THE DBVIL AND
62
[BOOK
ST. MARTIN.
III.]
pat sight he gal ge with gastiy egbe
With payn of dede pat he mögt dreghe. 2236 Here-of pe prophet Ieremy Spekes pus
Omnet
in hig
prophecy
inimici eins apprehenderunt
turn inter angustia *.
2240
He
gayg: ‘‘omang hig grete angovg
Hyin
Na
pai sal tak ai hyg enmyg.”
vonder eg
pe develg com pan
if
ln pe ende obout a gynfnl man, Ho» tia
the dovii
»hen he
2244
nt
For
to flay liym
When
and tempte and pvn,
com
pe devel
to
Saynt Martvn
ln pe tyme of dede at his lagt day
Hym st.
Bera»rti «nd the deril.
2248
And
We
for to tempte and for to flay:
pe
in
1
of Saynt Bernard J
life
rede pat
when he drogh
til
dedeward,
pat pe devel pat es grigely and grym,
hym come and asked hym,
Til 2252
By whatgkillehe
wald, and bi
1
what ryght;
Chalange pe kyngdom of heven bright;
2256
pan answerd Bernard pug mekely, And sayd: “I knaw pat I am unworthy, Thurgh myn-awen desert, to haf it
When I sal out of pis world flit Bot my Lorde Ihesu Crist ful of pat
it
myght,
hag and weldes thurgh doble ryght,
2260 Thurgh right of hig faderg heritage.
And alswa Thurgh
for our grete avauntage,
right of hyg hard passion,
pat he tholed for our raungon, 2264
pe ta right frely he graunted me. And pe tother til hym-gelf held he; Of was gyfte I chala[n]ge it by skille, Als pe lagh of hig mercy wille.”
2268
And when pe
devel herd
hym
pus sav,
Alle skomfit he vanyst oway;
And pe halyman when
Tomed ogayne 1
The Uä. reads
til
pis
was done
hym-self gone,
ie.
Digitized by
[BOOK
11!.]
2272
DEVILS APPEAR TO GOOD MEN.
63
And he yhelded pe gast to6od and dyghed, And swa pe saal til heven flyghed. And yhit es mare wonder to teile pat God wald suffer pe devel of helle,
2276 Apere
When
til
hymself pat es of uiyght mast,
he suld dygh and yheld pe gast,
Als docturs says of haly writ, In bnkes thnrgh whilk 2280
pan
seines
it
wele pat
Suffer pe devel apere
men may knaw God wil pus
til
In tywe of dede, at our last ende,
When we 2284
sal
it.
us •
out of pis worid wende,
Good men
Sen haly men pat here liffed right Mught noght dygh with-outen pat sight,
Ne
”mp «d
an we!
b'y* de*
"deMhüd!"
godys moder pat he loffed mare,
Wald noght
fra pat syght spare,
2285 Bot pat he graunted at hir askyng
pat
pe tyme of
in
passyng
hir
pai suld na power haf hir to dere, 2292
Ne pat pe syght of pam shuld hir fere; And yhit sen God hymself spard noght, For at his dede pe devel til hym soght
2296
pan
In his manhede for swa pan he walde,
Als men sayB pat er gret clerkes calde.
pat
er
we
certayn, with-onten
pe 2300
For
were
at our last ende pai sal apere.
Bot a gret payne pan sight of
pai er
And swa
til
us sal pis be
pam when we pam swa
grisely, als says
se;
0f
th , horrlbl ,
pe buke,
blak and foule on to loke,
"el
dy "
b, 'in g
m»D.
al pe men here of mydlerd Of pat sight mught be aferd; For al pe men here of pis lyfe
pat 2304
Swa grysely a sight couth Ne thurgh wyt ymagyn ne
noght descryfe, deroe.
Als pai sal in tyme of dede seine, 2308
Ne swa pogh
sleygh payntur never nan was,
his sleght
mught
alle oiker pae.
Digitized by
;
THE FORM OF THE DEVIL.
64
[BOOK
HI.]
pat coathe vrnagyn of pair gryslynes Th*
oq.o
devil dofj
not »pp*Är in hi«
proper form men.
Or paynt a poynt aftir pair liknes; For in pig lif here may na man Se pam in pe fourme pat pai haf pan, For if pai had swa large powere,
to living
In swilk forme to shew 2316
Out of
Swa
witte
pam
here,
pan pai shuld inen
orrible and
swa
flay.
foul er pai;
For-why swa hardy man here es nane Ne pat ever was lifland in fiesshe and bane. 2320 pat saghe a devel in his fygur right,
pat he ne for ferdnes of pat sight Shuld dighe, or at pe
leste tyn his witt.
Als son after als he had sene
it;
2324 Bot in swilk fourme, als I undirstand.
Pai shew pam
Bot
til
pam
til
na man
wham
til
pe dede es nere;
For God has restreyned 2328 pat pai
liffand,
pai[r]
powere
may na man tempte ne
greve.
Ferrer forthe, pan pai hafe leve.
Bot when pe ded assaylles a man. In pe foulest figure pai apere pan; 2332 parfor aght ilk
The
devil« «re borribly di»figured through «in.
2336
man dredand be
Agayne pe tyme when he sal pam se. Bot I wille shew yhow aparty Why pai er swa foul and grisly, For sum tyme pai war bright angcls. Als pa er pat
Fra pat
now
in
blisful place
heven duels, thurgh syn pai
tnd bycome pan foule devels of 2340
And
feile,
helle,
horribely defygurd, thurgh syn
pat pai war wyth-fild and hardened
pari».
For warne syn war pai had ay bene Bright aungels. als pai war 2344
Hiu
is
rtbl#
more
hor-
than any devil.
first
sene;
And now er pai made foule and ugly Thurgh fylyng of pair syn anly, pan es syn mar foule and wlatsome, pan any devel pat out of helle may come
Digitized
by
'
[BOOK m.]
MAKES THE DEVIL ÜGLY.
SIN
For a thyng
2348
pan
may
es fouler pat
pe thyng pat
and mare
fyles,
it
65
file,
vile.
parfor says clerkes of grete cnnnyng,
swa foule and swa a man mught properly
pat syn 2352 pat
if
es
kynd lyknes pat
In pc
se his syn
be
falles
shnld for ferdues
from
titter it fle
pat he mught se;
and undirstande
se
parfor
men
Bot
a synful mygbt se with-oute
How He
dredes
pe syn
foul
wele pe
it
es,
it
es,
les.
pat he bers oboute,
make ioy ne haf lykyng, war delyverd of pat foul thyng.
suld never
Until he
2364 Sen' pe devel pus has taue his uglines
Sin
it the cau«« of th« devÜ's
Of pe filth of syn, pat swa Aland es, pan aght pe saul of synful with-in Be ful foule pat es alle slotered in syn; 2368 parfor a
man
hym
fendes,
pat
sal
aper
Bot
his
syn he sal se fouler pan pay,
til
at his dede day.
Of whilk he wald noght hym
Ne pe
repent
hym
thred skill
Why
ugUneta.
aght, war-so he wendes,
Mare drede syn pan pe syght of
2372
right shrife,
here in his lyfe. til
our undirstandyng
us aght drede pe dede
commyng,
The third ‘skill why death is feared, is the strict
2376
Es Of
fl««
fa*t«r
deril.
How foul es syn and how fylande. Bot men sese noght ne knawes what if
it
than from any
pan any devel Here may men
2360
Couid we see >iu
in,
w« shoold
He 2356
it
grisly thyng,
and harde,
for pe acont ful strayt alle
our
lif
pat has bene frawarde,
account
whieh we «hall have to giv« of the whole of our lives.
pat us byhoves yheld Als welc of wrang 2380
Of
alle
in
God
sight
als of right,
thyng pat ever
we
wroght,
In werk, in worde, in wille, in thoght,
And
of alle pe tymes pat passes
Fra our bygynnyng
to
our
oway
last day,
2384 Alle sal pan be shewed and sene,
Bathe gude and 1
The MS.
reada Syn.
ille,
foul
and clene, e
Digitized by
;
THE REHEARSAL OF OUR DEEDS.
66
[BOOK
III.]
And
D«riis and angelt thall re*
hearae the erentg of oor lire«.
be reherced als pe buke telles, Bytwene grysely fendes and bright angels
2388 pai sal dispnte pan of onr
With
2392
And
ilka thoght and ilka wille,
Als wele pe gude als pe 239G
life
grete discorde and grete strife.
pe anngels sal reherce pe gnde, And pe devels pe yvel, with grete müde.' Alle pe Werkes pat we here haf wroght, Bytweue pam pan sal be out soght, ille;
And ilka worde pat spoken haf we Gude or ille whether pai be, Alle sal be reherced, als I sayde are.
They
Bytwen pam pan
«ball spar«
atme.
pai sal
nan spare,
2400 Bot anly syn pat es wele clensed here.
And gude dede pat es don on right pan sal we bathe here and se
manere.
Al pe privetese pat ever did we, 2404 parfor says
On
God
in
pe godspelle,
pis manere, als 1 wille
Niehü
est
yow
teile:
opertum quod non reveletur, nee
occidtum quod non teiatur, Nothio* left
«hall b«
2408
‘uudiacusscd'.
Nathyng here swa covered and hydde, pat sal nogbt pan be shewed and kydde,
Ne swa pat 2412
sal
prive es nathyng pat touches man,
noght be knawen pan.
pan most us
abyde,
Until al our lyf
2416
2420
i
'«ger
we may noght
examynd
fle,
be,
And alle our dedys, bathe gude and ille, Be discussed, after Goddes wille; pan sal we se alle our syn halely And what we er for our syn worthy. And alle our dedys pat gud here semed pan sal be discussed haly and demed, Swa pat we may se and knaw by sight, Whether we pam dide wrang or ryght; And wilk was don on wrang manere, And wilk we dyd parfitely here;
mode’ (MS. Hail. 6923).
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
UI.]
THE WORDS OF 8T. ANSELM TO THE 80UL.
2424 parfor Sey nt Anselme, als
Spekes
tyl
67
pebuke shewesus,
pe saul and says pua
wiut m»y u» “WrechedsauL” hesavs, “whatmay thousay J vretchod »o ul My . *h«njt pmi When pou partes fra pe body away,
2428
2432
pan pe byhoves acounte yhelde Of alle pi lyf of youtke and elde, How pow bas here led pi lyfe, And how pow has spendyd pi wittes Fra pe
day pow shnld hethen
laat
pan
walaway be
sal
fife,
day pat [pou] had witte
first
Unto pe
flite.
pi sang,
For pou here dispended
pi
tym wrang,
2436 Bathe in werk and Word, in thogh[t] and wille.
And yhit when pou mught helpe, pou held the stille, pou has done many synful dode, To greve God pou had na drede; when you
2440 Bot
pan
sal
When
sese olle pi trespas
pou say
‘alias! alias
1’
alle pi life sal be thurgh soght
Unto pe lest thyng, pat ever pou wroght, 2444 Whetker pou be lered or pou be lewed; pi syns
The «oul will se« all its 9 Ina that bare beeo
pan be many shewed,
sal
left
pat pow has done here 2448
in
unshrivan.
life
Of whilk pou couthe pe never shrife; And pa sal be shewed byfor pe Ful foule and ugly syns to
2452
pe
se,
Of whilk pou sal haf mare drede and awe, pau of pa pat pou mught here knawe. Yhit som dedys pat pe thoght here don wele
Pou sal pan se foul syns and feie, pan byhoves pe resayve sone
wiiuppewiinfui.
Efter pi Werkes pat pou has done; 9456 pat es to say outher ioy or payne,
pou may on nawyse be par agayne.” pos
sal ilk
Be putted 2460
And Of
man,
til
at his
endyng,
an hard rekenyng,
be aresoned, als right es
alle his
mysdedys, mare and
les.
e2
Digitized by
NO TRUST IS TO BE PLACED
68
Na
pogh Our good doeds 2464 seem
few con>p&ri»on with nur «ril ones.
will
IN
OOOD ACTION8. [BOOK
III.]
syn pan unrekend aal be, it
war never swa
Alle pe gnd dedys pat
prive.
we
haf done
in
Onence our syns
And The threc 2468 ‘skilles' why man ahould not place confidence in good deedt.
we
yhit
sal
pan sem fone;
er unsyker in thoght
Wether pai sal be alowed or noght; For 1 fynd wryten thre skills why na man may trayste sikerly
f>at
In hys gude dedys, pat he dus bere. |)ir thre skils er
2472
Ane
gude to
lere,
es forthy pat alle thynges
pat gude
Good deeda only apnng fron» God I.
anly of
er,
Qod
springe»,
pan er al gude dedys pat er wroght Goddes awen dedys and ours noght; 2476 Bot alle our syns pat may be knawen,
Commes
of our-selven pa er our-awen,
For-why, with-outen
God we syn
Bot na gude with-outen God u. w« mc »i- 2480 way« more ready to >ln thau to do what is right.
Another
we
pat
An
er comonly raare redy
hondreth sythes here for to syn,
pan anes a gude dedc 2484
111-
Good deeds
are often per-
(ormed
wronglv.
2488
solle,
es done.
alswa forpi,
skille es
for to bygyn;
Swa may we ay rekken and rede An hondreth syns agayne a gude dede. pe thred skille es pis to shew omang. For our gude dedys er ofte done wrang, Noght of right maner als pai suld bc Or par.chaunce done oute of charite. Alle our syns er here certayne
And by 2492
right
and
skille er
worthy payne:
Bot
for our
We
wate noght what we er worthy;
gude dedys certanly
Wharfor our gude dedys we shuld noght prayse
And
parfor pus Saynt Austyn sayse:
Oar good deeds2496
Mala n ostra non
are not perfectly good, but our bad ones are
nostra non sunt pura bona.
thoroughly
cvi).
He
says “our
sunt pura mala, sed bona
ille
dedys er pur
ille
wroght,
Bot our gud dedis pur gud er noght.”
Digitized by
[BOOK
III.]
OUR RIGHTEOUSNE88
IMPURE.
IS
69
2500 Here to acordes, als pe buk telles us.
Ysidre pe grete clerk, pat says hus:
...
Omnes
.
n«ior» th« our rightootuneu i« Uke au ‘andean cloth.'
.
tusUcte nostre
quam pannux
menstruale.
2504
He
says “alle our ryghtwysnes er sene
Als a clathe,
filed
of thyng unclene;"
Wharfor certanly here wate nane
How
he sal fare.
when he
2506 Bot comfort of gud hope
pat here lyves wele,
For we awe pat God
feie,
to trow, with-outen were.
hym
sal
es hethen gane.
may he
to fare wele;
yhelde pat dose wele here.
2512 Bot yhit es he noght syker in pir days,
For-why, pe haly man pos says,
homo utrum dignus
Nescit
sit
odio vel amore.
2516
2520
For certayn, he says, “a men what noght," No man knows pogb he had never swa mykel gude wroght,»nrth y of Oo-t« “Whether he war worthy after his dede
To hafe luf of God or hatrede.’’ And Isidre, als a buke shewes us, Acordes par-to, pat says pus: Servus dei sit ei
2524
dum bonum
ad bonum
agit,
utrum
incerttis est.
He says, “he pat es God servand. When he gude dus, outherwith tungor band. He es noght certayne yhit in thoght, Wether it be gude til hym or noght."
2528 Wharfor our lyfyng here es harde.
man
Als pe haly
says,
Quis, sine trepidacione
Saynt Bernarde: et
timore,
hanc vitam ducere polest ? 2532
“Wha
he says, “may pis lyfe here lede .
-
, With-outen tremblyng and drede ?”
Alswa say 1
here,
may
lyf
who m. y
i««d
Uf. without 1 trembiin **
this
na man
With-onten drede, pat witte can; 2536
*
For For
al-if
to
a
do
man alle
here afforce him ay
pe gude pat he may,
‘Ala wha’ (MS. Bari. 6323).
Digitized by
HÜMAN
70
may
Yhit
»ays that he ia frightened by a review of hie
III.]
Terret me Iota vita mea, qua diligenter discusea.
for it ie
llfe,
wholly
[BOOK
gade dedis be swa wroght,
pat parchaunce God allowes pam noght; And parfor Saint Bernard pleyned bim here Of hi» lyf, pat gay» pug on pi» mauere.
2, >40
B.rnarg’
*gt.
LIFE 19 FÜLL OF SIN. hig
einfnl.
apparet mihi aut peccatum aut
Et
2544
ti
Sterilität;
quis tn ea fructus videtur, sie est
aut eimulatum, aut imperfeetum, aut alio
modo corruptum,
aut non placere
ut possit
deo aut displicere.
Bemard wordes pat “AI my lvfe here me fiays,
2548
per
er
For
if it
It
semes
says:
ententyfly discussed be,
me
nogtit eiles here until
Bot owther gyn, pat pe eaul mast deres,
2552
Or barran
Life ia barron.
thyng, pat na frnyt bere»;
And if any fruyt par-in gerne, It may be pua be' »kil to deme, 2556 Outher feyned thyng to
Or
shew
in eyght,
thyng, pat eg noght alle done ryght,
Or, on other wyse, corrnmped with-in,
pat es 2560
may a sin-2564 aiD bmj of his life?
WJiat fnl
to gay, hled with gyn;
Swa
pat outher pan may it noght Pay God almyghty. pat eg swa wroght, Or paraunter it hym mygpayg;’’ po» pe haly man, Saynt Barnard, gays. Wbat may a svuful man gay pan, When he, pat was swa haly a man,
Couth na fruyt here 2568
pan aght pe Of [thjis life
here, pat eg unclene,
ln whilk na fruyt IV.
Man
is
Pe
nn>
rertain of his fn-
twe
ferth »kille
Why man
state.
2572
Es
for he
in hig life ee?
synful dredand be
may
and pe
be eene. last to teile,
dredis pe dede
swa
feile,
wate noght whether he
Tylle ioy or payne
affcir
gal
wende
his lyfeg ende.
For awa wyee and witty man eg nane, pat wate, when pe dede him ha» tane, 1
‘bi'
(Harl.
MS.
4196).
Digitized by
Googl
;
[BOOK
nl.]
2576
2580
WE OüGHT TO
Haf drede for f>is skille put I talde. For when pe devels and pe aneels Has desputed our lif, als pe buk telles,
And pan 2584
LIVE IN DBEAD.
71
For certayn, whederward he sal ga, Whether he sal wend til wele or wa. pan aght ilk man, bathe yong and aide, Tb«
diocuooion
«snt b« 7
Miowed
1
**
discucion made, als fals to be, sal
we
certanly here and se
Our certayne dome, pat we sal have sal be dampned or save, outher pan wend to ioy or pyne;
Wether we
And
man
parfor pe haly
says, Saynt Auityne:
2588 Bene unusqimque de die novissimo
formidare debet, quia unum quemque in
quo invenerit suut novissimus
cum
de hoc eeculo egreditur,
dies,
talis in die
2592 novissimo indicatur.
“Ilk
man” he
says, “pat sal pas
Shuld haf drede of hys
For
in
what
state
last
away
day ;
E«rb
stouia
w« lut
d»y.
swa he be pan,
2596 Swilk als his last day fyndes a man,
When
he
sal out of pis
werld wende,
Swilk mon he be demed at pe ende.” parfor our 2600
last
day pat
sal falle,
Our day of dome we may calie. Bot at pe general day of dome With our bodys we
sal
come,
Byfor Ihesu Cryst allemyghty kyng,
deme alle thyng. he deme ilka nacyon,
2604 pat sal pat day
pan sal And mak a fynal declaracyon Of alle pe domes byfor shewed,
tyme of dede, to lered and lewed. For pe bodys sal wend to pe same stede aa« demed aftir pe dede; bo'dy
2608 In
Til whilk pe saul es
And
outher pan h ave
th«
‘dom’
shön ’dweii
ful ioy togyder,
2612 Or ful sorow when pai com thyder,
And ever-mare
aftir
Whethir pai wend
to
togyder duelle,
heven or
helle.
Digitized by
MANY GO TO PURGATORY.
72
Bot
[BOOK
III.]
in ertbe sal duclle J>e bodis alle.
2616 Until pat dredful day sal falle,
When pe dome
sal
be inast strayt and harde.
Als pis buke shewes aftirwarde. The
coui
Bot
u
»•"tu«™« 'S» 2620
sone als pe saul namly,
first, als
Thurgh pe dede It
es passed fra
be demed.
sal
pe body,
Werkes,
aftir bis
Til ioy or payne. als savs per clerkes.
pe
synful saul pan gas strik to helle,
2624 In pyne withouten ende to duelle;
pe
clene saul pan gas up even,
With-outcn lettyng, Many go
to
Bot maiiy
Pur-
gatory before they can reach
2628
Ar
til
pe
blis
of hevene.
saules. pat er save,
com
pai
to blis,
payne byhoves have
Heaven.
In purgatori
,
and duelle par-in
Until pai be clensid of al syn,
pat er schrywen and noght clensed here, 2632
And
par be fyned als gold pat shynes clere.
For
in
Unto
heven
may na
saul be sene,
be fyned and clensed clene,
it
Outher here thurgh penaunce, 2636 8on>« (ew
Or Of
tVd hy'p'önenr"
als clerkes wate
in purgatori thurgh fire bäte.
Wharfor pe
wbo
saul pat es clensed wele
dedely syn and of veniele,
al
Thurgh penaunce here and almusdede,
eo straight to
2640
Pe
angels als
When
it
tit
pan
sal lede,
body away,
es passed fra pe
Til pe blis of heven pat sal last ay;
parfor 2644
wille folow
He suld before. ar Mak him redy and Of
al spottes
Thurgh 2648
whaswa
And
wysdome,
he saw pe dede come, clense
hym
clene
of syn pat mught be sene,
shryfte of
mouthe and repentancc,
thurgh almusdede and penaunce;
Swa pat dede fynd hym clene of syn, When pe body and pe saul sal twyn. 2652
And whyles he lyffes Tbynk he suld ay of
til
he hethen wende,
his lyfes hende,
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
THINK OF THY LAST DAT.
III.]
Swa may And
hym kepe
he
73
fra alle folys.
parfor says pus Salamon pe wys:
In Omnibus operibus 2656 novissima tua,
et
tuis,
memorare
non peccabis
inetemum.
pat es on Inglis pos to say; 2660
He says “Thynk on pi endyng day, Ay when pou sal any werk bygyn
Tb Ulk Inst
at ihr day.
And pan sal pou never mare syn.’’ And parfor pou man in pi werk be slyghe, And thynk ay wele pat pou sal dighe; Thynk pou sal dyghe, pou wate never whan, Ne in what state pou sal be pan. 1
2664
Ne pou
whate never
pou
dyghe, ne of what dede.
sal
2668 parfor at morne,
Thynk
als
When pou Thynk 2672
als
2680
what stede
sal
sese lygbt,
if
on
pi last
n
the morning
think that thon «halt die bofore
pou be wyse,
pou suld noght with pe a
pi hert
,
dygh ar nyght;
gas to slep,
For Saynt Austyn says pus “Let ay
2676
pou
in
when pou
night
lyf ryse,
in a linke,
day luke.”
Wha-swa wille thynk ay on pis manere, And be war, and make hym redy here, And of alle hys syn clense bym wele, Ar pe dede com pat hym byhoves feie, pan may he eschape and passe lightly pe bitter payn of purgatory, And com til pe blisse of heven bright par ay es day, and never nyght. Here es pe thred parte of pis buke spedde pat spekes of pe dede,
2684
On
pis part
Bot passe
I
to
pat es pe ferthe part 2688
»o»?
for to specify,
pe whilk spekes of purgatory, Whar many saules feles ful harde, Als yhe
1
als I haf reddc.
wille na langer stand.
another neghest folowand;
»
sal
here sone aftirwarde.
pi?
Digitized by
;
PAKT
74
IV.
OF PURGATORY.
Here bygynnes pe
[BOOK
IV.]
ferth part
pat es of purgatory. Of Purgstory. 2692
Maoy spekes, and in buke rede« Of purgatory, but fon it dredes; For many wate uoght what it es, parfor pai drede
2696
Bot
if
pai
Or trowed,
2700
it
wele pe
knew wele what pai walde drede
leg. it
war«,
it
pe uare.
And forthy pat sum liaa na knawyng Of purgatory ne undirgtandyng, parfor I wille now speke aparty, In pia buke of purgatory.
What Purgatory I«.
2704
2708
Purgatory
is
And first ghew yhow what it es, And whare it es, als pe buke wittenes; And whatkyn payns er par-in. And whilksaules gas peder, and for what gyn And alswa what thyng es mast certayn, pat pam mught help and slake pair payn. Of pir sex poyntes I wil spek and rede, And gwa I gal pig ferth part spede. Purgatory es nathyng
a
placo for the parification of siofnl souls.
elles
Bot a clensyng sted par saules
duelles,
2712 pat has synned, and had contricyon,
2716
And er in pe way of salvacion, And er noglit parfytly clensed here Of al veniel syns sere. Bot par byhoves pam payne leie, Til pai be clensed parfytely and wele
Of alkyn syn
pat pai ever wroght.
In worde, in dede, in wille or thoght. 2720
For swa pured and fyned never gold was, Als pai
all
sal be, ar pai petlien pas.
Wharfor pe payn pat pe saul par hentes
The psius of Purgatory are
Er
more severe tban
inare bitter pan alle pe tourmentes
the sufferlngs
of martyrs.
2724
pat
alle
pe marters
in ertbe tholcd,
Sen God was for us boght and
gold.
For pe lest payn of pe payns par sere Es mare pan es pe mast payn here,
Digitized
by
[BOOK
THE PAIN8 OF PURGATORY.
IV.]
76
2728 Al« says a grete clerk pus shortly,
In a buke of pe payns of purgatory:
Minima pena purgatorn marima pena mundi. 2732
He
sav8, “pe lost
.
The lem pain Purgatory
.
In purgaton
major
e»t
pavn pat es pare
,
es
pat
in
ia
>»n
wele mare
pan pe maßt payn
may
teiere th«n the great est tuttaiy pain.
be
In al pis werld, to feie or ge.”
2736
For pe payne
pan
may
hert
par, es
mare
For snm
bitter
thynk, or tnng
and
feile
teile,
wha swa
Als pe bnke sayB, trow
wille.
clerkes says, and prnves by skille
2740 pat bytwen pe payne of belle namly
And pe payn
of purgatory
Es na difference bot at pe tane Has ende, and pe tother bas nane. 274-1
pe payns
Ne
of helle sal never sees,
in
shallnfvcrccase.'
purgaton sanles duelee
Vntil pai be elensed of alle
2748
-Th« pain ot Heil
.
pe ßaules par-in never haf reiees;
Bot
stille
ille,
And mare payn feie, als I widerstände, pan ever feled man here lyfande; For pai
sal haf a
day pare
Als mykel bitter payn or mare, 2752 Als a
A
man mnght
thole here of penaunce
feie als mykel grevaunce; mykel drighe par fourty days,
yhere and
And
als
Als fourty yhere here; pus clerkes says; 2756
Swa
Ou
es pe payn par a day to sc
»1 Als mykel, als here a vhere ,
,
,
,
may
,
be.
Bot ever a day of penaunce here
May 2760 Als
l"
rf«y« p*in Purgatory 1a
aa graat a.« « yr«r of panauca on earth.
stand in-stede par for a yhere,
God
says opeuly and wele,
Thurgh pe prophet Ezechyele: Diem pro anno dedi
tibi.
2764 pat es on Inglyg pus to say,
“For a yhere
I
gyf pe day.”
Digitized by
;
THE U8E OF PDBGATORY.
76
pe payn
The p*in ecdured in PorgÂť-
When
obUins no
tory
reward in Heaven.
ful in
is
pe saul of syn,
2772
for to clensÂť
to
clensepamofsyn, patpare-induclles.
Botpenaunce
two ways.
Serves here 2776
to thole here with til
2780
For pe
in
us lede.
saul for ilka penaunee here,
Sal haf specyel ioy in heven
pat with-outen ende If pai thole
swa
may men se, als pe buke And understand what purgatori Now wil I shew yow shortly Wbar,
tory
stedfast.
wittenes, es.
als clerkes says, es purgatory.
ie.
2788 lt is
clere,
Bai laste,
payne here with hert
2784 Here
Where Purga-
wille,
skille.
heven mare mede
may penaunee
Til per twa
in heaven.
gude
twa thyngcs by
Ane es to clense here pe sanle wele Of dedly syn and of veniele; Another to haf
It obtains a greater reward
2.
IV.]
purgatori er broght,
til
Bot
And for na mede in heven to wyn; pogh pai a thousand yhere war pare, pair mede in heven shuld never bepe mare. pan serves pat payne par, of noght elles
uae-
1. Il clean ae* ihe tonl of ein.
pai
2768
Bot Pcnance
[BOOK
par pe saules avayles noght
pe
stede, pat purgatory es calde,
Under pe erthe es, als I balde, Aboven pe stede, als som clerkes
nnder the
earth, above the
place where unbaptiied children
par crysom
dwell.
2792
pat
fra
1
Er putted
for ever, with-outen gracc.
pat place es neghest aboven hei Bytwen purgatory and itte. 279G
telles,
dede ehilder duells,
pe sight of Goddes face
pitte,
pus Standes pe stede of purgatory, Oboven pam bathe in pat party. Alle pat er par payn byhoves hafe,
Bot pai haf gracc and er 2800 Bot fra pe other stedes, Sal never
1
til
save.
pe day of dome,
mare saule out come;
uncristen (US. Bari. 6923).
Digitized
by
[BOOK
IV.]
SOULS MAY PASS FROM PURGATORY. For pan
And 2804
Bot rw\'t
sal pai
til
with pe bodys agayn fra purgatory sau 1 es
ii.
»
Iil blisse
when
Aboven pat 2.808
come
.
pe til
last
77
iugement,
helle be hent.
may wynne i
t
Th« »ui m»y
-
pai er clensed of synne.
yhit es pe ferthe stede,
P*** 00*
Pur-
K*tory.
Abov , Purg , wrT
Pat Crist visited when he was dede; And pa pat par war with hym out tuke
d fnto
HeU.
And left nane paryn, als says pe buke. Ne fra pat tyme als we here clerkes teile 2812
2816
Com never nan yhit peder to duelle, Ne never nan forthward sal com; And pat stede clerkes calles lymbue patrum Umbui purum. pe whilk a fre preson on Inglys es, Whare pe haly faders duelled in myrknes. Alle pir four stedes men may helle calle, These The» four vrlthln place* are vrithln — .
•
±ot pai
,
.
.
1
.
»
er closed with-in pe erthe alle;
the earth. **rth.
And for helle pai may alle be tane, Of whilk four purgatory es ane. 2820 parfor haly kyrk pat for saules prayB,
Calles purgatory helle, pat pus says:
Domine Ihesu Ortete libera animae omnium fldelium defunclorum, de 2824
manu mfemit “Loverd deliver out of
helles
hande
Alle crysten saules pat par er duellande;”
pat es 2828
to say, out [of] purgatory
par pe saules er clensed parfytely. Bot fra pe lawest helle, with-outen
Na
saul
may be
No es
m
Soul DU] leave Heu.
na hope;
2832 parfor pus says pe haly
Quia
dout,
delyverd out;
For of mercy par
in/emo nulla
eet
man
lobe.
redempcio.
“In helle”, he says, “es na raunceon.”
For na helpe may be 2836
pat es
in
pat dungeon,
to say, in pe lawest helle,
Whar pe dampned saules sal ay duelle, Whar messe ne prayer helpes noght, Til pam pat er peder broght.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
HELL LAST8 FOB EVKR.
78
avail the Souls in hell.
IV.]
For na thyng may abate fair pyne,
2840
Nothing may
And
parfor pus sayB Saynt Austyne,
Si scirem patrem in
2844
infemo, pro
He
says, “if
nimm
eis
my
aut matrem
non orarem. fader or
moder wäre
In helle, and I wist pan) pare, I
wald nouther nyght ne day,
For pam byd bede
here, ne pray.”
2848 For-why, almusdede, ne messe, ne prayers
Helpes na saul par, bot parchaunce ders, pe twa lawest stedes, pat I nevend ar,
Er pe Purgatonr lMts only tili Doinesday.
2852
heiles pat sal last ever mar.
Bot purgatory It last es
For
Na 2856
sal
noght
na langer pan
last ay;
domesday,
to
pat day, als clerkes ean se,
aflir
stcde of purgatory sal be, helle, ful of devels
Bot
with
in,
Sal ay last, for vengeaunce of syn.
Now som Why ia
Purgatorr
in the middle 2860 of the earth.
has wonder, and
may
why
ask
God has swa ordayned purgatory, And helle ymyddes pe erthe swa law pe skylle why may be pis to knaw; pe syn pat es in erthe wroght Fra erthe unpunyst paSses noght.
2864
pan nedly byhoves be punyst
syn,
Outher opon erthe or with-in, pat es outher here par
Or Sin ürags .he
2868
downwards.
•oul
in
we
duelle,
purgatory or in helle; es swa hevy and swa harde, drawes pe saul ay dunwarde;
For syn pat
it
Until payn and penaunce haf wastedpat syn
pe saT, there 2972 are two kinda of
Home
Purgatory. 1.
2.
common.
special.
2876
saul
may never
tylle
heven wyn;
Yhit says pir grete clerkes namly,
pat twa stedes er of purgatory; pe taue es comon, als yhe herd me pat with-in erthe es, oboven helle;
And pe
teile,
tother es speciele, thurgh grace,
pat es oboven
erthe, in sere place.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
IV.]
THE SEVEN PAINS OF PÜRGATORT. For Bot
in |>e
comon
stede
som
79
er noght ay,
Th«
of
Purg * lor?'
er here punyst, onther nyght or day,
2880 In sere stedes specialy in gast,
Whar pai haf synned in body mast. And p&t may be thurgh helpe and spede Of prayer of 2884
wham
Til
Thurgh
frendes and almusdede,
pai ofte in gast apere,
speciel grace, in sere stedes here,
For to hast pair deliverance Oot of pair payn and pair penauuee, 2888 pat, als
I
ar sayde, gretely greves,
And for warnvng of frendes pat lyefes. Here may men properly by skille Se
What 2892
Now
purgat ory falles to be. wille I rede forthermare,
And shew yhow
of sum paynes pat er pare.
In purgatory, als pe buke wittenes,
Es 2896
And many mare pan Bot
I
And pa seven Of whilk men Als
pe 2904
called
I
tite als first
Th« p«in>
«t Purgttory.
les,
can neven;
fynd wryten payns seven,
pat may be 2900
som mar, som
diverse payns,
TUey
payns of purgatory;
in
»re seren
nnmber.
I wille here specefy,
som
sal
feie
pe ded-comyng
and
se,
sal be,
payn es of pa seven,
Als yhe herd me byfor neven, pe grete drede pat pe saul es in When pe body at it sal twyn
First p»in ‘aight' of Devils.
1
For pe
saul sese pan abont
Grygly devels agayn 2908 Als
And And
wode lyons
to
to ravisshe
it
it
it
Stande
ranmpande,
wayt pair pray, with
pam away.
pat syght es a payn ful grevous;
For pe devels er swa foul and ydous, 2912 pat swa hardy man was never nane Lyfand here in fiesshe and bane,
1
And
it
(MS. Earl. 6923).
Digitized by
OF THE JÜDGMENT.
8ü
[BOOK
pat saw pe syght pat pe saul pan
pat ne he 2916
IV.]
sese,
for ferdelayk is witte shuld lese,
Thogh he war never
of hert
swa
balde,
Als in pe thred parle of pis bokewas talde.
A
grete payn aght pis syght to be
Til pe saule pan, pat Secoud palw
2920
:
The soul't doubts about
fütare »Ute. it*
sal se.
it
pe secunde payn neghest folowande Es pe grete drede, to understande, pat pe saul
sal lmfe
wyth dole and
Until pe dorne be gyfen, 2924
how he
For pe angels
sal pare redy be
And pe
swa
pat
devels
care,
sal fare.
grisly to se,
sal disput of alle his lyfe
Bytwen pam
par, with grete stryfe.
2928 His syns sal pan be shewed ful many,
Als I tald byfor in pe thred part namly.
Dispute bstween deril«
sndiuig«is^g22
pe saul pan sal bytwene pam Stande, And pe angels on his ryght hande, And devels on pe lefte syde. pan mot pe
sanl in grete dred abyde,
Until pat stryfe be broght to ende,
2936
*oul thea, ^940 a man on tbe sea ln a •tonn.
The
is like
And til it witte whyder it sal wende, And whether it sal be dainpned or save; Pan sal pe saul a grete drede have. Als a man pat es in myddes pe se In grete perille, and may noght fle, When tempestes falles and stormes smert, pan has pat man grete drede in hert;
He mas pan
rowes, and cryes on Crist,
For, he es afered pat he sal be peryst; 2944
And
pat drede
For of The
«oul
ia
And
in
bodUy fear, like one accused of feiony.
his lyf
als
When
a
til
hym
es a grete
payn;
he es uncertayn;
man
has drede bodily,
he es acouped of feiony
2948 Byfor kynges iustice, and pe cuntre,
pat charged es
He
if
he gilty be,
wate noght whether he
Or be delyvered
of pat
sal
be
spilt,
gilt.
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE THIRD PAIN OF PÜRGATORY.
IV.]
81
2952 Until pai have gyven pair verdite,
And
outher par-of raade
hym qwyte hym gilty.
Als pe laghe walde, or inade If
2956
he pan haf dredo,
it
es
na
ferly,
For in grete dout of lyfe es pat man. Bot yhit has the saul man; drede pan, Til pe dome be gyven and it may se Whether it sal dampned or saufe be. For if it dome of damp[na]cion here, 1
2960
It
gas
til
And pe
The
souls of the dainoed go to heil Mithout hope of eter
leaving iL
helle with-outen recoverere;
dampned til pat place Thar nevcr hope to haf mercy ne grace. 2964 What wonder es pan if pe saule drede have pat doutes whethir he sal be dampned or save. Of pes twa maners of payns of drede 2968
saul pat es
Yhe herd me aparty byfor rede, pe whilk es dcclared in a stede. In pe thred part pat spekes of pe dede. Alle pis matere
parfor here 2972
pe
When Er
I
men may
se pare,
wil spek par-of na mare.
maner of exil here agayn pair wil
thred payn es a
pe saules
exild fra pis lyf
til
Th«
third p«i« *
kin/ot
eiii'«'
payn,
With-outen any turnyng agayn; 2976
2980
For pan sal pai haf grete murnyng, Wheti pai er flemed fra pair lykyng, Fra alle pair frendes lefe and dere,
And fra alle pe delyces pat pai had here. pe murnyng pat pai haf on pis wyse, Til pam sal be grete payn and anguyse. pe fereth payn es sere malady, pat pe sauls
2984
sal
The
fotirth pain is disease of various kinds.
haf in purgatory.
For pai sal haf par yvels sere, For sere syns, pat er unclensed here;
Som
for pride pat pai haf here-in bene,
Sal haf par als a fever cotidiene,
1
The US.
reads by.
t
Digitized by
THE MALADIBS OF THE SOUL.
82
mar
2988 pat pe saule eal pyn
[BOOK
IV.]
bitterly
pan cver fyver pyned here m&ns body.
Som 2992
Som
haf par, for covatyse,
haf in alle pair lynunea obout,
sal
For sleuthe, als pe potagre and pe gout. Som, for envy, sal haf in pair lyras,
Gout-
Ale kylles and felouns and apostyms.
Uloera and boils. Falcy.
eal
Als pe dropsy to grege' pair angwyse.
Dropsy.
29% Som
for ire sal have als pe parlesy,
pat yvel pe saul
Som
sal grefe gretely.
for glotoni sal haf pare,
Als pe swynacy. pat greves
Quinsey.
3000
And som,
for pe
ful sare.
syn of lechery,
Sal haf als pe yvel of meselry.
L«*pro»y.
pus sal pe saules, als God voucbes For sere syns, eere maledys have, 3004
And These loaladicH grieve the noul very mach.
3008
sare,
pat here has badde repentance has noght
here pair penaunce.
ful-filed
pir maladies par pe saul mar greves, pau it dos any body pat here lyves. Thynk we whut payn has pe body,
pat has here bot a ntalady In pis
bestand alle a yhere,
lif ,
Or noght
bot thre days, or four here.
3012 pat malady greves pe body sare,
Hot
yhit
it
greves pe saul vele tuare
Iu purgatory, par cs
pynde,
it
For pe saul es of mure tender kynde; 3016
For
May Swa pan 3020 Bot
And
How can the goul feel pain »ince lt i» spiritaal
als
a
lytel
thynd
greve mare pan feles
3
pin eghe lokand
may
it
pi band,
pe saule mare penaunce
pe body, when
it
has grevaunce.
now may som say here aske how pe saul may
pat es noght
eiles bot
a
agayne, feie payne,
apirit,
?
pat may noght be 1
‘eche’ (Lands.
•
thyng
(Harl.
M8. 348). MS. 6923).
feled,
swylk es
it;
agrege (Qarl, 6923).
Digitized by
[BOOK
IV.]
3024
THE 80UL, THE LIFE OF THE BODT. For It
it
swa
es
sutil,
may occupy na
pat
aftir
83
pe dede,
siede.
Til pis, pus tuen auswer may,
men may
Als
here grete clerkes say.
3028
pe
3032
Of ilk man here, bat he mare and les. Aud with -outen pe lyfe is na felyng, For felyng may be in na dede thyng. pan es alle pe felyng halely
saule pe lyfe of pe body es
Tbe life
so ul is the of thÂŤ body.
In pe suul, aud noght in pu body;
For wheu pe
The body with-
sanl es passed away,
out tbe soul
pe body
es noght bot erthe aud clay,
is
an dead as n ÂŤtone.
3036 pat es a dede thyng, als a staue;
pe whilk may feie ua thyng be it ane. Alswa yhit may som pos aeke mare, IIow may pe saule pat duelles pare, Be pyned with sere uialedy '
3040
pat
falles
Sen
it
How may Ihn soul suffer miadieu proper to tbe body?
pat may occupy stcde. men may answer pus shortly:
Til pis,
pe
l
sere lymes of pe body,
has nouther body ne hede,
Ne lym 3044
til
al-if it haf na body, be pyned als in lyrns sere, Tburgh whilk it has mast synued
saul
,
It sal
3048
Swa
sal
And
til
pe saul,
For ilkan
til
here.
payn and wo,
feie
other saules
it
Souls in Purgatory appear to one an other as if they bad bodily
sal Berne swa.
other sal seine pan,
forma.
Als pai had sbap of body of man; 3052
pus sal ilka saul other se, For uan of pam may feled be. Na mar pan here a mau ande may,
When 3056
And
it
pis
passes fra bis inouthe away.
may be prured
be
'
pe godspelle.
Thurghpe ensampel of pe rychemaninhelle,
And pat by?
1
of in
And
Luzar pat he ward* mete
Abraham bosom had
bis sete.
warned mete. (MSS. Lands. 34s, Addit 2* >83.)
of pe lazar pat he
f
2
Digitized by
LAZARUS AND ABRAHAM.
84 Abraham'. bosora3060
Abraham boaom
[BOOK
IV.]
es nathyng elles,
denote# heaveu.
Bot heven par haly spyrites
When
pe ryche man,
He
Als es
g*r, foot or in realily.
hand
helle sat lawe,
in
cryed
Lazar fynger ende,
Til his tnng, fra
Lazarus had no tongue nor fiu
J>at in
Abraham bosom sawe, til Abraham and prayed witli-alle pat a drope of calde water mught falle
Lazar 30f>4
duelles.
Bot
pe godspel contcnde.
in
al-if
he pus spak to hym.
Yhit had he na tung ne 1 other lym,
Ne Lazar, als yhe sal understande, Had nouther fynger, ne fote, ne bande, For pai bat he war spirites anly, pat nouther had lymmes ne body. pe t&ne was in blis soverayne, pe tother was in endles payne. 307G Bot pe ryche man saule feled in helle
3072
Payne, als he had bene in ilesshe and
And Lazar
sanle
feile;
him semed pan
til
Als he had body and lymes of man. Home
3080 Yhit has
â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;clerka*
say tbat the goul in
men
herd som clerkes maynte[ne]
Swilk an opinion,
Purgatory
'haa of the air a body'.
pat a
Or 3084
als I
in helle, has of
For
wene,
saule, pat es in purgatory
pe ayre a body
to thole payne, in
lyms
sere,
After pat he has synned here.
Bot whether pe saul haf body or noght, The Ă&#x;/th pain 3088 of Purgatory if the heat of
fire,
which may be roitigated by almsdeed, mass and prayer.
He
sal feie payne, after he has wroght.
pe
fifte
pat frcndes dus 3092
To
abate pat
For pa pat
Pan *
payne es pe
The MS.
fire hate,
pat na maner of thing may abate, Bot almusdede and messe and prayere,
thre
fire is
al
pe
for pe saul here.
fire,
may
pa thre er best, bring pe saul to
hatter and fire
rest.
mare kene,
pat here es sene;
reads ho.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE EIBE OF PURGATORY.
IV.]
3096
men may
3100 Alle pe waters, pat
A spark par-of may noght We se pe fire pat here es, pe body, 3104
pan pis
saul,
For pe
rekken,
sleken.
greves sare
pat Standes par-in bare;
Bot mare greves pe
pe
3108
85
For als pe fire of erthe, par we won, Es hattcr pan pe bcme of pe son. Ryght swa pat fire on pe same manere. Es hatter pan pe fire es here.
fire
fire
of purgatory
dus pe body.
fire
here, of strenthe es les
pan pe fire of purgatory es And pe body with flesshe and
bane,
Es harder pan pe saul by it ane And pe saul mare tender and nesshe pan es pe body with pe flesshe.
Th« body
3112
Sen pat
es
fire
u
*°
not lh '
''"mui.**
;
mare hate pare
pan pe fire es here, als I sayd are, And pe saul es swa tender of kynde, pan seines it pat it es mare pynde 3116
Thurgh pat With
alle
pan pe body mught be
fire,
pe
fire
of Cristiante;
For a spark of pat 3120
fire
es
mare hate
Aftir pair syn es
mare or
aftir pair penaunce fulfild Bot na saul may pethen pas,
Until
3128
it
be als clene als
And noght For pe 3132
it first
fire
is
saule, als
eartb.
was,
bodily,
gastly als pe saule es;
May be pyned it may be
Als
pare
17 i.ottörThin the fire of
es,
When he was hoven at funtstane And his crestendome par had tane. Som clerkes, pat spekes of purgatory, Says pat pe
»pirk of th»
all *"
les,
And 3124
a
pan al pe fire of erthe, als clerkes wate. Many saules duells in pat fire Strang. Bot sum duellcs short wyle, and sum lang,
8orae ‘clerka* some 'cUrk«' sav ’* that the fire of7Purgatory Purgntory is ‘bodUy‘. bwlU
”
^
pe boke bers wytnes,
with
fire bodily,
with pe
1
awen body.
Digitlzed
by
SOULS ARE CLEANSED IN PüRGATORY. [BOOK
88
Bot pat In
IV.]
wirkes noght thurgh kynde
fire
saale, pat par-with es pynde,
}>e
3136 Als dos pe
fire
pat brinnes here.
wirk es on wonderful mancre,
Bot
it
Als
God
has ordaynd, fnrwhy,
it
es
An 3140
instrument of Goddes ryghtwysnes, Thurgh wilk pe saule most clensed be In purgatory, nr
Thf
Alle pe
er» of Pargatory daslroy» •io.
3144
fire
it
may God
pat
alle veniel
svns pan sal waste,
pat es unelensed here, Tho
«i»v in Pur-3 1 4S gatory is of long orshort ciurMion.
se.
pat es par-in,
Es bot a maner of fyre to wast svn, And noght divers fires, les and mare, Bot a maner of fire, als I sayd are, lest
and maste.
For als fvre pat caffe son may bryn, Gold may melt pat es lang par-in, Ryght swa pe fyre par thurgh lang hete .
pat wastes smale syns, may wast 3152
And
als
grete,
pe hete of pe son pat comon
Som men
greves mare, and
som men
es, les,
Right swa pe fyre pat es pare,
Som 3156
sawles pyns
les,
and som mare;
For pe sawles byhoves
dnelle par-in,
Aftir pe Charge es of pair syn.
Bot som sawles par
sal
be delyveifd] sone,
pat largo penaance here has dono; 3160
Som pat
And And 3164
sal duel litel
par
many
a yhere,
penaunee has don here.
lang lygyn in pair syn; parfor says pns Saynt Anstyn:
Necesse est quod tantum urat dolor,
quantum
erat
amor ;
tanto enim quisquis
torquetur diucius. quanto o fechte eius venialibus ahherebat forcius.
3168 Saynt Austyn says “nedeful Pnln
pat sorow war l> In
pro-
Portion to »in.
For
als
it es,
mykel and na *
les
_
ilka syn
and ilka trespas,
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE 8IXTH PAIW OF PÜRGATORT.
VI.]
87
Als luf and delyte in syn was.” 3172
And alswa he
says on pis manere,
pat ay pe styther pat
Gyves
man
ilk
Til veniel syns, outher loud or
3176
pe
here
lykyng and wiile
his
stille,
langer sal he pyned be
In purgatory;” pus says he.
pis
als byfore
fire,
Som
wryten
es,
snm commes par-in, Brynges onght with pam pat may For byfor ar pai may God se .
sautcs pynes inare, and
.
somo
les,
Byhoves
th« n otber«.
bryn.
als thre thynges brinned be,
3184 pat es at sav, als wodde, and hay, .
.
,
And
pa
,
,
may 8one wast away; may falle, and smale, and men with-alle,
Veniai «ins bum hay, wood
stubble, pat
pe mast
veniel syns sal par bryn latigly,
Als wodde brinnes, pat es sadde and hevy,
pe
M
and
stubbie.
er veniel synnes pat
Bathe grete 3138
«oai» «r«
tormentod more
•
•
31S0 Aftir pat pal pat
lest veniel
Tiie^msiesi
u
xs stubbie.
syns 6al brin sone,
Als stobble, pat son brinnes and soncsdone. 3192
Botswa son brinnes noght pe mene synnes; pai brin ruar slawly
pns
sal
als
3196
hay brynnes.
Mo
les
.ins
,
b,1, °
be brynned and wasted pare,
Als veniel syns, bathe
“
h*r'
and mare;
And al dedly syns of wilk men er And pe gilt God has forgyven,
shryven,
For whilk pe penaonce es noght fulfllled here, Sal pare be wasted on pe sam manere 3200
And pe Unto
sanles in
pai
pat. fire
be pyned
pai be als clene als gold fyned.
And wben sal
pai er fyned and
made
bright
be broght befor Goddes sight,
3204 Til hey Paraydise, pat blisfnl place
Whar ay es rcst, pe sext payne es
.
ioy and solace. pis to teile;
pat pe saules unclensed, pat
Th ,
slxUl plin
sal duelle
Digitized
by
RR
TIIF,
3208
SOÜb
IS
BOÜND BY
With bandes of syn, whilles Als
men
3212
hand and
pus
fire
er pai
haf wasted pair bandes of gyn.
bunden by hend and
Allen bydonen
foot.
3216
laste,
gyf[t] ne raunson.
Out of pat hard payn pam wyn, Until pe
souia in Purgatory are bound
may
pai
pat er bonden in prygon,
pat na man may for
The
[BOOK
SIN.
In pnrgatory. sal be bunden faste
Me
1
,
in pat
pan pa
fete,
brinnand hete.
thynk pat na payne
may be mare
saules has, whyles pai er pare.
Grete dole paymak, somtyme, audsarowe;
For 3220
Soal» in Pur- 3224 gatory shall feel the good they did
on earth.
To Ne
pai
may nathyng begg ne borowe,
war out brogbt, nwen prayer help pam noght; For par eg noutber stedo ne gpace, Helpe ne frenshepe to purehace; help pam, pat pai pair
Bot pe gudepat pai didhere, pai
Or
if
pair frendes, pat
lufifeg
par feie;
gal
pam
wele,
For pam here pray or do almug de[de]; Alle pat 3228
may
help
pam
Ful hard payn par pai
Bot
at pai er save pai
in pair nede. feie,
wate wele;
Bot sum tyme swa mykel pay[n] pat
pai tak na
3232 Wharfor
we
pai hafe,
kepe pat pai er save;
gliuld thynk, pat lyvee here,
What payn it es, on pig mauere, To be sw» pyned, and feie swa gare Fourty wynter, outher 3236
They
reraain in Pnrfratory tili
they are el«u>wd.«>*W
1
les or
mare,
Omang devels, pat pan bas leve Som tyme to turment pe saules and greve, Ay whiles pai haf any spot of syn; For are, may pai noght out of payn wyn, Til pai be clensed and made right clene Of alle spottes of syn pat may be sene. And when pai er pus clensed wele pan sal pai narnare payn feie,
Aibedene (MS. Harl. 6923).
IV.]
[BOOK
IV.]
THE 8EVENTH PA1N OF PURGATORY.
3244 Bot als
par-efter pai sal
tite
89
wende
Tille pe blis pat es with-outen ende,
be sevend payn
fbat
of purgatory es
Th*
«ev« n th P «in of Purgatory I. th* »bjenc« of of
...
•
i i pe saules er als in wudernes,
all
3248
par defaut
Of wilk
es of alkyn thyng
klnd«
pieasure.
inan mught haf lykyug;
pair payn es turned manyfalde.
Now 3252
er pai in hete, and
now
in calde;
For sumtyme pai sal be pyned lang With hete, and som tyme with cald omang. .
pai sal haf pare bathe hunger and
And
threst,
coidaudh«at,by turn», tonn«nt tho »oui.
travayl grete, with-outen rest.
3256 pai er düngen pare,
to eke paire payn,
als of wynd and rayn, And with stormes of hayle, sharpeandkene, Swylk stormes was never here sene,
With smert stormes
3260 Als pe sauls sal par here and se.
pus
sal pai
on sere-wyse pyned
Sum many wynter Ar
pai
til
be,
for pair syn,
pe sight of
God may wyn.
maner of payns pai sal have With other ma, pat sal greve sare. Bot a grete payn yhit pis sal be,
3264 Swilk
°
.
,
pe grete yhernyng pat pai haf to se pe face of God, pat es swa bnght, And pe lang tariyng fra pat syght. Bot til pat sight pai may never wyn, .
3268
pare,
Tho
y«»m-
gr«»t Ing of lh« sight of God torments
the soul.
«
Until pai be clensed par of al syn.
Here haf I talde yhow aparty, Of sum payns of purgatory. Now I wille shew, als pe boke telles, Whilk sauls in 1purgatory ° J duelles. 3276 pe saules pat to purgatory most wend 3272
Aftir pe dede,
when
Wbat wh»t to
sonla sonio go Purgatory.
pis life has end,
Nedly byhoves dwelle
par-in,
Unto pai be clensed of
al syn,
3280 Thurgh bitter paynes pat er pare.
Bot sum
sal feie les,
and sum inare,
Digitized by
VERY FEW ESCAPE PĂźRGATORY.
PO
mare or
Aftir {mir syn es
Als in pis part byfor wryten 3284
after death so straight to h raven while 3288 otbcra go to hell.
IV.]
es,
Or aftir fair syns er many or fone, And aftir |>ai haf here penannce done. Bot
Some,
[BOOK
lcs,
alle saules sal noglit duelle inpatstede,
For sum here pat
wend
Sal
als tite aftir fair dede,
strykly
heven
til
blis,
Als Innooentes pat never dvd mys,
And pat
in
1
r
lyffed
Som
God
ay
in
pat boght
down
to hell,
pat pe dede here sodanly
is
dere.
tas.
helle gas;
til
And pat me thynk es na fcrly, Forwhy dedely syn es swa hevy pat it may wifh-in a litel stonde
A
penance done for it.
iinlees
pam
penaunce here.
In dedely syn strik 3296 DeadJy sin will draw a man
parfite,
nathyng here bas dely te,
3292 Bot anly in
In
men
other saules of
draw doun
saul
til
helle gronnde.
3300 Bot pe saul pat of dedly syn es shryven,
Swa If
pat pe
And eintÂť,
malt
for venia! bitter pain be eaffered.
be here forgyven,
pe penaunce pat es here aioynt
Be noght 3304
gilt
fulfillcd at
pe dedes poynt,
And pe saul pat es noght clensed wclc Of Bmale syns pat er veniele; pis twa rnaners of saules ct save,
Bot
in
purgatory
pam byhoves have
3308 Ful bitter payn, and duel
Unto
pai be den, als
Als pai war
first
Haly baptem
at
3312 Yhit says
som
3316 pat
til
pe font stane.
parfite in
And
naman
cs
heven
sal
here,
pe law of Crist,
a childe, pat es
pat he ne 1
pai had tane
elerkes on pis manere,
pat swa den of syn
Ne swa Ne yhit
pare
Stil
sayd are,
I
whcn
wend
sal pas forth
new
aftir
baptist,
pe dede,
by pat
stede,
(MS. Bari. 6928).
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE FÜNISHMENT OF
IV.]
And
91
SIN.
se pe payns par ilkan.
Bot "vhoag e Innocentes
Vooo* inn»ceati
sal feie nan.
ahall feel
,
3320 For pai couthe never na ayn wirk,
And
no
p*in, bnt «y smartly throagh
passes 1 in pe trouthe of haly kyrk.
Purg»t«ry^uke
parfor pai «wippe purgh pnrgatory Als a foul pat flyes smertly,
may
3324 With-ooten payn pat
Or any
sight pat
may
dere,
pan» fere,
Bot nnnetbes any other may Passe qwyte thurgh pnrgatory away, 3328 pat pe
pam
to bryn,
par and charges
lattes
it
No
other>
noght;
Of swilk hym byhoyes clensed be Or’ he may pe bright face of God se; For als gold, pat shynes clere and bright, Semes fyned clene ynoghe til maus sight, Whar it pnt in fire to fyn mare Yhit snld
3340 Right
Of Of
leve
it
swa pe
parfit
pe
al syn,
^
-
fire j,
som
dros pare;
on pe same manere,
saulee,
men, pat semes clene here and es
Yhit wben pai 3344
in
strayt pai sal be
pat he
3336
ne sal noght fynd
pai passe thnrgh
Swa
3332
fire
som yeniel syn, examynd pan; For it es nan swa parfite man pat bene thynkes, some tyme, som yayn thoght
Ar
sal
God
to
redy,
pas thnrgh purgatory,
,
.
pam snm
öai fynd in
,
Howotct
«»,
par, pat es with in,
rh C
Br/ of
Purgatory will
.
dros of syn,
find in it
»ome
Als light speche, or thoght in yayn,
For wliilk pam byhoves feie «um payn, 3348 For swa fyned never na gold here was Thnrgh fire, als pai sal be ar pai pas. Here haf I shewed swilk * sanles sal be ln pnrgatory, als •clerkes can 3352
Now
wille I
For whilk 1
som syns hero
se.
specify
pai dneile in pnrgatory.
pajsede (MS. Harl. 6923).
>
ar?
*
wilk.
Digitized by
;
;
TEN THINGS DESTROY YENIAL
92 The
»in«
6«nd the heil »re
SINS.
[BOOK
IV.]
Many mancrs of syns, pat greves, _ ^ Regnes omang men pat leves
whtch soul to
.
e»ued
drnilly mhj.
,
8um er d tHl]y tO feie And sum er noght bot veniele. f>a
syns pat er cald dedly
Sal noght be purged in purgatory, 3360 Bot pai aal be punyst ay in helle;
And whilk pas
yow
er I wil
teile,
pir er pa hede syns pat er dedely; Pride, hatreden, and envy;
Pride, h«troi.
g iechr rr! cove-’ tousnesg, s»cri-
3364 Glotony and sleuthe in _
.
.
Goddes
servise,
.
,
lege, faise wit-
And
mtmUrf nwXl
Sacrilege, and fals wyttenessyng,
And
lycnery aud eovatyse,
slaghter and forsweryng,
3368 Thefte alswa and ravyn,
Ilkan of pir es a dedly syn.
And wroth 3372
es dedly syn
omang,
If it
be halden in hert lang;
And
yhit drunkenes es dedly to feie,
If it
be over continuele;
Wha-swa
feles
hym
here gylty
In any of pir syns dedly, 3376 Bot-if he
hym amende,
ar he hethen wende.
He sal noght aftir his lyfes Wend strek til purgatory, Bot even 3880 Bot
Of
e»rth or eise in Purgatory.
33S4
ho wille
hym
repent and shrife
swilk syns here in his
lyfe,
helle
made Forwhy penaunce Until he he
Most be 3388
ende
helle with-outen mercy.
pyne pan es he save and penaunce hym byhoves have Rot *payn J in purgatory, als I wene,
Fra Prn*ace must be p«rformed on
if
alle
til
fulfilled
of alle syn clene; for syn, als I sayd are,
outher here or pare.
Svns pat er veniele may dere, Bot pai er noght swa hevy to bere, Als er dedly, for pai
Fordon on
light
may be
here
mauere.
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
IV.]
MANY VENIAL
3392
For 11k
men
als
man
SINS
MAKE A DEADLY ONE.
93
heres per clerkes say,
here lyghtly
may
Swilk remedys thurgh grace wyu,
pat may fordo 3396 Pat es to say,
al veniel if
syn;
he clene be
Of dedly syn, and For I fynd writen
wil
it fle;
Ten «hing» d«»troy venial sin».
ten thynges sere,
pat veniel syns fordus here. 3400 pas ten er pir pat
now
I
rede;
Haly water and almusdede,
3 futing, 4 . ine * >> .
Prayer of pe Pater Noster namly,
may
3404 General shrifte, pat ilk day
Benyssoun of bisshope of
And benyssoun -T
m
.
.
JNaraly,
3408
be,
s.'
;
1
-
gyyen
es
.
„f » 10.
brest of
Last enoyntyng gyven
to
man
Nuur,
Messing orth,;
Inockpr ie» ing on the breut
pe end of pe mes;
Knokyng of pe per
p?i«r
his dignite
01 prest, pat ,
Uoiy vuer,
l.
Fastyng, and housil of Goddes body,
mcet
n..m,
»nointing of the »ick.
pat es meke,
pe seke.
ten puttes veniel syns
away,
men may here per clerkes say. veniel syns Bot swa many sere w J May be gadyrd ataus togyder here, pat pai may weghe on pe saul als hevy
Als 3412
»*“• M »'>y press hearily on ">• " oul -
Als a syn dus pat es dedly, 3416
3420
slas pe saul and God myspays; And parfor pe poet on pis wyse says De minimie grants fit maxima summa caballo. “Als of many smale cornes es made
pat
Til a hors bak a mykel lade,”
Right swa 0
Mak 3424
For
And deves Bot
Ay *
On
may J
veniel syns j
many J
a mykel syn dedly.
a ma y
d«»diy «m arJ 8e Qat 0 f
m»ay*«ni»ion«».
pai gadir on pe saul ful thyk,
if
togyder als dos pyk,
pat swythe be done oway,
als pai
com, with-outen delay;
(MS. HaiL 6923).
Digitized
by
;
THE REHEAR8AL OF YENIAL
94 3428
For swa
may nane
parfitely
With-outen veniel syns
For a man syns aiday
IV.]
sere.
her« duela
|>at
Als pe boke aays pat pa» 3432
[BOOK
SIN8.
lyf here,
tels.
Septies in die cadit iustus
“Seven sythes at pe lest o[f] pe day pe ryghtwys falles, ” pat e* to say,
8evtn times a day tbe rightaoua
man
atu*.
343G ln sere syns pat er veniel.
Bot som er mare, and soni The
les to fei.
we falle, pam alle;
In swa many veniel syns
vartous
kinda of Tenial
pat na man can reken
•in».
3440 Bot suin of
pam
reherce 1 can.
Als Saynt Austyn
For
in a
pat mast 3444
And And
pe haly men.
es nsed of cnstom,
to teile pat
1
syns he pus bygyns,
says pat per er veniel syns.
when
First
fixe«** in aating and drinking.
teile«,
boke he reherces som,
a
man
etes or drinkes
mare
Anytime, pan myster wäre; Uncharltable-
3448
ness.
When pou may vailethurgh wytte And
skille
wille noght help bot haldes pe stylle
When pou
8p*aking aharply
and
spekcs sharppely
til
;
pe pure,
to the poor.
pat sum gode askes Kating
at
fasliug34Ö2
When pou
erte hale
at pi dore;
and may wele
last
time.
And Coming
etes
when tym
cs to fast;
When pe lyst slepe and wil noght ryse, And comes overlate tyl Ooddes servise;
late to
church.
3456 ßaying prayera late.
Want
of devo* tion.
3460
Or when pou ert in gude state And says pi praers ever late; Or when pou says praier or orison With over litel devocion; When a man list dele in bcd With
Luat.
1
Hys And
bis Inst
wyfe pat he has wed, anly for to
fulfllle,
to gelte a child es nogiit in wille
pa«?
Digitized
by
[BOOK
IV.J
3464
EVERY SIN MD ST BE PCNISHED.
When pou
visites
men
overlate
95 Leaving the sick unvisited.
pat sek
er
and
in febel state,
3468
Or men pat lyes in prison, Or in any tribulacion, Or men pat er synfal and sary, Or saules pat er in purgatory; For to visite parn it war grete nede,
3472
When pou
Thurgh praier and thurgb almusdede; paynes pe noght
To accorde pam pat er When pou spekes over Til any
3476
3480
man
aftir pi state
with noyse or cry;
When pou prayses any man niare Thurgh flateryng, pan mister wäre; When pou in kirk makes ianglyng, Or thynkes in vayn anythyng; Be it with-outen, be it with-in, Yhit
it
es
When pou
a
Flattery.
Jangling io cburch, and idle thoughts.
veniel syn;
ert
over lyghtly wrathe,
Or sweres and may noght bald 3484
peace-maker.
at debate; bitterly
Thurgh suspedon p&r na
Anger, »wearing.
pin athe;
When pou banncs any man, In wham pou fyndes na gilt Lo bau; When pou supposes any wykkedncs,
Cur sing.
äuBpicioo.
es.
3488 pir smalc syns Saynt Austyu tdles,
Thurgh whilk many saules
duelles
In purgatory, in payne and wa.
Bot yhit par er 3492
Of
ful
veniel syns, be
1
many ma many a score,
Over pas pat I liaf tald byfore. Bot swa witty es nane erthely man, 3496
pat
alle veniel syns
For
ofte sythes of pe
reken can;
day men
In syns, pat clerkes veniel
Venial »Ins are innnmerable.
falles
calles,
Thurgh werk, or worde, or thoght
And *
ilka syn es
worthy payn,
in vayn,
E* ch
P *i " woribV.
by?
Digitized by
TRIBULATION STANDS 1NSTEAD OF PENANCE.
96
3500
pe whilk most be
[BOOK
IV.]
fordone clenly,
Outher here or in purgatory. parforl rede
ilk
pat he use pa
man, whyleg he lyffeghere,
ten thinges sere
3504 pat fordus, als I savde are.
Alle vcniel syns, bathe les and mare.
And L>eadlv »in
must
be snriveu by the priest.
if
any
Ryse he
dedly syn
fal in
up,
and
ligg noght lang par-in.
3508
And ga to pe prest hym to shrife, And tak his penaunce in his life, And haf he forthynkyng ay in thoght,
3512
And do he penance with al his myght, And be in pravers, bathe day and night, And fast and ga wolwarde, and wake. And thole hardes for Goddes sake; For na man may to hcven ga,
For pas syns pat he has wroght,
1
3516
Bot-if he thole here anger and wa.
And when God sendes a man angwise He guld thole it with-outen fayntise, 3520
Be
it
sekenes, or oght elles pat greve«,
Logge of
Tribulation should be pa- O _ oj tiently endured. 00^4
cateile,
or of fre[n]des pat lyveg,
Or unkyndnee, fals[h]ed, or Or any other tribulaeion, Thole he
it
tregon,
mekcly and thynk
pat with-outen cause commeg
in thoght it
noght.
Bot God wate wele pe cause why, Parchaunce 3528
To For
es for his foly,
hym on
his syns pat
may
swilk manere,
he dyd here,
hym here to pruve, to make hym mar drede God and parfor sen God ofte vouches save Or Or
3532
chasty
it
it
be
lufe.
pat a man here swilk angers have, Outher for
his
syn or
Love he him pan of 1
hym
to fände;
alle his sande,
harduos (IlarL 6923).
Digitized by
[BOOK IV.] 3536
PATIENCE UNDER SUFFERING.
And And
takc mekely pat
For
thnrgli nuyes
3540
Payn And,
a
man,
and angers als his
to drighe for
In pis
lif als
he
if
97
seniles,
thyng pat he defendes.
alle
fle
He makes
God him
it
hys
sere.
preson here,
foly,
he es worthy. thclu noght grotchand, it sal hym stand, God him mare do,
In-stedc of penanee 3544
And
yhit wille
He
wil gif him
pat
his ioy in
If he thole
mede heven
«orrow •erves P< '""'"»iicJ.
par-to, sal heke,
augwyse with hert meke.
3548 Als pe gudc son tholes mekely fader, when he wille hym chasty, suld ilk man thole and love God ay, And do alle pe gude pat he may, And specialy almusdede, pe naked to clathe, and hungry to fede, And other Werkes of mercy wirke,
pe
Swa 3552
Als theches and preches haly kirke; 3556
And kepe him Fra syn, pan Til
blis,
clene, to his lyfes ende, sal his saul
and lyghtly pas
wende alle
payne
Of purgatori; pis es certayne. 3560 Here haf I shewed yhow, on Inglys,
Som
syns pat Saynt Austyn specifys.
Now wil I shew what help es certayne For pam pat in purgatory has payne, 3564 And what may mak pair payn cces
3568
Tho tneans by wbirh tho paiu» of Purgatory may l>« alleviated and »horten ed.
And pam of pair payn to haf relees. pe saules, pat til purgatory wendes, May be hclped thurgh help of frendes, pat almus for pam dus, and prays, For pe haly man, Saynt Austyn says:
Non
est
negandum Spiritus de/unclorum,pietate
suorum vüentium, posse 3572
Ile says
H f| p
relevari.
»t fn«nd«.
“men shuld not denyeon na mauere, pam pat er dede here,
pat pe saules of
g
Digitlzed
by
,
HOW TO HELP SOULS
98
Of payn may 357C
FÜRGATORT.
LN
[BOOK
relesed be
Thurgh frendes lyfand pnt bas pytd.’’ For als pas pat passed, als I sayd are, Til purgatory er pyned pare
For weniel
mare and
syns,
lesse,
Aparty, thurgh Goddes rightwisnesse, 35S0 Right swa thurgli
Be
lielp
relesed pnr, tlmrgh
Alle pat
men dus
may
pai
aparty,
Goddes mercy.
here, hathe les and mare,
For pe saules pat duelles pare 3584
Avayles pntn noght
Bot Of
the four kindft ofhelpthataüsista the »ouls in Purgatory.
als to
pat
heven mede,
for pair deliveranee fra
Four maners of helpes
payn to spede.
er general,
in purgatory availes
pam
al
3588 pat es to 9ay, prayer and fastyng.
33112
And almus dede and mcssyng. On twa mtiners, als clerkes cnn se, pe saule fra payn deliverd may be; pe tane by way of grace es, And pe totlier by way of rightwisnes, By way of grace on twyn inanere Als es writen
Prayer.
1.
in pis
boke here.
3596 First thurgh prayer of Crist pat es hede,
When
he es offerd
Thurgh
When
in
fourme of brede,
prestes hande here at pe nies,
pe sacrament swa madc
es.
3600 Alswa thurgh prayer of his lyms,
pat
31)04
ä.
AiiuftüMU.
es,
of gudemen pnt toward heven clyms.
pan may pe saules in purgatory, By way of grace specialy, Be delivered of pyn pat ders, Thurgh messes and rightwis men prayers. By way of rightwysne9 help may be On twyn maners, als yhc may se.
3608 First, through
With almus,
byhyng of paynes pat greves,
pat
men
to the pure gyves.
Anothcr es here thurgh assethe mnkyng, 3.
F.sting.
Als thurgh penancenf fre[n]des and fastyng.
Digitized by
IV.]
[BOOK
THE POWER OF ALM8DEED.
IV.]
3GI2
pus may
By
helpyd by
pat es 3G16
saules, als
way
to say, pai
99
pe buke beres wytnes,
of rigbtwysnes,
may
nede
in pat
Be boght fra payn thurgh almusdede; And thurgh penance for pam bere don, pe dette of payn may bc qwitte son. Right
als
a man, pat dnelles
in prison
Til he haf payed a certayn raunson,
3620
May
be delyverd and broght away
Tburgh a frende, pat wille it for hym pay. On pis wyse may pe saules pat wendes Til purgatory, be helped tliurgh fre[n]des.
3624
Bot sam frende may help, and som noght, somi- Irland^*™
pe saules pat til purgatory er broght. be Thurgh helped ° pas frendes may v pai * * pat here lyves thurgh ryght
n><>“ i» i’arg*lory,
and »owe
»«
charite.
“»'•
3628 Bot pe help of pam, pat charite failles Til pe saules pat er par noght nvaillcs,
For
alle er als
pat here 3632
And
A
als
er,
lymes of a body,
and in purgatory;
we may
se properly here
body hafe many lymmes
And May 3636 Bot
help otber pat felcs sare; if
a lym dighe, and pe rnyght
pat lym may noght Right swa
3640
sere,
ilkan of pam, batlie les and mare,
it
fars
til
faile,
pe others availe.
on pe same wyse,
By pam [pat] in purgatory lycse, And pat er here; for men may pam Als lyms of a body
calle
alle.
Wha-swa in dedly syn es broght And charite in his hert has noght, 3644
He
Thosr
Ay, whilcs he es
in
Id d*«d>y
k P 'w«r to*h*ip ,h * lr
es als dede in saul with-in;
rri ' n ' 1 " -
dedly syn,
His help vaille8 noght, bot es
in
vayne
Als to pe saules pat er in payne. 3648 His help thurgh liy m-selfe Standes in na siede,
For he
es als a
lym pat es dede;
*2
Digitized by
THE HELP OF THE 8INFUL.
100
Bot never-pe-latter,
[BOOK
IV.]
he swa be
alle-if
In syn and out of charite, 3G52 Yhit inay he helpc pe saales pus, If
he
men gyf
pure
til
almus,
pat pai for pe saules pray specialy
And
helpes pe saules in purgatory.
may pe help and pe travaile Of sum synful men pe saules avayle,
3G56 Yhit
Tbc hcip
lf
of the
•inful nay be of service.
3660
thurgh biddyng done be
it
Of Or Of
_
of
1
.
,
pe dede seif pat has mast nede
help of prayer and ahnusdede;
pat help
For 3GG4
.
a freiide pat es in chante;
may
avayle pe saules son
his sakc, pat biddes
pat charity
it
be don,
iu hert has knytt
And noght for his sake pat dos it, For-why God wille noght do for bis sake pat
charite wille noght in hert take.
3CG8 pis case ofte fallcs, als
Bytwen a loverd and
I
understande,
his servande.
Whare pe loverd es gude and rightwys, And pe servand ille and uses folys. 3G72 If pe servand do anythyng
pul es gude at his loverdys bydyng, Yhit
may
it
availle to
Alle-if he be ille pat
3G7G
And pat by reson Of hym of wham For
alle
be
it
a gude use,
it
duse;
of pe gudenes
pe bygynnyng
es.
onence pe doer dede’,
Onence pe bidder it Standes in stede; 8360 Bot if pai bathe in charite wäre
pe a
aiiiftii
priest
of'cioi
nilti'r
sn<i hoij
church.g^
helpe
Alswa a
til
pe dede war wele pe mare.
prest alle-if he be
Synful and out of charite, jj e eg (joddcs minister
and haly kirkes,
pat pe sacrament of pe auter wirk es; 1
’
The MS. has ‘if’. Anence the doer if
it
be dede.
(MS. Harl. 6923.)
Digitlzed
by
[BOOK
IV.]
THE EFFICACY OF THE MASS. pe wilk
3688
Alle-if
pe prest here
For
a prest pat synges mes
if
Be never swa pe sacrament,
May 36'J2
101
es never-pe-les of mvght,
ful
lyf
noght
right.
of wykednes,
pat es
swa
haly,
noght apayred be tliurgh his
pan may mes
saules fra
Alle-if a synful prest
it
foly.
payn bring,
Tho sin of the priest docs not destroy tho efficacy of the 8«* crameut.
syng.
For in Goddes name he synges pe mes, Under wham in Order he es. 3696 Bot spcciel prayers with gude entente,
pat es made besyde pe sacramente.
Of a gude pan of an
prest er wele better ille,
and to
God
s wetter;
3700 Bot pe offeryng of Goddis body
4.
Maas.
Helpes pe saules principaly;
Wharfor
May 3704
seines pat
it
titest
pe saul out of payn bryng,
pat passes hethen
And
mes syngyng
in charite,
purgatory clensed suld be.
in
pam
dampned
for ay
Bot
til
Na
gude dede arayle ne help may,
pat er
For
pai er, als pe
The
»onls in not as-
hell, are
3708 Nouther almus dede, prayer, ne messe,
buke bers witnesse,
sisted
by any of
the four aids that are of Service t« those in
Purgatory.
Departed halely fra pe body of Criste, 3712
And pe
«aules for over er pcriste,
For
lymmes, pat er dede, er pai
als
Pat er liewed
3716
3720
fra pe
body oway.
And als nathyng may help kyndely pe lymes pat er cutted fra pe body, Right swa alle helpes pat men cau teile, Arailles pam noght pat er in helle. Yhit help of frendes here on sum wyse, Availles pam pat er in paradise, And alswa pam pat in helle duelles, Als a grete clerk in boke
pan
To
availles almus, messe,
pe saules pat er in
telles.
How the help of friends serves those iu Paradise ns well an those in Hell.
and bedes,
alle pre stedes;
Digitized by
HELP GIVEN TO THOSE IN HELL.
102
[BOOK
IV.]
3724 pai availe pe sauleg in purgatory
To
spede
pai vaile
3728
pam pam
out mare
liastily.
pat in heven er;
multiplie par pe
For pai
titter,
And pe ma pat gaders to pe mare pair ioy es, and pai arail
pat place, solace.
pani pat er in belle,
til
For pe foner shuld com pider 3732
Th« fewpr
th«t
go to hell the i«m p»in thoso
,
,
feel
who
dwell
therc.
be mare bair payne es, , pus inay help here and .
3730
to duellc,
And pe foner pat pider comues for gyn, pe les payn pai havo pat duelles par-in; And ay pe ma sauleg pat pider wendes, .
.
,
bat never endes. • »n availe be 8 lulle
Til pe sauleg pat duelles ay in helle stille;
And And
til
pe saules pat er in heren namly,
til
pam
pat er in purgatory.
3740 Bot help inay na gaules out of payn spede,
Bot pam pat has charite and nede. For in helle es na charite,
Mo
charity «xi*t« in hell or necd in heaven.
And
in
heven na ued may be.
3744 Bot batlie pa
pat
3748
twa pe sauleg has
fra hethen
til
purgatory gas.
And als a man may here with his hande, Make ascthc for another lyfande, pe whilk es noght of power par-to, Bight swa may a man for pe ded do. pe gaules pat til paradise er gane Nede
3752 Bot It
pe
of help here haf pai nane;
if
may
for
pam war don any gude
availe
dede,
pam, pat of help has nede.
help pat es don here specialy
Availles 3756 Bot to
til
pe sauleg
gom mare and
in purgatory, til
som
les,
Aftir pai er of worthynes;
And aftir pe charite es clere Of pam pat er lyffand here, 3760 pat mast er byBy, and dns mare
For sum pan
for other pat er pare.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
MASS 8ING1NG FOR INFANTS.
IV.]
Bot when a man
Na man 3764
world
fra pis
for ccrtayn hure
may wytte
No
Whether he
gal
Or
or to payn with-outen ende.
to blisse
pan
til
And passes away in Some semes synful ,
ille
als-tite
witk-iu,
dedely syn. als pai lyfod
save and er in pe
flat er
.
parfite,
pe dede, er dampned
For parckauncc pai er
„r
m ,„
purgatory wende,
For som semes gude here and flat, after
3768
103
Bai (litte
way
til
mys, blisse,
For parcbaance byfor pair endyng, pai er amcnded of pair myslyvyng. Of pis may na man certayn be, For it es Goddes pryvete. 3776 Bot we shuld trow, and suppose ay 3772
pat alle er save and in gude way, pat we se here gude wertes wirk,
And
kas pc sacrameutes of halikyrk.
3780 Bot whether
it
suld pray, bathe loud and
For
al tristen saules;
suld do pat es in us;
Now sum may
3784
be or noght pus,
We Wo
For a yhong For
it
synges
nies
Why wby ’““ B
„
U
raass 8 i9 ra r ,oimB
^
i
|5.
child
pat of prayer, 3788 pis
stille,
pus charite wille.
why
men when it dede es, ne mes has na nede, aske
couth never do synful dede.
may be pe
right skille
why,
For pe lovyng of God principaly
3792
And And And
for usage of haly kyrk,
for pe dcdes use pat office to wirk.
yhit
may pe mes
Help pam
in
in
sum
case
purgatory pat ned hase.
Here haf yhe herde, alspe buke bers witnes,
How
almus, penance, praier and mes,
3796 pat er done thurgk fre[n]des certayne,
May
Now
help pe saules pat wille I
What pardon may 1
The MS.
1
shew yliow to
er in payne. yhit
mare
pe saules do,
parto,
" ,c " f t
lh c
MuL
teads ‘par\
Digitized by
TUE DEBT OF
104 3800
pe whilk In clcne
lif
3804
it
pain, als clerkes says,
has purchased in pair
For pardon of papes and pat
May
IV.]
on right mauere
whilles pai liffed here.
Pardon helpes pat
[BOOK
TAIN.
pai purehaced,
es grantcd here als
lif
days;
bisschopes,
men
hopes,
availe pair saules in purgatory,
pat has purehaced
it
here worthyly,
3808 If pai of pair syn had contricion
And war shrifen byfor pan may pardon after
pat pardon, pair dede
In purgatory pani stand in stede. Pardon
3812
lease« tU« soul from the ‘debt of pain.’ re
For *pardon
May pam
here, pat es certayn, J
relcse of pe dede
Als fer-forthe
3816
als
Bot of payne, pat Pardon
a p«rt
i«
of boiy churrh.
1
of payn,
pardon may reche,
pus haf I herd grete clerkes Pardon properly noght elles
preclic.
es
es dette, forgyfnes.
Pardon may nane hafe bot he wil wirke,
For
it
es of
pe tresur of haly kirke,
3820 pat es gadirde for nede of pardon,
Of pe vertu of Orestes
3824
passion,
And of pe worthines of pe dedys Of bis halowes and of pair medys; And [it] es gaderd on many maners; First als of
marterdom of martires;
Of penance and
travail of confessours,
3S28
And And
3832
Of pe fruyt of haly kirk Werkes, And ofpeprayers ofgude prestes and clerkes; Of alle pis, als I shewed byfor,
of pe thechyng of docturs; of chastite of virgyns clene,
pat ehest and haly ay has bene;
Tim Popo
hpsrs Ülc keyn of this trossure.
1
Es gadird haly kirkes tresor, Of wilk pe pape pe kays bers,’ Whar-with he bathe opens and .
,
spers.
dette (MS. Harl. 6923).
Digitized by.
[BOOK
IV.]
3836
THE POWER GIVEN TO hym
fall cs
fmt
For he
8T. PETER.
105
of office to balde,
Godes
es in erthe,
The Pope
vicar calde.
God’s
pa
is
vicar.
cays er noglit elles to se
Bot playn power of
bis dignite,
3840 Thnrgh whilk he may, be law and skille,
Louse and bynde at bis For pe sam power hym pat Crist 3S44
For
til
Peter
wille. falles to havc,
in erthe gave.
Crist gave to Peter playn powere,
And
says to liym on pis manere.
Quodcvvque
ligateris super terram
ligatum
erit
et in ceiis,
Et quodcunque
3848 solveris super terram, erit solutum et in ceiis.
“Alle pat pou byndcs in erthe,” says be,
3853
heven bunden be
“Sal
in
And
alle pat
pou lowses
in erthe right
Sal be loused in heven bright.”
pis power
til
alle
Tb* power
papes gaf he,
giv«n
to 8t. Peter, is
pat
aftir
Petre in erthe shuld be,
given to
Pop«s
all
tho
»fter him*
3856 Als shewes an ezposicion
Of pe haly godspelle in a lesson. pan semes it wele by pis skille here, pat pe pape has swa large powere 3860
To
nssoyle a man, and
hym forgyfe, may greve,
Alle pe dette of payn pat
Swa
pat he, pat pe pape assovles,
fulfille
pat, pat pe laghe of pe gospelle wille, 3864
And
yheld agayn,
if
1
he be myghty,
Alle pat he tas wrangwysly;
For when pe pape, pat grace wil
He 3868
byndes
For hym
To
fulfille
Bot bischopes here of lagher
And 1
Yf he pat
do,
hym and alle haly kirk parto wham pat grace avayles alle pat in hym failles,
til
state,
Th« bishop bas Icss
hus les power, als clerkes wate,
power than
the Pope.
es assoilede fulfylle
Als pe lawe and pe godespelle ville,
(Ilarl.
6923.)
Digitlzed
by
; ,
NO I«ARDON FOR THOSK
106
3872
Bot
J>arfor fair
Of
pair
No man majr 3880 nbtain pardon ln* out of deadly »ln.
may
pai graunt
power pardon aparty 1
anly
And yhit niost pat, als I sayd befor, Be gyfen of haly kirkes tresor. Bot na man may bere pardon wvn, Bot he be out of dedly syn;
For 3884
XV.]
powere restreyned es;
es, yliit
Til pair liawen underloutes
unloM he
[BOOK
81N.
be noght swa suffishaunt
if it
Als pe papes 3876
DEADLY
pair dignite here es lea
For-why
And
IN
i
;
;
he, pat
May noght And swilk pat here
kepyng of pat it
dele
til
fair tresour has,
haly kyrk fas;
er pni and nan elles
in dedly syn duelles;
For out of haly kirk
er pai
whyn
parfor na pardon
pai may.
3888 Bot pe frendea of haly kirk
may wyn
Pardon, for pai er with-in
And swilk er pas pat Of dedly syns and er 3892 Til
wham
Bot
To 3896 tb© ‘rcmnanl of the dt*bt of pain’.
pe
sal it
in eharite;
noght
sal
pam
fail,
avail,
allege pair saulcs of payne.
Als fer als
Of
pardon
in purgatory
here er fre
it
whilk, als
reches of certayne,
sum
says, falles to be sett
For pe [r]emenand of payns, pat es, lefte undon here;
dett
pat parchaunee es
And
pat
may
falle
on sere mauere.
3900 Aparty for penancc pat es [enjioynt,
pat es noght done at pe dedes poynt; Aparty
for veniel syns sere;
Aparty
for syns pat er forgeten here;
3904 Aparty for over
And
litellc
penance.
for over littelle repentance;
Aparty, for penance enioint, and done
Parchaunee over reklesly and over sone 3908 Aparty, for penance pat enioynt es,
And 1
es forgeten thurgh reklesnes.
underlynges (MS. Y).
p-(Ut:/ed hv (
nook'
;
[BOOK
IV.]
THE TREASURE OF HOLY CHURCH. mav be
Alle pis
3912
Of pe dette of pe whilk feile
107
e&ld pe remenand,
payn. als
understand
I
to be fulfylled baly,
Outher here or in pargatory,
Bot
alle pis dett niay
Thnrgh
large pardon,
par be qwytt
wha-swa has
itt,
3916 In forgyvenea of alle penance soght,
Whetbir
be here enioynt or noght.
it
For swa mykel pardoun niay a man Purches here, pat he may pan 3920 In purgatory qwyte alle pe dett,
3924
pat hym
fra blis
For swa
large es haly kirkes tresor,
_
_
pat
it
es
ynogh
may
tary or lett;
pay parfor,
to
The
ireasur« of holy church is
»uracioiuiy larg», to rclcas« front
And for alle pe paynes pat dett may be ‘the debt of pain' »II the men in Of alle pe men of cnstante. chrisumdom. pus pardon in pargatory availles, Als I tald; bot eom clerkes counsailles pat we it spare and reserve halely, Until we com til purgatory. And do here penance whilles we lyf may, For a man sal thynk parc a day a <i»y in Purga,
3928
3932
Lenger pan hever thogh[t] him
here,
pe space of alle ane liale yhere pan es a day of pardon to gesce Mare worthy pan alle pis worldis 3936
For pe
A
saule bad lerer, pat in
alle
He wald
pe werld,
[if] it his
th»n
L”
riches,
payn dueles,
day of pardon pan anythyng
For 3940
hmgeV
elles;
wäre,
gyf for rest a day pare.
Of pis maters, pat pus mas mencion Of help of frendes and of pardon pat
vailles
Als
I
pam
pat er in purgatory,
shewed byfor openly,
3944 Spekes Innocent and Austyn .
In bukes,
whar
.
.
.
pair' maters er sen;
And Raymu[n]d spekes
Of the authorii who have written at»nt Purgatory.
of pc same
In a boke, pat es called his name; 1
pir?
Digilized
by
;
THE DAY OF DOOM.
108 3948
In a boke, pe whilk
pat 3952
1
Here
I
Book
made
many maters
have
he,
redde,
ferthe parte of pis
In pe qwilk yho hafe herd
subjertü
dUru.M*d
V.]
hat Veritas Theologie.
And pe Th«
[BOOK
And Thomas Alqwyn spekes alswa Of pis niater, and of other ma
boke spede,
me
specify
in
Pe
IV.
condicions of purgatory.
what
and
395G
First
3960
And whar God has ordaynd it to be; And what paynes falles par-to, lesandmare. And wliilk saules byhoves be pyned pare And alswa for what manere of syn, And what may pam help pat er par-in. Of al pis haf I spoken til pe ende. And now wille I til pe fifte part wende,
it
es to feie
se,
3964 pat spekes of pe day of dorne,
And
of takens pat byfor sal come.
Here bygyns pe
fifte
part pat es of
pe day of dome and of takens pat sal cum byfor. 3968 In pis part
men may
ciunt.
3972
Of whilk sum byfor pat day sal be. And at pe day, als men sal se. pe first es of the wonderful takens sere, pat byfor pat day
pe secunde
II.
u,
,
of ten pinges rede,
pat touebes pe greto day of drede,
Sign» »nt« Judi
3976
v
es of
sal be
pe
fire
shewed
here.
pat sal bryn
pe world and al pat es par-in. pe thred es of pe rysyng generale Of alle men, bathe grete and smale. pe ferthe es of crystes commyng don Til pe dome, in proper parson.
v
vi.
1
‘And’
3980
pe fiftho es pe certayn stede Whar Crist sal deme bathe qwik and pe sexte es of pe fourme of man, In whilk Crist sal shew hym pan.
dede.
(Harl. 6923).
Digitized by
.
[BOOKV.] 3984
TOKENS OF pe pat
pe
DAY OF DOOM.
109
|>e
vrL
synful sanl sal accus« par openly.
aghtynd, of pe acunt and pe rekennyng,
pat pai 3988
THF,
sevend, of pe accusers many,
sal
VMI
yheld of alle pair lyfyng.
pe neghend, of al men aftir pai baf wroght, Ix Of wilk som sal be demed, and som noght, x pe tend es of pe grete dome final, pat Crist sal gyf and mak ende of al. Of pir sal som falle, als yhe hcrd me say, The tokeo» Byfor pat day and sum at pe day. -
3992
Byfor pe day sere takens
Of whilk men may 3996 Als of ancrist
4000
1
sal
of
com,
here fynd wreten some,
commyng, and
his pouste,
And of other ma pat byfor pat day sal be, pe whilk takens men sal thynk ful harde, Als yhe may se and here afterwarde. And wha-swa wille avise hym wele. He may ilk day here, se, and feie Takens, war-thurgh he may understande, pat pe day of dome es fast comande.
For wonders pat shuld falle, als 1 trow, Agayn pe worldes hende er seue now, Thurgh whilk wondres grete clerkesknawes pat pe worlde fast to pe endeward drawes 4008 Wharfor we shuld make us redy here, 4004
4012
Als pe day of dome war command nere. Crist disciples, pat yhemed haf knawyng, Of sum takens agayns his last commyng, Spak to Crist, als yhe may here,
or th« token« of romtag.
In pe godspelle on pis manere:
Die nobis signum adeentu» consummacionem
seculi
;
Et
tut et
respondens,
4016 Jhesm Chrittu» dixit eis , Videtenequisvos seducat; multi enim venient in nomine
meo
dicentes, Ea/q
teducent
*
fyc.
mm
Cristus, et multos
Consurget enim gern
‘Antecrist’ (Harl. 6923).
Digitized by
;
:
110
CIJRIBT'S
ANSWER TO
4020 contra gentem et
et
loca.
Ilec
autem omnia habundabit
inicia sunt dolorum, et
4024 iniquitat,
et refrigescet
‘•Says us”, cryed
Som
of his last
4028
com
{>ai
taken and of
{je
Caritas
m«Utorum.
“of pi
commyng
,
worid endyng.
nnswerd pam pan,
Crist als tite
1
!*, inqofrr aboat the
V.]
in regnwn,
erunt pestutencie et fames, et terre
motus per
TL« innrer givm
[BOOK
HI8 DISCIPLKS.
regnwn
And sayd lukeg pat yhow desayve ua mau, > r or many sal com in my name, pat
gal say pug, ‘Crigt I am,’
And many
a
man
pai sal bygile
4032 Bot pai sal regne here bot a wbile;
Andrewme ogayncrewme, on pe satne wyse Men ogayne men, tlmrgh strengih, sal ryge Pestilences
403G
And And
and hnngers
sal be,
many
contre.
erthedyns in al pig gal
be bygynnyng hard
Of pe sorows pat sal com aftirward; Wykkednesse sal was many falde, 4040
And
charite of.inany sal
pir takens
til
war
calde.”
his disciples tald
he
pat ogayn pe worldes ende shuld Bot sum of 4044
Of Antichriit wbo »hall co tue before duoiuMiaj.
4048
be.
pir takens has bene,
And sum of pam sal yhit be seue. And of takens pat yhit sal com, If yhe wille, I sal tel yhow som. And first of ancrist wille I say pat sal com befor domesday, Aftir pe destruccion sal be
Of pe empyre of Rome, 4052
pat es yhit
Som tyme al landes of pe Was sugette til Rome and pat at certayn teremes
1
fre.
worid obout underlout,
gaf
it
trowage,
Als pe cugtom pan was and pe usage;
pat custom
alle landes
pan byhoved do,
405G Bot Saynt Paule says pus parto terrnes (Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
V.]
THE DESTRD CTION OF ROME. Quoniam
nisi venerit
duteneio
id est, nisi prius dissenserint
Ill
primum
etc.,
omnia regna
a Romano Imperio, que prius erant subnon antea
4060
dita,
4064
K“ m « ™ u " bat es. bot-if alle landeg hald agayn r -o J Rome, destroyed. Swa pat it be put til degtruccion Thurgh pam pat first was in subieccio», or ih* a.nruc-
He
“bot says J
veniet antichristus. ih« mming of Antichrist
Bein«
dissencion come,
if
*
>>«
1
1
,,on of Roi “ e
tyme sal nogbt com com byfor pe day of dom.
Anticrist ar pat
pat
sal
pat destrucion,
als
says haly writt,
4068 Sal be, bot pat tyme
Fra pat tyme
sal
In Bubieccion of
4072
'
com noght
ytaitt.
na land ne contre
Rome
langer be;
Nc fra pan sal na man bc bughsoinc, Ne obedient to pe kirk of Rome. Men gesepat peempire, pat wasswa myglity, Es now destruyed a grete party Rot
at
pe
last, als I
sayd are,
4076 It sal be destruyed wele mare,
Bot pe dignite pat
til it
sal falle,
Sal noght in pat tyme perysshe It sal
alle.
stand and duelle with-outen dout
4080 In alle his regyons obout.
pos sal pe first taken bygyn at Rome; For it eg heved of al cristendome; For when it es put til destrucion 40S4
Th<* first tttk.ni of tho dajr of
dooiu »hall begin at
Home.
Alle haly kyrk sal be put don.
Some pat
clerkes says pat an sal
sal hald
pe empire of
come
Rome
Alle halely and his croun bere 4088 Wele, and in pees with-outen were.
He
4092
sal be last
emparour pat pare
sal be,
And mast of alle kynges of pouste; pe whilk sal wele maynten his state And pe empire, with-outen debate, And it governe thurgh laglie and witte,
c(
lha |ut
tm
.
p ' r " r o( Run"‘'
Als lang als 1m sal hald Ute.
Digitized
by
ANTICHRIST THE MAN OF
112
Bot afterwarde
pe
at
last
[BOOK
SIN.
V.]
ende
4096 Until Ierusalem he sal wende;
And on pe mount
of Olyvette
Ile sal pe septre of
4100
Rome
sette,
And And
his coron he sal lay lef
pam
pus
sal
ende pe dignite of Rome;
And
als
sone
don alswa,
pur and fra pain ga.
aftir sal auticrist
come,
Als clerkes says, pat has understandyng 4104
se p.ui sptoks
Of Daniel and of Saynt Paul saying; pan sal antierist pat tyme bygyn, pat Savnt Paul calles pe man of syn. '
of Antichrist «s the ‘m»n of «in'.
^
Kor
alle-if
he he inan, never-pe-les,
4108 Ile sal bc welle of alle wykkednes.
pe
deeels son he sal bc cald;
Bot thurgh ky ml men shuld hira noght swahald, 4112
Bot thurgh
bis turoyng fra
gode
For he
pe devels wille
fullille.
sal
ille;
til
Alle pe power of pe devel of helle
And
hym
alle his witte in
sal duelle;
In whain al pe tresor of malice 41 IG
Sal be hidde with alle maner of vice.
He a-«*h.,
»bore tu tbo pagan deities.
sal
til
Criste contrarius be
And til alle his lyms pat he sal se; And heghen hym thurgh pride, pat hesal
sii«ji
4120
Aboven pat
halde,
paens goddes calde.
al pat er
.
es to say, Iubiter
und Mercury,
And Appolyn and Ilerculy; And noght anly oboven pa goddes
alle,
4124 pat pe paens pair goddes sal calle, He
«liaii
Bot he
exalt
himself above
sal
..
the boiy Trinity.
heghe himself .
Aboven .pe haly
And
alle
.
.
.
to
be
,
trmite;
pe creatours, bath mare and
les,
4128 Shuld honoure over alle thyng pat es,
Ful synful
4132
sal
be bis bygynnyug,
And wonderful sal be his lyvyng. And his endyng sal be sodayn; For thurgh myght of God he[sal] be
slayn,
Digitized
by
[BOOK
V.]
TUE BIRTH AND NURTURE OF ANTICHRIST.
113
In his tyme gal be swylk tribulacion
And swa mykel
parsecucion,
pat unnethes any 4136
dar grauut
gal
pat he es cristen, and God servant. For mare parsecucion sal be pan,
pan
ever was gythen pe world bygan.
mykel
Anticrist es, pos
Antichrist tigui-
at say,
fies
4140 Als he pat es ogayn Crist ay.
pan may
man be
ilk
Anticrist pat dos
pan may 4144
alle
cald
by
one who
is
against Christ.
skille
ogayn Goddes
wille.
pas anticristes be calde,
pat ogaynes Goddes laghe will halde.
Bot ma[n]y swilk men may wele knawe
pat mykel dus ogayns Goddes lawe.' Bot anticrist, als says haly writ, 4148
Sal
com
pe
at
last,
pat
com noght
yhitt,
Als mast tyraunt with-outen pyte,
pat ever was or ever gal be. Wharfor I hald pir gret mysdoers 4152
Als anticrist lyms and his forgangers.
Now
wha-swa
Aparty here
I
wille a wille
Of pe maner of 4156
4160
whyle duelle
hym
anticrist
teile
bygynnyng.
And of his lif and of hyg endyng. He sal be geten, als clerkes shew can, Bytwen a synful man and a woman, And aftir pat he consayved sal be pe fende sal entre, thurgh his pouste, With-in his moder wambe sone;
He shall be begotten Ăźy a sinful a woman, into whose womit tbe devil shall enter} man on
pus, sais a grete clerke, sal be done
4164
Thurgh was myght he sal be forth-broght; And wonders thurgh hym sal be wroght.
He
sal
be cald pe child pat es lorn;
And in Corozaym he sal be born Of a woman of pe kynred of San 4168 Bot cristendome sal he have nan. 1
Be many skill we may some knawe pat mekille dose agayne Goddes lawe. (M8.
5
Dane
(IIS.
Bari 6923)
=
of the tribe of Dan.
Bari. 6923.)
and shall be born at Choraain
and rome of the tribe of Dan.
[BOOK
ANTICHRIST BORN IN CAPERNAUM.
114
V.]
Ile sal be maliciousc and ful of envy,
hym {ms spekes pe prophecy: Dan coluber in via, ceraste«
Als of Fiat
4172 in semita, morden« ungxdas equi ut cadat ascensor eitu retro.
,
Hoc est [Anticristus] sicut
serpens, in via sedebit, et in semita erit,
ut eos, qui per semitam iusticie
4176 lant feriat
et
,
Por Dan
,
christ.
4180
Als
1
And
sla
Of pe Yhit
pe way.
anticrist, als nedder, sal sit in
And smyte pam
Ajid though a good angel ahall bo auigned bim,
ambu-
malicie occidat.
“sal pe neddcr bc
Sitand in po wny als men sal se; And sal byte pe hors hy pe hufe harde. And mak pe npstegher fal bnkwarde: And pat es pus rnykel nt say,
alle,
4184 pat walkes in pe
4188
me
veneno
“pe Dan” he says
at the
adder in thc way, denotes Anti-
pam
venym cum of hym.’’
he be circumcid
And thurgh pat bis malice a whylc Alswa til hym sal assygncd be
A
Ies,
of rightwysnes,
thnrgh pe
malice pat sal
sal
bathe inare and
way
gude angelle, pat he
sal
noght
sal hid.
se,
Aftir his birthe in his bygynnyng,
4192 pat of
Bot it will
to Icave
hlm
sal
haf pe kepyng.
agayn pe troutbe pat
es,
to
His gode angelle
tho d«viL
41% And Hc
him
for he
Sal be bordend in wikkednes
b« obllgod
leve
hym
in
sal fra
hym wende.
pe kepyng of pe fende.
He sal be lered, als I understand, And nnrist and mast conversand
«halt be
broughi up in the cily of Bethaaida,
In pe eite of Bethsayda; 4200
In
Capharnaum he
sal regne
alswa
pe whilk Bethsayda, and Capharnaum, And Corozaym God weried wliilom; For God epak til pas thre cites pos, 4204 Als pe godspelle here shewes us:
1
pat
(Barl. 41961.
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
HE 8HALL FEIGN HOLINESS.
V.]
4208
,
Ve
tibi
Ve
tibi
He
says,
And
Corozayin! Ve
115
Bethsayda!
tibi
Caphamauml “wa til pe Corozaym
raot eura
pe Bethsayda and Capharnamn.”
til
For pus
in
pe first he
sal
c *'
be born and bredde,
A nd in pe gecunde be nurygt, and regne in pc thredde. Antichrist He sal gader fast til hyra pan ....
...
.
gather «round
.
.
,
4212 Alle bat of pe devels erafte can, .
;
.
,
.
inm necromaacers, witohe«.
4
Als negremanciens and tregettours,
Wiehes and
t>hall
magicim»
ic.
false enchauntours,
pat pe devels erafte sal hyra ken 421G Whar-thurgh he sal decayve pe men. Afterwarde thurgh ledyng of pe fende
He 4220
sal
And And And
eveu to Jerusalem wende;
par sal he duellc in pat in rayddes
say
pat he 4224
And And
sal
He
par sal won, Goddes son,
Bot
hym
»"> »»r
s«
'i>*>
houour;
na right cristen man
never byfor bis tym bygan, fals auticristes
And
to
say pat he es pair saveour.
sal say pat
r
sc.
alle pat
es Crist,
raak pe folk
W as 4228
til
••< »t>»n go op to Jerusalem
eite
pe temple raake bis
he
say pai lyved in
sal fals
pam
calle;
trowthe
alle
pat has bene fra pe worldes bygynnyng Until pe tyme of his commyng.
He 4232
sal
He
be lnsty and lycherous,
»nd be
>n«iy
»nd
lecherous;
And
desayvabel and trecherous; sal hyra
feyn
first als
haly.
And shew pan appert ypocr[is]y, To desayve cristen men and leie 4236 Als says pe prophet Danielle
In aperto tum per ypocrisym simulabit sanctitatem, ut facilius decipere jtossit.
“First’’ he says
4240
“he
sal apertely
Feyn halynes thurgh ypocrisy, pat he mught lightlyer men bygile.’’ Bot pat time
tiwugh he «h«n *'
*°
^‘hofyf’
sal last bot a while,
Digitized
by
;
ANTICHRIST 8HALL MISLEAD THE PEOPLE.
116
He 4244
kynges and princes
sal al
til
And turne pam And thurgh pam pe poples sal Of ilka land and ilka cuntre. alle
til
his
[BOOK
V.]
liymdrawe
lawe; turned be
ln alle stedes be sal walk and pas, 4248
par
welk wlien he
Crist
in erthe was.
In swylk a presumpciou he sal falle
pat he 4252
Antichrist «hall afUjrwartls turn peopU to bis
sal
law in four wray®.
4256
to
A
II.
Another thurgh 4260
iv.
mauere
Many
falae.
42C8
4272
ryse
poples to his lawe, four maners
pam drawe.
thurgh
prechyng
sal be,
fals
til
For he 42G4
alle.
dispise,
fals
fals
miracles shewyng,
pe thred thurgh large gyftes to gyfe, Andpe ferthe thurgh dredeof turmentisgriefe. Thurgh
He shall proclaim the law of Christ to bo
loverd of
ehaunge and fordo haly;
He sal turne al And til bim on
L
m.
hym
Thnrgh pride he sal ogayn God And hym sclaunder and his law And afforce hym and be bysy, His laghe
all
thynk
prechyng
hym
sal
in ilk cuntre
sal turned be.
send thurgh alle pe world wyde
His prechours to preche on ilka
side,
pe qwilk sal preche undir fals colour, And say Cristes lawe es not bot errour; And anticristes lawe pai sal comcnd And agayn suthfastnes it defend, And forbede ilk man pat pai noght balde pe new lawe, pat es Cristes lawe calde. And his ministres sal swa lette yhit pat na man sal expound haly writ, pat es to say, to right uudirstandyng. For pai sal say it es bot lesyng,
And make Hfl ih&ll bring pflopl« ii to eTTor.
(hfl
pe pople to trow haly
42(6 pat pai sal noght be saved parby.
i
pus sal Thurgh
Swa
his
pai bring pe folk in errour
pair prechyng with false colour,
lawes
sal
pas and his powere
4280 Fra pe est syde til pe west, thurgh pe world here
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
V.]
8HALL PERFORM MIRACLES.
IIE
And
pe southe
fra
His Inwes nnd
He 4284
bis
117
pe north, alswa
power
men on
sal tnrne
Thurgh
til
sal ga.
another manere
nnd wonders sere;
fals miraeles
Antichri« ih*n perform miraeles
For he sal pan shew wonders many Thurgh enchauntementes and nygroma[n]cy.
Swa 4288
And pat thurgh myght of pe devel sal Of whilk wondirs I sal tel yhou sum,
He
n>rt>a*b the
power of tbe detiL
gretely, pat pe pople sal se,
sal
And
do
fire fra
be,
pe heven don com,
pat sal be noght bot an
An «*»
ille spirit,
°
»hall
\
com doun tite, And omang his disciples don light, And with sere tunges til pam spek ryght,
4292 pat out of pe ayre sal
Als dyd 429G
til
pe apostels pe haly gast
and to
lif
sal
God mare
feyn him ded
And on pe
He
hym
mens
til
devels aftir sal bere
In-til
And
syght,
to ryse fra dede,
1
"i
hym up even
riS'JSTtüS ‘ic *‘
L
pe ayre als he suld stey to heven als
he byfor sal be sene,
4308 Als he fra dede rase,
pat he
es
til
men
sal
wene
heven ravyst.
And trow pan pat he es verray crist. pus sal anticrist pan countrefettc pe wondirs of God in erthe swa grete;
Ma
wondirs yhit wirk
pat pe pople
Ho 4316
dere,
thred day thurgh pe devels rede
sal feyn
And
4312
ud
»ir
hts dtsciple».
pan ever war Cristes appostels herc. Alswa thurgh pe devels crafte and myght,
He 4304
«pirti
come oot
ti>«
deseend npon
And pat sal be in mens sight mast, For pa pat his disciples sal be cald Sal pam avant, and pam seif bald Better of
4300
of
sal
And
sal
sal
openly
he
se.
do trese growe and
florissho fayre
chace pe wyndes about and pe ayre.
Fra heven he
And mak
sal
do
falle
rayne-shours
waters to ryn ogayn pair cours.
, hlU
rlln
d
^°
a 'c
n
Digitized by
:
118
ANTICHRIST SHALL TOKMENT THE 8AINT8.
He 4320
And
He
pees
sal
it
He
shaii cause
sal
chaung on wonder mauere sere.
de Jede ymages and dome
— 4324 opeke of thynges pat er to come.
Images Io spcnk.
,
He
iic shaii raisc
sal
Iho dead.
alswa Jede men uprays,
.
pat
And 4328
iicviis «hall
V.]
se,
Divers kyndes in figures He
[BOOK
when he wille, and make it be stille. pe
sal trobel
enter Into dcad hudle«.
sal
.
gang obout,
.
pc boke says,
als
pat sal be thurgk pe devels quayntis,
For devels sal entre in-til pe dede bodys ...bere pa dede bodys , obout, ,
,
And
Swa
pat parfit
Whether he
.
.
men
sal
bc
in
dout
es verray crist or noght,
433G
And pus sal men be in errour broght. On pe thred maner be sal bygille Many tliurgh gyftes witliin short vvhyle, And turne pam til a fals belyefe Thurgh large gyftes pat he pam sal gyfo.
43-10
For he sal fynde alle pe tresour pat es, or was ever hidde byfor Under erthe, or ourwar eiles pat may noght be gesced; for sum
4332 Antichrist shsii
pkthrlügh glm!
tolles
pat mar tresor under erthe es hidde pan oboven es knaweu or kydde;
Of whilk he
pam
sal
alle
ryche make,
4344 pat pe lawe of Criste here wille forsake.
pos sal he shew men welth worldly For to desayve pam pan parby. Of pe ferthe maner aftir pan 4348 He sal turne til liym many a man;
tio sh«n irsd sstray the pcoplo through turroent« und dread of
And do
.
,
,
,
.
.
paui lialy lolowe bis trace
Thu[r]gh grete tourmentes and manacc.
doadj.
4352
And thurgh drede of dede pat mast may grefe, For eiles he sal noght thole pam lyefe. Ful grete tribulacions he sal pam shewe, Als God in pc godspelle say is thurgh Mathewe Tanta
erit tribulaeio, ut in
4356 inducantur,
si fieri
errorem
potest, eciam
electi.
Digitized
by
[BOOK
DEVILS SHALL BE LEX LOOSE.
V.]
He
Sal be pan
ilka nacion,”
til
Thurgh out pe world, 4360 “pat pas pat
God
Suld be broght If
God
Bot •1364
Pedea
He
ferre
and nere,
Las chosen here
sonc
in error
wild suffre pat
it
warre done.”
pe appocalipse apparty
in
Es sayd pus
fnl mistyly,
eius sunt simules auricalco,
sicut in
camino ardente.
says “bis fete er liko latoun brigkt
4368 Als in a
4372
119
says “mikel tribulaeion
cbymne bryniiaud light”
And pis was pat Iohan saw in a vision Of hym pat semed pe virgyn son. By his fete pat als latonn was semand Crist last lyms men may undirstand, pe whilk sal be pariitc men in charite pat agayne pe worldes ende martird
sal be,
es to say, in tym of Anticrist, Thurgh wham many saules sal be perist.
pat 4376
pe
chinme, brinand with pe het,
Bytakens pe tribulaeion
gret.
sal be when anticrist sal come, Thurgh wham many sal thole grete rnarterdome.
pat 43SO
Anticrist sal be pe mast tyraunt
pat ever was; lor he
sal
Antichrist »b»u b« the grestut th.t «er was.
haunt
tjnat
Alle pe maners of turmentes kene 4384 In whilk any martirs byfor has bene;
For on sere maners he pat wille noght
And
til
his
sal
pam
torment
law assent;
put alle pa to pe dede at pe
last
4388 pat ay duels in pe trouthe stedfast.
4392
men
Bot
alle cristen
par
Crist welk, mast tourmented sal be.
in pat c untre
And Haymo says, pat a grete clerk was, Hys tyrauntry thurgh pe world sal pas. pe devels pat er now bunden swa, pat pai may noght about flegh ne ga,
Dovlls, that aro
now kept bound shall then bo lct loose.
Digitized by
THE TAIL OF THE DRAGON.
120
_
Ne nuyc
als
mykei
4896 Sal pan bc loose and nathyng
pat tyme
4400
V.]
pam
balde,
na cresten man,
sal preche
Für pai
sal be balden als cursed
Ne Ne
6al
nan
[BOOK
als pai walde,
pam
bye with
felagbsbepe hald with
ne
pan;
seile,
pam
ne dnelle,
Bot with pas pat had Criste forsaken Th« m»rk
And
ot
Antichrist shall
b« on men'« for«. he»d or in t he right hattd. 4404
pat men mnght knawe and understand
...
pat pai
For pat 4408
pe merk of anticrist had taken,
al
war
anticrist
assentand.
bere his merk,
sal
wirk Cristes werk.
And sal folowe anticristes lawe, By his merk men sal pam knawe, pe whilk pai sal ber, als I understande, Outher
4412
til
pas men
sal forsake to
pe frount or
in
in
pe ryght hande.
Bot other pat wille noght do Sal be done to vilans dede.
On pis four maners, He saldrawe til hym And
his rede
als I haf
shewed,
bathe lered andlewed.
crysten law sal be
donn layde,
4416 parfor pas in appocalips es sayde:
Cauda
4120
partem stellarum
trahebat, et misit eas in terra.
says, “with his taylehe droghe
don even
pe thred part of pe Sternes of heven, And into pe erthe sent pam ryght,” par pai mught noght shyne ne gyf lyght. was pe
P8 '
'dVitfon
eine tertiam
celi
He
taille
of pe dragon
4424 pat Saynt Johan
send.
it*r» of th« 4428 heavens are tbose
Th«
Christian« led into sin by AntiChrist.
4432
saw in a vision. pe dragon es understanden pe fende And his taille anticrist pat folowedatpecnde And pe thred part of pe Sternes bright Er Cristen men nndirstandcn right, _ ... . pe whilk he sal fra right trowthe draw, Ana ao pam ui erthe to hald his law. pe men of pe worlde pat er covaytous .
.
He
.
.
.
sal turne
.
.
.
,
,
thorgh gyftes precious,
Digitized
by
[BOOK
GOG AND MAGOG.
V.]
121
For he gal gyf pam, pat tarned wil Of gold and silver grete plente. Alawa men of symple connyng 4436
He
aal turne thurgh miraclcs
Gude men,
He
and prechyng.
pat baldee Goddea commandmenteg,
thurgh manace and turmentea.
aal turne
Many
be,
pat semca gude and rightwyae
4440 Saltrow inhym, andCryateatrouth deapysc.
com in myldnes And prech ogayn pe right trouth pat es, And myracles aal thurgh hym be done; pan aal pe Iewea resayve hym aone And be turned til hym al haly. And pat tyme aal com Ennoc and Ely First aal anticriat
4444
Ogayn
anticriat to preche ful harde,
ThÂŤ Jews
shall
rcceivo Antichrist.
En och and shall
Elijah co tue front
heaven to preach
4448 Als yhe
may
ae and here afterwarde.
against Antichrist.
pan
To
aal anticriat
men
pursue
bygyn
felly
thurgh tyrauntry,
Gret parsecucion pan
aal
men and
he wyrk
4452
Agayn
4456
pan aal he deatroye crieten lawe, And Gog and Magog til hym drawe, pe whilk er halden, als men tellea, pe werat folk pat in pe worid duels.
Som
tristen
haly kirk,
Concorning Gog and Magog,
saya pat pai er closed haly
By-yhonde pe mountea of Caapy; Bot pai er noght awa closed obout 4460 pat pai ne mught lightly
com
who
live
beyond
the Caspian sea,
out,
Yif a qwene ne war, pat haidea pam
in,
Thurgh stre[n]gthe, pat pai may noght out wyn, pat 4464
pe qwene of Amazona,
Under whas powere pat Bot
And 4468
ea cald
at
pe
last pai aal
deatroy
many
folk wons,
and aro mied over by the qneen of the Amazons.
breke out
landcs obout.
For pe lewes haa awylk a prophecy aaya pua omang pam commonly,
And pat
pis folk
Sal
com
ogayne pe worldea ende
out, and
til
Icrusalem wende
Digitized by
CONVERSION OF THE JE WS.
122
With pair 4472 Gog and Magog accordingto soine ‘clerka’ signi/y
Autiihrist.
wonders
[BOOK
V.]
sal wirke,
And pan sal pai distroie haly kyrkc. Some clerkes says, als pe glose telles, pat Gog and Magog es noght elles Bot pe host of
the host of
onticrist [pat] sal
come
Sodanly ogayn pe day of dome,
By Gog are mcant tltote who4480 f»lt4ill
crist, pnt
And ogavne haly kyrk werray For to distroye it if pai may. pe glose of pe buke says alswa
Gog
pat by
er understanden alle pa
»ecrutly
Thurgh wbilk pe devel , our mast enemy,
persecuto the Christians.
men pursue prively. By Magog may pas understanden
Sal cristen
Magog deno tos tboso who sliali openly persccnte tbo Christians.
Thurgb wham openly pursue sal Or pas er understanden par-by, pat
44SS Gog means teand Magog
eret,
offen.
Homo say
in nnticrist tyrae first
be he,
pryvely
And aftirward openly, sal wyrk Wykkedness ogayne haly kyrk. Gog es als mykel at say, als covert, And Magog es noght elles bot als apert. pir twa prophetes, als says som,
tbat
Knoch and Elijah. »hall cu me upon'*** ** earth,
Ennok and Hely byfor sal com, Bytwene pe tyrne of pe commyng prive Of anticrist, when he sal born be, And pe tyme of his oppen commyng,
4496 pat sal be thurgh open precbyng
And
thurgh open parsecucion,
pat he
sal
do
til
diverse nacion.
Bytwen pa tymes pa prophetes twa
On
and prearh, and convert Ihn Jews to Cbriftianity.
sere partes sal preche swa,
pat thurgh pair prechyng pai
And
convert pe lewes
til
sal
drawe
cristen lawe,
For pus spekes pe prophete Malachy, 4504 In a boke of pe prophecy: Convertent corda jiatrum in filios.
4508
He pe
says “pai sal turne thurgh Goddesmyght l'adirs
hertes
intil
pe sons right.”
Digitized by
[BOOK
ENOCH AND
V.]
pat
ELIJAH.
123
turne pe Iewery
es, pai aal
Until right cristendom halely.
pan
sal
4512 pat pai
And
#
lewes pe sain lawe halde, hat',
men calde men dus swa sal pai do.
pat er cristen
als cristen
Als pe glose says pat acordes par-to: Percrpient fidem
quam
451G ipsi habuerunt.
“pe lewes sal tak pan with hert glade pc trouth pat cristen men byfor hadde.’’ Wharfor pe lewes and 4-520
Als pa twa prophetes
cristen
men,
pam
ken,
sal
Sal pan thurgh even entencion
Assent
pai 4524
A
a religion.
in Crist als
preche als pe uppocalips says,
sal
Enoch and
Etijab
shall prearli
thousand and twa hundreth days
And And
sexti als
,
men
als
sal se
pe glose says
for
i 2«o<Uy».
and herc.
pat es, thre yherc,
;
Als Crist him-self did pat voched safe 4528
To
sam law
preche pe
pai
sal
pat 4532
And Got
we
pat
hafe.
he als pe appocalips spekes,
In lutrde hayres elende es pai sal
1
and
in sekkes;
, c]othid
4540
pan And
sal
pat
til
,
he shew grete parsecucion
grevusly his
pam
tourment,
law wille noght assent,
And do pam Yf pai in pe
to
hard dede
at
pe
last,
trouthe be stedfast. Antichrist th>n put Knorti and Kiijsh »° t«**-
Anticrist sal be pan ful wrathe,
He sal do tak pa prophetes bathe And in Ierusalem, thurgh pe devels 4544
'
knawe
als tite als anticrist sal
pat pai turne lewes til cristen lawe Thurgh ensaumple pat pai shew, andsarmon 5 453G
1
tn' *Kit-
duth
pan penance preche
thurgh ensaumple of penance teche,
Hastyly do pam bathe
rede,
to dede.
1
Cled (MS. Harl. 4196).
1
Thurgh pair ensample and pair sermoue
(MS. Hall. G923).
TUE REIGN OF ANTICURIST.
124
pan
In pe slretes ligg
And an 4548 For na
V.]
days
stille tlire
oboven erthe namly,
half,
man
[BOOK
buke says,
sal pair bodys, als fie
sal
pam dur
biry,
For drede pat pai sal haf pan Of anticrist, pat wikked man. pair enemys 4552
Of
when
pai er slayn
pair dede pai sal be fayn.
When
Kiioch and Elijah
pai haf liggen dede on pis
wyse
aft«r lying tbree
days unon the carth »hall riso again.
Tlire days and an half, pai sal ryse,
4556
And pan pair enmys a voce sal here Until pam spek, on pis manere: ‘Ely and Ennok steyes up bathe, For yhe er passed
And
als tyte,
al
when
mancr of wathe.’
pai haf herd pis Steven,
4560 In a cloude pai sal stey np
pat
A After tbeir dcatb, AntirhrtHt «hall 4r «j rcign 1& days, bat hi» reign of terror »hall laat altogethrr threc aad a half years.
pe pople pan sal
wondre
tyl
pam
Anticrist sal regne, yhit
pan
sal
alle, pat til
Sal pan be don
heven,
says,
fiflten
days,
bym haly til Ennok and Hely; hym wille noght trow
he turne alle
pat war turned
til
se.
pat sal be.
buke
Aftir pair dede, als pe
And 4568
alle
grete
til
til
pe dede,
ilk
pan,
man.
Anticrist, in his grete tyrantry,
Sal regne thre yhere and an half fully;
pan 4572
sal
God
abrege his days,
Als Mathew in pe Godspel says: Nisi breviati finissent dies, non erit
salva omnis caro.
his days war abreged,” says “Föne men fra pan sal save be.’’ Bot his tyme God abrege sal pan.
“Bot 4576
he,
Til pis, says Saynt Gregore pe haly
Quia nos infirmos
ma
aspicit deus, dies
4580 malos quos singulariter intulit,misericordilerbreviabit.
He
says “for-pi. pat
pat we
God
sese right
er freyle and fehle of myght,
Digitized by
Googl
[BOOK V.] DESTRUCTION OF ANTICHRIST’S FOLLOWERS.
pe
days pat er
45S4 pat er putted
Yhit, at pe
Thurgh
his
ille
til
last,
sere
men
aingnlerly,
abrege sal he,
gndenes and hia pyte.”
Anticrist sal be with-outen pere,
45S8
125
and hevy,
Antichrist shall
And he aal lyf twa and thretty yhere And an half, als som clerkea aays pai Of swa many yhere hia eld sal be Fra pe tyme of
hia first
live forSlfljyear»,
se;
bygynnyng,
4592 Until pe tyme of his last endyng.
For sum says he Ala Criat
4596
sal lyf als
many yhere
manskynd
lifed, in
lierc,
And when he bas pua lang lyfed, pan aal na ma thurgh him by 3 greved.
He sal pan son feie Goddes vengeancc And with-onten any repentancc, He aal be slayn, ful sodanly, 4600 Thurgh pe myght of
God
When 4GOI
he stey up
And swa sal Som clerkea
til
he »hall bo slain lipon the nioiint of Olivet,
almyghty,
Opon pe mounte of Olyvett, whar Criat his fete
In pe etede
sett,
heven bright.
he ende thurgh Goddes might. yhit says alswa,
pat Saynt Michael sal hym sla, Thurgh Goddes byddyng in pe same
atede,
4608 ln pe whilk he sal be funden dede.
And pe boke
aays, alswa, pat he,
Thurgh pe gast of Goddes mouthe slayn salbe. Bot how swa
it
be pis es certayn,
4612 Thurgh Goddes myght par sal he be slayn.
when he es dede, Sal mak ioy pan in ilka stede, And haf pair delices nyght and day, And wedden wyfes, and pus say:
Anticrist mynisters,
4616
and
after bis
death his followers shall make great rejolcing*,
‘AUe-if our prince be dede pus
We And
haf pees and welthe plenteuus,’ right als pai sal say pus alle
4620 Sodanly ded pai sal doun singulary (MS. Harl. 4196).
3
but
thejr shall be slain saddenly.
falle,
be?
Digitized by
THE TIME OK THE DOOM.
12fi
[BOOK
V.]
Thurgh pe myght of Ood almyghty, pus sal pai euden sodanly. Bot yhit when pai 4G24
pc
dome
grete
sal
alle er
pus fordone,
noght be
aftir alsone.
For pe glose of Daiiyel pus says:
“God
Fi vc Mid forty days »hall be «iven for rcpcntancc.
sal
graunt fyve
atid fourty
days
Til alle pas pat desayved sal be,
4G28 Tliurgh anticrist and his meyne,’’
4G32
pat pai may amende pam of pair syn, And do penance, ar pe dorne bygvn.” pc lewes sal pan al turned be Til pat right troutlie, pe whilk haf wo pan sal God fulfille in pe last days, pis worde pat he
Et 4G3G
fiet
unum
in
pe godspel says,
ovile
tmus pastor.
et
He
sais “alle folkes to fald sal falle,
And a
hirde sal be to kepe
pam
pat folk lewes and cristen men
alle.”
sal
he taldc
4G40 Under a trouthe in haly kirkes faldc;
Fra pat tyme forthe
sal iiali kirke
be
In pees and rest with-outen adversite. The pOWOT of tho devil
rease.
filiall
4644
For pan sal faile alle power of pe fendc, Fra pat tyme unto pe worldes ende,
Swa
pat he sal notlier teuipte ne grycfe
Haly kirk, ne man pat pan sal lyefe. Bot liow mikel space sal be fra pan 4G48 Til pe day of dome, wate na man; For of alpe prophetes, pat men may neven,
And
alle
pe balghes, and angels
Mught never nane The time
of the
4652
doom
ha« uot been revealed to anjr.
Bot
hi
m -seif
parfor Crist 4G5G
in heven,
witt pat privitc,
What tyme pe day of dome sal be; For God wille pat nane it byfor wytte, pat bas ordaynt til
bis disciples
itte;
sayde pus,
Als pe boke of apostels Werkes sbewes us:
A on r
eit
vestrum nasse tempora vel momenta
que pater possuit in sua potestate.
Digitized by
[BOOK
SIGN8
V.]
IN
HEAVEN AND EABTH.
127
yhow knaw pe time prive pat pe fadir has Bette in his awen pouste,” parfor na man suld aske, ne say How mykel we hafe til domes day wi »houid not Ne we auld noght ykerne it to lere, »cek to ditirover _ VT Me Witte wether it be lerre or nere. tau »»oroi, i.ut 1" Bot we suld mak us redy alle, "Toad'y fo^th* “It falleg noght
4660
;
.
4664
.
.
-
.
Als pe day of dorne to morn suld
And 4668
man
pat ay par-on
And
falle,
on pat drede-ful donie,
tliynk ay
Als pe haly
dyd, Saynt Ierome.
tlioght,
batbe nyght anddays,
parfor pus in a boke he says:
Sine comedam, sine bibam, sine aliquid 4672 aliud faciam, seniper michi videtur
illa
tuba resonare in auribus meis, ‘surgite mortui, venite
He 4676
ad
iudicium.'
says “whether I ette or I drynk,
Or oght
elles do,
ay
SouneB
in
myn
Tim «oni»
sal
of
St
me thynk
pat pe beme pat blaw
on domsday,
pus says ay:
eres, pat
‘Ryse yhe pat er dede, and come 4680 Un-to pe grete dredful dorne’.”
Now Of
haf yhe herd of pe bygynnyng
anticrist,
and of
his lif
and
his endyng,
pat men may a werray taken 1
4684
pat agayne pe day of dorne
Many ma
takens yhit
men
calle,
sal falle.
aal ge,
Byfor ar pat dreful day sal be,
ßathe .„ ao
..
in erthe
and yhit in heven,
Token» of tbo
we here Lnst m pe gospelle neven, Whare he spekes of takens sere pat sal falle, And says on pis mauere: .
Als
Erunt signa in
day of doom ehall b« *eea u P on t
*
bc»"»n.
sole, et luna, et stellis;
4692 et in terris pressura gencium pre coti/usiione sonitus maris et ßuetuum, arescentibus
hominibus pre timore
et expectacione,
supervenient universo orbi. '
Nam
que
mrtules
Terray.
Digitized by
THE WORDS OF JOEL ON THE DOOM.
128
Et
469G celorum movebuntur,
[BOOK
V.]
tune tridebunt
filium hominis venientem in nubibus,
cum
magna
potestate
maiestate &c.
et
pir er pe wordes of pe gospelle, 4700 pat Crist
He nioon,
4704
gun
teile.
says pus als he ordaynd be done:
“Takens
Kiku» «ball be in tbe au n aud
his disciples
til
And And
be in pe son and in pe mone,
sal
pe Sternes pat inhevenraenmay ken,
in
be grete thrang of men,
in erthe sal
For pe mengyng of pe noys of pe
4708
and Itae miicbu of heaven «hall be atirred.
4712
And pai sal se pe son of man Comand doun in cloudes pan, With
And
myght and
his grete
pat tyme sal pe grete
Pir takens er tald 4716 Bot pe exposicion
Alswa God,
He
aftir
may
pe
pat alle thynges
in celo
in sanguinem,
magnus
He Up And
et
et
antequam veniat
signa et
domini
dies
manifestus.
heven, als
men
sal here;
takens doun in erthe ere-on to luke,
pe son sal be And pe mone
fire
and brethe of smoke;
turned in-til
in-til
mirknes,
blöde, and be lyghtles,
Byfor or pe day of our lord
pat
et
ignem
in tenebras etlu-
says “I sal gyfc wonders sere in
pat es blöde and 4728
be.
knawes wele,
sursum,
vaporemfumi; solconvertetur
prophet Joel ms to doomsdmj.
dome
lettre here,
be on othir mauere.
4720 in terra deorsum, sanguinem
na
mageste,’’
says pus thurgh pe prophete Ioele:
Et dabo prodigia
Thr wDrds of the4724
se
Of pe flodes, pat pan sal be; And men sal wax dry in pat dyn For drede and for lang bydyng par-in, pat til al pe world sal com” says he, For pe myghtes of heven sal panstyrd be,
sal
sal falle,
be grete and openly shewed
4732 pat grete day
Agayn whilk
is
til
alle,
pe grete day of dome,
alle pir
takens sal come;
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
THE FIRST TOKEN OF THE DOOM. pan may men by pat
4736
es
it
129
swilk takens wytte
pe mast day pat ever was
yhitte,
And pe straytest and pe mast harde, Als men may se and here aftirwarde. Yhit spekes pe haly man Saynt Ierome Of fiften takens pat sal come
4740 Byfor Cristes
pe whilk
commyng,
sal falle in
als
XV
Bytwen pa 4744 Continuely
he says,
days;
Bot wliether any other days
sal falle
days, or pai sal alle falle,
day
aftir
day,
Saynt Ierom says, he can noght say;
And
»
yhit for eertayn approves noght he
pat pa
days of takens
fiften
sal be,
4748 Bot he reherces pa takens fiftene
pam
Als he ln
fand, and writen
had sene
som bokes of pe Ebriens,
pat pa
XV
days contens.
4752 Bot Saynt Ierome shewes noght ne telles,
pat he pam fand writen ourwhar
Bot
And
in
pe Hebriens bokes he
reherces pam, als he
elles,
pam
saw pam
»
fände stände,
475C Ilka day aftir other even,
47GO
Als yhe may here me now neven. pe first day of pas fiften days, pe se sal ryse, als pe bukes says, Abowen pe heght of ilka monntayne,
i.
Fuliy fourty cnbyttes certayne,
And
in his stcde
Als an heghe 4764
pe secunde
even upstande,
hille
dus on pe lande.
day, pe se sal be
pat unnethes men
sal
it
swa law
4768 Als
it
stode
first
at
i
knaw.
pe thred day, pe se sal sjme playn And stand even in his cours agay[n],
n
pe bygynnyng,
With-outen mare rysyng or fallyng.
pe fierth day, sal swilk a wonder be, pe mast wondreful fisshes of pe se
r c
Digitized by
THE XV TOKENS OF THE DOOM.
130 4772
[BOOK
V.]
com to-gyder and mak swilk romyng*
Sal
pat
it sal be hydus til nians hcryng. Bot what pat romiyng sal signify, 1
Na man may V.
The s*m sball4776 bum.
whit, bot God almygbty. pe fift day, pe se sal brynne And alle watters als pai sal rynne; And pat eal last fra pe son rysyng Til pe
VL A
bloodjr ahall fall
dew upou
4780
Krass and trcca.
Building*
VII.
Âťhall fall
down.
Vin. Rock. and47S4
tyme of pe son doun gangyng.
pe
sext day, sal spryng a blody
Ou pe
grissc
and
tres, als it sal
dewe
shewe.
serend day byggyns doun sal
falle
And gretc casteis, and tours with-allc. pe eght day, liard rocbes and stanes
atonea ahall â&#x20AC;˘hurtle'
Sal strik togydcr, alle attanes.
toyether.
4788
An ilkan of pam sal other doun cast, And ilkan agayn other hortel fast, Swa pat ilka stau, on divers wyse, Sal sonder other in thre partyse.
pe negheud
IX Earthquakea.
day, gret erthedyn sal be,
Generaly in ilka contre; 4792
And swa
Was pe pe
X. The earth ahall be inrned into one great plain.
4796
gret erthdyn als sal be pan
never hard, sytlien pe world bygan.
tend day par-aftir to neven, erthe sal be
For
hilles
Men
XI.
ahall
forth from and holet, and roam about 4800 aa if mad.
come
caves
XII. ahall
The fall
atara
from
bcaveu.
XnL The
dead
48(U
made playn and
and valeis
In-til playn,
sal turned
and made even
pe
ellevend day
Of
caves,
men
sal
even,
be
to se.
com out
and holes und wend about.
Als wode men, pat na witt can;
And nane sal spek til other pan. pe twelfte day aftir, pe Sternes alle And pe signes fra pe heven sal falle, pe thredeud day sal dede men banes
ahall rite-
Be
sett to-gyder,
And aboven on
and ryse
al attanes,
pair graves stand;
pis sal byfalle in ilka land.
1
roryng (US. Lands. 348).
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE DAYS OF NOAH.
V.]
4808
pe
man and woman; pam rys ogayn
Sal dighe, childe,
For
pai slialle with
pat byfor war dede, outher 4812
131
fourtend day, al pat lyves pan
pe
til
ioy or payn.
pos sal betyde,
liftend day,
Alle pe world sal bryn on ilk syde,
And pe
erthe
whar we now
duelle,
Until pe utter end of alle helle.
4S1G
pus
tels
Als he
Bot
4824
sal
fiftene,
pe bokes of Ebriens had senc.
in
pa takens pat men
for alle
Yhit 4820
Ierom per takens
sal se,
na man certayn be
What tyme Crist sal come til pe dorne, i Swa sodanly he sal doun come; For als byfel in Noc and Loth days, Swa sal he com, for Luke in pe godspel says: Et
sicut
factum
adv ent us
erit
egt
filii
in (Uebug Eue, ita
hominis: edebant
uxores ctucebant
et bibebant,
et
dabantur ad nupciag, ueque ad diem, 4828 qua intravit venit
dUutnum
militer
bant
factum
et
et
in
ignem
:
Si-
Loth, ede-
et edificabant,
et
Loth a Sodomie,
sulphur de
filius
et subito
celo, et perdidit
omnes; secundum autem hoc 4836 qua die
et
perdidit omves
est in diebug
die aut ein exiit
pluit
archam;
bibebant , emebant et vendebant,
4832 plantabant
qua
Noe
erit
hominis reoelabitur
.
pir er pe wordes of pe godspelle,
pat es on Inglissche pus
to teile:
“Als was done in pe days of Noe,
swa maus son sal com” says he, “Men ete and drank pan and war glade, And wedded wyfes, and bridalles rnade Until pe day, namly, pat Noe Went in-to pe shippe pat rnade he,
4840 Right
4844
The days
of
Noab.
Digitized by
CONSUME THE EARTH.
FIRE SHALL
132
[BOOK
V.]
And sodanly come {>e flode pat tyde And fordid alle pe world swa wyde. The day«
Alswa
of Lot.
4848
Men
pe days of Loth byfelle,
in
ete
and drank, shortly
to teile,
llkan with otber, and salde and boght,
And planted, and bygged, and houses wroglit, And pat day, pat Loth yhed out of Sodome, 4S52 Sodanly It
Goddes vengeance come;
rayncd
And
Right pus 4856
heven and brunstane,
fire fra
tynt al pat pare was, and spard nane, sal falle, als
pe day man son
sal
men
sal se,
shewed be.”
In pe ende of pe world, byfor pe domc,
An
A
hideoua fire burn the world and all
hydus
fire sal
sodanly come,
«hall
tkat
1t
Pat
containa.
4860
alle
pe world
And nathyng For
alle
sal haly bryn,
spare pat es par-in,
pe erthe sal bryn with -oute
And pe Elementes, and alle pe’ayre oboute, And alle pat God in pe world has wroght, 4804
All the firo io, linder, and above 4Qr 0 the earth «hall 4olK> uieet together. ,
Sal pan be brynned and wasted to noght. pat thurgh pe world sal ryse,
pis
fire
Sal
com pan
For
alle
pe
And under
fra scre partyse;
fire
pat es in pe spere,
eithe,
and aboven erthe herc,
Sal mete togyder attans pan,
And bryn alle pat lyves, best and man, And alle pat growes in erthe and ayre, 4872
Tille alle be clensed,
and made fayre
Of alle pe corrupcions pe whilk in pe ayre or Tbis firo sliall burn io four tmja.
pis
fire,
To
men may se, may be;
pe erthe als
To
wirk
als
pe
fir
1
lers,
of helle
punyssche pe synful pat par
It sal
4880
And
pat in
pe buk says
4S7G Sal brin and wirk on four maneres. It sal
1
als
wirk
clense
als fire of
men
sal duelle
pnrgatory
of venicl syn
fully.
leres (Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
TH REE PERIODE OF wirk
It sal
TII18 FIRE.
133
als fire of herth here,
pat over
alle sal
bryn far and nere,
To wast
alle pat
on erthe springes
4884 Als grcsse, and tres, and alleotherthynges,
And alswa pe bodys of ilk man ,lo brin haly m-to askes pan;
The eiement» Shell become cie»r.
.
,
wirk
It sal
pe
als
of pe spere,
fire
4888
To make pe elementes clene and clere And alle pe ayre bright of hew, And pe hevens, for to serve als new.
4892
pe face of pe erth sal brin And pe shappe of pe world
Thurgh
Als
it
And 4896
was
first
sal
rayke obout, with-out.
for-done be
sal
thurgh pe flode of Noe;
als pat flode
passed cubites
fiften
Over pe heygbest mount, pat ever was Right swa pe
4900
pus
pis fire pat
heyghe
fire als
sen, The T ' world
sal pas
shiill
by be parged b "urKed'bJ"
To fordo pe world als it pan was; And als God byfor his first commyng Wald here fordo, with-outen lettyng,
fire.
Alle pe world thurgh water anly
Agayn pe
fire
of lychery.
Right swa, byfor his 4904
He
sal of
Thurgh
fire
commyng,
last
mak
pe world
endyng,
swa brinnand
pat sal
be,
Agayn pe dasednes of charite. pe wirkyng of pe fire swa brinnand 1
ThrM
4908 Sal contend’ pir thre short tymes passand,
pat
es bygynnyng,
faM,
of
to'*
mydward, and ende,
Als in pis bok es here contende. First pe
4912 Sal
cum
fire,
at pe bygynnyng,
byfor Cristes commyng,
pat pe gude men
pan densen and
sal
fine,
And pe wikked men hard punnys and pyne, Pat here 4916
And
luffed
syn and thoght
it
swete,
parfor says pus David pe prophete:
Ignis ante ipsum precedet,
et
inflammabit
incircuitu tmmicos eins. >
coldnes (US. Landl. 348).
*
contene?
Digitized by
SINNEUS, WITfl AI.L FILTH, PASS TO HELL.
134
“J)e
fir
[BOOK
V.]
byfor hym, on scre partye,
4920 Sal ga and about brine hia enemys;’’ fire mens bodys to askes sal brin, And pe world and alle pat es par-ine pos sal pe fire first byfor come, -1924 Ar Crist com doun til pe dome. when this firo And when Be fire has wasted, als I talde, ha» destroyed everj thine, nie pan sal al men ryse, bathe vhong and nlde, ilssd »hsll ris» io tbe üoom. Out of pair graves with saul and body, 4928 And come til pe dome pan alle halely And our Loverd Crist sal com doun pan. And sit in dome, als domes man. And deme pan, bathe gude and ille,
The flrc sh»n hurn men» hone»
pat
to ashes.
;
.
4932 Als yhe Tho
firo
may
aftir-ward here,
if
yhe wille;
And
yhit pe fire alle pat tyde _ .. Sal brin obout nym, on uka syde,
«hall
hurn about the
Poomarnan.
Als pe prophete David bers wytnes 4936 In pe Psauter, par pus writen es: “lgnit, in conspectu eiue, exardescet, et incircuitu eins
4940
After the Poora,
amt »n4944 hlmts of fillh
this fire,
shaii be swept into hell.
tempestae valida.”
“pe fyre sal brin in his sight,” says he, And obout hym grete tempest sal be.” And als lang als pat dome sal last pe fire sal brin, on iik syde fast; And when pe dome es broght til ende, pa pat sal be dmnpned sal wende,’ r r With alle pe fire pat swa sal brin, 1
.
.
Til helle pytt, and dnelle ay par-in.
pan
sal alle
pe
fire
be sweped doune
4948 In-til helle, with alkyn corrnpcioune.
And
allepefilth
Als
in pis
pns thurgh 4952
And And
clense
bok
ofpe world, nesheandhard, es writen aflirward.
alle it
of
pe world pe al
fire4sal brin,
manere of syn,
of alle corrnpcions, bath heghand,law
may now se, here, and knaw; And when pe fire haswastedal erdly thyng, pan sal pe hevens sees of movyng.
pat men
4‘JÖG
Digillzed
by
[BOOK
V.]
THE RE8URKECT10N OF
TI1E DEAD.
Our Lord yhit pan, or he com doun, „ ror to sytte in dorne in proper parsoun, .
135 chri«t,
comes
.
Sal send byfor, als pe linke
tels,
Io
he Jndge
thc «orid, »h»u send ms angeln to Round alond their tmmpets;
4960 In four partys his angels,
With pair bemes pat pai sal blaw, pat alle pe world sal here and knaw;
men pai sal pan upcalle And byd pam cum til pe dome alle. Alle men sal ryse pan pat ever had Man and woman, mayden and wyfe, Alle
4964
Gude and
ille,
with fleshe and
attd
life,
then
all
shall riao,
feile,
4968 In body and saul, als clerkes can teile;
And pat in als short why le als hert may thynk, Or mans eghe may open or wynk, Fra pe tyme pat pai pe son 4972
For pe “Omnes
returgent in momenlo, in
ictu octdi
He 4976
sal here,
Apostel says on pis nianere:
in noviisima tuba."
,
says “alle sal ryse in a tym movyng,
Als in pe space of an egbe twynklyng,
When Alle
men
4980 In pe
pan
sal
same
4984 pat
in
sal
tite
blaw
twinkiing
non
same bodyse,
in pair lifedays,
other, als pe
sal alle ryse in
God had
last.’’
np-ryse
stature and pe
pat pai had here
And pan
in ihn
pai here pe dredeful blast
Of pe beme, pat pan
buk
says.
pe same eld pan,
fully here als
man,
Namly, when he uprayse thurgh myght
Fra dede,
als says
Pan was he 4988
And
Saynt Austyn ryght;
of threty yhere elde and twa, Tim
of thre monethes par-with alswa;
In pat elde alle sal ryse at pe
When And
with
For
alle-if
Shulde
h
»nJ
pai here pe grete bemes blast,
With pair awen bodys 4992
»g« of »n
U 'tio y!»r«
last,
alle hale
alle pair lymes, grete
alle
pe bodys of
ilk
be brynned
til
and smale.
man askes pan,
Digilized by
THE B0DIE8 OF THE WICKED SHALL BE ÜGLY. [BOOK
136 Though dieB of
reduced
And
the bo-
men be »she»4996
to
and «cAttcrcd about, yot shall
|>e
askes of
|>air
V.]
bodys
strew[dl strewfd] and skaterd gkaterd in sere partvs, r p J f Thurgh ilka land and ilka cuntre,
they nppcar per 1
yhit pogh alle
War War
thelr
{[IX
pai
sal
And
ilka
pan togyder body
alle gader[d] be.
sal rige
pan
halely,
5000 With alle pe lyms, pat (alles
And with
Swa
alle
pc body,
til
pe bare of body and hede
pat na hare sal waut in na stede;
For pare
sal
na hare be peryste,
Luk
5004 Als Saynt
says pe Evaungeli[s]tte:
Capillus de capite, vestro Not cven
Na
shall
a 9lnglP hair b« mit mJising.
“pat
5008
And
non
peribit.
hare sal perislie, ne faile”, says he, falles if
on pe heved
for to be.”
any lyms be here unsemely,
Thurgh outragiouste of kynd namely,
God sal abate pat outrage, thurgh myght, And make pa lyms semely to sight; And if any lym wanted, pat shuld falle
All defeeta of th« liinbB of the
b'
K°< orrtc!od.
Til pe body, or any war over smalle, Thurgh pe defaut here of kynd God pan wille 5016 Alle pe defautes of pe lyms
And pus pat
sal he
sal be save
do namly, and
til
fulfille,
pa
to al
blis ga.
For pair bodys sal be semely and 5020 With avenand lyrnes til alle mens Bot God sal amend on nane wiae
bright sight.
Defautes of pe lyms of synful bodys, The bodie« of the sinfal «hall be fool and ogly5024 to look npon.
For pair bodys sal alle unsemely foul, and ugly , opon to se.
Aud
be,
1
Alle pat er gude pan and rightwyse,
pat
sal be save, sal first upryse,
And up
in-to
5028 Againe pe
pe ayre be ravyste,
comyng of Ihesu
Criste,
To kepe him when he doun Als domesman for to 5032 1
sittc in
sal
come,
dome.
pe mast parfite men sal Criste first kepe And alle cum with hym in bis felawshepe,
The MS. has
‘nngly’.
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
THE WICKED SHALL UE And
him ay be
witli
GREAT DREAD.
IN
body and
in
137
saulc,
Als pe apostel says, Saynt Paule:
Quoniam Christus Dominus in iussa 5036
et
voce arcangeli,
et
in tuba dei, descendet de celo, et mortui
qui in Christo mortui sunt
The word« St. PauL
of
resurgent primi.
Deinde nosquivivimus, qui relinquimur, simul rapiemur cum
Ulis in
nubibus
5040 oboiam Christo in aere,
cum Domino
He says “ourLord 5044
sic
semper
erimus. sal
come doun
fra heven,
InÖoddis byddyng, and archaungel Steren, in pe son of Goddes awen beme,
And
Alle pe world pan for to deine.
And Sal 5043
And
.
pai pat er dede in Crist pan, uprise, ilka
first
The dead
»hall
first arise and bo ravished into the
man;
sythen we, on pe sam mauere,
air to raeet Christ,
pat now lyves and er left here, Sal pan with pam in clondes be ravyste Up in-to pe ayre for to mete Criste, 5052
And swa Fra pat
with our Lorde ay sal be,
tyrae forward,” pus says he.
Bot we synful pat sal rise pat tyde Bynethe on pe erthe sal Crist abyde
but the wirked shall
remain on
the carth.
5056 In drede and
sorow charged with synne, For pai may nour-whare away wynne.
pam war lever be depe in helle pan com byfor pat domesman. 5060 pai wald fayne
fle, if
pan,
pai myght,
Or hide pam fra pat domesman Under erthe, or ourwhar eiles,
sight
Als Saynt Johan, in pe apocalips, 5064 Reges terre
et principes, et tribuni
divites et fortes, et
,
telles: et
omnis
servus et Uber, absconderunt se in speluncis et in petris moncium, et
5068 dicent montibus
super nos\ nos, et
a facie
et petris,
‘Cadite
et collibus ‘dbscondite
sedentis super
tronum
ab ira agni.’
Digitized by
TUE WRATI1 OF CHRIST.
138 5072
The
«-ich«! shaii
be in great dread.
[BOOK
V.]
He says “kyngesof J>c lande andprincessere, And cheftayns pat er under pam here, And riche men of divers cuntrd, And strenthy men, and bond and fre,
5076 In caves pai wald pan hyde ilkan
And And
and
in cragges,
sav
sal
til
in röche of stan
j
montayns and roches pus,
now and hyde ns, of hym pat syttes in
‘Fal opon ns
50S0
5084
Fra pe
face
throne
And frapewrethe of pe lamb’, pns tels Say nt Iohan, Many maner of men sal haf dred pan, To com byfor pat drcfnl domesman, Namely, synful men with-onten hope, And yhit says pus pe haly man, Iopc 1
:
Domine quando veneris iudicare terram, ubi me abscondam a vuitu ire tue, quia 5088 peccavi, nimis [in vita mea]f Th«
“Loverd’’, he says, “wlien pon sal
«or<t« ot
5092
come
To deme Whar sal
pe erthe and sytte in dorne,
For-why
I haf
I fra pi
Ful gretely
And
in
wreth byd
me
synd ogayncs pe
my
life
here?”
yhit says lob on pis manere:
Quis michi hoc tribuat 5096 ut in in/erno proterjae me, et
abscondas me donec
pertranseat fvror
tum
t
wha may gyf
“Loverd,
to
me”, says
5100 “pat pou in helle inay hyd
And
cover
Unto
pan .
,
5104
Christ-
5108 «
If
at
he,
me
pe dredful day,
wrethe be passed oway,”
pi es
me
it
na wondre,
als I
sayde are,
pe synful men haf drede and care,
pat
gai
For
to
pat
til
dampned be and peryst
cum in pe syght of Ihesu Crist, pam swa wretlifnl sal Seme pan,
When Job
pus says pe halyman.
Job (MS. Karl. 4196).
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
CHRIST SHALI, COJIE
,
5112
IN IIIS MANIIOOD.
139
Our Lord Crist, thurgh big grete myght, ... bal pan com doun fra heven bnglit, Als domesman to sit m domo,
chri»t «h.u
M
»mt
Doomaman,
with a muititude of angels.
,
And with hira grete multitude gal come Of angels, and of archangelg, And of al otber halghes, als pe buk teleg: Dominus
5116 Ecce
omnes sancti
veniet et
And And
5120
cum
eius
“Lol our Lord
sal
eo.
com
pe dorne
til
balghes sal with him come.’’
alle big
hym pan
eodanly he sal
shewe,
AIb says pe godspeller Saynt Mathewe: “Sicut fulgur et
ab Oriente,
exiit
paret in occidente, ita erit
5124 adventus flii hominis, subitus, choruschans, et terribüis."
“Als pe levenyng ont gas in short tyde
Fra pe ei««
«
5128 Right,
and shewes
est,
it
in
pe west gyde, hc
-
swa pe commyng of man gon
Sodayne and bright and dreful
.
,
sh»n
w
...
the lightning;
aal be,
to se.
He
sal com donn, nathyng sal him Even onence pe mount of Olyvet,
lett,
1
5132
Whar Fra
hig disciples,
And
He
til
fourme
in swilk sal
com doun
Gude and
5136
manhed, stey 3 up even
he, in
ille,
Als pe angels
to
pe fader in heven; als
til
in celum, sic veniet et
mm
ilk
man, And
in the form of man.
bis disciples talde:
Hie Ihesus qui assumptus 5140 vidistis
he stey np pan,
deme
bathe yong and aide,
est
a
nobis
quemadmodum
euntem
in celum.
pai sayd “Ihesu Crist pat here es nptane
Fra yhow,
Swa
5144
gal
til
heven, with flegsch and bane,
he com
at
pe world ende,
hym up in-til heven wende; fourme of man he sal com pan.
Als yhe gaw In pat
And 1
ageyns (MS.
Y.).
sitte in
dorne als domesman. 3 stied
(MS. Y.),
Digitized by
:
THE VALE OF JEHOSHAPHAT.
140
When
common doun
Criste es
to
[BOOK
V.]
deme,
5148 In fourme of man, als he sal seme, cbrintthaiijmigo
men
all
in a 1place he sal his dorne halde,
in the
h0
T,1
pe vale of Iosaphat es calde,
P Ht
'h»ph»i
Whare 5152
men
alle
sal to-gyder mete,
Als Crist says, thargh Ioel pe prophete: Congregabo omnes gentes,
adducam eas
He 5156
And And
et
in valle Iosaphat.
men
says “alle
I sal to-gyder calle,
in vale of Iosaphat iede
yhit
mare
pam
alle,”
he says pns,
to pat
Als he thargh pe prophete shewes us: Consurgent
et
aseendent
5160 omnes gentes in volle Iosephat, quia ibi sedebo ut iudicem
He 5164
hirh
is
th
in n
^
[h™c»riti.
omnes
says “al
And
in
gentes.
men
sal ryse to
pe dorne,
pe vale of Iosaphat come
“For par,” he says, “I sal sitte namly, To deme alle men als pai er worthy.’’ pat vale, pe vale of pe erthe men calles, 5168 For imyd pe erthe, with-outen, it falles; Iosaphat es pas mykel at sav, Als stede of dome, at pe last day.
pan doun come
Crist sal noght fully
5172
On pe Bot up
erthe for to sitte in dome, in
pe ayre he
On a whyte Ecce
sal sitte,
clonde, als says haly wryttc
apj>arebit
dominus super
5176 nubem candidamt
“Lol our Lorde Cbri«
On awhyte
sh»ii sit
doad.
5180
sal
shew hym pan
clonde, and sittealsdomesman.”
Even aboven pat vale namly, Whare al men sal se his body. Bot pe skilies why he sal pare
Men may
fynde here pat willc
sitte
pam
witte;
For pe vale of Iosaphat es sette 5184 Bytwene pe mount of Olyvet
Digitized by
[BOOK V.]
THE PLACE OF THE DOOM. And
fiat Standes
5188
141
Ierusalem, on pe other syde,
imyddes pe World so wyde;
And par es pe monnt of calvery, And pe sepulcre of Crist fast parby. And in pat cuntre Standes Betlileeni, Noght
fnl ferre fra
Ierusalem; Christ shall sit opposite the middle of the cartb, and say:
par-for Crist sal sytte par pat day, 5192 Onence pe myddes of erth pus for to a n*r
“Lo! here
5196
als
yhe may
now under me alle
*
“Here
sc
is the vale of Jebosaphat
where my mother pe vale of Iosaphat Mary was burled; and here is Whare byrod was my moder Mary Rflthlrhfm where Of wham flesshe and blöde foryhow tok I.”” I was bon." Ile may say “lol here, als yhe se now,
Bethleem whare
And
in clotes
I
was born
He may
for
yhow,
lapped and layd was
5200 In a cribbe, bytwen an
ox and an assc.”
say “ lo here yhe
may
se stände “H«r*
i«
lcm wbcr»
5204
I
wm
*<•.'
Ierusalem, pat es nere hande
Whare I had for yhow many buffet, And with sharp skourges sare was bette, And fra whethen pe crosse for yhowl bare, Pat on my shulder was layd pare.” He may say also “lo! here parby,
may se, pe mount of calvery I was hanged tipon pe rode, Bytwen twa thefes for yhour gode; Whare my payn for yhow was mast
5208 Als yhe
“H««
Whar
5212
And whare I swelt and yhelded pe He may say yhit pus alswa;
say alswa, als here es
“Lo! here pe mount of
Olivett,
cainiy
gast.’’
“Lo! here pe sepulcre a lytil par-fra, Whar I was layde for yhow als dede, 5216 When I was beryd in pat stede.”
He may
is
ci8«i."
“Here
is
the se-
palchre whero
my
body was
seit,
“Here
is
mount
Olivet where an-
gele appeared Whar aungels appered in mens lykenes, when asretided to heaven.*’ When I stey til [h]even par blis ay es. And tald yhow how my commyng shuld be Tyl pe dome, als yhe may now Be.’’ I
5220
Digitized by
ALL JUDGMKNT GIVF.N TO CHRIST.
142
Now 5224
He
sal sit
pe whilk imyudes roasoii why Christ is to comc down to 5228
V.]
oboven pat vale namly,
pat men pe vale of losaphat Anotber
[BOOK
haf yhe herd pe skvlles why,
1
pe world
calles falles.
Alswa anotber gkille may pis be Why he sal donn com in pat countre
the vale of Jeho-
For par wag big first commyng doun, for mans salvacioun,
shaph.it.
Anly
When 5232
and blöd tok
first flessch
Crist ful awstcroe pan sal be
Christ «hall ap-
pear very austere to the wicked, 5236 but very plcasing to the
he
Of pe mayden Mari, als says fpe] bok. pus sal he com doun at sitte pare, To deme al pe world, als I saide are,
rightcoaa.
5240
Agayn
synful me[n] pat
him
sal se;
And dredful and hydns, als says pe boke, He sal be to pam, when p&i on hym lokc, And fnl delitable unto pe sight Of ryghtwyse men pat lyffed here Bot
alle
To
ilie
ryght.
pe parsons of pe Trinite
And pe godhed and
sal
gtide,
noght pan shewed be
pat sal appere pan,
5244 Bot Crist ailane in fonrme of man,
Goddes son pat pan sal deme us And parfor Saynt Johan says pos:
“Omne
iudicium dedit
filio,
ut honorifi-
5248 cent fihum, sicut honorißcant patrem.”
“God
AU
jndgnient ia given to the 8on
has gyfen
til
his son,” says he,
“Alle pe dorne pat gyven sal be,
of Ood.
pat men honour pe son ryght, 5252
Als pai hononr pe fadir ful of
pe gude men
sal se
hym
myght”
in manlied pan,
With pe godhed, als God and man, pe whilk he sal noght fra pam byde; 5256 For pai sal se hym pan glorifide.
And Swa 1
in
myddes (M8.
pat sal be a blisfnl syght, fair
he
sal
seme
til
pam, and
bright.
Barl. 4196).
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
THE CROSS 8 HALL BE SEEN
o260
pe ille men in manhed An ly als he bengeu on a
1
i
t
i
IN
THE HEAVEN9. 143
hym
sal
The
ge,
rode
J>e
wicM
ahiii
* c ® Christ as ho appcarcd on the
,
1
tre,
Alle bla and blody als he pan was,
When
he deyhed for mang trespas.
pat sight 52G4
pam
til
sal
pai gal noght ge of hie godhede;
And
for
pc godhede es
parfor pe sight of
Bot 526S
be payne and drede,
For
He
it
of bliese,
ful
pai gal misse.
manhed anly, als I say, shew hym til pam pat day,
in his gal
man he gal pan gerne manhede he gal pam deme. at his doun commyng, 5272 pe taken of pe croyg wyth hym bring, For
in fourrne of
And
He
in his
pan
gal
On whilk
he boght us fra
eile
For he wald noght man gaul tyn; pat taken of pe crose alle men eal 527G Bot ful dilitable
it
gal
^uSwm "’ k
thl”* 1,10
'ro<!i
pyn';
ge,
be
Til rightwys men, and gerne fule bright;
And
dredful
gynful
til
mans
syght.
pis taken of pe crog sal be shewed pan,
buk
5280 Als pe
says,
and be hyd
fra
na man:
Hoc signum crucis erU in celo, cum dominus ad iudiccmdum venerit. “pis taken of pe cros in heven sal gerne 52S4
When
our loverd sal com to deme.’’
The
sign of the cross shnll app®*«- in t*>e
h.'avcns.
pat es
at say
pat
gude men
til
aboven
pis taken, als 5288
pe sam
On
cros,
whilk
I
in
pe ayre,
sal gern bright
and
fnyre.
trowe, gal noght be
ne pe sam
tre,
God was
nayled fot and hande. Bot a taken of pat cros scnmnde. Yhit som trowea, and swa may wel be,
5292
pat pe taken of pe spere men
pat staynged 3 Crist
until
sal
pe hert
pan se rote,
And ofpe nayles pat hym thurgh hand and fote *
5
Hell pyne (MS. Harl. 4196). stanged (MS. Harl. 4196).
Digitized
by
:
THE W0DND8 OF CHRIST.
144
[BOOK
V.]
Til pe hard rode tre fast fested;
5296
And of pe croun of thornes pat was thrested On his heved fast pat pe blöde out rane, When pe thornes hym prikked til pe harnpane ,
Andofpe scourges alswapat brasthishyde', 5300 pat pe blöde ran doun, on ilk syde.
Alle per takens sal pan be shewed
Byfor Tho wirked
these sign* to their cunfu*
alle
men, bathe lerd and lewed;
Bot pe synfui, pat dampned
»hsl!
«t
roni
«wv*
To
pan
pair shensbepe
•ion.
Crist sal
shew pan
his
sal
sal be,
pam
se.
woundes wyde,
In heved, and fote and in his syde,
pat fressche
sal sein
and
He
sal
bledand
alle
hym
5308 Til pe synfui, pat bifor
sal stand.
shew, to pair confusioun,
Alle pe signes of his passioun,
5312
5316
And pe enchesoun and pe manere Of his ded pat he tholed here, And alle pis sal he do pos openly, To reprove pe synfui men par-by And pat sal be pair shenschip pan, For Saynt Austyn says pus, pe halyman Fortasse, in corpore suo, dominus cicalrices servavit ut in iudico hostibus exprobaret,
ut convincens eos dicat:
5320 quem
que
noluistis
infixistis ;
Ecce homo
Ecce Deus
crucifixistis ;
quem credere
:
et
homo
Videte vulnera
agnoscite latus
quod pupigistis propter vos 5324 apertum est They
shall
se«
He
et
intrare noluistis.
“onr Lord Goddes son almygbty
says,
tbe Bear* of nur
Lord
wouud«.
«
Parantere has keped, in his body,
pe
erres
a
of his wondes sere,
5328 pat he tholed for
For
to
Whan
shew pam he
mans syn til
his
here,
enmys,
sal sytte in dorne als iustys
1
Also tho skonrges tbat his flesshe to-tere (US. Addit 11305).
J
po
sore of his
woundes swipe
clere (MS. Y.).
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE WOUNDS OF CHRIST.
Y.]
5332
5336
!
145
To rcprove pam at pe last day, And to atteyn pam, and pos say; “Lo! here, pe man in flesshe and blöde pe whilk yhe hynged on pe rode; Lol her God and man, pat man wroght, In wham trow wald yhe noght;
*
Byhalde pe wondes pat ybe styked, Sese here pe syd pat yhe priked, 5340
5344
5348
pe whilk for yhow was open ay, And yhe wald entre be* ne way.’’ A how mikel shenshep sal be To pe synfnl pat alle pis sal here and se pe whilk til hym dos here na gude agayne, pat for pam tholed swa mykel payne; And yhit noght pas pat dus na gud anly, Bnt other pat er swa ful of felony, pat ay dos yvel ogayn gude, And ofte dos Godes son on rode In pat, pat in
Of whilk 5352
pam
es thurgh syn,
pai wille never here blyn.
What may pai answer pan and say, How may pai pam excuse pat day? In natbyng may pai be excused pan, Swa rightwys sal be pe domesman For pat day,
als
’J
pe buke wythenes, 5
5356 Sal noght be shewed but ryghtwysnes,
Wyth
gret reddour
pat
sal be
pai
may
demed,
defende
til
als
synfiil
namly,
pa her worthy.
pam be na ways
5360 For Johan, wyth pe gilden mouth, possays:
Non
erit
tune locus de/ensionis,
ubi vidtbunt Christum exhibentem,
testimonia insigniaque sue passionis.
5364
He sais “na War pai sal
sted of defens par sal be
Crist pan openly se Gyfhand wytnes, and takens certayn,
Of 4
ü
bis passioun
(MS. Hart. 4196).
and of his payn. » »itnes
(MS. Oarl. 4196).
Digitized
by
!
GREAT FEAR SHALL OOME UPON
14G
ALL.
[BOOK
V.]
53G8 Alle sal baf gret drede pat day, Ou doomsilay, angels and men, tremble before the judgt*.
Balh gude and
all «hall
als
ille,
we
bere clerks say.
man
par
sal be
pat
pai ne sal tremble for drede pan;
nouther aungel na'
5372 Alle-if pai wat pat pai sal be safe,
Yhit sal pai pat day dre 3 hafe
Noght Bot 5370
pe gret reddure of ryghtwisnes,
for pe gret austerite,
shew pat day
pat Crist
sal
Agayn pe
synful
pat 53SO
for pam-self, for pai er gillles,
for
And
sal be
men
to se,
nanily,
dampned, wyth-outen mercy.
Wben
rightwys men pat sal be saf, And nungels swa mykel drcd baf What dred and dole aght synful haf pan?
parfor pos says pe haiyman: 5384 Si columpne
contremucent
celi
et
pavent ad centum Christi, et angeli
pacta amare flebunt,
peccatores autem quid fadent ]f ih« righteoas 538S Htand in »we of
Christ'« comiiiK,
«hat ought
He
says “if pe pylers of heven
pat er haly men pat has
ttie
sinful to fear
5392
And pe aungcls alswa sal pan baf And yhit gret ful bitterly par-to, What sal pe synful men pan do, pat
And 539G
briglit,
liffed right,
commyng and manhede,
Sal dred Cristes
7
sal
be dampned, als
I
drede,
sayd are?’’
man pus mare:
says pe haly
Si iustus vix salvabitur, impius et
peccator ubi parebuntl
man
“If pe rightwys
3
’
yhit says he,
“Sal unnethes pan saved be, 5400
pe synful and pe wykked man Whyderward sal pai wend pan?’’ Ryghtwysmen,
als
pe buk
Sal be saf pan and nau 540-1
1
ne,
Our Loverd Obouue 3 pe 3
dred,
in
mauhed
synful *
,
tolles,
elles.
sal
pan
sitt
als says haly writ,
Oboveu (MS. Harl. 4)96).
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
V.]
THE JÜDGE SHALL SEEM VERT STERN. Austerne and wrahte
„ T Wyth pam
1
wvth a
.
«
t
...
,
147
chere,
fei -
The
,
to threp pat bas lyfed llle here.
5408 Helle bynethen pat ea
»everity of
thejudg«.
wyde and depe,
Sal pan be open patn to kepe,
pe
erthe pat pai aal on stand aal scake,
rm
-
Thurgh 5412
5416
.
,
,
,
,
.
The <|uakiug of
,
.
pair syn, and tremble and wliake*,
the e.rtb.
Swa pat uunetbea it sal pam bere, Swa mykcl pair syn pe erth sal dere. pe world obout pam sal be brinnande, pe devels on ilk syde pam sal Stande, Gret aorow aal be omang pam par; pe heven oboven sal sinke pam sar,
The bumiug
Witkthundiradyntcaand levenyngs togydcr; pai wald pan *'
fle
swa on
Pat pai may uouthir
Many
To
fle
»uike ibe
ilka side,
ne
pam
lüde.
accusers par sal be pan,
accuae
For
Tb<n>d«r and
and wate never wbider ;
wicked.
.
5420 pai sal be umset
5424
of
the world.
pam
byfor pat domesman;
I fynd written, als
yhe
sal here,
Fiften maneres of aecusours sere,
Fifteen accuaers «hall appear
pat
sal accuse in pat dredeful
day
against the
wicked
pe
synful men, pat es to say,
5428 Conscience pat es called Ynwitt,
Conscience,
1.
Min, 3.
2.
And
pair
awen
syus,
and
hali writt,
5.
Gods
creatures pat
we
And And
6.
gcls, 7.
ken,
Au-
The
Heathen. 8 . MarSons and
Devels and aungels and haythcn men, 5432
Holy
Writ, 4. Creation, Devila,
tyra, 9.
daugbters, ,0 - The Poor,
martirs *pat has feled tourmenta sere,
11. 8nbjecta, B«n«su re-
12 .
otbir pat gyranges has tholcd here.
Mens sons and doghtera unchastyede, Pover men pat pair nede myght noghthyde,
Cta
, *i
0
is.
t
|4
öS“’
ts» TrtnHy.
5436 Suggettes, and beneficea reccyved here.
pe tourmentes of Cristea passioun sere; And God hym-self and alle pe trinite, Alle pere ogayne pc synful aal be. 5440 First sal pair
awen
Accuae pam pan 1
*
conscience,
in Cristea presence,
wrathe (MS. Harl. 4196).
qwake (MS.
Bari. 4196).
kS
Digitized by
;
THE ACCU8ATI0NS OF CON8CIENCE.
148
Alt tbiog* 0**11 b« revealed.
5444
Openly and noglit
in privete;
For na thyng pan
aal
V.]
hidde be,
Alle thyng sal be shewed par oppenly;
For Danyel sayg pus “Sedit iudicium
5448
[BOOK
in big
prophecy:
et libri aperti sunt."
“pedome satt and pe bokes eroppen wyde’’ And pns sal be sene pat tyde. pe bokeg er congcience and noght elleg, Als pe glose par-on pns teilest Consciencie Omnibus revelabuntur.
l.
5452
Contclenc«.
“Conscience”,
it
Sal be shewed II. Tb« sin« of tbe wicked «hall bftray tb«iu.
til
says, alle
“of ilka tliyng mens knawyng.”
pair syns alswa, bathe mare and
5456
leg,
Sal pam accuse, als pe boke bers wittnes. For pair syns sal ay witth pam last. Als pai war bunden obout pair nekeg fast,
pe whilk pam sal accuse pat day; Agayn wham pai sal noght kun say; 54&0^Andals stolne thyng wreghes a thefefunden,
When
it
es obout his
Right swa pair syns
neke sal
fast
bounden,
wreghe pam
par,
Als pai bunden obout pair nekes war, 5464
And pan
sal pair
syns say pus;
man “pou wroght us, And we er piu with-outen dout, And pou bas lang borne us obout.” Alswa accuse sal haly writt, Namly pas men pat kftiwes it, Or pe poyntes has herde pat falls par-to, And wald noght aftir baly writt do.
Til ilka synful
m.
iv.
Hoiy
writ.
5468
crMUou. 5472
Yhit
sal
Godes
crcatures sere,
Accuse pam on diverse mattere,
mone and pe Sterns, And pe elementes pap] us governs; And alle pe werld sal be pan redy, To accuse pe synful men oppenly; For alle creatoures hate pam sal, Als pe son and pe
5476
When
he es wrathe pat es maker of
alle.
Digitized
by
Googl
;
[BOOK
V.]
DEV1L8 8HALL ACCOSE THE SINFUL.
5480
149
Alßwa develg sal accuse pam par . . ,, i Of alle pair syns, batbe les and mar.
And
v.
iii
,
»h.u
»con»« the »ick«d, ja« ono thief doe» »nother.
«
,
of pa syns pat pai sal out-say,
Til whilk pai egged pam, bathe nyght and day, 5484
And
of pas pai sal
Als a thefe
pam par
accuse,
his felaghe of theft dose,
pat hym accuses of pe same thyng pat he with hym did tburgh 5488
pe
5492
his
eggyng
devels at pe dorne sal be redy,
pat
to tempte
men
here ay er bysy;
And pai write alle syns, bathe leg and mar, Of whylk pai may accuse pam par. And alle syns pai sal reherce pan, And par-for pus says lob, pe halyman: Scribis Domine contra me amaritudinex, id
e»t,
permittis ecribi contra mepeccata amara.
5496 “Loverd, pou suffers here’’, says he,
“Be writen
5500 For
For
God to
ogaynes me.”
bitter syns
Aungeles alswa,
we here clerkes say, men at pat day,
als
Sal accuse pe synful pat
til
pam
kepe here
vi. Anteil «h»u s»y inm ine
wirked would not follow their counsel«.
pair sauls toukc,
als
says pe buke,
Sal aske of pam, at his comyng,
Aconnt 5504
to yhelde of pair
Bot agayne our wille 5508
kepyng;
pan sal pe aungels answere par-to, And say pus, “our rede pai wald noght do foly pai
wald
use’’,
pus sal aungels pe synful accuse. Alswa haythen men, als says pe buke,
vn. The h««h*o
pat never baptem ne nght trouthe tuke,
shall accus« the f*iw chri«ti*n.
Als lewes and Sarzyns and Paens,
pat wate noght what Criestes law bymens, 5512
Sal pan accuse als
men
sal se,
pe
fals cristen pat dampned sal be, For pe haythen men at pat grete assys
Sal pan be halden als 5516
To
regard of pe
men
,
rightwys,
fals cristen
men
pat wald noght kepe pe comandmentes
ten.
Digitized
by
:
THE TESTIMONY OF
150
[BOOK
8AINT8.
V.]
Bot spendes fair fyve wittes in vayne, parfor pai gal have mykel mare payne,
pam sal mar griefo Pan pe haithen men of mygbylyefe. pe halghes alewa sal accuse alle pa,
5520 In pe pitte of helle pat
VIII.
The
ft*ints
and Martyr»
shall
pat
acruse ihc sinful of cruelty.
5524
sal
be dampned and to helle ga;
And namly
martirs,
Godeg awen knyghtes,
pai sal accnse pe synfnl wyghtes,
pam pyned and sloghe, And othir pat pam til tonrmentes droghc, Of wham vengeance til God pai cry, Ala pe tirauntes pat
5528
Als pe appocalips pus shewes par-by Usquequo Domine sanctiu et vertu, non vindicat sanguinem nostrum dehiit qttihabitantinterra. 5532 pat es “baly Loverd, sothefast and gude,
How
lange sal be ar
Of our enemys pat
On They io
shall ery for ren-
5536 Sen pai to
God
Of pam
geance.
Howe Be
pow venge our
blude
in erthe duelleg.’’
pig nianere pe appocalips tellee;
God
ay vengance ciy,
pat of pair blude er gilty,
suld pai pan in pe
stille
tyme of wreke
and noght ogayne
pam speke?
5540 Alswa alle pas pat has tholed here Fals[h]edeg and wrangs on sere manere,
Sal pat day accnse
pam
gone,
Pat pam has here gret wrangeg done. IX. 8ona and 5e>44 daughter.s shall accuse their parenls.
Yhit sons and doghterg pat unchastyd war Sal accuse pa[i]r fadirs and modirs par,
For-pi pat pai
5548
war
rekles and Slawe
To chasty pam and hald pam in awe, And to teche pam gude thewes, And parfor pe wys man pus in bnke shewes De patre impio conquerentur fiUi, quoniam propter ipsum tunt in opprobrium.
“pe sons sal pleyne pam pan’’, says “Of pe ille fader and agayn hym be,
he,
For thurgh defaute of hym er pai In grete reprove”, pat es to say,
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
THK COMPLAINT OF
TI1B POOI5.
151
5556 In defaut of his disciplyne,
Parchaunce, be dampned
And pe For he
til
fader alswa be with
helle pyne,
pam
spilte,
pe cause of pair güte. 5560 Yhit pe pover sal pam ple[y]nc thurgh es
üf pe nche men
And
5564
5568
5572
in
Godes
right,
gyght,
x.
The
iw
P uinu
pam pan fnl grevosly, For pai had of pam na inercy, For to helpe pam here in pair nede, Nouthir to clathe pam ne to fedc, Bot lete ailver and gold on pam rust, pe whilk pai had in hnrde uptrnst; And par-of til pure wald noght gyve, When pai sawe pam at mesehyve, par-for pe raste of pat moweld mone Agayne pam pan sal wittnes be. And wormes and moghes on pe sanie manere, accuee
pat in pair clathes has bred here,
pe whilk pai had here over mesur, And of pam wald noght parte til pe
pur,
5576 Sal pat day be in witteneg broght,
For pe pure pat pai helped noght. Alswa pa pat sugettes war til man,
5584
xi.HnhjwiM.baii accum th«r 1
.
,
Sal accuse pair goveraynes pan,
5580
nim.
And pam has greved thurgh maystreand myght And of other wald do pam na right, pe benefices pat God did pam here, XII. The Kim that God hau Sal pam accuse on sere manere, Hi veu man «hall make accusation For agayne pam sal Crist allege sone, a^alnst tbo vrirked. And shewe pam what he had pam done, And reherce his beneficcs, mare and leg, To reprove pam of pair unkyndenes. 1
5588 Yhit pe tourmentes of Cristes passioun,
Pat he tholed for mans salvaeioun, Sal
pam
accuse at pat gret dome,
XIII. Christ» sufferin^s »hall bear «ritnesi againnt th« sinful.
For-why pug says Saynt Ierome: 5592
Criuc contra te perorabit, Christus
per vuinera sua, contra '
te
allegab U,
Pat?
Digitized by
;
;
THB TESTIMONY OF THE CROSS.
152
[BOOK V.]
cicatricea contra te loquentur,
clavi dt te conquerentur.
Th« Uatimony 5506
He »ay s “pe croy ce on whilk he dieghed for man
of tbe cross.
Sal stratly pray ogayne pe pan,
And 5600
Crigt, thurgh his
wondeg wide,
Ogayne pe gal allege pat tyde; pe erreg of hig wondeg gal gpeke Og[a]yne pe and of pe aske wreke;
XIV. God and
5604
XV. tb« Trinity eh all acc-usc the nnrighteoas.
pe nayleg
pat in hig hend and fete stak,
On
pleyne and gret playnt mak.’’
pe
At pe
God
hym-eelf, mast of myght.
And pe
trinite sal
For
wrethedGod
pai
And 5608
sal lagt,
alle
pam
accuse
right,
in pair legge pouste,
pe parsons of pe
trinite,
Bathe pe fadir and pe gon and pe haly
gast,
par-for pat accusyng sal be mast,
Bot pe secunde parson pan
alle sale
deme,
pat es Crigt Godesson, patpanmansal gerne. 5612 Alle pat gal
com byfor
Crigt pat day,
Sal straytacounte y hehle, arpai passe away,
Of alle pair lif howe pai here lyved, pan sal be gene what pai God gryeved 5616
All «ccasatlons «hall bo made
And
byfor alle pe werld shewed sal be,
Oppenly and noght
openly bcfor« saints and angels wieked men and derils. ;
5620
And And And pat
5624
in privite
byfor halghes and aungels bright.
byfor devels horribel byfor alle sal
til
wykked men
be dampned
til
mang
sight.
alswa,
endles wa.
For alle gal be pan pare, gnde and ille, To deme and be demed als rightwysnes wille For Crist, pat rightwyse domesman, Sal calle alle
men
byfor
hym
pan,
Als pe prophet David bers witnes, In psauter whare pns writen es: 562S Adoocavtt celum deeureum
et
terram,
discemere populum suum.
He
says “he sal bifor
pe heven
fra
hym
calle
aboven and pe erthe
alle,
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
V.J
HEAVEN AND EARTH REEOBE THE JUDGE.
5632 For to
dcme
And pis vera es pus mykel at say, He sal calle bau heven byfor hym
itimn
tit,
oarlh
_
_
men and parfit, hym in dome pan sal sitt. And wyth hym deme, als says haly writt
pat es
153
right his folk pat day.”
to say, baly
s
«n<i
halt
tiefere tu«
com« jmtgc.
5636 pat with
Bot pe erthe es noght
elles to teile,
Bot wykked men and devela of 5640
pe whilk he For
helle,
sal calle at bis wille,
to chede
1
out pe gude fra pe
ille.
pan sal ilka man parof pair lyfvng Be sette until and liard rekkenyng, For men sal pan strayte acount yhelde Of alle pair tyme of yhouthe and elde; 3
5644
5648
5652
E.rh m»n »ui
aus
reckooing.
Noght anly of ane or twa yhere, Bot alle pe tyme pat pai lyfed here, And specyaly of ilka moment, Of alle pe tyme pat God pam lent. A moment of tyme es nan othir thyng, Bot a short space als of a eghe twynklyng.
Na moment
sal
be uurekend pan,
Als Saynt Bernard says, pe halyman: Sicut non peribit capillu» de capite,
non
ita
erit
momentum de
toto
5656 tempore de quo sane
non conqueratur.
He „
says “als nan hare of alle pe hed
.
bal pensse pat tyme 5660 Right
swa
sal be
m .
na
,
sted,
mtm i» S>*en of every
Ac«mnt
moment
of our
na moment,
Of alle pe tyme pat God had* sent, Of whilk sal be made na pleynyng.” In pe tyme of pat last rekkenyng, 5664
Alswa Of ilk pat es
pai sal yhelde acount certayne, idel
worde, spoken in vayne,
to say, pat
war
fruytles,
Als haly writt bers wittnes: 1
chese (MS. Harl. 4196).
3
bas (MS. Harl. 4196).
»
ane (MS. Harl. 4196).
Digitized
by
:
154
EVERT IDLE WORD MUST BE ACCOUNTED FOR. [BOOKV.] 5668
verbo odosi in die tudicii
reddenda
est racio.
pe buke eays ahortly on pig manere: “Of ilkan idel word and vayne here,
Erery idle word «nd thought will be judgcd.
De omni
Jü72
Regon sal be yholden right At pe day of dome, in Goddes gight;” anely of idel wordea sayd, Bot of ilk idel thoght pat God noght payd,
And noght 5676
For excuae pam may pai noght idel worde ne of thoght,
Nouther of
pat pai gpak or thoght
Of whilk
aftir pai
war never here
pai
5680 Wharfor onr Loverd
God
had
witt,
qwitt;
alle-myghty,
Spekea pua thurgh pe prophet Ygay:
Ego cogitadones eorum
venio ut congregem
cumgentibusad iudicandum The
wordt» of
lsaiah.
k/?qj 0004
5688
He
sicut iudico gentes.
com to gadir with men pe thoghtca of pam pat I ken, For to deme pam alle, mar and leg, Ala I aal men deme, thurgh rightwysnes.’’ Many agbt be dredand par-for, 8ays “I
And
yhit aais pua Saynt Gregor:
Ergo
sic
Deus
vias cuiuscunque considerat
ut nec minutissime cogitadones, que
5692 apitd vos usu valuerunt, in ittdido indiscusse remaneant. 8t.
He saya “God’’, pat alle wyadom kan, “Swa byhaldes pe wayea of ilk man
Bernard on thc doom.
5696
pat pe
leat thoghtea pat
thurgh use badyhe
dome aal noght undiscuaged be.” And noght anely of idel word and thoght, Bot of alle idel werk pai ever men wroght; In pe
5700 pai sal algwa yhit acount yhelde
Noght anly of gret dedes of
elde,
Bot of
Btnale dedea of pair yhouthe,
Fra pe
tyrae pat pai
any witt couthe,
5704 pat pai had wroght, bathe nyghtesand dayg,
And
parfor
Salamon pua aaya
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE DEED8 OF YOIITH AND OF OLD AGE.
V.]
Letare ivv ent« in adolescencia tua, bono 5708
cor tuum in diebus iuventutis lue,
sit
ambula
et
155
et in
in viis cordis tui et in tuitu
oculorum tuorum ; Et
Omnibus hüs
te
scito
quod pro
adducet
dominus in iudicium. 5712
He
aayg “pou yhung
man beglad andblithe,
The words of 8olomon.
In pi yhouthede
And
|>at
pagses swithe,
pat pi hert in gude be atedfast,
Whilles pc days of pi youthe gal 5716
And And And
last
in
pe ways of pe herht ga
in
pe gyght of pin eghen twa;
wytt pon for
Our Loverd
gal
alle pis of
yhouthede,
dome
pe into pe
lede;’’
5720 Wliar regong aal be yholden gere;
And
5724
5728
parfor aayg lob on pig manere:
Et consumere ne vis peccatis adotescencie mee. “Loverd wil pou wagte me to noght Thurgh pe gyns pat I haf wroght,” Alswa men gal pan yhelde acount gone, Noght anly of pat pat pai wrang had done Witandly thurgh pair knawyng, Bot algwa of pat pat pai did thurgh erryng,
Of whilk
pai gal noght be excuaed pan,
Hin rominitted through ignorante will he judged.
Ala in buk pus gaye pe wyse man:
Pro omni 5732
bonum
sine
malum
adducetur bomo in iudicio.
aayg “for ilka thyng pat erred ee
Be
it
Man, 5736
errato, sine
sit,
He
gude or at
pe
ille,
last
mar or
leg,
day, gal be ledde
To pe dome pat eg mast dredde;’’ And parfor David, als pe psauter shewes Was ful dredand, pat says pus:
us,
Et ignorancias meas me meminerü. 5740 “Loverd’’ he says, “ne
Of my Yhit
freyle
mene pou noght
unknawynges of
thoght.’’
sal pai yhelde acunt withdrede,
Noght anly of
ilk apert ille dede,
Digitized
by
:
OF WORKS NOT DONE.
156 Many good deeds5744 appear as
will
sinful.
[BOOK
V.]
Bot alswa of ilkan Ule dede prive, pat semed by syglit put gude euld be;
For some dede pat Ule es, sems gud here, For Saynt Gregor says on pis roanere: 5748
Interdum sordet
in oculis iudicis
quod
fulget in oculis auditoris.
He says “some tyme es foule in pe domcs man sight pat 5752
5756
The doom
«hall
be givcn tbrough righteoutncs.
in
sal pat discused be,
at
pe dorne
Als
in
pe psalme men
Cum
accipero tempus,
Ego
iusticias iudicabo.
may
written se:
God 6ays pis wordes tburgh pe prophet David And many othir pat accordes par-with, He says “when I haf tyrae receyved right I sal
5760
egbe of pe herer shynes bright.”
Bot
deme rightwysnes, tburgh myght.”
Alswa
men byhoves nedly
yhit
pan,
Yhelde acount byfor pe domes man, Noght anely of Werkes pat pai had wroght, 5764
Bot alswa of dedes pat pai did noght, And of Werkes of mcrcy and of almus pat pai noght did, for pe godspelle sbewes pus non
Esurivi
et
sitivi et
non
0/ works not done.
dedistis micki
manducare,
dedidistis michi bibere.
5768 pis es, als yhe sal aftirward here,
How God
sal
say on pis manere:
“I hungcrd, and yhe me noght fedde, I thrested, and yhe me na drynk bedde.” 5772
For
pis pai sal be aresoned straytly,
And for other Werkes noght done of mercy. And noght anely for pa Werkes noght don, Bot for pe gude pat par-of myght haf commen son. M*n
shall gir«
5776
arcount of tho sonls io
Men byhoves alswa
acount yhelde
Of pair saules, pat pam byhoved weide, And haf in kepyng whille pai myght lif,
entmstcd them.
5780
Of whilk pai sal pan answer gyf. Now if a kyng of a riche kyngryke pat had a doghter, pat war hym like
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE CüSTODT OF THE SOUL.
V.]
5784
157
Of bewt«5 and of face and body, pe whilk he luved »pecialy And eghtild to mak hir qwene of worshepe, And bytagbt hir til hia ryfe to kepe, keped
If he par aftir
Me
thynk
5788 pat ne pe
And
hir
The klug and
mys,
war na dout of pis kyng wald haf rekkenyng,
it
acount and answer of pat kepyng.
For
it
8emespat pe kyng had grete encheson
To
5792
aette bym for pat kepyng to reson, And pe niare rekkealy pat he hir yhemed pe mare grevosly hym aght be demed. What suld pe kyng of heven do pan, Of a man or of a woman, 1
5796 Til
wbam
he
iias
bytaght to kepe here,
Hia doghtir pat es
pat es man saul Whillea 5800
it
pe whilk
hym
hia
fra dedly
leve and dere,
awen
liknes,
ayn keped
es,
he eghteld to coroun qwene
In heven par ioy aal ay be aene?
Whaswa es reklea and kepes it He aal be areaoned, and pat ea 58(M •
ille,
skille,
Of pe kepyng of it pat he tuke; parfor pe wyse man says pus in hia buke: Custoili solicite
animam tuam. 5808 pat es on Ynglia in pia manere,
He
says “kepe pi aaul bysily here’’.
Bot he
es aely pat
may
aikerly aay
In pe tyme of pe dede at hia last day 5812
T
yhelde
my
saul in pia dede stour
Til pe Loverd pat es
Men
aal yhit
my
aaveour.’
yhelde acount stray[t]ly ,
.
Nognt of pair saulea with-in anely 5816 Bot alswa of pair bodys with-oute pat pai had
Of whilk
Men »h.n answer for the eustody
or the body.
to kepe, and bare aboute
pai aal yhelde rekkenyng,
Sen pai had par-of pe kepyng. reklesly (MS. Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
;
THE BODY LIRE A
158 a
m«u's bo.i;
[BOOK V.]
CASTI.E,
mans body may be
5820 Ilka
ia
cald.
Als a casteile here for to hald,
man
pat
til
For
bis profit
es gyfen of
God
to
pe enemys ofte nasales it hard And parfor says Saynt Bernard: Bonum castrum custudit
5828
“A
qui corpus
suum
custodit.
gude casteile” he says, “kepes he
“pat
Man
his aal
body kepes
pat
in honcste.”
yhelde acount alswa,
At pe dome, ar 5832
kepe
and Goddes worshepe.
5824
pai
pcpen ga,
stratly of pani sal be tane;
Noght anely of pu saules by pani
Ne
Soul «nd body b* accuuuted
Bot of batke
for.
583G
ane,
anely of pair bodys par-by,
pat es
togidir ioyntly,
to say, ilkan sal
Yhelde acount of
pan
alle hale a
man,
For a man properly may noght be
cald,
Bot-if pe body and saol togidir hald
5840
man
pe
saule be itself
Ne
pe body with-out saule by
Bot man may be
called
es nane, it
ane.
on twyn mauere,
Whilles pai bathe er knyt togyder here. 5844 inner «nd unter
For pes clerkes pat gret clergy can
man bathe Inner man and uttcr man. man onence pe saule anely man onence pe body. Bot pe body and saule bytwene pam twa, Makes bot a man and na ina, parfor men sal yhelde acount ioyntly Of bathe togyder, pe saule and pe body And forpi pat God, aftir his stature, Made man mast digne and noble creature parfor if mau be til God frawarde And unkynde and of hym tak na rewarde, pat ilk dignite of man namely, Sal, at pe dome, yhelde hym gylty. Calles
man.
Inner
And
5S48
5852
5856
uttor
Digitized by
[BOOK
V.]
CHARGB8 AGA1N8T THE WIOKED. Yhit
Of
men yhelde acount
sal
150
[noght] anely
pair seif, bot of other niany,
5860 pat cb to say, of ilka ncghebur,
To
help and to socur.
fala to
For Qod 5864
ilk
til
man commandes
liclpe bis negliebur after bis
And
Men muht
tbeir ncigbbours.
right
mygbt.
pas, pat rnay belpe and wille noght,
Sal pan
Alswa
til
ful strayt
acount be brogbt.
fadirs and niodirs, at pat day,
Fatbors atul
5872
Of aons and doghtirs pat pai forthe pe whilk pai here cbastied noght.
brogbt,
And loverds alswa of pair meigne pe whilk pai lete uniustifyed be And maysters of pair disciples alswa, pat pai
And
lete
cbastid
Mo
tber» of Ibeir children,
Sal yhelde acount, pat es to say, 5868
give
an account of
pat men
Lord« of Ibeir hoiiHcboIdu,
Mattier* of tbeir disciples,
be untbewed, and untaght ga,
pam
noght, ne
pam wald
lere,
Forpi say s Salamon on pie mauere: 5876
Vtrga disciphne fugabit stulticiam
m
corde pueri coüigcUam.
“pe
wände’’, he says, “of disciplyne smert,
Sal chace foly out of pe childes hert.” 58S0 parfor maysters
pat has childer
som tyme to lere
uses pe
wand
undir pair hand.
Prelata of ordir and of dignyte
Priests of tbeir subjects.
Sal acount yhelde in sere degre 58S4
Of
pair suggets undir pair powere,
How
pam rewcld in And answcr of pam pat pai
pis lyf hcre,
lyfed noght wele,
For pus says pe prophet Ezechiele: 5888 Ecce! ego reqxuram g regem
meam de manu paetoris. God says pus thurgh pe prophete: 5822
“Lol I sal aske iny Dok of shepe Of pe hird pat had pam undir his hand;” Of pis word aght prelates be dredaad. of gifta reMen sal alswa yhelde rekkenynges sere Men ceived. Of al gudes pat God has gefcn pam here,
Digitized
by
ltr * c
°r
cm»
«f n»inre.
5900
V.]
Als of gudes of kynde and gudes of graces,
And
'u»e. l.
[BOOK
THE GIFTS OF NATURE.
160 oifu of n«tur«, 5896
gudes of hap pat
men
purchases.
pe gudes of kynd er bodily strentbe. And semely shappe of brede and lentbe And delyvernes and bewte of body; Swilk gudes of kynd here has many.
n. GUI» ofgrace.
Gudes of grace may pir be, Mynde, and witte, and sutilte, 5904 And fair shewyng of speche sutille, Aud knawyng bathe of gude and ille, Vertus of grete devocioun
And in. Qtftoof
for-
5908
luf of lyf of contemplacioun.
Gudes of hap
er pir to gesce,
Als honours, power, and rycbe[s].
Of
alle pir
Yhelde acounte, 5912
men byhoves
gudes
als
pe buke pruvcs,
And answer straytly of pain alle. I drede many in arrirage mon falle, And til perpetuele prison gang, 1
pai despended pa gudes wrang,
For
God
5916 For-wlii
Of whilk he
Som
has gyfen here nathyng, wille noght haf rekkennyug.
sal yhit, als I sayd ar,
Yhelde acount 5920
5924
ful straytly
par
wald noght bede
Of pe gudes pat
pai
Til other pat of
pam had
nede,
For alle er we als a body here, For pe apostel says on pia manere: Omnes mim unum corpus sumus.
Wt
»re »u
»
He
limbs of one body.
“we
er alle als a body”, .
And Es
To Of
'
says
pat has diverse 5928
als
ly ms
many.
a lym of a body here
redy, aftir
it
has powere,
serve alle pe other,
pat
office
pat gyven
mar and it
les,
es,
rerage (MS. Harl. 4196).
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
OF MUTUAL HELP.
V.]
swa
5932 Right
Of
alle pat
man pat God thurgh
ilk
lfil
here lyfes,
grace him gyfes,
Suld other serve, pat par-of ha« nede,
of mutmi
help.
Als he willo nnswere at pe day of drede. 5936
Ful raany mea lyfes here of pn
pat er halden
do swa,
for to
Als he pat gret and mvghty
The «troD*
es,
Fs halden to defendc pam pat er 5940
And pe
5948
5952
should aeelil the «»«k.
;
Tho
.
.
Frely for Goddes
rieb
«hooid
glva to the poor.
n 1 o gyt pam pat here in povert gas And men of laghe alswa to travayle And to counsailc pam pat askes counsayle; And leches alswa, if pai wyse wäre, To hele pam pat er seke and sare; And maysters of pair Science to keil, Naraly, pam pat er unlered men; And precheours Goddes worde to preche, And pe way of lyf other to teche. pus es ilk man halden with gude entent, To help other of pat God has pam lent
,
5944
les
ryche pat inykel rychesees has,
luf,
E»ch m»n
u
bound to help bi» neiRhbour.
for noght elles,
and
Wharfor Saynt Petre pe apostel pus
telles:
Unusquisque, sicut accipit graciam, in alte-
rutrum iUam administrare 595G
He
savs “ilk
man
debet.
pat grace has here
“Give
my«hm
Als he resayves grace, on pe same mauere Suld he
it
ministre and frely bede
Til ilkan other pat pai' of has
5960
And pus For
Quod
es ilk
man
nede”
halden to do,
pe godspelleyhitsays
in
God marparto:
gratis accepistis,
gratis date.
5964
He
says “pat pat yhe haf of grace fre
And
frely resayved, frely
pus
sal
Of
gyf
yhe.’’
men pan yhelde resons
w«
sere
»h*u
i>«ve to
yiald an account oi every of our IWes,
mimoi
alle pair lyf, als writen es here, #
5968 pat es of alle tymes spended in vayne,
And •
of ilka inoment of tyme certayne;
par? j
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE FINAL RECKONING.
162
And And
Of erery idle word and tbougbt,
of ilkan Idel
word and
V.]
thoght.
of ilkan ydel dede pat pai wroght.
5972 Outher in elde or in pair ybouthc, Aftir pe
tyme pat pai witt
first
conthe,
And of dedes pat pai thurgh erryng did And noght anely of open Werkes bot of hid, 5976
•f *öu!
#tt*i
body.
59SO
Andnogbtanely of Werkes wroght, botunwroght Als of Werkes of raercy pat done war noght; And of pair awen saules pai sal reken par,
And of pair bodys pat pam obout bar; And noght anly of ayther by pam-self pan, Bot of balhe togyder
And and of our neighbour».
Fatbers, mother*»**9o4
Of
Teacbers,
5988
Preist** and
als of a inan;
yhit noght anely of pam-self alle.
Bot of pair neghburs answer pai salle; And fadirs and modirs sal rekken pat tyde, pair sons
and pair doghtirs unchastide;
And loverdes alswa of pair men namly, Pe wliilk pai wald noght iustify; And maysters of pair disciples alswa, pe whilk pai lete untaght in folis ga; And prelates and prestes of ilka suggette,
priest»,
pat pai wald noght all will bave to y leid a strict »ccount of tbose
under
5992
tbera.
5996
6000
in right
rewel sette;
And alle other pat wrang and in ille entent pe gudes spended pat God had pam lent, And of alle wrang haldyngs of gudes sere, Of whilk pai parted noght til other here pat of pam had nede, als pai myght se; Of alle pir thynges men sal aresoned be. At pe day of dome, als God has ordaynd, Whar nathyng sal be hid ne laynd, Of alle pir, men sal yhelde acount strayt, Sal nathyng pan be par to layt.
Ful sely es pat man or womman,
Happy is tbat man who may give a good
rerkoning.
6004
pat a gude rekkenyng may yhelde pan, pat he may pas qwyte and fre Of alle thyng, pat may rekend be. And swa sely may be alle pas,
Swa
pat fra hethen
in charite gas;
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE JODOES AND THE JODGED.
V.]
6008
For he pat has höre gude
163
endytig,
Sal pas wele par, with light rekkenyng.
At pe day of dome, , Alrt
0012
als kyfor es talde.
Alle men sal bc bathe yhung and aide, Ymmg u<i m ihlll bejudged. . ... .. And gude and llle, alle sal com pider. Swa mykel folk com never togyder, Ne never was sene sytben pc werld bygau, .
.
.
,
Als sal be sene byfor Crist pan,
demed
C01C f)at sal be
Bot som
sal deine
For som
sal
haf wroght.
aftir pai
and smn noght, deme with pe domes-man, som«»b»U‘<l»iii»’ wllb doom '’ J)at thurgh dome sal noght be demed pan. mÜ n 6020 Som sal be demed pan ryghtwysly, [tat gal deme on na party Bot many other par pat 6024
sal
seme,
nouther be demed ne deme.
sal
pa
deme and noght demed be, Sal be parfit men with God prive. Of pa pat demed sal be and dem sal noght, Sal sorne til blisse be demed and broght; other» »hall Jcraed' to bl iss; i ti Anu suin sal111 be demed to helle to wende, pat sal
>!»•
G028
»
Bot
i
i
Whar pyn
sal be with-outeu ende.
trowed noght
alle pat
als
trow we,
Sal nouther deme ne demed be;
w ald noght til our trouthe come, pa sal wende til helle with-outen dome. n»ny stiaii go to wlthout b«b lrst pas pat with Crut sal deme pat day ing jadged.
6032 Bot for pai
r
i
And noght
be demed, er namly pai
603G pat here forsuke pe werldes solace.
And folowed
rightly Cristes trace.
Als his apostels and other ma,
pat 6040
pa
for his luf tholed angre sal
deme with
For-whi
in
and wa;
Crist and nan eiles,
pe godspelle pus he
telles:
Vos, qui secuti estis me, sedebilm
super sedes duodecim, iudicantes duodecim 6044
Iribus Israel.
He
says “yhe pat folowes
me
here lyfand,
Digitized by
[BOOK
FAL8F. CHRISTIANS.
164 Sal
pe
twelf nacions of Israel,”
God
6048 pat es, pas pat
Som
Iftu of charity.
V.]
opon twelf setes dernand
sitt
Til
sesc here als leie.
noght deme, bot demed be
sal
men
blis, als
of grete churite
pat blethely wirk wald pe Werkes of mercy, G052 Kal»« Christian» •ball *b« deuied’ to bell.
And keped pam here fra syn dedly. Som sal noght deme, bot be demed Til helle, and fra God be fleined, Als pas pat er
fals cristen
men,
C056 pat keped noght pe comandmentes tcn,
And wald noght
here forsake pair syu,
Bot whils pai lyfyed ay dwelle par-in. Som sal noght be demed pat day 6064
pat
wende
sal
to helle
and dwelle par ay,
Als paens and sarazyns pat had na law,
Fasans and Jears go »traight to hell witbout judgmeut.
And lewes
pat never wald Crist knaw,
parfor pai sal ga
til
payno endeles,
6068 With-outen dome, for pus writen es:
Qui
sine lege peccant,
absque lege peribunt.
“pas pat with-outen lawe uses syn 6072 With-outen law sal perysshe par-in.”
And 11k
A 6076
par-for at pe day of
mau
ful
When
alle
pat day,
dome
men
thyng
sal
gal
gal pat
day
them.
6084
here.
1
synfui sal pare na mercy have,
Of sergeaunt, ne
Ne of nan Ne pam to pe
used,
on any mattere,
For nathyng may pam pan save; For-why pai sal pan na help gett
»ball plead for
1
in illc
Of whilk he was never delyverd
pe
There i» no mercy for the wicked; non«
se,
pus discussed be.
na man be excused
Of nathyng pat he wrang here pat sounes 6080
tiamly,
haf as he es worthy.
sal
hard day
vrhiche
sownep
auturne, ne avoket,
other for
pam
to plede,
counsayle ne to rede, eny uianere dede. thoup no nianere drede (US.
to ille in
Of pe ubiche be bade
in
Y.).
Digitized
by
[BOOK
NO MERCY KOR THE WICKEO.
V.]
Ne na fi088
halghe sal for
may be
pis
Forwhi pan,
pam
165
pray.
cald a ful liarde day, als
pe bnke bers witnes,
Th« day of doom
Sal noght be shewed bot rightwyBnes,
ia a day of righteous judg-
ment;
And
grete reddure, with-outen mercy,
men
6092 Until alle synful
pa
naniely.
pat of pair syn here wald noght stynt;
pai
sal pat
day
for ever
be tynt
Fra God, with-outen any recoverere, 6096
And
delyyerd be until pe devels powere.
wa gal synful men be pat day. And til helle pyne be put for ay, And parfor men may calle pat day, pe grete day of delyverauncc, To tb« wicked pe day of wreke and of vengeaunce, is tb« day of wrath. pe day of wrethe and of wrechednes, pe day of bale and of bitternes, pe day of pleynyng and accusyng, pe day of answer and of strait rekkenyng, pe day of iugements and of Iuwys, pe day of angre and of angwys, pe day of drede and of tremblyng, pe day of gretyng and goulyng, pe day of crying and of duleful dyn, pe day of sorow pat never sal blyn, pe day of flaying and of af[r]ay, pe day of departyng fra God away, pe day of merryng and of myrk[n]es, pe day pat es last and pat mast es, pe dai when Crist sal make ende of alle; pns may nan discryve pat day and calle. Ful
6100
6104
6108
6112
6116
it
Our loverd pat alle thyng can se and witt Christ sball «it At pe dredeful day of dorne sal sitt, that day apon his thron« as kyng and rightwyse domesman,
6120 Als
king and Judge.
deme
dome Opon pe
to
pat day
sal alle
In
setil
alle
pe werld pan,
of his mageste.
men
byfor
hym
be,
Digitized by
THE FINAL DOOM.
166 6124
ßathe gude and
pan The
fiiul
He
doom.
sal
ille,
And And
1
V.]
noght be done bot rightwysnes.
men
sal deine al
of ilka degre.
demed
Til ioy or payne pat
6128
[BOOK
niare and les;
sal be.
rightwvse domes-man and suthcfast
gyf a fynal dorne at pe
Bot how he
deme
sal
last.
shewe,
I sal
Als tolles pe godspelle of Mathewe; 6132
Hys Sal
he good Shell he separater! frorn Ihe bad.
angels pan, aftir bis wille, first
departe pe gade fra pe
ille,
Als pe hird pe shepe dus fra pe gayte,
pat 6136
6140
6144
falles to
be patt
til
pastur strayt.
By pe shepe widerstand we may pe gnde men pat sal be saved pat day. By pe gayte widerstand we may pe ille men, pat pan dampned sal be. pe gade sal be sette on his right hand. And pe ille on his lefte syde sal stand; pan sal our loverd say pus pat tyde Til pam pat Standes on his right syde: Venite, benedicti patria mti,
possidete
paratum nobis regnum
a constitutione mundi. The worda
of
Christ to thoae
on hia right harnt.6 148
“coinmes now
He
sal say pan,
My
fadir blissed childer fre,
And wcldes pe kyngdom pat
6152
6156
Fra
first
For
1
I
til
til
me,
y how es digbt
pat pe werld was ordaynd right.”
hungerd and ybe
thrested
and
at
me
fedde,
drynk ybe me bedde;
Of herber grete nede I had, Yhe herberd me with hert glad, Naked 1 was, als yhe myght se, Yhe gaf me clathes and clad ine; Seke I was and in ful wayke state,
Yhe
wisit me, bathe arly and late;
In prisonn
6160 Til
when
me yhe come
I
was halden
stille,
with fal gude wille.
Au?
Digitized
by
[BOOK
CHRIST AND THE KIGHTEOU8.
V.]
pan
men
rightwys
sal J>e
Til onr loverd
167
pat dar,
answer fas and gay;
‘Loverd when saw we pe hungry, The qneetitm of righteoaa. And to gyf pe mete war we redy; And when myght we pe thresty ge, And gaf pe drynk with hert fre; When saw we pe nede of herber have, And to herber pe vonched gare; When saw we pe naked and we pe cled, And when gawwepe sekeand inprison sted, And visited pe with gude wille, And comforted pe, als wag skille?’ Onr loverd gal pan pam answer pug. And gay, als pe godspeile shewes us: Tht rtrirofOur ‘Suthly I say yhou, sw» yhe wroght, tJie
6164
6168
6172
6176 pat ilka tyme
when yhe
did oght
Until ane of pe lest pat yhe
Of my brether, yhe pan sal nur loverd
did til
til
myght
se
me.’
alle pas gay,
6180 Pat pan on his lefte syde aal stand pat day.
And »pek
til
pam
with an ansterne chere,
pir wordee pat er hydus to here: Discedite a
6184
me
maledicti , in ignem
etemum, gui preparatu* et
angdis
est
cüabolo
eiws.
“Yhe weryed wyghtes wende Until pe endeles
6188 Til pe devel and
And pan ‘I
gal
til
fra niy gight,chrUt reprooeh«
pat es dight
fire
h*»«i «A«h thoir
tow«d« him.
his aungels.
he gay pug, als pe buke
tels,
hnngred and had defaute of mete,
And yhe wald
noght gyfe
me
at ete;
6192 I thrested, and of drynk had nede,
And yhe wald na drynk me bede; 1
6196
wanted herber, pat
I oft sogbt,
And alle pat tyme yhe herberd me noght; Naked with-outen clathes I was, And with-outen clathes yhe let me pas;
;
:
CHRIST AND THE W1CKED.
168
Seke
[BOOK
V.]
was, and bedred lay,
I
And yha
visite
6200 In prison
me
nouther nygbt ne day;
was, als wele wyst yhe,
I
And yhe wald na tyme com til me.’ pan sal pai answere, als men sal here, Til onr loverd, and say on pis manere Th« inquiry
6204
of
the wirket!.
‘Loverd when saw wepe haf hungeror thrist Or of any herber haf grete brist Or naked, or seke, or in prison be. And we na thyng did ne mynystred to pe ? pan sal onr loverd answer ogayne And say til pam pir wordes certaync: ’
6208
The answer
‘Suthly I say yhou, als falles par-to,
giren to them by
Alle tyme pat yhe wald noght do
Christ.
6212
myne er kydde, me yhe noght didde.’
Til ane of lest pat
Als lang
pus
til
our loverd reherce openly
sal
Til rightwys men, pe Werkes of mercy,
6216
For
to
make pam openly kyd, pam pat pam dyd;
Til grete worshepe of
And shew
til
pe synfnl,
als falles par-to,
pair unkyndencs, pat wyld noght do 6220
pe Werkes
of mercy for his luf,
Til pair grete shenshepe and reprnve. When
When
Christ
hu
sald these things, the
wiched
«ball
aloog with
he has pus sayde and made ende,
synful with pe devels sal
Pe
go
6224 Until helle
tlio
devils into hell.
A
ful
And say In 6228
wende
pat never sal slake.
‘alias!
pat
we
ever war wroght.
manskynd; whyne war we noght!
Whync had God made
u$ swa,
pat us thurt never haf
feled
Now 6232
fire,
hidns cry pan sal pai make,
sal
we
bryn in pe
fire
And with-onten ende par-in Helle pan pam sal swelghe
wele ne wa! of helle, duelle.’ als-tite
With-outcn any lenger respyte;
And And
pat pan sal be sene,
alle
pe
alle
pe corrupcions pat ever has bene,
fire
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
V.]
TUE SHORTNESS OK
TIIE
DOOM.
169
6236
And |>e fllthe and alle pe stynk Of alle pe werld pan sal synk Donn with paro in-til pe pitte of helle. To eke pair sorow pat par aal daeile.
6240
Botperyghtwysmen, alspebuke bers wytnes Sal wende til blisse, wliar lyfe es endeles,
The righleou* sball wend to endless bliss.
With our loverd and liys aungels ilkane Shynand brighter pan ever son shane. 6244
Now
have yhe herd,
In pis
Crist, at his last
Sal in doine 6248
contende
sitte
sal ende.
commyng,
and discusse
alle thyng.
Here may a man read pat has tome,
A
large proees of pe day of dome.
pat a lang tyme Sold contene by 6252
als es
how pe werld
part,
fift
And how
Bot ye Als
sal
aftir I
haf redde
skille, ar alle
war spedde
understand and witte,
men may
se in haly writte,
pat thurgh pe wysedom and pe
And pe myght 6256
of our
Lord
vertu,
Ihesu,
Alle pe processe pat sal be pat day,
Of whilk any clerk can speke or sav, Sal pan swa shortely bc sped and sone, pat alle sal be in a moment done. 6260 A moment es als of a tyme bygynnyng.
4
-hall be done the twinkling of an eye.
Als short als an eghe twynkelyng.
A
grete wondir
Omang
alle
may
pis be kyd,
wondirs pat ever
God
dyd,
swa short tyme at his commyng, He mught deme and discusse al thyng;
6264 pat in
Bot of pis suld nane muse, lered ne lewed,
For
als grete wordirs' has
God shewed;
wonder es when he wroght, With a short worde. alle pe world of noght,
6268 Als grete a
And
of pis pe prophete bers wittnes,
pat says pus,
1
als
it
wryten es:
wondirs (MS. Harb 1964).
Digitized by
NONE SHOULD DESPAtR.
170 6272
mandavit
ipse
“God
God tpake and all
[BOOK
V.]
Qitia ipse dixit et facta sunt, et
creata sunt.
gay de,’’ says he, “mul alle was done
was done.
6276
He bad and alle was made gone.’’ pus in a short tyme alle thyng made he, Mare wondir {>an pis maght never be, pan nmy he als shortly make endyng Of alle thyng, als he made bygynnyng. swa witty and myghty es he pat na-thyng til hym impossibcl may he.
6280 For
f)e
processe of pat day pat 1 haf talde,
Al pe menof pe world, batheyhung and aide, 6284
Sal se and undirstand In als short
Now
tyme
haf yhe herd
Of pe wondir 6288
Bot
alle
Of pe
it alle.
als it sal falle.
me speke and
rede
pat pan sal be and drede.
pogh yhe haf herd me rede and say
reddare, pat sal be done pat day
men namely, dampned with-outen mercy,
Untille alle synful
pat 6292 None ahonld daapair, for all may obtain
sal be
Als men
may
Na man
parfor suhl in dispayre be;
For
iQOrcy.
6296
6300
in pis part
wryten
se.
has mercy here sal be save.
And alle pat here askes mercy sal it have, Yf pai it sekes whilles pai lyf bodily, And trewely trayste in Goddys mercy, And amende pam and pair syn forsako, Byfor pe tyme ar pe dede pam take, And do mercy here and charite, pan gette pai mercy and saved sal be. Bot if pe dede byfor haf pam tane, Ar
6304
alle pat
pai haf mercy,
pan gette pai nane,
Bot reddure of rightwysnes anely, For pan
sal
he shewed na mercy.
Here may ilk man, if he wille, Haf mercy pat das pat falles par-tille poghe he had done never swa mykel syn, If he amended hym, he myght it wyn; ;
6308
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
V.]
GOO’S MERCY RKACHES OVER ALL. For pe mercy of God
aii And
reche» over
6312 pat alle pe syn pat a It
man may
myght sleken, and mare
And
A
swa mykei
es
iiiij* alle, hatne fer
171
here, The
i
*n«rey of (»öd rMches
and nere,
all.
do,
par-to.
par-for says Saynt Austyn pus,
may
gude worde pat
comfort us:
6316 Sicut ecintilla ignis in medio maris, ita
omnis impietas
“Als a
litel
viri
spark of
ad mieeriam flre,”
dei.
says he,
mydward pe mykei se, Right swa alle a mans wykkednes “In
6320
Un-to pe mercy of
Here may men
To 6324
God es.” how mykei
es mercy,
man had done here Als mykei and als many syns sere, Als al pe men of pe werld has done. For-why
Alle
6328
se
fordo alle syn and foly.
And
if
myght if
a
grt.t »
man's i«
sio, thar« forgivenegs
mercy fordo sone;
his
possibel whare, als es noght,
man als mykei syn had Als alle pe men pat in pe werld pat
Ho«ever
ilk
wroght. ever was,
Yhit mught his mercy alle pair syn pas. 6332
pan semes
it
wele, als
pat ofhis mercy here
For
men may
sc,
[t]he[re] is grete plente,
mercy spredes on ilka syde Thurgh allepe werld, patesbradeandwyde, 6336
And And
his
sheuee
it
be many ways,
parfor pe prophete David says:
Mitericordia Domini piena ett terra.
6340
“pe erthe”, he says, “es ful of mercy.’’ The ««rth full of intrpy. pan may men it fynde here plentenonsly And he pat has mercy, ar he hethen wende, i<
,
At pe grete dorne 6344
Whar
sal fynde Criste his frende,
rightwysnes anely sal be hamited.
And na mercy pan be graunted. After pe grete dome alle pe werld brade Sal seme pan alB it war new made.
Digitized by
;
THE WOHLD SHALL BE UKNEWED.
172 Alt*r the the «arth \>r
doom 6348
sh *11 purifiod.
6352
The
63ob
#tars shall
»hin« brighter than the nun does at presen L
[BOOK
V.]
pe erthe sal bc pan even and halo. And smelhe and clere als cristale; pe ayre obout sal shyne ful bright, pan eal ay be day and never nyght, For pe elementeg alle sal pan clene be Of alle corrumpciouns pat we here se; pan sal alle pe werld, in alle partys, Seme als it war a paradys, pe planetcg and pe Sternes ilkane, Sal shyne brighter pan ever pai sbane.
pe son
sal be, als
som
clerkes demes,
Seven sythe* brighter pan 63G0 For
it
be
sal
Byfor ar
Adam
pe mone
sal
now semes;
it
als bright als
it first
was,
did trespas.
be als bright and clere,
Als pe son es
now
pat shynes here;
The »im «halt 6364 Hand in the east,
pe son
And the moon opposite to it in the west.
And pe mone ogayne it in pe weste, And na mare sal travayle bot ay rcste,
sal
pan
in
pe este stände,
With-outen removyng, ay shynande,
6368 Als pai
war
setto at
pe bigynnyng,
When God made pam and pai war pan,
The moving hea-6372
als
alle
men may
thyng;
trow,
Mykel brighter pan pai er now. pe movand heve[n]s with-outen
dout,
vens shall rease
Sal pan ceese o turnyng obout,
to perforro thelr
nsual courae.
And na mare obout 6376
6380
in course
For of alle thyng pan sal be made ende, pe movand hevens now obout gas. And pe son and pe mone pair course mas And pe othir planetes ilkane, Moves als pai pair course haf taue; And alle pe elementes kyndely duse pat pat es nedeful til man use. pus ordaynd God pam to serve mnn, Bot of alle swylk servise pai
6384
For
alle
Sal be 1
wende,
men
war
aftir
sal ceese pan.
domesday
pai sal duelle for ay,
sythes (MS. Dari. 4X96).
Digitized by
[BOOK
6388
MKE
SHALL BK
IT
V.]
CRY8TAL.
173
pe gude in blis, in regt and peese, pe ille in payne pat never eal ceese. What nede war pat pa creatures pan, Shewed swilk servyge mare for man.
Na qwik
creature gal pan be lyfand,
Tliurgh out pe werld in na land, 6392
Ne Ne Ne
nathyng
dale, ne hille, ne
Bot 6396
growe pan, gregge ne
gal
tre,^ NotWng
craggeg ne rocheg gal nan pan be,
be pan even and playne,
alle ertbe gal
And
made
be
Als any
For
als clere
cristal
sal be
it
u>« tinb.
mountayne; and fayre and clene,
pat bere es sene;
purged and fyned with-oute,
Als alle other elementeg sal be oboute, 6400
And nn mare be
Ne
6404
travayled o
1
na
side.
with na Charge mare occupide.
Now
haf yhe herd
me
byfor rede
Of pe day of dorne pat many may And of pe wondirful takens many, pat
salle falle byfor pat
drede,
day namly,
And how pe werld pat we now ge, Aftir pe dome als new made sal be, 6408
Als bere es contened, wha-swa wille luke. In pe
fifte
part of pis buke;
Here on now wille Bot ga
til
I na langer stände, pe sext part neghest folowande, Th»
6412 pat specialy spekes, als writen es,
Of pe paync8 of
pat 1 alle men, pat here lyfe byhoves Aght specialy mast to drede; 6416
»inh^ p»rt
p»in» of h»n.
helle pat er endeles, lede,
For pa paynes er swa fei and hard, Als yhe gal here be red aftirward, patilk manmayugge, batheyhunge and aide,
pam be rcherced and taldc. Her begynnes pe sext pnrtv of pis boke
6420 pat heres
pat spekes of pe paynes of Helle. 3 1
ou
*
This heading
»
Bot (MS. Bari. 4196) is
absent froni
MSS. Galba E IX, Harl
4196).
Digitized
by
;
THE SITUATION OF
174 Many speak bell,
Many men here spekes
of
[BOOK
IIEI.I.
VI.]
of belle,
but few
know what wirket!
ibe
$424
suflTer
there.
Bot of pe paynes Jmr func ran teile, Bot wha-swa here »night wi t andk[n]aw wele
What paynes pe pai suld 0428
Ay
synful par sal feie,
in grete ferdlayk
be broght,
wlien pai on pa paynes thoght
For pe mynde of pam myght men
Swa Bot 0432
bitter
feer,
and swa horribel pai er;
forpi pat
many knawes
Whatkyn paynes
noglit right.
in helle er dight,
With-outen ende for synful men, parfor
sal
1
shewe yhow,
Aparty of pa paynes 6430 Where
hell i*.
Als yhe
Bot
may sone
first I
wille
als 1 ca».
sere,
aftirward here.
shew whare
es helle,
I haf herd som grete clerkes teile, And sythen wille I shew yhow mare. And speke of pe paynes pat er pare. Som clerkes says, als pe buke bers witnes.
Als
6440
Hell
is
in the
middle of the eartb.
«444
pat helle even
in
myddes pe
For
by
skille
alle erthe
Til a rounde appel of a
may
erthe es;
likend be
tre.
pat even in myddes has a colke, it may be tille an egge yholke; als a dalk es even Imydward pe yholke of pe egge, when it es hard, Ryght swa es helle pitte, als clerkes telles, Ymyddes pe erthe and nourwhar elles. And als pe yholk ymyddes pe egge lys. And pe white obout on pe same wys, Right swa es pe erthe, with-outen dout. Ymyddes pe hevens pat gas obout. pus may men se by an egge hard dight,
And swa
For 6448 The eartb is in the middle of the heavena
«452
645«
How heven and erthe and helle Standes right. Ful hydus and rnyrke helle es kyd,
For-why
it
es with-in pe er die hyd,
pider pe synful sal be dryven, 0460 Als tyte als pe last dorne es gyven.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THK PAIN8 OF HELL.
VI.]
With
alle
pat now er 6464
in
pe ayre and
par
sal pai alle
Wa
sal
pam
For par
es
And swa pat
175
pe devels ay par to duelle, in helle,
be stoped togider;
be pat sal wende pidor,
swa mykel sorow and
bale,
niany paynes with-outen tale,
hTu'cMnoi
°b.
pe elerkes pat ever had wytt,
alle
6468 pat ever was, or pat lyfes yhitt,
Couth noght
How And
teile
ne shew thurgh lare,
mykel sorow and payne if it
6472 pat an hundreth thousand
6476
er pare.
thurgh kynd myght be swa,
men
or ma,
Had an hnndreth thousand tunges of Stele, And ilk tung mught speke wysely and wele And ilka tung of ilka man, Had bygunnen when pe werld bygan, To spek of helle, and swa suld speke ay Whils pe werld suld
last
domes day,
til
Yhit mught pai noght pe sorow
teile,
6480 pat to synful es ordaynd in helle;
For-why na
witt of
man may ymagyn
“
....
-
, What paynes par er ordaynd Bot men may fynd, wha-swa
6484
tii» <vit* or uum to im»«in «hat th« * r' p *'" s
Is utiablc
-
for syn.
wil loke,
nke'"
Sora maner of paynes wryten in boke,
Omang
all
other paynes pat er in helle,
Als men has herd wyse elerkes
teile;
Bot what man es swa wyse and wytty 6488
pat couthe
Bot
And
it
teile
pa paynes proprely,
war he pat had bene
6492
pare,
sene pa paynes buth les and mare?
Bot he pat par commes
May noght
He most
lightly turne
for certayne,
agayne
duelle par and never
oway com,
For pe buke says pus of wysdom:
Non 6496
est
est agnitus,
qui recersus
ab m/eris.
pat es on Ynglisse “men knawes nane,
Non« rttum from
pat turned
fra helle pat pider
Seil.
was gane.”
Digitized by
"
LAZARUS RETURNKD FROM HELL.
176
For
alle pat er
may
GäOO pai
Bot-if
And
6508 Luirtu »cm hell
io
and remaiuod
never be broglit oway,
war thurgh miracle
^
0512
fiat
anelv,
in hülle bas bene,
And borrible payneg par has sene Has bene broght oway fra alle fiat stryf, And beue turned ogayne fra ded til lyf; Als Lazar was Mary brother Maudalayne, pat saw and herd pare many a payne, pat tyme namely when he wag ded, For
tb»r« four <i>ya.
pan was
his gaul
at pat sted,
Four daye8, als God vouched save, And swa lang his body lay here in grave; And at pe last God raysed hym ryght Fra ded
til
lyf thurgh his raygbt;
Bot pat pat he saw he noght 0510
And sone With
h«
toij
»»
<i
He
litüe
0520 Hut thonKh h«
Martha hows,
Crist at pe meete in
talde a partv of
For drede of
pa paynes hvdus; al teile,
Crist, pat he
1
l«ugh«.l nor nierry.
For drede of dede pat he most
•»**•••
G524
And
of pe paynes pat he
For how
bitter
Bot he anely pat has feled 6528 or (Simeon went to »ud »t the
efte dreghe,
saw with eghe.
pe dede es nan may
And what paynes
•«»tu-
in helle,
chere, Bot he lughc never, ne raade blythe ° J
»a»r, he iiner
heil
saw
Yhit lyfed he after fyften yhere, * *
lived ftfteen yoars
The two eom
forgatt,
pare-after als he satt
Bot yhit durst he noght
therc.
VI.]
thurgh apccyal grace ofGod almyghty,
Thurgh whilk som. 0504
[BOOK
par most duelle for ay,
witt,
itt.
in helle er,
nane wil weite
Bot he anely pat has pam sene.
Alswa twa of Syrneon gong J
ryght, '
^
p e whilk Carvn and Lentvn When pa first war dede and
0532 pai
And
saw
in helle
sithen
when
many a
hight,
hethen went,
tourment,
Crist dighed
on pe rode,
pai rase fra ded and obout yhode,
And
tald
G536 Til helle 1
how
Crist, byfor pat
cnme and tuke
he rus,
out pat bis was,
logbe (MS. Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE GENERAL PAIN8 OF HELL.
VI.]
177
And mykel couthe pai pan teile Of pe paynes pat pai saw in helle. Bot pai 6540
To
liad
teile alle
Wharfor
no leve
als I
wene
Thoge who ailed bell,
pat pai par had sene;
mi
vi-
had
penniaaion
t« diselose all
pai lyfed hure ay in penaunce.
it» (iocrcts.
And uever aftir made blithe countinauce, Of wham es writen in a pistel pus, 6544 pat Pilat sent
til
Tyberias,
pat pan emparour of
For 6548
6552
to certifie
hym
Rome
was,
of pis cas.
And yhit many other pat war dede. Has bene snmtyme at pat stede, And sene par many hydus payne, And thurgh miracle tumed til lyf agayne Bot omang alle pat par has bene sene, I
fynde wryten paynes fourtene,
Thurgh whilk pe synful sal be pyned ln body und saul aftir domesday; 6556
6560
6564
6568
6572
There are
ay,
pe whilk er als general paynes of helle, And whilk pas er I sal yhow teile, pe first es fire swa hate to reken, pat na maner of thyng may it sleken. pe secunde es ealdc als savs som, pat na hete of fire may overcom. pe thred alswa es filthe and stynk pat es stranger pan any hert may thynk. pe ferthe es hunger sharpe and sträng. pe fift es brynnand threst oinang. pe sext es swa mykel myrknes, Pat it may be graped, swa thik it es. pe sere[n]d es pe horribel sight Of pe devels pat par er hydusly dight. pe eghtend payne es vermyn grete, pat pe synful men sal gnaw and frete. pe neghend es dyngyng of devels hand,
wliieh thc wlcked »hall «uffer in hell.
tend payne es
gn&wyng
with-in
1.
Ifeat,
a.
coid,
Pilth and Stink,
3.
Hunger,
4.
5.
6.
Tliirst,
Uarkneg»,
‘Sight* of de-
7.
vil»,
8.
9.
With melles of yren hate glowand.
pe Of
four-
teeu general pain.s
10.
Vermin,
Uoaliug by de vil»,
Gnawing
of
conacience,
eonscience pat bites als vermyn. 1U
Digitized
by
:
1
11.
THE FIRST GENERAL PAIN OF HELL
78
Pc
Sc&iding
18
[BOOK VI.]
FIRE.
cllevend es hate teres of gretyng,
toars,
657G pat pe synful sal scalden inpc dounfallyng.
pe
Hh&me aud
12.
twclfte es sharne aud shensliepe of syn
dingrare,
pat pai 13.
Bonds
of
pe
fire,
(»580
be bunden witb fote and hand.
sal
pe fourteud payne dcspayre
Despalr.
14.
never sal blyn.
sal haf pat
threttend es bandes of fire brinnand,
pat pai
pat pe synfal
ay
sal
es cald,
in bert bald.
Alle pir er generale payues iu helle; 65S4
Bot par er
um
otlier
pan tung uiay
teile,
Or bert inay thynk or eer tnay bere, Of special paynes pat er sere, pe whilk many, aftir pai er worthy, 6588 Sal tbole ever-mare in saule and body;
Bot of alle pa paynes can I nogbt say, For na man pam reken ne specyfy may. 6592
Bot ybit wille I speke som-what mare Of pe general paynes pat I sbewed are,
And Als 1.
The
in
unqueuchable
first
pe
paiu
fire.
witb som autorities pam bynd, men may in sere bnkes writen fynd. es pe fire hate,
first als I tald
00% pat na thyng may sleken ne abate; Whare pe synful men sal bryn thurgh
hete
Ofwbilk Godspekespus thurgh pe prophete Ignis succensus est in furore
GGOO meo,
usque
et ardebit
femi novissima, id
ad
in-
usque
est,
in eternum.
6604
“Fyre
es
“And
sal
kyndeld bryn
in
nntil
pat es ever-mare,
For pat AU on
Ihe w»t»r
GGOS pat
if alle
eartl» woultl
not be sufficient to leasen the beat of hell fire.
On
swa
es
crthe,
6612 Ybit
vottches save,
hate, and ay brynnes,
pe waters pat Standes or rynnes
and
pat encloses Suld ryn
wretb’’, says be,
God
never-maro ende have.”
helle sal fire
my
ende of hello sal be,
als
mygbt
alle
alle
in-til it
pe sese with-oute,
pe erthe oboute,
pat
fire
nogbt
it
swa
bäte,
sleken ne abate,
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VI.]
THE SECOND PAIN
Na mare
6G1G
brend, moglit sleken pat
For pe fire of Es hatter pan Right als pe
Es
GREAT COLO.
IS
179
pan a drope of water shirtT
Rome
If alle
fire.
The
helle pat es endeles,
iE
fire of hell endless.
here es,
fire
pat es brinnand here,
fire
and of mare powere,
hatter
pan a purtrayd
on a waghe,
fire
GG20 pat es paynted onther heghe or laghe,
With a rede coloure
til
mens
siglit,
pat nouther brynnes ne gyfes light, Ne on othir manere avales ne ders. 6621
Of
twa
pir
Quam
fynde writen twa vers. mundi picto fervencior igne,
fires I
focus
eit
Tarn focui infemi superat fervenicia mundi.
“Als pe GG28
pan a
of pe werld hatter es
fire
fire
paynted, be
Rightswa pe
fire
it
mare or
les,
of helle passes thurgh hete,
Alle pe fires of pe werld, smale and grete,
And *
for-pi pat pe synful n
,
e
/•
brynned ay here, The
»i c ke<i ou eartb lived iu lasu,
i
i
GG32 In pe nre ot tole yhernyngs sere,
buming
es right pat pai brynue pare
ln pat hate
they buro iu heil
ever-mare.
fire for
“Eit locui indignis ubi non extinguitur 6G3G
Non qui torquetur, nie pe secunde payne es _
_
.
.
pat pe synful
ignis,
qui torquet, morietur.” n. Th« eecond
grete calde,
intense coid
pairi is
_
sal feie, als I ar talde;
pat eald sal be swa sträng and kenc, GC40 pat if pe mast röche pat man has sene,
Of pe mast mountayne
War
al attanes in fire
And even Imyddes
in
GG44 It snld frese and turne al
And
for-pi pat pai
Brynned ay here
it
,
in
And ay was dased G648 parfor
A
any land,
burning moun-
Uin would
brynnand,
if
freeie cast into Ibis cold.
pat cald war, in-til
omang
yse par
other vice,
pe calde of malice, in charite,
es right pat pai be
In pat sträng calde ever-mare lastand,
Whar
pai sal frese, bathe fote and band.
m2
Digitized
by
;
FILTH AND STINK, THE THIKD PAIN.
180 Th' dm 11s
pt! dcVels
»hall
pam
tak
Sill
[BOOK
VI.]
fra {int fire.
altcrnaUdy torunont tbe wickcd Go52 by heat and cold.
And
cast
ln-til
0G5G
pam, witu
ful grete ire,
pat cald tu cke
payne,
Jiiur
And efte pam cast in pe fire ogayue pus sal pai cast pam to and fra, And ever-marc pai sal fare swa. Of pis pe haly man bers wittenes lob pat says pus, als writcn cs:
Ah
aquis nivium transihunt
GC60 ad calorem nimium.
“Fra waters of snawes pc synful Ti
I
G6G4
sal
wende
pu over mykel hctc pat has nan ende.”
And Saynt Austyn
says on pis manerc,
ln a buke, als es writen here.
Dicuntur namque, maii candere
ferum
exterius calvre ul
nace,
et interiws
in
Jor-
frigore ul
G66S glacies in yeme. Tbc
“pe wikked
stnfui sh.ii
bc burniug without through hwt, and froicn trlthin
sal outwith be
men
Tliurgh hete, als
And
through cold.
t
glowand
t
in fire
brymiand,
#
with-iu tliurgh ealde sharpe and kene,
GGT2 Als ysc pat es in wynter sene,’’
pus
sal pai
ay be
pis tourment es tu. paiu
Th« is
thini stink and
sträng and grete.
.
GGiG
niiii,
lbi est ignis
0080
and bete;
in ealde
ful
pe thredpayne es, als men heresclerkes teile, _ pe grete stynk and, filthe pat cs in helle; Of pis Saynt Ieroni, pe haly man, Says pus, als I here shewe yhow can: et
,
t
,
ine-rtinguibilis,
fetor intollerabilis.
swa grete pouste, it may never mar slekeud be. And s wy lk fil the and styuk es in pat ugly hole, it thole;” pat nan erthely r J man mught For na man in ertlic may ymagyn
“pe
fire
cs par of
pat So
gr««t^
u
ihi«
man'«
GGS4
iuiaxlnalion.
Swa mykel
filthe,
Whar-for par G6SS
pan tung may
sal
als sal
be par-iu,
be niare stynk
teile
or bert tliyuk.
Digitized by
[BOOK
VI.]
THE FOORTH PAIN pe whilk
SnI be Strang pnyne
And 0692
HUNGER.
l«l
synful men.
til
pam
yhit pe fire pat bryn
snl,
Tito
Sal gyfe a st[r]ang stynk willi-alle.
lire in hell shull glvo forth .1 StroflK 'Muk.
For
it
through the brinmlone «ml
And And
for pe synfnl delyted
It
be
sal
fülle of
of other thyng
6696 In pe
f>700
18
stynk, witli fllthe und fen,
fiat
stynk and
pitch timt
is
there.
ay omang
fllthe in helle
payne
ferthe
wyk; pam liere namly,
es
and stynk of lechery,
filthe
es right pat pai be
pe pe pe pe
brunstane and pyk,
es, als
I
swa
sträng,
haf herd say,
sträng hunger pat par sal last ay,
IV.
Tho
pain
in
fourih
hungor.
whi[l]k pe synfnl in helle sal feie,
Ever-niare als pir clerkes knawes wele.
pe
pam swa 1
strenthe of hungre sal
G704 pat pair
And
for
awen
chace Th«
flessbe pai sal of-race;
hungre pai
snl
yherne
it
cte,
»infui»h«ii
tcar off thelr '>*"
For hanger Ihoy 'Im II b« m*d.
For pai sal gett nan other mecte; For hungre pai sal be als brayne-wode, 6708 Bot pe dede par snl be pair fode,
Als says pe prophet in a stede: ‘pai sal be fedde with pe dede
Mors 6712
depascet
eos.
pis cs on Inglys pus to rede:
“pe dede pam
sal dolefuly fede.”
*tml1
bc
tbeir footl.
For
he pat has hcre hungre grete,
als
6716 Thurgh kyndc langes mast aftir mete,
Right swa pe synful pat sal duelle pare.
Yhit
sal lange aftir
pe ded wel mare
pat pai mast hnted and drede hcre, may pai noght on na raancrc,
6720 Bot dighe
Of Als
pis in
Thcy
.'hall
de»ir<»
to die« but in vain.
Saynt Ion bers wittnes, pe apoealipse writen es:
Disiderabunt rnori, 6724 fugiet ab
et
mors
eis.
“Yherne pai
And pe ded
sal to dighe fra pair sal ay
fle
pam
wa.
fra;’’
Digitized by
:
GREAT TülRST
182 The wickod
And forpy
»hall
be tormented by hunger because they would not» while on cartb,
6728
TUE KIFTH
IS
pat pai
Ne
[BOOK
PAIN.
VI.]
wald gyf na metc
Til pe poer, pat here hunger
had grete,
of pain had nouther reuthe nc merey,
give to the poor.
Bot used ay outrage and glotony, It es right
pat pai haf pis payne
6732 Grete hungre in helle ay par ogayue. V. The
fifth
pe
pain
fifte
payne
es, als sal befalle,
great thirst.
is
Grete threst pat pai sal haf with-alle.
Swa mykel
in helle sal
be pair threst,
6736 pat pair hertes sal nere clewc A
Bot pe flaume of
flame of fire nhall be the drtnk of the
fire
1
and brest;
pai sal drynk,
Menged with brunstan pat foul sal stynk. And with smoke of fyre and wyndes bläst,
sinful.
6740
And with pat
other stormes pat ay sal
pan
alle togider
And
sal
last,
mete;
parfor says David pe prophete:
Ignis et sulphur et Spiritus
6744
calicts
we
says pus, als
eorum.
writen fynde,
“Fire and brunstan and stormes with wynde,
Flre, brimstone»
Ktorma with wind
A
ehall be part of their drink,
along with
Procellarum pars
He
smokc6748
and stcnch.
part sal be par of pair drynk,’’
And pat sal be menged with smoke and stynk; Yhit
sal pai
drynk, ogayne pair wille,
Another manere of drynk pat es
pat 6752
sal be bitter
ille,
and venemns,
A nd be cald pair wyne,
for pe prophet says
Fel draconum vinum eorum,
et
pus
venenum
aspidum insanabile. “Galle of draguns pair wyne sal be,
Rail of dragona,
and venoin of snake», ehall be their wine.
6756
And wenym of snakes par-with,” “pat may noght be heled wele,”
Swa
violent
pir wordes, 6760 Bot
pai
it
aftir
clefe
pe
lettre, er
hard to here,
men may pam take on othir manere. swa brynnand threst thole,
sal
pat pair hertes
1
says he,
es to feie.
sal
bryn with-in als a cole,
(US. Harl. 4196).
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VI.]
DARKNESS For na
THE
IR
183
8IXTII PAIN.
licour Bai pai fynd to feie,
The »ick«i
batpairthrestmught slekeandpairherteskelc; ,
.
,
»h»n «ack the hc.di of
6764 pai sal for threst pe hevedes souke
Of pe nedders
Als a childe pat
And when 6768
For
,
«ddtr*.
pat on parn sal rouke,
it list
sittes in ,
pe moder lappe,
sonkes hir pappe;
fynd pis word in haly writt,
I
Als lob says pat witnesses
it:
Caput aspidum sugent.
6772
of nedders pat on
“pe heved
He
pam
sal fest”
souke pan for threst.”
says, “pai sal
Strang payne of threst pan haf pai paisalsookefortherst swilk venymay.
When 6776
And Gvf '
To Ne 6780
1
watd never blethely
Thcy »h»n »nir« in thi» w»y be-
poer at dryuk pat war thresty, r
c«o»« they «onid not give drink to th« poor.
pat r pai for-pi * * til
sleken pair threst, ne on pan» thyuk,
nonther gyf
And on
Na
day,
It es
pai drnnken wäre,
til
pat,
pai in helle feie
threBt pat never sal kele;
6784 pat sal pai haf
when
pai
com
pider,
sharp hungre alswa bath to-gydre,
pat never 6788
ne drynk,
pair-selven na drynk wald spare
pan right pat
Brynnand
And
pam mete
sal cesse, als 1
sayde ar;
For pir t wa paynes with othir er endel[e]s par, Of pis Saynt Ierom bers wittnes, pat says pns,
als writen es:
In inferno
ferne s inßnita,
erit
et litis infinita.
6792 “In helle sal be
whar never
es rest
,
Endel[e]s hungre and endeles threst.
Infemi pene tunt
Thi» p»in endle».
„
i«
hec, vermes, tenebreque
flamma, Chorus demonum, fetor, frigusque faules, »itis, horror.
6796
pe x pat
i
es over sext payne ' J in helle sal be
mykel myrknes,
vi. p*in
Tt* •Inh I»
dmrkn««.
ay endeles
threst (MS. Hirl. 4196).
Digitized by
*
184 Thi» iiarkmu.s w> llikk tb>l may iw feit.
IN
HELL THEKE
put swa
i» it
NO IMY.
18
men
es r bat
tliik
,
Swa mykel
mirkenes
Of whilk lob
gpekes, als pe buk shewes wele,
And
als eg in helle,
gays, pe synful gal grape and feie
Myrkeneg,
mykel
als
at
mydday
Als at mydnyght, pat sal Palpabunt tenebras 6808
last ay:
in meridie,
media nocte.
sicut in
“In helle es never day bot ever nyght; * * ° f)ar bryunes ayfire, böt it gyf[es] na light.’’
1 » heil thero ia no day, bul ever
»k »1
Th»
Hut yhit pe synful
wickott «hall »co pal ns and
ay se *
sal
6812 Alle pe sorowe pat par sal be,
iormeni» hy
mcans
VI.]
6800 Fra wliilk b c synful gal never escbape. For na hcrt nmy tliynk ne tung teile,
0804
of tho
And
sp«rk» uit ich th»
An
[BOOK
inutrht it grane, » 6 1 >
sball scattcr.
ilka
payne and ilka tourment, J
r
Thttrgh sparkes of
Bot pat 6816
Na
{Jus to
patobont
fire
sight sal be
pam
til
eke pair paynes, pai
sal haf sight,
With-outen any comfort par-of
Vnd 6820
sal sprent.
pare,
sorowe and kare.
confort, bot
light;
for-pi pat helle es ay lightles,
es cald pe land of myrkenes,
It
pat es depe and myrke and hydus, parfor says lob, pe haly mau, pus:
Ut non recertar ad terram 6824
tenebrosam.
He
says; “Loverd pat
Til pe
I
noght turne away
myrke land”, whare sorow
Whare wonvng
hydus and
es ay
6828 Als lob says pat pus spekes
mar
es ay,
ille,
par-tillc:
Ubi nullus ordo, sed sempitemu horror inhabitans. Heit i» » umi »f Horror, where thc_ on . wteked »rc tor- 600 * mrntcri, l*crau«e th»y loved d«rkne«8 rather ihan
"pur min ordre wonand
es,’’
.
.
“Hot uglynes pat ever mare .
.
And T
.
.
«
r
Luicd ay myrknes of syns
light.
6836
says he, ,
sal be.
_
p
lorpi pat pe synful in pair lyf here, sere,
And wald noght turne pam when pai myght, Fra pat myrknes til Goddes light,
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VI.]
THE 8EVRNTH TAIN lt
And never-mare
A
nftir light se;
til pam pat sal he. pe 9evend payne es of pe fourtene pe sight of devels pat Stil be sene
Strang payne
Oniang pe synful pat 6844
185
pat Iiidn8 myrknes ever-mare,
1 11
6840
TUE SICHT Oh DKVIL8.
18
es right put pui daeile pare,
sal
be
vn. Th- Mv«nlh
in belle,
whas Company pai sal ay dnelte. sal be swa hidus to se.
In
pat sight
pat
alle
pe men of cristiante
Couthe noght, thurgh (1848
Ne
ymagyu
witt,
right,
descryve swa hydus a sight,
Als pai pan sal se in helle ever-marc,
Of ugly For pan 6852
devels pat sal be pare,
yhung ne
6856 In pis werld, nouther If
pat durst
A
for alle
rccknn
aide.
gude of mydlerde
swa
devel se here,
pat here
lyfes, yf
Of pa uevels in Suld wax wode For-why na
To 6868
<*an
or tolL
grysely a devel es in his kynde,
suld he be aferde
For pe hardyest man
6864
‘ugly' devilH in hell th»n any
man
he myght right consayve in mynde,
How 6860
Thcre are moro
sal be tna devels in helle,
pan any tung can reken or teile; And ilkan sal mare gryscly seine pan any man can ymagyn and deme: For swa hardy es na man, ne swa balde
in Sesshe
and bane
he sawe ane
pair
awcn
for ferde
witt of
The
and be
night of
s
man
thc bardiost
lyknes.
for fear.
wittles.
man may endure
se a devel in his propre figure.
IIow sal pai farc pan pat ay sal pam And ay in Company with pam be? pe synful sal ever-mare on pam luke ror pus we fynde wryten in boke:
se,
.
In in/emo videbuut eos,
6872 Quorum opera
“In helle pai
Tho
linfui
«bau
cvcr look upon dcviu.
fade ad fadem,
in terris dilexerunt.
sal
pam
se, face to face,
Whaswerkespai lufedand folowedpe
trace,
Digitized by
THE EIOHTII
186 Thi» si«ht
6876
And with pai aal
I’AIN 18
war here
Wliilles pai
nhall
raus« murh crying and sorrow.
put syght
dtileful
,
VERMIN.
in crthe
et
VI.]
als I nnderstand,
crying and gorow here,
For Saynt Anstyn sayg on Demones ignt scintiUante 6880 videbunt,
[BOOK
lyfand;”
pis
mauere:
miserabilem
clamorem flencium
et la-
mentancium audient. Th« wicked
“pai
(«hall
se« thc devils throngh the aparka of Are that »hall fly about.
6884
par devels with eghe,
sal 8e
Thurgh sparkes
pat of pe firo sal fleghe,
And here par- with on ilka party, pe wreched gynful grete and cry.” And pe gorow and dule pat pai sal make, 6888
Sal never-raar par eees ne slake;
And And And
forpi pat pat here hated to sc. to here pat pat
parfor
it
gude 8uld
cg reson
be,
and ryght,
6892 pat pai ay ge pat grysely syght,
And
To VIII. r*' n
The riKhth
‘horrihlo vencmou« vermin' Ihat ahall, i»
OojO
raoving to and fro,
gnaw and
Buck tbe
sinful.
pat pat
1
heryng haf of daleful dyn,
eke pair payn for pair
sin.
pe aghtend payne, als pe bnke sayg us. Es pe horribel vermyn venemus. Pe whilk sal on pe gynful rouke, And ever-mare pam gnaw and souke. Als ugly draguns, and nedderg kene;
6900
6904
And tadeg swa hydug was never here gene And othir vermyn ful of venym, And wode bestes grysely and grym, pat with tethe gal with pam ay gnaw and by tc, On alle pair lyms, whar pai had delite Synful Werkes here for to wirk,
Thue
Agayne pe law of God and of haly kyrk. Pus for pai did ay ogayns Goddes lawc,
Nhkll ihejr
««Her b*f»u»e they ihonght sin
bJUo
Vermyn and wode
bestes sal
pam ay gnawe,
swctt.
For pair gyn pat pam thoght here gwcte, parfor
God
sayg pus thurgh pe prophete:
Dentes bestiarum immittam in
eos,
cum furo-
6912 re trahencium in terra atque terpendum. 1
pai?
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VI.]
GNAW THE WICKED.
VEltMIN SHALL
187
“I sal Bend in pe synful’’, says he,
“pe
tethe of bestes pat feile sal be
With wodenes of pani
pam
erthe drawand,
in-til
6D16
And
6920
pus sal wode bestes and vermyn gnaw pam aywud »nd vermin nhall reAnd never-mare pas fra pam oway; »«in with th« r ’' er And patpayuepe synful byhoves ay dreghe,”" For-why pair verinyn sal never dieglie,
of neddero
fast
gnawand.”
.
.
,l’
'
Bot ever-mare lyfand with pani duelle,
God
parfor
says pus in pe godspelle:
Vermis eorum non morietur, 6024
et ignis
eorum non extinguetur.
“pair verinyn
“Ne And
never degbe,’’ says he,
Ball«
Thcir Termin ,h* 11 die-
pair fyre sali« never siekend be;’’ to pat says
pus Saynt Austyne,
6928 pat spekeB here of pat verrayne:
Vermes infernales sunt immortales qui, utpisaqua,
ces in
He 6982
ita
vivunt in flamma.
“vermyn of
saya,
And never deghe pe The whilk sali« lyfe
helle sali«
ay
lyfe,
synfulle to gryefe,
pe fiawnie of
in
fyre,
Als fyssches lyfes in water Behyre.” _
693*i
In
pam
pai
fest pair
sali«
6944
ilka
ay crepe,
full
alle oboute.
coverd be.
clathes pai salle have to
How
gaug
paim
,h tte
ihaii t*
°f
»£!«&.
I
fynd wryten pare
I
have red,
pe propliete diacryved swilk a bed
To pe kyng Nabogodonosor, And sayd pus to mak him ferd in
vermin
in,
beddes to lyg in bot vermyn,
Wharfor
And
«V
lym and souke;
sali« all«
Vermyn in hell« sali« be pair clethyng And vermyn «alle pare be pair beddyng.
Ne na
1
of "sra,
do in clear water.
1
depe
Swa pat na lym of pam sali« be fre, And swa pai sali« be ay gnawand On pair lyms, whether pai lyg or stand;
Na
6948
clokes
The vermin
i!« fi«bc«
gälte
umlapp pam
And gnaw on
With vermyn pai 6940
,,
,
pat vermyn on pam
feste pair clineei ful
parfor:
depe (MS. Hart. 6923).
Digitized by
WORMS 8HALL BK THE BKD OK TIIK
188
Subter 6952 Worms
sh All
SINKUL.
[BOOK
VI.]
et
operimentum tuum renn es.
He
bc*
stemetur tinea,
te
says “of
wormes
bed
pi
salle
be
thc heil of thc sinful.
pat
salle
And
pi
be strewed thyk nnder pe.
covertoure on pe sene
vermyn
0956 Sali« be
and kene.”
full« feile
Swilk beddes er ordaynd
Such boda urc
in helle
prepared for
Ffor synfulie men pat par «alle dwelle.
Ihose that tlwcll in hell.
pyned
ptis solle pai be
for pair syn,
0960 Ever-mare witb fyre and vermyn,
And
witb
many
Ffor
God
vouehes safe pat
Ffor pns fynd 0901
ma;
other payns
we wryten
be swa,
it
in
holy wrytt.
In a boke of pe Bibelle pat hate ludytli:
Dabit dominus in
iijnem et vermes
cames eorum,
et senciant,
ut urantvr
usque in sem-
6908 piternum. It says “fyre
and vermyn pat ay
Ourlord tyllepe
Swa 6972 Thi» pasBcs
p»m
And ay
feie of
vermyn bytyng sare.”
pis payne es mare to
.tir-
all carlhly pain.
pan
salle lyfe,
flesch of synfulie salle gyfe,
pat pai salle bryn ever-mare,
alle
feie
and
se,
pe paynes pat may bc
In pis werld here, mare and
les,
6976 Als pe boke openly bers witnes,
pus
salle
Bot
yhit.
Ffor men
vermyn
in helle
be gret payne,
may men say here ogaync, may in som boke wryten se
6980 pat after pe gret dorne pat last salle be,
Na quyk
creature salle lyf pan,
Bot anely aungelle, develle and man, IIow may vermin live in bell ainoe no livinfc thing G9H4 shall live alter
thc
doom
?
‘How suld in helle pan or ourwhare Any vermyn lyf als men tellcs, Or any other best pat moght dere?’ To pis may men gyf answere
On 0988
pis manere,
pe vermyn
ellcs,
wha-swa kan;
pat salle be pan.
Digitized
by
[BOOK
VI.]
THE NINTH PAIN
AU
I
Bot devels 11
pat Gitt)2
pua
11
and kiiaw pe
189
Tho •
»all«
pe devels
vermyn
the*
ii
syiifulli pare,
muk it gnaw pam
pair payne and
ln lyknes of
G‘J‘JG
SM1TING HY DEVILS.
vermyn lyknes,
in
1
salle byte
To eke
And
IS
understand, noght eile» es d«rti« kcn<‘
l*
J‘
uke 8
of
vermin.
mare. witll-out,
alle obout.
pair conscience als vermyn,
gnaw pam over-alle witli-in, pat gnawyng »alle bc fülle hurd, Of whilk I »alle »peke sone afterward, pat vermyn in helle »alle be mare grysely pan verinyn here es, and mare myglily. By vermyn here pan pat greve» sarc, Men aght to drede pe vermyn pure; And forpi put pe synfulle was here namely, Salle
And
7000
7004
Ay fülle of hateredyn aud of envy, And wald noght amend pam of pat Bot lete it gnaw pam ay with-in, It es
7008 put pe
vermyn
in helle ay
pe neghend payne es to of devels with Dyoßyoc * ° Willi
And Swa
ix.
by ‘deviis wüi» gtawlng baut
mn.
ay bete
1
pat
it
yrett fast,
brekes and brestes at pe salle
last.
ay dyng
Th» itevii» .halt striko tho »inful
.
pe synfulle, witli-outen styntyngj
Aud
ti.« nlmh beatiiig
p*ii» >»
.
salle
smyths strykes ou pe
-
Ou
gtiawe.
glowand hamers huge and grete als
Right swa pe devels 701G
pam
understand, horaers glowand;
Ffor pe devels pe synfulle 7012
syn,
ryght and skylle thurgh Godes lawe,
witaout ceuing.
with hamers gyf swa gret dyntes,
pat alle topowdre moght strykelmrdflyntes; Ffor harder dyntes gaf never engyue, 7020
pan
pai salle gyf,
aU
says Saint Austyne:
Sicut mach i na bellita percutit
muros opidi,
mo 7024
et
asperius
ita
demones ym-
et crudelius,
Corpora malorum
animas JlatjMabv.nl , post iudicium.
He says “als men may se aue engyne And at pe walles of a casteile stryke J
cast,
fast
ÄH » «ritt«
"* 11 »
0( *
CilJ,
Digitized
by
:
THE TENTH PaIN
190
IS
GNAWING OP CONSCIENCE. [BOOK VI.]
With a staue pat 7028
So sh all dtvlb strikc tlio
Swa
sali« devels
es
hnge and
stryke pase
lievy,
mare
1
ft'
Uv
»ouls
th*>
pe
and bodios of
bodyse and saules
ill«
dwell«,
j>at sali«
wicked.
dome in dyng on pam
After pe last gret
pus
sali« pai
hell«.”
ever-niare,
7032 With gret glowand hamers, and nane spare.
And
payne
pis
tyll«
pam
sali«
be endles,
Als pe bok here-ol bers witnes; Ffor pai sali« have power ay and leve, 703G
pe Als
synfull in
men
to
dyng and greve,
a boke es schewed
tyll« us,
pat Saynt AuBtyne made, pare he says pus
Parata
iudicia blasphemtoribus, et percu-
7010 cientibus malleis stultorum corpora.
“pe domes
salle
pan be redy
God alle myghty. And tyll« pase pat sali« be ay smytand pe bodyse of synfulle with melles in haud.” And forpi pat pai wähl noght take
Tille pe sklaunderers of
The
sinlul
7044
shall
thua suffer for negiert ing ‘holy diRripltue.'
Haly disciplyne
here, for
Codes
parfor pe devels salle stryk 7048 X. paiit
The is
With hevy melles
pe Of
tenth
gnawing
of eouaeienre.
ay, and
gnawyng
tend payne es pe
sake,
pam
pare,
nane spare, with-in
pair conscience pat never salle blyn;
Fforwith-in pam salle pe worme of conscience frete 7052
Als with-outen
salle
do vermyn
grete,
And swa salle pai ever-mare, with-outen dout, Be gnawen and byten with-in and with-out. Ffulle mykell«
7056 The wicked
shall
ever tnake lameutation.
Omang
salle
‘Alias! Alias!
7060
sorow
salle
pan be
ever pus cry and say,
and walatyay!
Whi ne wald we never are trow, What payne and sorow here es now.’ pan salle pai pleynepam of pair wickednes, And say pus, als in boke wryten es: Quid nobis pro/uit superbia, quid
7064 1
in helle
pe synfulle pat pare salle dwelle;
Ffor pai
rum
iac/ancia,
divieia-
omnia transierunt vehtd um-
J>nse?
Digitized by
[BOOK
VI.]
TFIE RI.RVBMTH PAIN IS
SCALDINO TEARS.
191
bra, ettanquamnunciuspereurrens, ettanquam
navie procedtns in ßuctuantem aquam,
et
tan-
quamavis transvolam innere, cuiueitmerienon 706S
est invenire vestiqium.
us “What avayld j “What ros Jy ne of e>
.7
fhey «hau »«j: pryde“, pai sali« say, r r j j ‘Wh»l »v»iled ui «n “or pri.i., or of ryche aray? ryches j i j boalll
All« bat ponip r r r als we se now,’ 7072 Es *passed oway 0 als a schadow,
7076
7080
rirhM
«»y.
«><i nl' 1' like > »!>»•
wlilcli
<i»w
away ?
And als messanger bifore rynand, And als schypp pat gase in water flowand, And als foghel fleghand in peayreals wynd, Of whase gate men may na trace fynd.” pus sali« alle pair ponip oway pas. And be als thyng pat never was, pan salle pam thynk wheu alle es oway, Alle pair lyfe here bot als
pof
anehowrof a
day,
pai never so lang had lyfed here,
pai may say on pis mauere: ‘Right 7084 Ryght
now born we war in po world to be, now in alle onr delytes lyfed we,
Ryght now we deghed and passed oway
Now
er we in helle and swa salle be ay,’ salle pai knaw how ill« pai haf lyfed, Whenpe wormeof consciencepamhasgreved, pat with-in salle pam a; gnaw and byte nt £Iiawillg
pan 7088
Ffor pai in vanyte had here delyte, .
,
And 7092
To
-
.
,
.
for-pi pat conscience styrd
pam
Of
nmin.i tiirm of tlielr
,
vanity
noght,
forsake pair folyes pat pai wroght,
Bot folowed ay here pair parfor
it
es gud, ryght,
ilesschly wille;
and
skylle,
pat pe worme of conscieuce with-in, 7096 Ever-m&re in helle
pe
pam gnaw
for pair syn.
*tij»
ellevend payne es teres of gretyng
Of pe
synfulle pat, with-outen styntyng,
Sal grete ever-mare, als says pe boke; 7 100
Ffor- whi what for sorow, and what thurgh
And what pat pai
smoke
thurgh cald, and what thurgh bete
salle thole, pai salle
ay grete,
Digitized
by
THE TWRLFTH PAIN
192
And pus
Tcars «ball ever morc rtin from
DISGRACK.
IS
eghen
tercs fra pair
»alle
[BOOK
VI.]
ryn
.
the c^cm uf tho wicked.
l
Ivl
Ever-mare and never
Swa
»alle blyn.
mykelle water als
salle falle pan,
Ffra a raans eghe raay gesce na inan;
7108
ln
Ffor-whi pai
«alle
And And And
eghen ryn swa
pat
the worltl ia not so imich «ater «een a» all
7112
sball fall from tbeir eye«.
ay be gretnnd,
pair teres salle be ay flowand, fra pair
pair gretyng in alle
swa lang
fast,
sulle last,
pe world kere, als
I
wene,
Es noght swa mykelle water
seile,
Als fra pair eghen salle
pare;
Ffor pai
salle
falle
be gretand ever-mare.
Wharfor Saint Austyn says pns,
7UG Whase wordes In More
fear« are
“In
«hctl in hell than
7120
tbere are «lrops in the «ca.
er auctentyke tylle us:
infenxo plures ejfundentur laerime
quam
Ma
sunt in mari
helle,’’
teres
i/utte.
he says, “out-yhetted
pan dropes er
salle be,
pe se,”
in
pe synfulle salle pare pus ever-mare grete. And pair [teres] salle be of swa gret hete, flat 71-24
pe water pat pan
Ffru pair eghen, salle
Ffor
Thia water sball be holler than mol len lead or
it
salle
doun-ryn,
salle
pam
sobald and bryn,
be hattcr pan ever was
Malten led or weiland bras,
boilitig brass.
Als 71‘28
I
have herd gret clerkes
teile,
pat has descryved pe payns of
And
for-pi pat pai
helle;
had here ay lykyng
ln pair syn and never forthynkyng.
Ne sorow 7132
XII.
The
paln
is
parfore, for
parfor pai salle
pam
in helle
thoght
it
swete,
ay grete,
And with pair teres be echalded sare, To eke pair paynes, als I sayd are. pe twelftepayne es schäme and schenshepe,
iwelfth
disgrare.i
.
0
,
loU
pat pe synfulle
Of
salle
have
in
belleswa depe,
ilku syn pat ever pai dyd;
Ffor-whi pare salle be knawen and kyd Alle pair syns of thoght, or
Word and werk,
7140 Als says Saint Austyne pe gret elerk:
Digitized by
[BOOK VI.] ALL THE SIN8 OK THE WICKED SH ALL BE REVEALED.l 93 Omnia
in Omnibus patebunt, et se ab-
scondere non valebunt.
“Alle pair syns in 7144
And pai
pam
shewed be
«alle
pai roay nouther pan
pam hyde
havemare schäme of
salle
.
And pan 7148
ne
fle.”
pair syn pare, Th« r J r the
pair schendschcpe salle be mare,
ever had any
man
di«gr»e« of wiclted in h«u.
here in thoght
Ffor any velany pat ever he wroght,
And pat schäme with pam salle last And never salle pas fra pam oway;
ay,
pai may say pus pat pare pan dwelles, 7152 Als pe prophete in pe psauter telles;
Tota die verecundia mea contra me
est, et
confusio faciei mee cooperuil me.
pat
“xny schamefulnes,’’ says he,
es,
7156 Alle day es ogayns me,
And pe
schenschepe of
my
face
Salle cover me, in ilka place.’’
pai
salle
swa schäme ay
7160 pat
pam
salle
of pair syn,
For >b«m« «hin tboy
thynk
pat never
Wharfor
salle cese,
if
bum,
als pai suld bryn, salle have pare,
Ffor pe gret schäme pat pai
bot last ever-mare;
na paync war in helle,
And
w
through in luor« pain than inposaibi®
lt
7164
Bot pat schäme anely, pat It
snld be tylle
pan any man And forpi pat
pam
I
pai here in pair lyfe,
Bot with-outen schäme
to
pam
schryve,
syn was bald,
ryght pat pai have, als I tald,
Schäme 7172
teile,
couth here ordayne;
7168 Durst never for schäme of syn
It es
of
pare mare payne,
in helle for pair syn,
Of whilk pai wald here never blyn. pe threttende payne es, als clerkes wate, xm. Th» thirteenth pain ia » pe bandes of fyre brynand full« ,hate, bond« of ar® ,
,
....
W ith ,
_
,
_
..
whilk pe synfulle
7176 Als in
And pa bandes
11
salle
som boke wryten
*
»
with which tbe «iufui »haii b«
i
be bonden,
es fonden;
of fyre salle never slake.
Ffor pai wald never pair syn forsake,
n
Digitized by
:
BONDS OF F1RE THE THIRTEENTH PAIN. [BOOK VI.]
194 The
pai
»infui in
bei] shal]
salle
be with pa bandes brynand,
lie
tounJwitb burn-7180
In helle hard bonden, both fote and liand,
And
straytely streyned ilka lym,
Thurgh pe devels pat pair wonyng 7184
Omang
and grym.
er ugly
be endeles,
in helle salle
stynk and fylth in gret myrknes,
Whare ever es nyght and never day, Als men may liere gret clerkes say. pan salle pai feie, when pai pare come, 7188
Godes vengeance thurgh ryghtwisc dome, Ffor pair syn pat him here myspavs, Wharfor God pus
in
Ligatis manibuA
pedibus, mittite
et
pe gosspelle says
7192 in tenebrae exteriores.
“Lat bynd pair hend and pair fete fast, And in-to pe utter myrknes pam cast,” pat es 719G
w*rd and
in
pe deppest pytt of
Whare mare sorow
es
helle,
pan tong may
teile.
pare sallepuirhevedes be turned dounward,
Tb«ir bend* abaii b« torned down-
.
,
And And
tbeir
7200
.
.
,
.
,
,
.
upward bonden hard,
pair fete
pair bodyse be streyned bi fete and hed,
With brynand bandes glowand red; pai salle be pyned on pis manere, With other paynes many and
scre,
Als a gret clerk says openly, 7204
In a boke pat he
Of
made thurgh
study,
sere questyons of divinite,
pat es cald ‘Flos Seiende’
pat es on Ynglys 7208
Whare wryten
es
‘pe flour of
many
In pat boke pus he
How
pai salle
konyng’
prive thyng;
telles,
hyng pat par pan dwelles:
Capita, inquit, eorumeruntad-invicemdeorsum versa,
7212 perfee surtum
He Ami in »tron« pai i> 9 they shall b* «train«! and
7216
erecti, et
undique penie
distenti.
says “in pe grond of helle dongeoune
“pe hevedes of svnfullesalle be turned doune, And pe fete upward fast knytted And in Strang paynsbe streyned andtytted.”
Digitized by
[BOOK
VI.]
DESPAIR
THE FOURTEENTII
IS
195
PAIN.
And for-pi pat pai war liere ay redy To gyn, with sere lyms of pair body, ,
parfor pai 7220
Be
bonden parc
salle be
The
«inful aliall
be bonnd for erer with burning bonds.
divers lyms. als I sayd are,
With brynand bandes liate glowand, pat ever marc salle be Instand;
And 7224
Na
for-pi pat pai
wald noght God knaw,
kepe pe ordre bere of
Bot turned pam ay
his law,
God-ward,
fro
And on pe world pair hertes sett liard, And swa mysturned here pair lyfvng 7228 In-tylle vanyte and flesschly lykyng,
parfor
it
es ryght and resonne,
pat pai bo turned up-swa-donne,
And 7232
streyned in helle and bonden
With bandes of
pe
fire
pat ay salle
fast,
last.
fourtende payne es despayre to
xrv. The four-
teile,
In wbilk pe synfulle salle ay dwelle,
teenth pain deapair.
is
Thorr
re-
With-outen hope of inercy pan,
Salamon says pus, pe wise man:
723G Ffor
Omnesqui ingrediuntur ad infernum non rerertentur, nec
He 7240
apprehendent semitas
vite.
says “alle pase pat tylle helle wendes,
And
in
despayre
salle
be omang fendes,
Salle never after turne ogayne,
Ne
tak pe
ways of lyfe certayne.” er dampned thnrgh iugemcnt,
For whcnpai 7244
And pai
with body and sanle salle
never
after,
Have hope, ne thynk
tille
helle er sent,
with-outen dout,
com
to
out,
Bot ever-mare dwelle with-outen hope, 7248 Ffor pus says pe haly inan Job:
Quia
in inferno nulla est
redempcio.
“Ffor in hell”, he says, “es na redempcyoune” 7252
Thurgh na help of frende;
Of
for
nadevocyone
help, ne pair
payn
mak
i«
no
riemption for thos« in h«u.
prayer, ne almusdede, ne messe,
May pam
les.
n2
Digitized by
;
THE DE8PAIR OF THE 8INFUL
196
A
VI.]
With-outen hope of reconverere.
in ihe
h '* r
^
[BOOK
pus in despayre to dwelle,
7256 Ever-mare No hop«
IN HELL.
Strang payn salle pis be in helle,
pis passes
h*n.
alle
pe payns of pis lyfe here,
Ffor here has na 7260
mau payn swa
sträng,
pat he ne has som tyme hope omang,
Outher of remedy pat men may käst, Or pat it salle end and noght ay last; Elles suld pe hert, thurgh sorow and care, 7264 Over-tyte fayle,
Ffor
7268
warn som hope wäre;
sorow here hope comfortes
in
best.
And mensays, warn hope wäre it suld brest. Bot in helle na hope may falle in thoght, And pair hertes brest may noght; Ffor pai er ordaynd to lyf ay pare,
Swa
pat pai
Bot pe d«»üi
ii
better
7272
pain.
may be pyned ever-mare. pam in pat stede
lyfe of
Es wers and
bytterer pan pe dede.
Bot better
war
pan
it
Bot pe synfulle 7276
to be fully slayne,
over-lang lyfe in sträng payne; salle
ay pare
And na ded may pam
sla bot
payne
be,
ay pam
fie,
in
Als pe boke openly schewes us,
Whare we may fynd wryten pus: Th« wicked wht>7280
Mors
fügtet ab
“pe
ded’’, pat
eis.
here es sträng and hard
»re in hell, »hall
_
deiirt to die,
‘"balle
but deeth »hell flee from them.
ay pan ne
.
fra
pam-ward,
,
.
pe payns Bot pai
of pe ded pai salle ay dregtie,
salle
ncver-mare fully deghe;
7284 pai salle ay lyf in
Bot pair
lyf salle
sorow and
stryfe,
seme mare ded pan
pair lyfe in mydward pe ded
lyfe
salle stand,
Ffor pai salle lyfe ever-mare deghand, 7288
And deghe ever-mare lyfand with-alle, Als men dose pat we se in swowne falle; And for-pi, pat pai here mykelle lufed syn, And thurgh over-mykelle hope ay lyfed par-in,
Digitized by
;;
[BOOK
VI.]
7292
THE GREATEST PAIN And
to leve pair syn
parfor
pat
it
IN HELI..
had never
197
will«,
es gnd, ryght and skylle,
be ay for fair foly,
J>ai
In hell« with-outen hope of mercy. 7296
Now pe
havel schewed yhow, nlsl couthteli«,
fonrtene generali« payng in hell«;
Bot yhit
eateit^ain payne generali«, Thepe»
es over pase a
.
pat of
in hell is
,
all«
other es mast pnncipalle,
peat yearning for the light of
73(X)
pat es tharnyng forever of the syght namly,
Of onr Lord God pai 7304
have sorow pat never
soll«
And pe sorow For
als
pe syght of
Mast ioy of 7308
God
all« other,
tynt,
sali« stynt;
pat parfor sali«
fall«
be mast payne to patn of
.Sali«
God.
alle-myghty.
Ffor whilk syght pat pai for ever have
alle,
in heven, es
mare and
les,
Right swa pe tharnyng for ever of pat syght,
Es pe mast payne Ffor
in helle dygbt;
pe payns pat in helle tnay be,
alle
Snld noght
pam
dere
if
pai
moght him
7312 Yhit solle r payns pare be sere r J
pan
pe men of
alle
erth, ald
se.
many J ma
Als pe boke says, and mare sorow and
wa
Th« pun»
of
cannot be rcckoncd.
hell
and yhong,
Moght thynk with hert or teile with men pat sali« wende
tong,
7316 pat pe synful
Tille helle solle have with-outen ende,
pe whilk payns and sorow Ffor pare
salle
salle
never cees
never be rest ne pees,
7320 Bot travail and stryfe with sorow and care, Full«
pai
wa
sali
salle
pam
be pat salle dwelle pare;
thynk on nathyng
elles,
In bell the
wicked shill
Bot on pair payns, 7324
And on
als
som
elerkes telles,
never be at peace.
pair syn pat pai here wroght,
Swa salle payns and sorow troble pair thoght Ffor pare salle be pan herd and sene,
Alkyn sorow and trey and tene. wantyng of alkyn thyng,
7328 pare salle be
In whilk moght be any lykyng,
Digitized
by
;
TIIERE
198
And And in hall abaii ba
7332
Moloful din.’
GREAT NOISE
A
IS
of
alle
pat
moght
VI.]
bc,
es gret plente.
ln belle «alle be pan lulle dolefulle dyn, ,
Omang
pe synfulLd pat salU dwelle par-in,
pat ever-raare ‘‘Alias, alias
7336
ille
[BOOK
IN HELL.
dcfaut of all« thyug pat gud
salle
pus cry and say:
and walaway!
pat ever we war of
wemmen
borne,
we er fra God for ever lorne?” pan salle pai grete and goule and witb teth gnayste Ffor ofhelp ne mercy par pam nogbt trayste. pe devels obout rpam rpan in helle, r On pam salle cver-mare rare and yhelle; Ffor
1
netin »hau mar 7340 »ml
ycll
ahout
the wickeii;
Swa pat 7344
salle pan make, moght do qwake,
hydus noyse pai
pe world
alle
it
And alle pe men lyfand pat herd it, To ga wode for ferd and tyne pair witt. pe devils ay omang on pam salle stryke, And pe synfulle pare-with ay cry and skry ke
7348 pare salle be pan inare noyse and dyn,
pan
alle
Ffor pare
7352
pe men of erth eouth yinagyn; salle
pat pe noyse
Omang Ryght 7356
be swilk rareyng and ruschyng
And raumpy ng of devels and dyngyngand dusching And skrykyng of synfulle, als I said are, salle be
Aue hydus
heven and erth strake togyder. thing cs
Of pe noyse pat
pe
Full of Ire ihcy •hall
otiifT
the
f,
7360
7364
1
it
salle
to teile
pan be in
helle;
devels, r pat ay salle be fülle of ire, ,
„
balle stopp pe synfulle ay in pe fyre,
wicked in tho
9
swa hydus pare, com pider,
devels and pasc pat salle als
Swa pat pai salle glowe ay als fyre brandes And ay when pai rnay weld pair hauds, 3 Ffor sorow pai salle pam hard wryng; And walaway pai salle ay syng. In helle salle be pan swa gret tlirang, pat nane may remow for other ne gang.
pai salle gret and with teth gnayste, For mercy par paim nane traiste (MS. Harl. 6923). H3. Marl. 6923 reads styr for rreld.
Digitized by
:
[BOOK
VI.]
HELL
IS
On na
syde,
Ffor pai »,
_
.
7368 Als pai
LARGE, WIDE AND DEEI\
199
backward ne forward be pressed togyder swaharde, Thewicked
salle
«h»n bcpressedas ioto »u o»en, mn oi
,
war stopped, togyder .
aue oven,
in
Ffull« of fyre bineth and oboven;
Bot never-pe-les
hell« yhit es
.1 swawyde and And ,
,
,
.
large, pat
lt
«bovc
swa depe, large 'nough'to hold all th« moght kepe wicked. ,
,
7372 All« pe creatures, les and mare,
Of
pe world
alle
if
myster wäre,
llka synfulle salle pare on otber prese,
And nane
pam
of
salle otber eese,
7376 Bot ever fyght togyder and stryfe,
men
Als pai war wode
of pis lyfe,
And And
ilk
Swa
pat ilk ane wald him seif fayn sla,
ane scratte other in pe
Tho daran««
face,
.
7380
If
pair
awen
flessch of-ryve
ahall srratch «ach other« f«cc«.
he moght, swa salle him be wa,
Bot pare-to
haf na myght,
salle pai
Ffor pe ded salle never mar on 7384
and race,
F lulle
pam
lyght.
fayn pai wald pan ded be,
Bot pe ded
salle
ay fra
pam
fle;
After pe ded pai salle yherne ilk ane,
Als in pe apocalypse schewes Saint Iohan 7388 Desiderabunt mori,
mors fugit ab
“pai
7392
sali
et
eis.
yherne”, he says, “to deghe
And pe ded salle fle fra pam oway;’’ Omaug pam salle ay be debate, pam salle other hate.
11k ane of
They full
pai
salle
be
fülle of
Ilk ane salle other
7396
hateredyn pan;
shall b«
of hatred
and
shall curso their fellows.
wery and ban,
And say “cursed kaytif and wa worth And weryed mot pou ever be, And weryed mot pai be ever-mare,
pe,
pat pe gat and pat pe bare. 7400
And
pe tymc pat pou was born alswa,
Ffor pi payne es It
pynes
me and
Als mykelle
als
tylle
me sorow and wa; me sare,
greves
myne awen payn
or mare,
Digitized
by
;
200 THEPA1NSOF HELL ARE BEYOND ALL RECKONING. [BOOKVI.] 7404
Fformy payne
it
ekes, and
Ilk ane tylle other Those
pus
io hell
ilk
pan
maus payne
mase mare grevus.”
salle
say pus.
Balle other dere.
ehall cur*« each
And nane
other;
of
pam
salle other forbere;
7408 Nouther son. ne doghter, ne syster, ne brother
Ffader ne raoder, ne yhit nane other;
Ffor ilk ane
And
ilk
salle other hate dedly,
ane gryn on other and
cry.
7412 Ilk ane sallegnaw pair awen tonges in sonder,
They
»hall
Blan-
der God;
7416
And
ilk
pus
in helle salle pai far ay,
And
par-with sklaundre
“Whar-to made God ns
And Bot 7420
ane salle pare on other wonder.
lates ns it
now
semes pat
God made
When we
er pus putted
Or he
made
us
God and
say:
tylle his lyknes,
dwell pare sorow ay es
tille
ns in vayne, endles payne,
for noght eis to dwelle
In erth, bot to be fyre brandes in helle/’ '
And
eure« the
d*y of their
birth.
7424
Pai salle wery pe tyme pat pai war wroght, And say “alias whine war we noght.’’ pus salle pai sklaundre God omang, Swahard pair payns sallebe, and swastrang pai
salle ilk
ane on other Stare and gryn,
Als wode men dose here, and makes gretdyn 7428
An hydus Wha-swa
thing to here
Bot pat couth noght 7432 The paine of beO are innumerable-
it
wäre,
couth teile pe payns pare,
Als properly als pai
salle
alle
pe
pare be.
men
of cristiante.
Ne
alle pe clerkes pat ever had witt, Sen pe world bigan, ne pat lyfes yhit Couth never teile, bi clergy, ne arte
Of pa payns
of helle pe thowsand parte.
7436 Ffor pe noumbre of payns pat pare griefes
Passes pe mens witt pat here
liefes,
Or pat ever lyfed in any degre, And pat may men bi skylle pus
sc;
7440 Ffor ilka syn pat pe synfulle has wroght,
Whar
it
never swa
lytelle venyalle thoght,
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
VI.]
TH EHE
EVERY
A PA1N KOR
18
201
SIN.
pai galle have ceitayne payne pare. After pat pe gyn es les or mare. 7444
Wha couth pan teile, ...
war he neverswa wvse,
,,
,
Th«r«
in « p»in tor ercrjr «in;
,
All« pe syns an« alle pe folyge,
Both dedly and algwa venyale, And leve nane untald, gret ne smale, 7448 pe whilk a man has here fallen in, Ffra pe tyme pat he
Both 7452
And
first
bigan to syn,
word and dede? tyme conth rede.
in thoght, in
Alswa say nane
es pat
for ilka thing
done here
1
in vayne,
In helle es ordaynd certayne payne Tille synfulle
men
pan bihoves pam, 7456
And
for ilka
Be pyned 7460
pat salle dwelle pare. als I
sayd are, And for «rery thing done here
Ffor ilka syn pat pai dyd here.’ J 1 r J Have certayne payne singulere;
And
manere of syn and
t® **>"•
foly,
in helle specyaly.
als oft-sythe als pai here ne wed
pairsyu
salle new pare bigyn; swamany pnyns ty 11« pam salle falle, pat na witt may comprehende pam alle hdl ,h * »® »'•dom may com-
Als oft-syth pair payn parfor
t
;
m
prehend
7464 Ffor na syn pat pai ever here dyd,
Dedly ne Bot
alle
u»m »li.
veniele, salle be hyd,
openly senc and nan be laynd,
Ffor whilk salle be pare sere payns ordaynd 7468
Wha
moght pan
alle
pat pe synfulle men Ffor-whi
if
a man
pe payns salle
teile,
have in helle?
fra hethen pass
oway
ln a dedly syn, at his last day, 7472
Ffor ilka venyel syn, pat ever dyd he,
He
salle
And
pan diversly pyned be;
als oft
renoueld
new And pe lest payne pan alle pe payns Als he tumed
7476
1
*
3
salle
tylle ilk
be ilk payne, 7 r • syn ogayne.
pare es mare to of pis World
Als wha say na man couth tbaim rede (US. renewed?
Th«
i«««t p»in
of hell
is
greater
may
se,
be,
llarl. 6923).
Digitized by
;
THE SIGHT OK I’AIN iS A GREAT TORMENT. [BOOK
202 The sorrow thi*
world
in
Flur
of
VI.]
pe payns of pis world here,
all«
but
Joy com pa red with ih«* pntns of hell.
pat ever was sene 7480
Als topf
lest
fer or nere,
payne pare inoght nogkt be tald.
Bot alsabatheof water, noutlier bäte ne ca Kl
1
Ffor alle pe sorow of pis world, ilka dele,
War
noght bot als solace and ioy to
feie,
7484 Als to regard of pe lest payne,
pat
es in belle; pis es certayne,
11k synfulle salle haf syght
Of
pare
pe payns, botb les and mare,
alle
748S pat alle pe synfulle
men
salle dregbe.
pan salle ilk ane se pare witb eghe Men and wymmen, many a tbousand,
On The
sight of another s pain shail he a source of suffering lo the
7402
daran cd.
7496
ilk
And Of
syde obout, in sere payns dwelland;
pat sygbt, pat ilk ane salle pare se
ilka payne, tylle
paw payne
salle be;
Fforalle pe payns pat salle falle tylle ilk
man
pam
pan.
8alle be
sorow
pns salle
ilk
tylle alle
pat sese
ane dreghe mare payn in
helle,
pan hert inoght ever tbink or tong teile; What of payns pat topam-self salle bedyght, And wbat of payns pat pai salle liave of syght. 7500 Ffor alle pe payns, pat pare salle
beknawen,
Salle greve ilk man alsmykelle als
Swilk payns
Aght If
a
man
umier-
7504
Htood whai were the nuffcrings of thone in holl, ho would hato all
For
to I
Swa
mak
ilk
man
hisawen;
men may here
to here, als
rede,
of helle have drede
trow pat here es no
man
lyfand,
hard-herted, pat wald understand
And trow whut payns
in helle er wroght,
folljr.
Pat. he
7508
ne suld have gret dred in thoght,
pe whilk
suld
mak him
hato alle foly,
Wharfor he war swylk payns worthy. Bot
alle
pose pat wille pair syn forsake,
Whils pai 7512
And
lyfe here, ar
pe ded
pam
take,
of alle tkiug have fortliynkyug
pat pai have done ogayns Codes bydyng,
1
Als a leuke bath nouther bäte ne calde (MS. Harl. 6923).
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE JOYS OK HEAVEN.
VII.]
203
And turn pam ty 11« God fra pair syn, .... And ask hm mercy and trayst par-in, And be lufand un-tylle bim and bowsom, .
7516
Tho»c «h» tum to fiod her«,
,
«h»u
unu
r«i °
Ki°’
In pa payns of bell« sali« never coro,
Bot 7520
pe blys of beven roou pai wende,
tyll«
Andhavepare pair lykyng with-outenende. Here liave I spuken of pe payns of hell«, Als yhe have herd
7524
me openly
teil«,
And
of pe sext part of pis boke roade ende.
Now
will« I tyll« pe sevend part wende,
pat es pe
last part
pe whilk spekes
of all«;
als
I
sbew ybow
sali«,
Specialy of pe ioyes in beven,
Pat er mare pan any tong may neven. 7528 Bot fyrst I will« scbew ybow wbare beven es, Als clerkes savs and pe buke bers witnes
And And 7532
efter pat I sali«
ybow
teil«
scbew ybow
roare,
of sere ioyes pat er pare.
Here bygyns pe sevend
part of pis boke
pat es of pe ioyes of beven.
Many pe
blys of beven covaytes,
vuny
de»ir« iho the blis« of hea-
...
Bot fone pe ryght way pider laytes ; 7536
And som
thurgb syn er
7536* pat pe right
Som wald Bot pai
way
made so
»en but few »eek *
1
blynd,
pider pai kan noght fynd,
be pare, witk-outen dout,
will« noght travaille pare obout;
Bot whasa
will« tak pe
way
pider-ward,
7540 Behoves in gud Werkes travaille hard;
Ffor tyllepe kyngdom of heven may no man com
7544
Bot he ga bi pe way of wisdom; pe way of wysdom es mekenes And other virtuse, mare and les. And pat way es cald a gastly way, Bi wkilk men suld here travaille ay, pat es pe way pat ledes men even
7548 Untyll« pe hegh
Bi other
Man may
onijr
reach heavcn by th«
way
of wia-
dom.
kyngdom of heven.
way may
nane, bot he fleghe,
Digitized by
HEAVEN
204 i§ ibe highest place Ihat God haa
made.
7552
TUE HIGHEST PLACE.
16
[BOOK
VII.]
sw» heghe; Ffor it es pe heghest place patGod wroght, And pe first, wlien he made all« thing of noght. Na man mav gesce swa lang space, Pass up
Heaven
tyll«
heven
it
es
Als es fro hethen untylle pat hegh place; Ffor bitwene us and pat heghe heven 7556
Es
all«
pe firmament to neven,
pe' clerkes
pe whilk pus
bi skyll«
er ay
hevens
moveand
«alles,
als falles.
er oboven ns hevens sere,
7560 Bot all« er pa noght olyke clere;
Ffor pe heghest heven es wele bryghter
pan pe
other hevens pat er lagher;
Ffor pe heghest has swa mykell« bryghtnes, 7564
And swa pat
Swa God ha« made leveral heaven*.
all«
fayre and
Sere hevens 7568
swa delytable
es,
pe men of erth couth noght
mykell« ymagyn, ne think in thoght.
God ordavnd for sere thyng, God made for our wonyng.
Bot pe heghest
pese hevens er oboven us heghe, Als clerkes says, pat er wise and sleghe; 1.
Tbe
Ane
atarry
heaven.
es,
pat
we pe stemed heven
call«,
7572 pare pe planetes and pe Sternes er
all«,
pat men may se here, on nyght, schyne;
Ane
The rryatalline or watery heaven.
2.
other es, pat clerkes calles cristallyne,
pat next oboven pe sterned heven 7576
es,
And es mare pan pat of wydenes; Som clerkes it calles on pis manere; pe water beven, pat es als clerc Als
cristall«,
pat hoves oboven pare,
7580 Ryght als water pat frosen wäre;
pus telles Berthelemewe in pe boke Of propertes of sere thinges to loke: pir twa hevens ay obont-rynnes,
Tbese two heavena revolve
round the earth. wbicb ia very •mall.
n,0 oS4 .
i
Both day and nyght, and never blynnes;
pe
erth, pat
Es bot 1
als
pa hevens obout-gase,
a poynt Imyddes a compase;
patt
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VII.
HELL
J
7588
THE LOWEST PLACE.
18
205
Swa lytell« it es To regard of pa
seinand with-out
HeiünUmmiddit
heveus obout 5
of the earth, tbe loweit place.
And Imyddes pe
erth es ordaynd helle,
U
pare pe ayn fülle, pat sali« be dampned salle d welle
men may before rede and se, And lawer pan helle may na place Als
7592
7596
be;
Pus both pe hevens obout-gase ay And never salle ceese untylle domesday Ffor clerkes says pat knawes and sese, Of pir twa hevens pe propertese, pat if pai moved noght, all« suld peryssch, Both man and
And
pat alle r
beste, foehel
under para
Th« turry »nd
woiv« «>-
and fyssch
may J
**»y •<"» »n *onld b«
be,
lhln|(a
7600 pat lyves and growes, both gresse and
<i«>troycd.
tre,
All suld be smored' with-outen dout,
Warne pa hevens ay moved obont; Ffor if pai stode never swa schort whilestylle, 7604 Alle pat on erth es suld perysch and spylle;
pus
telles gret clerkes
pat has bene lered 7608
in
of clergy,
astronemy
And knawes pe constellacyouns And pe heven pat pe erth envirouns. Of rpair rooveyne vorpan have Jyhe no wonder,’ Ffor
it
noryssch[es] alle pat es pare-uuder,
Tbe moiiaD
<>i
lb«„. he.rena
nounsh«« «n tblngs.
In wate and drye, in hate and cald, 7612
Ay
whils pai move, als
pir hevens obout-gase
And pam
I
bifore tald,
alle erthly
thynges
norysches and forth-brynges,
Ffor als clerkes says pat to
pam
tentes
7616 pai ternpre pe 8treng[t]he of alle pe elementes
Ay
als pai
move whils
Bot *pe thred heven
Swa wonderly 7620 pat nathyng
es
pai obout-ga.
oboven *pa twa,
heghe and swa ferre
may
3-
Th *
heaven
i>
lhirt|
above
,h ' »th«™.
be heghere;
Yhit 8om clerkes ina hevens nevens,
And 1
Al »chulde be
says pat pare er other seven heveus,
epilt
wyth-outen deute (US. 22283).
Digitized by
;
:
THE PLANETS MAY HE CALLED HEAVKN8. [HOOK VII.]
•20G
pat «eines lawer, 7624 Kotne say that tbo planet* an* heavens and are seven ln nuinber J.
4. 6.
als
twa hevens
Jie
men may
se,
falle» to be,
Ffor-whi pe clerkes pe planet«»
Bi certayne skyll« lierens pai
Moon,
2. MerVenus, Sun, 5. Mars, 7028
cury,
pan
And
alle
call«.
seven planete» er oboven us;
3.
Jnpiter,
7.
Ffyrst pe
Mone and Mercury and Venn»,
Sa-
Sythen pe Son and pan Mar» and Iubiter,
turn.
And Satnmu» oboven pan
pat e» liegber.
11k ane pair course obout ay
7632 In pair cercle», al»
pai »tyk nogbt
fast, als
Ilk ane his course
mase
God ordaynd
hase;
»male »terne» dose,
mase thurgh use;
llka planete falle» for to be 7636 The Moon ia the lowest, Saturn ia the hiebest planet.
7640
Hegher pan otbcr
in ordre
and degre;
pe Mone, pe fyrst and lawest, es sene, And Satumus pe heghest es, als I wone; Oboven us er alle pe planetes seven, And pe cercle of ilk ane es called anelieven pat er wonderly bryght and fayre;
air may bo called a beaven.
The
Yhit ane other heven es called pe ayre
pat es lagher, par pe foghles bas 7644
And Bot
flyght,
pat heven es mast nere our syght es noght
it
Als pe
swa
clere ne clene
hevens oboven er sene:
otlier
All« pe cercles of pe planetes alle
7648 pat
we
here clerkes pus hevens
call«.
Er bryght and clere, alspe bokes schewesus And ilk planete es ferrer pan other fra us The distance of the earth from the moon ia 7652 500 winters, an say m Kabbi Moses.
Ffra pe erth unty 11« pecercle of pe mone, es
pe wayof fyve hundreth pat es Als a
wynter, and na
les,
als mykelle space at say,
man moght
way,
ga, in playne
In fyve hundreth yhere fully, 7656 If he
moght
lyfe
swa lang
in body,
Als a gret philosiphir pat hyght
Rabhy Moyses
tolles
ryght
pat thurgh witt mykelle couth 7660
And
over pat
all«,
swa says
se;
he,
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK VII.] THE SPACE BETWEEN THE PLANETS AND EARTH. 207 pat ilka cercle ...
Of
fiat
es scuc
,
K»ch drei« of conUin«
* planet
,
ilka planetc, inay contene,
the ‘way of äuu
men may fand wryten here, pe way of fyve hundreth yhere Als
76G4
Als es gesced
Swa
If
7672
ane
es,
fyve hundreth yhere.
him suld noght gryfe
fiat travaill«
he here swa lang moght lyfe;
And fra pe poynt of pe erthe tilleSaturnus pe heghest planete may be gesced pus, pe way of seven thowsand yhere And Ihre hundreth, als es wryten here, pat es
7676
ilk
mykell« space here
at say, als
man moght ga in
7068 Als a
pof
brede and tbyknes,
in
mykelle and thyk
pat es
at say, als es
u
%", , >'* r * >
here contende,
Als mykelle space als a
man moght wende way gang
In seven thowsand yhere, and playn 1
And
Swa 7680
7684
Of
th[r]e hundreth, ifhe suld lyf
E * r|1 nista
)' ar «»of 340 days
thre hundreth days and fourty,
A
And *pat rpe wav of ilka day J Be fully of fourty myle of wav, And pat ilka myle fully contene A thowsand pases or cubites sene. Raby Moyses says all« pis, pat er noght
Bot whether 7688
swa lang;
pat ilk Jyhere be aeounted halely J
1
God
all«
my
alle pis
wate, pat
alle
wordes bot
i«
d »r» Joaraey 40 mllea, and ”>'•« «, ”-
bis;
be soth or noght,
thyng has wroght,
Ffor he made all« thyng thurgh myght and sleght In certain nouinbre and mesure and weght
Bot swa 7692
sutclle
and wise may na man
pat pat mesuryng kuawes swa wele Ffor na thyng pat
may
be,
mare or
be,
als he; les,
Or pat ever was, tylle bim unknawen es chri '' me*»ursd r J Uli. dl«t»ne« whenh.**c«»d«d Himself fra erth, upward way. met Pat * 1 ^ to hoaven on Whenhestey tyllehevenonhalgheThnrsday, h» » Thumd.y. ; ’
’
'
7696
1
pat wate he best thurgh wytt and
What 1
space pat
way contened
sleght,
of heght.
i»?
Digitized by
;
THE STARS ARE ABOVE THE
208
Bi 7700
[BOOK
PI.ANRT8.
VII.]
pe hevens had he gane,
alle
And passed alle ]>e Sternes ilk ane, And up tylle pe hegliest heven he went. And alle pis way he passed in a Moment, In pe heghest part of pe sterned heven.
*i>ovt the pi»neu are the
7704
pe planetes seven,
alle
.
7708 nik« null
Oboveu
Standes swa many Sternes smale,
•um,
pat na man
may pam
pat Standes
fast parc, als
And
er led obout with
teile bi tale,
pe buke pruves,
pe heven pat moves,
in a whele with -out, pat with pe whele er turned obout;
Als nayles er
in
•b out »itb ihn heavens.
.
.
.
Bot pe planetes er noght led swa, 7712 Ffor in pair cercles obout pai ga. Sternes semes smale, als we deine, Bot swa smale er pai noght als pai seme,
pe Th*
»um
ippenr
•null lo m, bot thny »re not r«-
,
,
-
,
swa ter, how mykelle pai er we on-luke.
t for pai er schewed fra us
* llJ
771C
pat we may noght
se
Bot pe
pare pat
lest Sterne
Es mare pan
erth, als says
Ffor clerkes says, 7720
possibel
Him
suld thynk, pof
Los pan pe
pan
pe boke;
erth in fyre wäre,
if all«
war pat a man war
And
pare,
bryned bryght,
it
lest Sterne pat
schynes on nyght,
aght pat heven gret space contene,
7724 pare
swa many
may be seue. may be.
steriles
Alle pir hevens liere sene
Bot pe alther-heghest heven may na mnn
The highest
se.
heaven no one t
un
Tille pat heven coutli clerk tliurgh arte,
sec*.
7728 high tbat • stone of a
1t is so
handred men's would Uke
lifting
1000 years before reaching the cartn.
pe space gesce bi ane hundreth thowsand part it es swa heghe, als Sydrak if a stane pat war of pays, Of ane hundreth mens lyftyng,
Ffor
says,
pat
7732 Might falle
A Ar
firo
pepen,
it
suld be in fallyng
thowsand yhere and na it
come
at
pe
Bot aungels pat 7730 May com donne
erth,
fro
les,
swa heghe
heven er
tylle erth in
it
es;
seut,
a moinent.
Digitized by
;;
[BOOK
VII.]
THE HIGHE8T HEAVBN DOE8 NOT MOVE. And up ogayne
tylle
heven
_
may
In pe Space of a twynkellyng of .
Andswa may ,
7740
Com
.
.
a saule pat es clene
209 Th«
flegh,
_
_
«oui« of tho rightcoua may ane eghe. pass from earth to haaren in the _ , andlyght, twinkiing of an
pider fro hethen in als schort a Hyght,
Thurgh pe myght ofGod and thurgh noght ellcs And swa bas done many pat pare dwelles pis may be Halden a gret 7744
Omang
alle
pe wonders of
ferly,
God alle-myghty,
pat ane aungelle may pass swa many myle, Ffra heven
And a 7748
inswa schortawhyle. Godes myght and grace,
tylle hy der,
saule thurgh
May fro
hethen com pider in swa short space.
This heven es pe alther-heghest place of __
#
7752
.
alle, Heuten
i» th« higbest place of
.
.
Heghcr es na thyng pat may bifall«, pe whilk alle thyng eontenes of dignyte, And in nathyng contende may be, It
eontenes over-alle
,
on
all.
ilk party,
Bath bodily thyng and gastly, 775G
And als helle es lawest place pat may falle, Swa es pis heven alther-heghest place of alle And als sorow es ay in pe lawest place, rtorrow is io heMi 1,n
7760
Swa es ay in pe heghest, ioy and golace. And als tylle pe lawest place, drawesus syn, Swa tylle pe heghest may vertues us wyn.
O»y i» >«*•>•
pis heven es cald heven empiry
pat es
at
Ffor
seines alle als fyre of gret myght,
it
say heven pat es fyry,
7764 pat brynnes noght bot schynes bryght.
pis heven
noght obout to ga,
falles
Ne moves noght Bot Standes ay 7768
als
The hjgh , sl h
dose pe other twa,
stylle, for it es
pe
best,
0'
möt” «'th“ Jo -
othcrll ': *''u‘
And pe most worthi place of pees and rest pat God has ordaynd for pair wonyng, pat gyfes pam here tylle ryghtwise lyfyng. pis heven es cald Godes awen se, „ u clUwi ow “ ,Mt
7772 Ffor par syttes pe haly trinite,
-
And alle pe Orders of aungels. And alle pe blyssfulle spirites pat in heven dwels, o
Digiiized by
;
THKRE
210
GREAT JOY
18
Ami pe
[BOOK
BRAVEN
IN
men and
saules of gut!
VII.]
clene,
7776 pat in pis worid ryghtwyse has bene.
And
at
Wlien
pan
pe dredfulle day of dorne,
all«
men
salle bifor
God come,
salle all« the ryghtwyse men
wend
pider,
7780 In body and saule both togyder, Thcre
bö raore Joy in hfiven tlian heart may tliiuk or fthall
tonpue
toll.
7784
pe wliilk anely pan salle be save, And lulle blys in body and saule bare, pan salle märe ioy be in heven, pan hert may thynk or tong knn neven, Or ere may hero or any eglic se, pe whilk pai salle have, pat save salle be pan passes pat ioy alle mens witt,
7788 Als es fonden wryten in haly wrytt.
Quod
oculus non tidit, nee
auris audicit, n ec in cor ho-
minis ascendit, quod preparavit
7792
Deus
diligentibus se.
“Eghe moght never se, ne ere here, Ne in-tylle mans hert com pe ioyes pal God has ordaynd pare and
sere
dyglit,
779G Tylle alle pat here lufes him ryght.”
Ffor swa mykelle ioy pare
pat
alle
salle be,
pe men of Cristiante,
ane war parfyte
If ilk
in clergy
7800 In divinite and in astronomy, None,iliough evor so learncd ran
In gemettry and gramer, and arte,
Couth noght gese
a thousand part of tlie joys of hoavon. toll
7804
bi
pe thowsand parte,
Ne thiuk in hert ne with tong neven, pe ioyes pat pan salle be in heven. Ffor swa wyse here was never man yhit. Ne swa sleghe, ne swa sotclle of wytt,
Had 7808 Bot
he never swa mykelle understandyng,
God
anely pat knawes
pat couth
Of pe
teile
a poynt or
alle
thyng,
ymagyn
ioyes in heven pat never salle blyn,
Als proprely als pai er pare 7812 Bot als pe boke
pam
schewes,
to say,
swawe may.
Digitized
by
,
[BOOK
AND PERKEOT HAPPINESS.
VII.]
211
Alle mauere of ioyes er in pat stede.
pare
es
All
kinds
Joy
of
are in heiven:
ay lyfe with-outen dede;
GvorlMtiug
life>
pare es yhowthe ay with-outen elde, 7816 pare es alkyn welth ay to weide,
pare
es rest ay, with-outen travayle;
pare
es alle gudes J>at never sal fayle;
Goods,
pare
es pese ay, with-outen stryfe;
Pcacc,
U<*st,
7820 pare es alle mauere of lykyng of lyfe;
PlcsHuro,
pare
es, with-outen myrknes, lyght; pare es ay day and never nyght; pare es ay somer fülle bryght to se,
7824
Light,
Day and never night,
Bright suinmer and never vrinter,
And
never mare wynter in pat contre: pare es alkyn druryes and rychesce,
And mare uobillaypan any man may pare
Riehes, Nobility,
gesee;
mare worsche[pe] and honoure, 7825 pan ever had kyng liere or emparoure; pare es alkyn power and myght
And
es
endeles
wonyng sykerly
pare es alkyn delyces and 7832
Powor, Security,
dyglit;
eese,
Oeligbts,
And syker
peysilbilnes' and pese; pare es peysebelle ioy ay lastand,
And pare 7836
Honour,
And pare
And pare
ioyfulle selynes
Joy,
ay lykaud;
Happines»,
es sely endeles beyng,
endeles blysfulhede in alle thyng; es
ay blysfulle certaynte,
certayne dwellyng ay fre; es
laykyng and myrthes sere;
Play
7840 pare cs laghyng and lufly chero;
7844
Meiody n d «on«,
And lovyng and thankyng ay omang; pare es alle frendschepe pat may be, And parfyte luf and charyte
p™«, Frtendfhip,
.
;
pare
es acorde
And yheldyng
ay and anehede, of
mede
for ilk
»d mirth,
Laughtcr,
pare es melody and aungels sang;
Lo»c, unity,
gud dede;
R»w»rdi,
pare es lowtyng and reverence,
Hcveronct,
And boghsomnes and
oindi«««,
7848
pare
obedience;
es alle vertuse with-outen vyce,
virtuc»,
peyribilntt? o 2
Digitized by
THE SIGHT OF GOD THE GREATR8T JOT. [BOOK VH.]
212
pare es plente of dayntes and
pare 7S52
pare
pat greves or
pare es
Wwilom.
7856
And pare
H«aulr-
Of
gud es
es alle pat
And na thyng alle
may
pat
delice;
and may avayle,
es all« pat lykes
And nathyng
may
fayle;
at will«,
be
ill«.
wisdom with-outen
folv,
honest^ with-outen yilany;
and bewte
es bryghtnes
alle tbing
pat
men
sali«
pare
se.
All« pir ioyes er pare generalle, Tb« (rtiwil Jo)t,7SC0 In beaveu
is
Bot pe mast soverayne ioy of
all«
Es pe syght of Godes bryght
face,
Ule
«igbi of God'n face.
pat passes
all«
other ioyes and solare;
Ffor swa mykelle
may na
ioy be,
7864 Als es pe syght of pe trinite,
pat es pe Fader, and Son, and Haly
pe
gaste,
syght of whilk »alle be ioy maste;
Ffor-whi swa mykelle ioy and blys 7868
Na
ioy
Ffor
may be
als es pis.'
pan
alle pat
May knnw
sali« se
alle thing
pat ever was, and 7872
pe Of the
«pecial and thefr contraria«. 7876
and
sali« be,
Als men may afterward rede and
Here have
'bllieee'
him ryght,
thurgh pat syght,
es,
I
se.
shewed on a general manere
ioyes of lieven,
many and
sere.
Bot uow will 1 specialy shew yhow mare Of seven maners of blysses pare, And of seven schenschepes in hell«alle-swa,
pat er even contrary
And whilk
tylle pa,
blysses falies specyaly
7880 Tylle pe saule, and whilk tylle pe body,
Of pas pat God in heven sali« se; And whilk schcndschepes sali« appropried be Tylle pe bodyse of pase, pat salle ga 7884 Tyllehell«, and whilk tillepe saules alle-swa. I
spak bifore of sere ioyes generaly.
Bot now will
I
here sere blysses specify,
Forwhi par may be ioy ne blis, Swa mekyl to feie als is pis. (MS. Earl. 2394.)
Digitized
by
[BOOK VII.] THE SPECIAL BLESSINGS OF THE IUGHTE008. And
21.3
pair contraryes pat er hard,
7888 Als yhe
salle
here be red afterward.
Saint Anselme says, pe haly mau.
yhow
Als I here schew
pat omang
kau,
alle J>e ioyes of
heveu,
7892 Salle be sene specialle blysses seven,
pat pe bodyse .
And, In
,
have bat
sali«
seven pat pe saules
when
pai
be save, Th«
„
,
otlier
pe kvngdome of heven
7896 After pe dome,
aonis and hndie« of ths
,
sali«
have
b«.» 1
com
^Ums'b««!*
pider;
tyll«
pe synfulle bodyse pare ogayne
pat
salle
be danipned
And
right«,,,«
all« to-gyder,
Bot
Seven 7900
sali«
tyll« helle
payne,
specialle schendschepes salle falle
Th« wicked, on the contrary, are torinenled ln Söul and body by aeven pains.
other seven tyll« pe saules with-alle
In helle to-gyder Instand ever-mare,
W«
es
pam
pat salle dwelle pare.
Heres now, ar
I
pass ferrer,
7904 Whilk pa specyalle blysses er,
pat er appropried
tyll«
pa bodyse
The of And tyll« pe saules of men ryghtwyse, the body «nd And pair contraryes, pat I schendschepes calle th*iT co ,tr* rt"’ '
7906 pat tyll« pe synfulle bodyse and saules salle falle,
pe
fyrst blys es bryglitnes cald
pat pe saved bodyse
salle
Brightnesa ia the first bliss.
I.
ay bald;
Ffor be pair bodyse neverr swa
dym
here,
7912 In heven pai salle be layre and eiere
Swa
fayre a syght bifore
7916 Als salle be pan, ne
swa
was never
man had
Ffor
if
a
And
if
swa mogbt
Als had
alle
of
brigbler tbon tho >u>.
sene,
clene,
When ilka body pat salle be Swa mykelle bryglitnes pare 7920
Tbo ho,»«
«b»u »hin*
And mare schyneand und mare bryght, Pan ever pe son was tyll« mans syght;
save, salle
have;
swa bryght, swa mykell« syght,
eglien be,
pe creatures lyfand,
Yhit moght he noght, als I understand, Ogayne swa mykelle bryglitnes loke, 7924 Als a body salle have, pus says pe boke.
Digitized by
214 SWIFTNES8 Th« bodie»
THE SECOND III.ISS OF TUE BuDY. [BOOK VII.]
IS
Bot pe dampned bodyse pare ogayne
of
the dumnert »hall be dark and
Ball« bo foule und stynkand als carayue;
liidcous.
7928
And And
fülle
myrk and dym
fülle
hydus and wlatsom to se;
be
sali« pai
Ffor sva foul a syght saw never
man
Als pe dampned bodyse salle be pan,
pat with pe saules salle dwell« in helledepe, pam bepayne and schendschepe.
7932 pis salle to IT.
Th«
Pe secunde
»eeniid
blisa 1» swiftne»».
pat of thosc tavod »hall fly
wbithcr thcy
ilk
7936
pai
blys after es swyftnes,
body
Ffor in
The bodie»
les
salle
salle
have pat ryghtwise es;
man may wynke,
while pan a
mow
fleghe whiderpai willethynke
plca»c.
With body and saule togyder thurgh Ffra heven
And
fra
tylle erth
flyght,
and ogayne ryght,
pe ta syde of pe world wyde,
7940 If pai wyld, tylle pe tother syde;
And whider-swa Nathyng pam pis Thi» miAoeai
7944
may
And
pai
pai pair thoght wille sett
salle
ogayne-stand ne
lett.
do with-outen travayle,
pis swyftnes salle never fayle;
Khall never full.
Ffor als pe lyght of pe son, thurgh streuthe,
May fleghe
fra
Ryght swa
pai
pe
est tylle
pe west on lenthe,
may whyder
pai wille, fleghe
7948 In a schort twynkellyng of ane eghe.
Ffor pai salle be als swift pan Als any thoght es here of man. The bodie» of the sinful »hall be heaviiy laden with sin.
Bot pe synfulle bodyse 7952
ün
salle
ever-marc
a contrary manere fare;
pai
salle
be swa hevy charged with syn,
Both with-outen and with-in, pat pai 7956
Ne Ne
salle
The
aml
third strength
tnlghl.
pe
lym of body, weghe on pam swa hevy.
yhit nane other
pair syn XU.
bliss i»
have no myght to stand,
unnethes to styr fote ne hand,
salle
thred blys es strenthe and myght
7900 pat pe ryghtwise bodyse sallehave thurgh ryght,
Ffor thof pai fehle here and wuyke wäre,
Swa
mykelle myght pai
salle
have pare,
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
FREEDOM
IS TllE
FOUUTH RODH.Y BUSS.
And swa mykelle
215
strenthe ay lastand,
Th« rightaoiu remove
««hall
7964
bat na thyng n Swa
pat
salJß
rnow ogayne pam stand;
»ii mow remowe
|>ai sali«
Ilka mountayne and ilka
will
at
mounuins
and
.
hllls.
at pair Wille,
hille,
pat ever was in pe world sene; 7968
And
if
pai wild, all« pe erth bidene,
With-outen auy ogayne-standyng,
7972
Or any lettyng of any-thyng; And in pat dedo have no man: swynk, pan a man has kere to loke or wynk. Botpe synfullebodyse, patdampned Salle be, and swa feble to se, Salle be swa wayke J pat pai
7976
salle
unnethes
mow
Th» bodie» ot tho sinful »hall !» »nd
wok
feeble.
stand,
Ne myght have anes to lyft pair hatid To wype pe teres fra pair egben oway, And pat waykenes salle last with pam ay.
alle-swa es fredome *pe ferth blys J 7980 pat pesaved bodyse salle have pat salle
Tylle beven, whare alkyn ioyes
To
-
The fourth
bliss i* free-
dom.
do what pai wille with-outen daanger;
Ffor-whi pai salle never
na thyng
feie
7984 Bot pat at salle be at pair lykyng
And na
To
IV
come
er,
thing salle
pam warn
do pair wille whare-swa
ne
Tho
;
lett,
righteou«
wh.tthoypioMo;
es sett;
it
79S8
alle thing tylle pam salle be boghand, And na thing salle ogayne pam stand. Ne ogayns pam na thing be sett,
7992
Nowther men, ne Stele, ne stane, ne tre, Ne noght elles, swa fre salle pai be; pai salle mow passe ay whare pai wille
Ffor
pair wille ne pair purpose to
And
alle pair
lykyng pan
lett,
ful-fylle.
pis fredom and pis frauliches 7996 Salle be appropried tylle pe saved bodyse
With pe saules of pam patGod
And
pis
fredom pai
salle
salle chese,
never lese.
Bot on contrary manere ogayne pat blys, , „ ® , 8000 pe dampned bodyse salle fredom mys; ,
Tho wicked shall be troatod <u »i**eo.
Digitized by
HEALTH
21fi
IS
THE FIFTH BODILY
Ffor
|>ai »alle
And
alle
pai
»alle
BLI6S.
may
pat
greve thole with-alie;
»alle pai in helle in
Ffra whilk pai V. Th« Mth bliu i«
8008
ille;
thraldom be,
may never mare
fle.
pe
fyft blys, al» cierkes
Es
hele pat pe saved bodyse »alle feie,
Health.
VII.]
be chaced ogavne pair will«
8004 Tylle alle manere of thing pat e»
pus
[BOOK
be »tresced in helle al» thralle,
wate wele,
With-outen seknes or grevatuice,
Or
angre, or payne, or penaunce;
Ffor Ivel ne payne »alle never
pam
greve,
8012 Bot in hele and lykyng pai salle ay leve,
In heven with ioy on ilka syde,
Ffor pare ThetUmnedshall
di«««.
salle pai
be glorifyde.
Bot pc dampned bodyse, on other-wyge,
be tormented by
80 |g Salle have Strang yvel» and angwyse,
Als »aules haa pat in purgatory dwels Ffor certayne tyme, al» pe boke teig.
Bot swa lang
lastes
no sekenes pare.
8020 Als in helle, for pat lastes ever-mare;
Ffor purgatory, als wryten VI. blies
ifl
»iilh perfect
J»r-
e»,
Ha» ende, and helle es endeles. pe sext blys es pe gret delyte,
The
8024 pat pe saved bodyse salle have
swa parfyte
pat no man lyfand kan ne may,
Swa 8028
8032
mykellg yhern here, nyght ne day;
Ffor here moght never man far swa wele, With swa mykelle delyte als pai salle feie In alle pair wittes, ne
swamykellg ioy have,
Als
God on pam
pan vouche save.
pai
salle
pat nane of pam Ffor
als
Balle
have swa mykelle ioy pare, salle
desyre mare;
pe iren pat es glowand,
Thnrgh strenthe and hete brynand, Semes better to be fyre-bryght, 8036 pan iren, als tylle any mans syght, Right swa pa pat in heven salle won Salle seme bryghter pan fyre, and schyne als son
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
EVERLASTIHGL1FE
8040
8044
IS
THE SEVKNTH
217
BLI8S.
And be fulle-fyld ay in pat place Of pe luf of God and of his grace, And of all« delyces and ioy and blys, pe whilk pai salle never-mare mys; And als men here oft haa sene pat a
dypped
vessell«
Tb»
right«»»»
f»u ot joj.
bidene
all«
In water, or in other lycour thyn,
Be pe vessell« never swa wyde wytb-in, ... „ Has water bath with-in and with-ont, .
,
,
.
,
They »hall b« un.bi« to d««ir»
8048 Binethen, oboven, and all« abont,
And na mare water
Ne
with-in
may
hald,
nane other thing pat lycoure es cald,
Right swa pe ryghtwise salle have ioy, mare 8052
pan
pai
may
think or yhern pare;
Bot pe dampned bodyse ogayn-ward Sali« in hell« feie payns sträng
Ffor pai
sidle
8056 pat salle be
bryn in
Tb»^<umn»ti
and hard;
menied bj er»
fyre, ilk ane,
menged with bronstane
Ffull« hate brynand, and with pyk,
And 8060
with other thing pat es wyk,
Omang vermyn pat sali« pam byte, And devels pat ay salle pam smyte, With other payns sträng and feile, Ma pan hert may thynk or tong teile.
pe sevend
vll Th» «etenth
blys es endeles lyfe, J J
blios
t
8064
Pat pe saved salle have, with-onten Ever-mare in heven swa heghe; Ffor pai
And
with
salle
God
is ev«r-
ufe.
stryfe,
ay lyf and never deghe, alle-myghty pare ay won,
8068 pat es sothfast Fader, and sothfast Son,
And pe Haly Gast in Trinite; And in pat lyfe bis face pai salle ay Now if a man moght lyf here,
se.
8072 In pis world a thowsand yhere,
Yhit 8uld his lyfe be broght
And
fra pis
tylle
ende,
world bihoved him wende.
Yhit snld him thynk, and he tokc kepe, 8076 His lyfe noght bot als a
dreme
in slepe,
1
uVut
*•
h 'dreYm
ttet'iB^wea.
Digitized by
218
IN
HEAVEN TIIRRK
pan
suld
J»o
18 EVF.R
[BOOK
DAY.
VII.]
lenthe of all« his lyfedays,
bot als » day, als pe prophet says:
Seme
Quoniam miüe anni anteoculos luos, tanquum 8080 dies hestema que preterüt.
He
says pus: “Lord! a thowsand yhere
Bi-for pine eghen, pat alle thyng sese here,
At pe 8084
last, es
noght bot als yhister-day,
pat was awhile and
pus when
Alle pe tyme of
8088
pan pan
liere er
d«y in ht«vcn morc Ihan a thousand tears od c»rth.
pan pare a day, . pan salle pe Jyf
ia
.
. _
,
heven swa
in
clere,
raany thowsand yhere;
And many thowsand a
oway.”
ende es broght,
seines als noght;
it
day mare
es a
es passed
pis lyfe tylle
als
yhcres here es
les,
pe boke bers witnes. .
,
,
be als lang pare, ,
.
.
,
8092 Als pat day lastes, and pat es ever-mare;
Ffor pare es ay day and never nyght, parfor pe prophet says pus ryght: Melior
est dies
una
in atriis
8096 tuis super milia.
He
says: “Loverdl better es a day Instand
In pi halles pan a thowsand;”
pat 8100
es, better es in
pan a thowsand Ffor
alle
heven a day,
here pat passes oway;
pe days pat here may
falle,
Passes oway, and pis lyf with-alle,
8101
And in a day in heven salle bc contende pe tyme pat never salle have ende; pan salle pat day, als pe boke us leres, Pass many hundreth thowsand yheres. And als in helle salle be nyght,
8108 Als day salle be in heven bryght; in he*vcn
d»y *nd
is
o»cr
Ffor als men
in hell
in
heven
salle
ay day
•in*
se,
Ryght swa salle nyght ay in helle be. salle day in heven be contende,
nixht «ithout
pus 8112
And nyght in helle, with-outen ende; Bot se we noght how schort a day es To regard of a hundreth yhere?
here
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
HEAVENLY LIFE
FULL OF JOY.
18
Yhil es a huudretli yhere 8116
To
219
les
regard of pe tyme pat es endeles;
Ffor Saint Austyn
a sarmon,
telles in
pat a day here may be a porcyon,
Of ane hundreth
yhere, als
men may
se,
8120 All«-if pat porcyon full« lytylle be,
Bot pe space of ane hundreth yhere
Na
porcyon of endelesnes;
Ffor 8124
Of
es
if
a thowsand yhere pat es niare
endlesnes a porcyon wäre,
Kwmitjr.
After a thowsand thowsand yberes to käst,
Endlesnes suld sese pan at pe
And
pat will« noght pe reson of endelesnes
8128 Suffer pat
Ffor
if
Bot
be schorter pan
it
it
es;
endlesnes any end moght bald,
pan war 8132
last,
endlesnes unproperly cald.
it
in pat endlesnes es
contende
AU« pe tyme pat may have nane ende; And lyfe in heven sali« als lang be Als men sali« tyme pare with-outen endcse, pan semes it wele, als I sayd are,
8136 pat lyfe sali« be pare ever-mare
Wbarfor
man
ilk
with hert stedfast,
Suld seke pat lyfe pat ay
pe whilk
ilk
man may
sali« last,
lyghtly
8140 pat here lyfes wele and wille
And
wyn, fle
syn.
leve noght pat lyf pat lastes ay
Ffor pis lyfe here pat passes oway; Ffor pat lyfe es syker, and swa es noght pis.
Hc.eiiiy
iire
i«
,al1
8144 pat lyfe es
swa
full«
of ioy and blys
"'"'ot joj?
pat a man sali« thynk pare ahundrethyhere, In pat lyfe, schorter pan a day here. alle
men com
of hert er here, and
bowsom.
Tylle pat ioyfull« lyf 8148 pat
pus
meke
sali« endles lyfe
may
appropryed be,
Tylle pe saved bodyse pat ay
Bot pe dampned pat 8152
God
tylle hell« sali«
salle se.
wende,
Salle have ded pare with-outen ende,
JJ* iu de,tb -
Digitized
by
[BOOK TU.]
SPECIAL SPIRITUAL BLE89ING8.
220
And In
fiat
fiat
ded
sali#
ded pai
And swa
ay new
be pyned, in pair wyttea fyve,
8156 pat pair lyfe Salle seme
8160
fiain gryefe.
ay lyefe,
»all«
mare ded pan
lyve.
pai
»alle
seme, whether pai lyg or stand,
Als
men
in transyng,
pai
salle
ay degband;
ay deghand lyf , and
lyfisnd
dyghe,
And ever-mare payns of ded pus dryghe, And pare-with be tonrniented, ay omang, With other
bytter payns and Strang;
may be cald pe secund ded, and swa may we it bald, pan may pai say, pat »alle lyf pare. Alias! pat ever moder pam bare. par-for pe lyfe in helle
Life in heil is 8164 ihe eecond death.
8168
Here have I tald, als yhe moght Of seven mauere of blysses sere, pat pe saved bodyse
With pe saules
And 8172
special spiritual blesaings
and their eon-
8176
here,
thurghryght
heven bryght,
of pe seven schendschepes alle-swa
pat es even contrary
pe whilk pe The
in
salle have
tylle pa,
liodyse in hell« salle have ay,
be dampned at domesday.
pat
salle
Bot
I will«
sehew yhow yhit
Seven manere of blysses, pat
with-all«, salle falle
trarlcs.
Tylle pe saules namely with pe bodyse,
Of pat 8180
alle
pe
salle
men
pat er gude and ryghtwise,
be saved at pat tyde,
And in heven be gloryfyde; And yhit seven schendschepes will« Ineven, pat er even contrary
pe whilk 8184
sali« fall«,
tylle
pa seven,
with-outen ende,
Tylle pa saules of pe synfulle pat sali« wende,
With pe bodyse,
untylle belle pytt.
Als es fonden in haly wrytt. J. Wi»dom, Knowledge of lh« Holj Trinitj81S8
pe fyrst blys pat pe saules salle have Of ryghtwise men, pat salle be save Es wisdom; for pai salle knaw and se Alle pat was, and es, and yhit salle be.
Digitized
by
:
THE WISDOM OF THE REDEKMED.
[BOOK vn.]
pai 8192
God
have knawyng of
sali«
221
fully,
And of pe myght of pe Fader all«-myghty, pai salle knaw pe wytt of pe son and taste, And pe gndenes of pe Haly-gaste J>us sali« pair
knawyng
parfyte be,
8196 In all« pe haly trinite.
pai
knaw
salle
all«
thing and wytt,
pat God has done and
salle
do
ybit,
In heven, in helle and in erth aywhare,
8200
pus wise Ffor pai
When
pai sali« be ever-mare. salle
have swa mykelle grace,
pai se God, face to face,
pat nathyng, pat
God ever dyd, pam ne hyd, God vonches save, knawyng may have;
8204 Salle be layned fra
pat es
Notwng «h«u b« righuovi«.
to say, of pat
pat any creature
Ffor SaintAustyn pat mykelle conth of clergy,
made
8208 Says in a sarmon pat be
pat, in pe syght of
God
openly,
pat pai salle se,
Thre manere of knawyng tylle pam Ffor pai salle se himpare both 8212
And And
pam-self pai
m
salle be.
God and man,
Tbey »h»u •«« all
him pan,
tbiuga in
God,
uim
mirror.
alle
pai salle Als
salle se
men and
and knaw
se,
we may
all« thing, les
in pat
and mare.
syght pare,
thre thynges se here
8216 In a myroure of glas, pat es eiere;
*
Ane es pe myronr pat byfor ns es, Ane other es our awene face and lyknes, And pe thred we may par-in se yhit,
8220 pat es all« thyng pat es onence
Right swa men
salle se
God
it;
als he es,
In pe myroure of his bryghtnes,
Als properly als possible
may
8224 Tyll« any creature him to
pai
8228
And And And
salle se
be,
se.
pam-seif in him so bryght,
all«
men
alle
other thyng pai salle knawe,
to-gyder, at a syght,
se over-alle, both hegh
and lawe.
Digitized
by
;
;
;
THE WI9D0M OF TnE RIGHTEOÜ9.
222
Alle
men pan
salle se pat
;
[BOOK VH.]
pare »alle dwelle,
Alle pe creatures in heven and helle, They all
pare salle be schewedpan
«hall learn »ho aecrels of
God;
8228 Sere privetese of
God
tylle pam, apertly,
aUe-inyghty,
pat na man here moght knaw ne wylt
Thurgh >|ow be is inviaiblc, unchangeable and
clergy, uc tliurgh haly-wrytt
es, how God invyaible es, And unchaungeable, and cndles; And how he was bifor alle thing, And with-outcn any bygynnyng; And how, and wbi, he salle be
pal
8232
everlastiug.
8240 With-outen ende, pai salle pan se; Alle tbyng pat
pan
Salle The
pai
rifchteouH
so«* therea»on and rauac of 8244
salle
tylle
now pam
es fra
pam
hyd,
be knawcn and kyd.
pan se pare, openly,
ahall
all
Of
alle
thynges pe skylle and pc cause whi
Urnig«;
Als whi ane es choscn here and taken, Why one i« thoscn and another
lefl;
824S
And Whi And And
ane other
left
ane es uptane
and forsaken tylle
ane other es putted
a kyngdom, in-tylle
thraldom
whi som childer er ded and lorn
ln pair moder wambe, ar pai be born
pai Why
aoine die
old a#e;
pai
Why rieh,
salle
knaw, with-outen drede,
som deghes in pair bamhcde, And somaftcr when pai mast strenthc wcld; And whi som lyfes tylle pair mast eld;
8252 Skylle whi
in their child-
bood and others live to extrem«
salle yhit sertaine skylle sc
pan
S250
Whi som er born in fayre schnp of man, And som in uncomly stature, And whi som er ryche here, and som pore, And whi som childer geten in hordom,
82GO
Er baptized, and has cristendom, And som pat er in leie wedlayk born, Ar pai be cristened, er ded and lorn; And whi som bi[g]ynnes to be stedfast To lyfe welc, and cudes ille at pe last; And whi som has here ille bigynnyng.
aornc are
and soiuc poor.
8264
And,
at
pe
last,
mase
a
gud endyng.
Digitized
by
[BOOK
VII.]
THE SONS OF GOD.
TITEY 8ITALL BK
8268
Of pc
knawen pan
skylles salle be
openly.
pat open salle be,’ In pc r boke of lyfe J pe whilk es pe syglit of pc trinite.
pus 8272
salle alle inen, pat in
Knaw And
and witt,
Th« ‘i»ok of shill be
lifo'
open io lUeiu
heven pan dwelles,
Austyn
als Saint
pe bryghtnes of
in
223
and of other many,
pir thynges,
God
tellcs,
openly se
Alle thing pat ever was, or yhit salle be.
And 827G
pc soth of
alle
ilk
thyng, and skylle,
Als fcr-forth alsGodvouchessafe, and will«.
pare
man
salle ilk
als
wele knaw other,
The '»hall
Als anian hercknawes byssysterorbrother,
8280
8284
And wyt of whnt contre pai wäre, And wha pam gatt, and wha pam bare. Ilk anc salle knaw pan other thogbt And alle pe dedes pat pai ever wroglit; pus wyse salle pai be pat salle come Tylle pe kyngdom of heven, after pc dome. pai
salle
And And 8288
bis sister
«r i.rothcr.
tillehini lvke, Thoy »h»n
i.»
be made his heyres of hevenryke, be
alle als
Godes of
gret mygbt,
Als pe prophet, in pe psauter, says ryght:
Ego
8292
be Godes sons, and
righteons
kuow «ach * man
»«her »»
kno«8
‘DU
dixi:
eetis et
filii
excehsi omnes.’
He
says: “I sayd, ‘yhe er
And Godes
sons
Wharfor
seines, pat
it
men
salle
Godes
yhow
when
alle
calle’.”
com
pai
Tylle heven, pai salle be fülle of wysdoni
And 8290
fülle
When
of mygbt, lastand evcr-marc,
pai salle alle be als
Godes
Bot now may pon ask me and
A
‘Salle pai
oght think pat .
...
8300
pare.
lere
questyon, and say on pis manere:
On
.
,
pe syns of whilk pai
Here
And
in pair lyfe,
of
pam
salle
be
pam
schrafe
.
safe, „
shill the righuoua (hink of iiwir
and made patn elene,
assoyled bas bene?’
Saint Anselme auswers to pis, 8304
And
says pat pou pat salle have heven btys,
Digitized
by
;
THK RRMEMBRANCE OF
224
Sali« love
Of
NOT PA1NFUL. [BOOK VII.]
thank him pare
gudes, both leg and mare.
alle
pat he has done $308
SIK
God and
tylle
pe here,
And tylle alle other, on pe samt mauere, pe whilk, at pe day of dome, salle be safe. And with pe endleg blyg salle have. Gret gud he dose pe, whilg pou
$312
When
lyfes,
he pi gyns pe here forgyveg;
Ilow moght pou pan, with hert
Thank God of pat Alle pe syng pat
fre,
pat he bas forgyven pe,
pou has wrogbt,
moght thynk on nane in thoght Bot pou salle pig understund wele, pat na mare grevance sali« {>ou feie,
S31G If pou Th« r.mem brsnr«? of sin «hall not grievo the rigbteou.4.
$320
Lik« » wound
?
Ne na mare payne have, ne myslykyng, When pou lias of pi syng meneyng, pan he
bas, pat
A
wound, with swerd or knyfe,
gare
som tyme had
in atryfe
perfect! y healed
u .b«n
pat parfytely eg haled and wele,
U« t»r-
8324
Of whilk he may na mare sare feie; And als pou now has na schäme of pe dede 1
pat pou dyd in 832$
pi barnhede,
Or pat pou dyd in pi dronkennes, Of whilk tylle pe now na schäme es.
Na mare schäme salle pou pan have in thoght, Of pe syng pat pou here has wroght, Of whilk pou ert here gchryven parfytely, 8332 Poter now hu. no shanie for bis d«nisi of Christ.
And pat God has forgyfen here, thurghmercy And na mare pan Petre now has schäme Of 'bat, r bat he forsoke oor Lord bi name Or Mary Maudelayne now has of hir gyn Pat scho som tyme delyted hir in. Na mare schäme sali« men pan have Of pair gyn here done, pat salle be sare. ’
8336
Bot S340
1
for-pi pat
Wyld
The MS. has
God
pat boght us
fre,
thurgh his mercy and his pete,
Sale’.
Digitized by
THE REMORSF, OF THE DAMNED.
[BOOK vn.]
8344
225
And couth, thargh his »wen wytt clere, And myght wele, thargh his awen powere, Swa gret syns pam frely forgyve And pe woundes hale', pat war gryfe, Whare-thurgh pai had deserved wele
pe pyne
of helle ever-mare to
parfor pai 8348
salle luf
Bot because
of th« great re-
demption wroght
feie,
for thera, the righteous »ball praise and thank Ood for hie goodness.
him pe mare,
And pe mare him love and thank pare, And als wele for other mens trispas And other mens syn pat he heled has, Als for pair awen pat pai wroght here,
8352 parfor says David, on pis mauere: Miiericordias
Domini
inetemum cantabo.
He 8356
mercy of Ood.
Of our Loverd, ay with-outen cesyng.” And swa salle alle syng, with-outen ende, pat
8360
The redeemed sbail sing of Ute
says: “I salle pe mercyes syng
pe blys of heven
tylle
wende;
salle
And swa moght pai on nane wise syng, Warn pai had of pair syns meneyng, pat pai had done here bodily
And God 8364
forgaf thargh his mercy;
pus
salle
pe saule be
And
alle
thing
fülle
knaw and
of
wysdom
se, als I
Bot pe saules pat with pe bodyse _
,,
.
„
„
In-tylle helle, salle
8368
Ne have Na dede
witt,
Ffor pai
pare,
sayd are.
salle
synk
ts«
nmon«
of
thooo in holl.
,
,
on na gud thynk,
ne knaw, ne
feie
pat ever was done wele,
Bot on pair payns
And on
,
salle
be
alle
pair thoght
pair syns pat pai had wroght; salle
on nathyng have meneyng,
8372 Bot anely on pair
awen wicked
lyfyng,
And on pair sorow, with-outen ende, A nd on pair wrechednes pat salle pam sehende pe whilk pai salle, ay, bifor pam se, 8376 Andpatsyght tyllepamschendscbepeeallebe.
1
The US. has
‘have’.
P
Digitized by
;
THE BUSS OF FRIKNDSHIP.
226 TI.
pe sccund
The rn-ood
spiritual Miss in frienĂźship.
als pir clerkes
ilk
pan And
ever Iufed here uny mau,
Ais he
it
Ffor
shall
be of
luf other pan,
als
salle luf him-self
salle
lang
omang.
Lufes
alle
swa
fast,
never fayle, bot ay
last;
a body
als ilka lyrn of
pe other lyms kyndely,
And
yhernes, ay, gretly pair hele,
Swa
parfyte pat luf Halle be and leie;
Ffor pai
he*ven
and
pat luf salle be fested
pat
All in
salle
als parfytely
And
83S8
man moght here prove
mare
Ffor
ane
wate wele,
and parfyte lovc,
Salle be frendschepe
8380 pat es mare pan ever
8384
[book vn.]
blys pal pe saule saliÂŤ feie,
With pe bodyse,
be of ane assenl
salle alle
oiie
8392
will.
And of n Ffor pai
wille salle
and of ane enteut; be pau
alle als
a body
In sere lyms, and als a saule auely;
And God 8396 pat salle
pair hevcd salle be pure,
pam
luf als
mykelle or mare,
Als dose pe heved of pe body pat loves
pe lyms kyndely pat
clere luf
pat on
it
movee.
and pat alliancc
8400 Salle never-m&re fayle, thurgh na distance.
Ne
luif sulle
Bot cveu pe contrary 8404
Omang
shall be full of hat red and wratli.
8408
Of
never sluke. salle
lulle
hatred, of wrelh
sc,
salle be;
of felony,
and of envy;
Swa
pat ilk ane wald with other fyght,
And
Strangelle other, if pai myght.
pus
salle pai hate
and
stryfe ilk ane,
Ffor peese salle be omang
No 8412
men
pe saules pat dampned
Ffor pai salle be
The damncd
man may make;
thurgh stryfe, pat
pat band of
Bot
rest,
pam
nane,
ne eese, ne worschepe,
travaylc,
and pyne, and schendschepe.
Bot God alle-mygbty, and alle-swa pat with
hiin salle dwelle in
heven
alle his blis,
Digitized
by
THE BUS8 OF UNITY.
[BOOK Tn.]
227
pam in sorow and pyne se Th« r«d«em«i And of pam pai «alle have na pete, pity for thoM°io Bot hate pam als Godes enmyse. And pat hatTedyn «alle pan be ryghtwyse; Sali«
8416
Ffor pe fader, pat pan 8420
Na
salle
Ne pe
be dampned
8428
Of Ne Of Ne
na renthe, ne na pyte,
pe fader pat dampned sali« be; pe inoder, on pe same manere,
pe doghter pat scho lufed here; pe doghter of pe inoder na mare;
Ne pe Ne pe Nane
pam
of
Pyned in Ffor twa
Ane Ane
u" pity
i,
,ho«m
*° b,IL
have reuthe of other;
salle
other, pat salle be saved pan,
Salle have reuthe ne pete of
Bot when pe ryghtwyse pe
8438
No
“
brother of pe syster pare ; syster of pe brother.
Ne nane 8432
paync;
tylle helle
son, pat sali« be saved pare ogayne,
Salle have
8424
be «ave,
Salle
pete of pe son pare «alle have,
pat
helle,
dampned man.
synfnlle salle se
glad pai salle be,
skyls, and ioyfulle and fayne;
es, for-pi
pat pai er skaped pat payne,
other es for-pi pat Godes vengeance
Es ryghtwise, and
his ordinance.
pis proves pe prophete, als pe boke scbewes us, 8440 pare he says in pe psauter pus: Letabitur iustus,
am
viderit vindictam.
He 8444
says pat ‘‘ilka ryghtwyse
man
Fülle glad and blyth salle be pan,
When pai Godes vengeance se On pe synfnlle, pat pan dampned pe Es
men may
thred blys, als
ll
8448
,
,
pat pe saules
salle
have
With pe bodyse, when 8432
in
salle be.
boke rede,
,
,
veray acord and anehede,
Ffor
ilk
And
ilk
ane
salle
in
pai
The thini «plritu»! bli.«
ni. f«
nnity »nd
heven to-gydcr,
com
folow others
ane othe[r]s lykyng
pider; wille,
fullfyll«;
p2
Digitized by
;
NOTHING BUT 8TRIFE 8HALL BE IN HELL.
228
[BOOK VII.]
And als pine ane eglie folows ryght. pe tother, pare it settes pe syght, And noutker may turne, hyder ne pider, 8456
Bot pai both ay turne to-gyder.
8464
salle God acord with alle his, And ilk ane with other in that blys; And to what thyng pe saule bas talent, To pat pe body salle, ay, assent; And what-swa God pan will« be done To pat pai salle assent alle-sonc; And what thyng swa pai pan will«, pat salle God als-tyte fulle-fyll«.
i'*:
pis acorde and anehede
Right swa
84G0
Bot ever-mare
last
sali
never ceesc,
with rest and peese.
Alle salle pai be alle ane in Company,
8468
And
als
a saule and a body.
Tho damned and
Bot pe dampncd parc ogayne
cursc one an-
Ilkane with other, for pair wicked lyve;
salle stryve,
ah all fi«ht
other.
Ffor ilk ane 8472
And
ilk
ane
salle hate other pan, salle
wery other and bau
Ilk ane salle ykerne with other to fyght,
The hody
And ilk ane wald sla other if pai myght; pe body salle hate pe saule bi skylle,
shall
hate the aoul.
and the soul tneS47(>
Ffor pe saule here thogkt ay pe
ille;
body.
pe
saule salle ay hate pe body,
Ffor pe body wroght pe foly;
8480
And for-pi pat pe saule fyrst syn thoght And pe body it afterward wroght, Andwyld noght leve, ne stand pare ogayue, Untylle pe ded pe body had slayne.
par-fore bath to-gyder salle dwelle, 8484 With-outen ende, in pe pyne of helle, IV.
The
fourth
pe
ferth blys,
omang pe
tother
alle,
spiritual blia* ia
powcr.
patto pe
pe whilk
saules, with pe bodyse, sallefalle, salle
be saved, es powere;
8488 Ffor pai salle pare have both fer and nere,
Swa
mykelle power and maistry
And
lordscbip, and be
swa myghty
Digitized by
[BOOK
THE BUSS OE HONOUR.
VII.]
pat
thyng pan
alle
salle
229
bc done
S492
At pair wille, hastily and gone; And what-swa pai wille think in thoght, Alle »alle be at pair wille pare wroght;
8106
And nathyng salle ogayne pam stand; Ffor God salle fulle-fylle alle pair lykyng, And folow pair wille in alle thing.
Ffor
pus
alle thing salle
salle pai
be
[pam] boghand,
tylle
haf pare gret powere,
8500 Andheghnes,forpairawengret lawnes here,
pat pai had
And
in pair lyfe days,
parfor God, in pe gosspelle says:
Qui
se humiliat
8504 exaltabitur.
He He
says : salle
“Wha-swa be hegbed,
here lawes him ryght
heven bryght,’’
fii
heu
Bot pe dampned pare ogayne halely, 8508 Salle want alkyn power and maistry,
And pare-with pat salle tharne alle Of whilk men moght have lykyng. pai 8512
salle
ay be
And under
fote
salle
Bot
alle thing
dred and awe,
ay be halden lawe. at pair wille,
pat salle lyke
Mykelle sorow 8516
in gret
have nathyng
pai
Ih!,T'i.ck
thing,
pam
salle
pam
ille.
pan bityde,
Ffor parr heghenes here, and pair pryde,
Als pe bok says pat beres wytnes, And als in pe same gosspelle wryten es:
Q«i
se exaltat hu-
8520 miliabitur.
“wha-swa heghe here wille him bere
pat
es,
He
salle
pat
be lawed” and putted in daungere,
es in gret
dannger of fendes,
8524 In pyne of helle, pat never endes.
pe
fvft blys
To pe
pat salle
falle
saules, pat with
alswa,
pe bodyse
v.
salle
ga
ts» sah mihonoor.
Tylle heven-ryke, es honoure and worschepe, 8528
Of whilk God
him-self salle tak kepe;
Digitized
by
THE BLI68 OK SECURITY.
230
Ffor pai
The redeemed •ball be crowned *» king* «nd
sali«
[BOOK vn.]
have pare serc honours,
And be corouned, ulskynges andemparours. And eytt in setyls schynand bryght,
cmperours.
8532
With alkyn nobelay, rychely dyght; With bryghtnes of lyght pai sali« be
And And 8536
cled,
gret reverence pain sali« be bed.
be honourd als Codes frendes dere,
Ffor pe worschepe pat pai dyd him here, In gnd Werkes, pat
tylle
him war swete,
parfor pus says David, pe prophete:
Omnis
honorati sunt
8540 amici tut Deus.
“Pi frendes, Loverd, pat hononrd pe
Es mykelle hononrd, and swa ay be reriled and deapiaed.
sali« be.”
Bot pe dampned, pat with syn er
The damned shall
fyled,
8544 pare ogayne salle be revyled,
8548
And despysed, and ay scheut with-alle, And stresced ogayne pair will« als thralle, And pyned with gretter paynes sere, pan ever was sene in pis World here; pai sali« [thole] all« thyngpat schondschepe cs
With payn and sorow pat 8552
VI.
The
aixih
spiritual bl Im
accurity.
es endles,
Omang bete and caid, vermyn and stynk, And alkyn fylth pat hert may think; And alle pe sorow pai pat salle feie, Salle be endles, als pai salle knaw wele. pe sext blys pat to the saules of ryghtwise
ia
8556 Salle be appropryed pan with pe bodyse,
In pe
To
kyngdom
8560
of heven, es sykemes,
dwelle ay pare wbare alkyn ioy
Ffor pai
salle
es,
be pare syker and certayne
To have endeles ioy, andnever-marepayne, And to won ay pare, with-outen dout. And with-outen lettyng, and pntting ont, And with-outen alle maneru of drede;
8564 Ffor of nathyng pare pai salle have uede,
pai
salle
pat
lyfes
noght
ay
in
far, als
men
fares here
dred and wcre;
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
VII.]
THE MI8ERY OF THE WICKKD.
231
Ffor here, both kyng and emparoure 8568
Uns dred
And
honoure;
to tyne {mir
ilka ryche
man
has dred all«-swa
His gndea and ryches
Tho
to for-ga;
sliall
And 8572
ilk
man, pat here fares wele,
Uas ay dred augers to feie. Bot pai pat »alle com tylle heven Sali« never have dred pat ioy to
rigliUjou«
havc no
fear of losing their happincss.
blys,
mys;
Ffor pai sali« be gyker Inogke pare, 8576 pat pair ioy sali« last ever-m&re.
Bot pe dampned men pare ogayne, Sali«
ay be dredand in pair payne,
pat pair payns suld uked 85S0
And
Tho wicked in in hell «hall roiitinaal drcnd.
be,
be made mare grevous to
se,
Ffor pe devcls sal, ay, on pam gang
To and
fra,
over-thewrt and endlang;
And omang pam ay ymagyne, 8581
How
pai inay eke pair
sorow and pyne;
And pe mare payne pat pai tille synfull« »alle »eke pe mare pai pair awen payne sali« eke. And,
if
pai do swa,
it
eg
na
ferly,
8588 Ffor pai er ay full« of Ire and envy.
8592
pe devels sali« ay opon pam gang, And ay on pam stamp with pair fetli omang And thregt pam donne, in fyre and smoke, And parfor says lob pus in a boke: Vadent eos
8596
et
Dev 11s shall stamp upon them.
venient super
demones
horribiles.
He sayg, “grysely devels sali« gang and com On pesynfullepat tylla God war mibowsom.” Ball« pai ay be pare, pat pair payne euld be ay mare and mare
pus dredand Ffor pai
sali«
be certayue pare pai dwell«,
8600 pat pai sali« never
pe sevend
com
out of hell«.
blys es ioy parfyte,
pat pe saules
salle have,
with gret delyte,
With pe bodyse pat saved
SümE i°i-
salle be,
Digitized
by
;
THE
232 8604
BLI8S OK
PERFECT JOY.
[BOOK VH.]
And wonin he von, whare pai salle ayGod Ffor-whi
ilk
ane pare
se
salle pat tyde.
In body and saule be gloryfyde,
And 8608
falle
With
alle
ioy and blys have with-alle,
manere of delyces pat may knawen,
falle.
11k ane with other salle be
8612
And feie other mens ioy als pair awen; And mare ioy and blys moght never be, pan ilk ane salle pare-on other se. pai salle se, in heveu-ryke swa wyde, Many sere ioyes, ou ilka syde; Ffor pare salle be mare sere ioyes pan,
8616
The of the
hftppine*«
redeemed be perfect
8620
pan ever couth nonmbre erthly mau; Of whilk syght pai salle mare ioy have, Pan any man moght yhem or crave. Ilk ane salle be payed swa wele Of his part of ioy pat he salle feie,
pe whilk pat he pare
he salle parfytely have pare,
salle willen
yhern no mare;
ane many thowsandes se
salle ilk
8624 In sere ioyes, als him-self salle be.
And pe
syght of ilka ioy pan,
swa
Salle be
delytable
tille
pat pe ioy of a syght pare
ilka
man,
salle
pas
8628 Alle pe ioyes pat ever in erth was;
And
alle pat tylle
Salle pare The
*ight of Joy ehKil be iteclf » «ourc« of h*ppi-8632 nesc to tho«e «ho er« savcd.
And pe
heren
salle
pan se pa ioyes
be tane
ilk ane.
syght of ilka ioy pare,
Ioy
tylle ilka
Pan pan
salle ilk
hert
may
salle be
man pat it salle se, man have ma ioyes in
heven,
thynk, or tong kan neven;
Pai salle have ioy, with-in and with-out, 8636 Oboven, benethe, and alle obout.
Oboven pam, pai salle have ioyfully Of pe syght of God alle-myghty, Binethepam, ofpe Sternes and planetes 8610
sere,
And pe world pat pan salle be bryght and clere
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
THE GREATEST JOY Olioven parn, of heven
And
IN IIE A YEN.
233
bryghtsalle sc.
fiat |>ai
of other creatures pat fair salle be,
With-in parn, of pe glorifying of man, 8644
Of pe body and
saule to-gyder pan;
With-outen pam, of pe blysfulle companyse
Of
men
aangeis, and of
pai salle have ioy in yv,
,
pai 8652
Joy
alle
God
apertly se,
pe thre parsons
in trinite,
pe Fader, and Son, and Haly-easte, °
The Th«
tdght the »i c hi of tho »h.ll be hr Trinity »hall the grcatest srontMt joy
f"
pat sight
be pair ioy maste.
salle
Ffor als he
es, pai salle
him se pan,
8656 Sothfast God, and sothfast
Thurgh whilk syght pai
And And And Uka And
man;
salle
knaw.
se alle thing both heghe and law
Andse 8660
n thcir «cd«««.
*
a fayre blyssfulle syght;
salle pair
And
Th*y »h»u h»..
pare he syttes;
with pair eghen bryght
Ffirst pai salle se
Many
ryghtwise.
alle pair wittes, .
,
God
8648 In heven with
alle
pe Werkes pat ever God wroght; and
ilk nians dede,
ilk
alle pat salle in helle
develle and ilka alle
payns pat
mans
thoght,
be pan,
man.
salle
be pare,
8664 Pai salle se, both les and mare;
And And
and pe hevens obout.
alle erth, alle
pat
es,
witb-in and with-out;
myght and ~ Oodes tace,
Alle salle pai se, thurgh 8668 In pe bryghtnes of
Of whilk
...
pat pe mast ioy
And 8672
grace.in
.
pai salle ever-mare have syght,
heven bryght.
es in
for pai salle
pai salle knaw
ay pus God
alle thyng,
ln pis lyfe here
men
the brighine«.
of God’* facc tho redoemed »h.n radeemed »ball sec and know goo all «u thing*. thing«.
bihald,
pat pai knaw wald.
sese
him noght,
Bot anely thurgh ryght trowth
in thoght,
Als thurgh a myroure be lyknes, 8676 Bot pare salle
men
Here men him sese Bot pare
salle
men
se
him
als he es.
gastly, thurgh grace,
se him, face tylle face.
Digitized by
THE BEAUTY OF THE ANGELS.
234
And
pat syght pare Balle alle
men
[BOOK
VII.]
have,
8680 With-outeu ende, pat Balle be »ave.
pai
Thcy shall so« thc Virgin Hary.
alle-swa se pare, apertly,
salle
His blysfulle Moder Saint Mary
pat next 8684
Oboven
God
syttes
in
heven bryght,
alle aungels, als cs ryght;
Ffor he chese hir
inoder dere,
tylle his
And of hir toke flessch and blöde here, And vouched safe to souke hir brest, 8688 purfor
Scho
pat
A
it
him
es ryght scho sytt
swa
es
nest.
fayre pare scho syttes,
mens
hir fayrnes pnsscs all
gret ioy pat
may
wittes;
be cald,
8692 Hir fairnes anely to behald.
pai
pe bokc
salle se pare, als
telles,
Alle pe neghen ordere of aungels, The heauty
pat er swa fayre on
of
And swa bryght, pat
to loke.
pe boke,
als says
fayrnes of pis lyfe here,
alle
pat ever was sene, fer or nere, pat any man myght ordaync defautlcs, 8700
War
noght a poynt to pat fairnes,
pat pai
Of pe pai 8701
salle se
And And
pam
ane ordre,
ilk
Bath
The Angel*
A
tylle
shine hrightcr than thc sun.
pleysand pan,
God and man;
in pair
degre
mast lykand
God and
tylle
man
salle be,
ryght;
gret ioy salle be pare of pat syght,
Ffor
shall
full«
servisabylle tylle
Sülle do pat pat
8708
par of pat syght
ordres of pe aungels bryght.
salle se
ilk
ane aungelle
bi
him-ane
Salle derer schyno pan ever son sdiane; pat syght men may a gret ioy call«,
8712
To pat
se in
pe aungels swa bryght heven
pat syght
Swa 8716
salle
alle,
be sene to-gyder;
salle alle sc pat salle
com
pider.
fayre a syght, als pat salle seme,
Couth never na wytt here ymagyn nedeme.
Digitized
by
[BOOK
VII.J
THE REWARDS OK THE REDEEMED. pai
salle sc .
in
i
235
heven ulle-swa
The redeemed ahall Bf r paP ropheta, aportola.
.
,
ratriarches, and prophetes and otlier ma, 'imrcha,
And
apostels and evangclistes, .
8720
pai
8724
,
evangeiiau and other righteous
.
,
pat folowd nane «alle se
otlier lyf bot ernte«.
Innocentes
many
man.
ane,
Of whilk som was, in Goddes name And other martyrs and confeesours, And haly heremytes and doctoars,
slanc,
pat haly wryt wald teche and ken;
And many
other haly men,
Lered and lewed, pat lyfed welo here, 8728
Both pai
and secnlere.
religiouse
«alle se haly
Tha righteom
virgyn« parc
in
heavrn «hall aea
pat here lufed God, ay mare and mare,
And keped pam
chast, for
Godes
8732
Of whilk som wald pe ded
8736
God salle chese for liis. Als wedded men pat lyfed wele here, And other many of States sere.
pai
salle se
hoiy airgina.
sake,
for his luf take.
pare in ioy and blys,
Other pat
A
fayr syght salle be pan to se,
Of
alle
pe fayr folk pat pare
salle be,
pat bryghter salle schyne pan er er schaue son, 8740 pis syght salle alle se pat pare salle won.
pai
Thcy »hau be
salle alle-swa apertly se
11k ane be worseheped in his degre,
With gret nobelay, and have S744
And
alle
fülle delytabelle
pai
and empe-
be als kynges and emparours,
Coround with ryche corouns of
A
kirn,-»
sere honours,
salle se
blys,
syght salle be
pis.
pare pe gret medes,
8748 pat men salle hare pare, for pair gud dedes,
After ilk ane of
pam
has lyfed here;
Andpas crswamykelle, and many, and sere, pat never ende 8752
salle pai
have bot
last ay,
Tho rcw.rda »aved?
of
”,
pat na man, thurgh wytt, mesure inay,
Ne pam reken, ne teile pam kan, Swa many medes pai salle have pan.
Digitized by
HEAVEN
236
IS
VERV LARGE.
[BOOK
Vli.]
»alle be swa precyouse. And swa delitable, and plenteuouse, pat na man lyfaud, als J>e boke says,
pair medes 8756
Cnuth nu myght pam gesce ne prays.
Bot pa medes salb lyke pam 8760 pat Thoy
pam
pam
secse, als
pai salb se lieven
«hüll se«
hcnvcn hrighter thnn thc sun.
8764
A
world
is n
dunKhill comp»red with hciveo.
8772
feie,
delitable syght pat salb be
pam
pat salb
dwelb
in pat contre.
pat contre swa fayre es on
Thifl
pam
and wyde.
And round and even, on ilka syde, And bryghter schynand paneverscliane son; Wele salb pam be pat pare salb won. Tylle
8768
als wcle,
pat sallp
fülle large
to loke,
And swa
bryght and brade, als says pc boke,
pat alb
pis world. pare
we won
ybit
War noght bot als a myddyng-pytt To regard of pat contre swa brade, pat God swa mykelb and fa\T bas mndc. pat contre
es halden
swa
large a land,
pat with-in pe space of pat inyght stand
Many 8776
8780
pof
a thowsand of werldes sere,
ilk
world war als large
als pis here;
And pat land es cald soveraynly pe kyngdom of God alb-myghty. pe whilk es made als a cete, Whare men salle many wonynge-stedes pare alb pe haly men salb dwelb,
se,
parfor says Crist pus in pe gospelle: Multi mansiones sunt, 8784 in Maoy dwclling plare« Are in heAven.
domo
He
patris mei.
says “wonyng-stedes er
In pe
bows
of
Our Loverd,
my
87S8 His kyngdom, pat
pe whilk
fader
his fader tili«
many
God alb-mygbty.” bons calles alb his
falles,
es as a eite bryght,
With alkyn ryches dubbed and dyght. Als says Saint Iohan, Godes derlyng dere, 8792 In pe apocalyps, on pis mauere:
Digitized
by
[BOOK
THE CHURCH MILITANT.
VII.]
237
Vidi sanctam civitatem Jerusalem novam descendentem de celo,paratam eicut sponsam viro suo omatam.
“pe haly cete “I saw,” hc says, J 8796
The »erd«
oi
SU John on Ihe
Of Ierusalem, all« new to se, Comand doun fra heven bryght, Of God alle-myghty rychely dyght,
huly
eity.
Alabryde, madefayre tyllehirbrydegome;” 8S00
pus says Saint Iohan he saw
conto,
pis cete es for to understaud,
Haly kyrk pat here 8804
Ogayne pe devell« and his myght, pat it assayles, both day and nyght; Bot pat fyght sali« noght last ay, It sali« last
8808
pan And And pat
it
es bryde,
sali« pai
in
and
tylle
domesday.
of fyghtyng cees, rest
God
The church
tni-
and pees; es brydegoine;
both to-gyder corae,
heven won ay to-gyder; pan com pidcr. bowsom and trewe;
all« pair childer sali«
to
And
pam
has bene
pat bi-takens pe cete newe;
Ffor pan 8816
no langer pan
Pan sali« haly kyrk, And be with God, in Ffor
8812
es fygktand
sali« haly
new
In heven be
And won ay
kyrk pat tyde,
gloryfyde,
pare with
God
nlle-mygbty,
In ioy, and myrthe, and melody.
Bot yhit haly kyrk, pat es Godes bryde, 8820 Bihoves be fyghtand, yhit here to abyde
pe comyng _
of Crist pat es hir brydcgome, _
pat ay
es
mygbty
_
for to over-come,
Christ n the bridcgrootn of the church.
Ffor haly kyrk fyghtes for Godes ryght; 8824
And God overcomes thurgh his myght. On twa-wise may haly kyrk be tane, And, at pe
8828
On On
last, salle
bath be in ane;
a inanere es cald haly kyrk fyghtand,
ane other es haly kyrk over-comand.
pir clerkes says als pe boke beres witnes,
pat haly kyrk, pat here fyghtand
es,
Digitized
by
Googte
;
A DF.SCB1PTION
238
8832 Th«
rhurr.h
triuinphant
pat dwelles with 8836
OF HEAVEN.
[BOOK
VIT.]
Es noght eis, bot a gaderyng Of all« cristen men of leie lyfyng. Haly kyrk over-comand es alle-swa God with all« pe Company of pa liim, in his blys,
pe whilk he has hyght
tyll« alle his.
Under haly kyrk, pat here fyghtand es, Er alle gud cristen men, mare and los. 8840
Under haly kyrk pat es over-comand, Er all« haly men in heven wonand. Bot haly kyrk pat here fyghtes After pe day of dorne at pe
fast,
last.
In pe bryght cete in heven sali« 8844
won
Ever-mare, with hir spowse Codes Son; Ffor pan sali« pe noumbre fulle-fyld be
Of alle haly men in pat cete, Thurgh haly kyrk pat es Godcs spowse; 8848
And
pat cete Crist calles his Kaders howse,
Fforpare sali«
alle
Ever-mare dwell« 8852
And And
ilk
men paterryghtwise and haly, in
anngels Company;
ane sali« have a blysfhll« wonyng,
ioy pnrfyte, with-onten endyng.
pis cete of heven pat es wyde and brade,
Nn man
No one knows how the rity of heaven i» made.
8856
wate properly
how
it
es
made,
Ne can, thurgh wrytt, ymagyn in thoght, Of whatkyn mntere it es wroght, It es noght made of lyme ne stane, Ne
of tre
;
for of swilk
matere has
it
nane,
Als pir erthly cetese er made of bere, 8860 pat er
made of
Ffor na thyng
corruptybell« matere;
falles to
be in pat
pat corruptybell« or fayland may Bot pe matere pare-of, 8864 not mado with harnte.
It i*
Es of
alle thing
cete,
be.
als I trow,
pat es of gret vertow.
pis cet£ was never made with hand,
Bot thurgh pe myght andwitt ofGodal!«-weldand pis cete eontenes all« heven-ryke 8SG8 Bot nane wate properly to what
it
es lyke
Digitized by
;
[BOOK VII.] IT
UKE A
18
We
;
OITY MADE OF FREOIOUS STONE8. 239
fynd wryten, pat
it
es fayre and bryght,
Bot na man kan descryve
ryght;
it
Ffor swa wyse clcrk was never of lyve, 8872 bat pe fairues of *
,,
Bot
it
coutb properlv descryve, Hampoie ,
I ,
r ior to gyt
»>y» that although ho
kau noght descryve pat stede, oannoi de«mh« hMrm, yet he ymagyn, on myne awen heile, will *ive an im-
alle-it I
.
Yhit will«
..
-
aginary dMrrlption ont of hi»
.
.
a descnpcion ;
it
8876 Ffor I have pare-to, gret affeccyon;
And
To
gret comfortli and solace
it
es to nie
thynk and spek of pat fayr cete;
pat
travaille
may
grcve
me
uatliyng,
8880 Ffor pare-in liave I gret lykyng.
Ogayne ryght
trow'tli
natbing
I
do,
If I lykcu pe cete pat me langes to, pc wbilk men may lyken on som party, «fto.
8884
T,
,
Batb
to bodily thing
1
and
.
gastly.
n«av* n may he likened hoth to ‘i»duy and »pirta " nK, ’
And for-pi pat alle thing pat es clere and bryght Es mast lykand here tylla bodily syght, parfor I will«
it
lyken
title
bodily thing.
8888 pat es fayre to syght with gastly understandy ng.
8892
pe bryght cete of heven es large and brade, Of wbilk may na comparyson be inade Tille na cete pat on ertli may stand, Ffor it was never made with matis band. Bot yhit, als I ymagyn in my thoght, I
8896
lyken
8904
1
a cete pat war wroght
1
,
With
8900
it tylle
Of gold, of precyouse Opou a mote seit of
iSSSS‘to'» Suy
Staues sere, berylle clero,
And eutre, and yhates, and garettes And all« pe walles war made, of pat cete, Of preceyouse Staues and ryehe perre; And alle pe turrettes, of cristalle schene, Andpe wardes enamyld, andovergylt clene. And pe yhates of charlmcles suld falle, Andpe garettes abo ven of rubys and curalle
US. Lands. 348
“f
i‘
r« <i °»»
.
*
mounUln;
walles, and wardes, and tnrrettes,
The
wall« or
“f (
t»» rl
i
reads ‘mounf.
Digitized by
;
;;
HEAVKN COMPARED TO A
240
And And
at pat cete
fayr
[BOOK
CITY.
VII.]
had lanes and stretes wyde,
bygyngs on
ilka ayde,
Alle schynand als gold bryght burnyst
8908
And with alkyn ryches replenyst; And pat alle pe stretes of pe cete and pe lanes
8912
War mare
And the strvets paved with prcrioua slones;
War
even paved with precyouse Staues;
And
pat pe brede and leuthe of pal cete
pan bere es of any cuntre;
And pat alle manere of melody Of musyk and of mynstralsy, pat moght be schewed withmowthe orhand, 891G
And «arh
lanc and atmet full °f
sweet aavoura ;
And each
pat ilk day, ou sere manere snld
Swa And
pat na
man moght
falle,
irk with-alle.
pat ilka lane and ilka strete,
Of pis cete war fülle of savours swete, Of spycery and of alle other thyng, Of whilk any swete savoure moght spryng; And pat par war plente of mete and drynk,
8924
And of alle other delyces pat man may thy nk And pat ilka citesayne pat wonned pare, Had als mykelle bewte or mare, Als Absolon, pat swa fayre was, Whase bewte moght bi skylle pas pe bewte of alle manere of men crthly, Swa clene he was in lym and body; And pare- with als mykelle strenthe had omang
citlxen
inuch Iteauty as
Absalom
8928
slrotiK a»
Sampsou
continuely pare-in sownand,
And
o9/0
endowed with as
As
War
8932
Als Sampson had, pat was so Strang,
pat a thowsand men armed clene He over-come and felled doune alle bi-dcuc j As
swift aa
A “h,l;
8936
And pat ilkane war als swyft to pas And to ryn, als Assahelle of fote was, And swa swyft was to ryn and ga, pat thurgh rase wald turne bathbuk andra; And pat ilkane had pare-with als mykelle lykyng
8940 As wise
as Solo-
mon
;
And
als
mykelle pair wille in
alle tliing,
AlsSalamon had, pat alsGod vowched save alle thyng pat he wald have;
pat had
Digitized by
;;
[BOOK
THE RIGHT EO US
VII.]
IN
THE HOLY
And pat ilkane par- with, had 8944 Als August had pat
Tylle
whame
Served, and
CITY.
als uiy keile
; ;
241 fredome
was emparour of Rome,
alle iandes of
tille
;; ;
ainu Augustua
pe world obout
him war underlout;
And pai ilkane had with-alle als continuele hele As hcalthy was swa leie, Moses
9948 Als Moyses had pat
aa
pat God wald never with yvelle dere him, Bot aDely pat he raade bis eghen dym;
And
pat pare-with,
8952 Ilkane
moght
if
als lang
possible wäre,
be lyfand pare,
Als Matussale nauiely dyd here,
As old ss Melhusaloh
pat lyfed nere a thowsand yhere; 8956
8960
8964
And pat ilk ane moght als mykelle wisdom weld, Als. Salamon had, pat men swa wise held, pat thurgh his wisdom had kttawyng Of alle thing and understanding; And pat ilk ane parc- with lufed als wele or mare, And als gud frende ay tylle other wäre, As friendly as Als David tylle Ionathas was kyd, David and JonaWham he lufed als he his awen saule dyd than were; And pat ilk ane with pat honourd wäre Of alle pe other pat wond pare, a» hooouroj u Als Ioseph was of pe Egypciens ryght,
Wham And
8968
was Joseph by
pai lowted als loverd ofgretmyght;
ilk ane war in alle thing was Alexander thcgretkyng pat conquerd Affryk, Europe and Asy,
tse KKyptianii
pare-with pat
Als mykelle als
pat contened
alle
Aa great
aa
Alexander;
pe world halely;
And pat ilkane acorded with other in anehede, As elosely nuited Sampson dyd in dede, ab Lysias and Samson Of whilk nouther wald nathing do, Bot als ayther of pam assented pave-to; And with alle pis, pat ilkane als syker wäre Of pair dwellyng, to won lang pare,
8972 Als Lisyas with
8976
As secure aa Knoch and
Als Ennoc and Hely, on pe same wyse,
pat er syker of pair dwellyng
in paradyse,
Elijah
Efra pe tyme pat pai war pider ravyst. 8980
And
salle
be uutylle pe comyng of Auticrist
4
Digitized
by
;
THERE
242 And
a* Joyful
u
IS
EVERT HAPFINES8
And ovcr all« pis,
|>at
[BOOK VI!.]
IN HBAVEN.
iikaneals mykellejoy hat!
one *scaped froin
Als he suld have pat war lad
tb« gallowa.
Tyll« pe galows, and sodainly in pe gate 8984
War
tane and putted
And, pare-with, pan'
tili«
a kynges state;
tyll« ilk
ane suld
All« pe ioves pai inoght have
He
pat
alle
falle
alle.
pes had, als bifore wryten
es,
89S8 Suld pass alle pe world in worthines:
What man,
thurgh witt, couth
teil«
ioymare
In pis world to weld, pan alle pis wäre?
Ffor wha-swa had alle pese, withoutendout, 8992
Had hereioyinoghe,
both with-iuand witliout
With alkyn delyces pat he moght have
here,
Specialy in alle his wittes sere,
pat es 8990
And
to say, in syght
and hereyng,
in smellyng, tastyng
and feleyng;
Botyhit allepirblyssespatyhelierdmeneven
War als noght,
als to
regardtope blys of heven;
Ffor alsmykelle difference, or mare, suldbe 9000 Bitwene heven and swilk a cete,
Als es bitwene a kynges palays
Mo comparisou ui rj üe made betwean the city9004 of heaven and an earthly city
made and
of gold pearl.
9008
And a swynsty pat es lytelle to prays, And na mare comparyson may be made Bitwene pe eite of heven, wyde and brade, And swilk a cete made of gold and perre, pan bitwene alle pe world and a fauldo may be Alle-swa alle ryches pat may here bc sene War noght bot als muk pat es nnclene,
To
regard of pe precyonse rychesce
Of pe eetd of heven pat na man may gesce. And alle pe melodyse of pe world sere, 9012
War noght bot als sorow to here, To regard of pe blyss fülle melody pat
9016
in
pe cetd of heven es ay redy.
And alle swetc Of alkyn thing
savours pat
men may
feie,
pat here savours wele,
W ar noght bot alsstynk to regard ofpat flayre Pat es 1
in
pe cete of heven swa fayre;
pat?
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
9020
THE BLI98ES OF HEAVEN AND EARTH. And
all«
War
noght bot als schendschepe to
pe worschepe pat here
may
To regard of pe gret worschepe Of whilk men sali« in heven tak
243 be,
se,
kepe.
Alle pe fairnes pat Absolon had in syght, Tb« 9024
War
noght bot laythede
1
in
heven bryght.
War
i.
e«ui y of ld
bo rockoned K bf »ren l*
Alle pe strenthe of Sampson pat was pereles,
noght tald pare bot wayknes.
Alle pe delyces pat had 9028
War
Salomon pe kyng, noght in heven bot myslykyng.
Alle pe swyftnes of Assahel pat had he,
War
noght
|>are
bot slawnes to
The
9032
War War
The
noght tald pare bot
fr*e<i.,m
0f
h "'
noght tald pare bot thraldom.
All« pe hele pat here had
swiftne«« of
imi sioth;
ge.
All« pe fredom pat August had whilom,
*.vUy|
Moyses
als seknes.
All« pe eld pat Matussale had here, 903C
War
Alle pe
War
pare pan pe
les
lest
day of pe yhere.
wisdom pat Salomon had redv J
noght tald pare bot
Th “
foiiy;
Alle pe Inf pat David Ionathas lufed,
9040
War
noght pare bot als hatereden
»iiKioni of
8aIomon but
als foly.
io»« of n»id d bot proved.”" hotred*"
The
Alle pe hononre pat pe Egypciens Ioseph dy d,
War
noght in heven bot schendschip kyd. 1 myght pat Alexander had aywhare, xütndtr noght tald bot wayknes pare.
Alle pe
9044
War
i
Alle pe acord pat Lisyas had in hia lyfe
With Sampson, war par All« pe sykernes pat had 9048
Of
Ennoe and Ely
Th>
^
#f
pair dwellyng in paradyse, namly,
War
9052
s»mp»on but
bot als strife.
noght bot als nnsykernes
Of wonyng in heven pat es endies. pus may I lyken, als I ymagyn, pe cete of heven and pe blys pare-in, Tylle a cete of gold and of precyouse stancs sere
Bot pe cete of heven es mare bryght and clere.
1
MS. Lansd. 348 reads
‘filpe’.
q2
Digitized by
;
THE WALLS OF THE HEAVENLY
244
And
cs seit on
9056 pat na synfulle
hm
The
pe whilk
»pon
whlch He»T-n U •«t, «gniß«« hol)
swa heghe a
CITY.
[BOOK
VII.]
hylle,
man may wyn
par- tylle;
bylle I lyken tylle bcrylle cleno,
pat es derer pan any pat here es sene;
mtditation.
pat
noght
bi Ile cs
undcrstandyng,
eis bi
9060 Bot baly thogbt and brynand yhernyng,
pat baly men had here Whils pai Ffor 9064
The
God
to pat stede,
lyfed, bi-for pair
will« pat pai als
dede;
heghe up-pas,
Als pair thogbt and yhernyng upward was.
Yhit I lyken, als I ymagvn in thogbt, pe walles ofheven tylle Walles pat war wroght Of alle nianere of precyouse stanes gere,
weile of
Huvtn m*de of precioa« stones •ignify good
'
9068
werk«.
Cymented with gold
And swa
Was
never nane in pis world sene,
Ne sw» 9072
ryche stanes, ne swa precyouse,
Als obout heven
pe precyouse
Gud
Th« goM denot«« rharlly.
brygbt and eiere
fülle
brygbt gold ne swa clene,
er,
ne swa vertuouse.
stanes, gastly
may be
Werkes, and pe gold charyte, J
pat obout pase
in
heven
salle scliine clere,
9076 Pat dose gud w'erkes in charyte
pe I
turrettes of heven, gret
lyken
liere.
and smalle,
tylle turrettes of clere crystalle;
Bot pe turrettes ofhevener marecleresbynand Th« towert «i*- 9080 nify the bonour* of th« rtghtcoui.
pan
pa
ever was cristalle in any land.
turrettes, gastly, sere
pat gud men,
pe wardes The
‘w»rd»' of
9084
m ifrh
I
lyken
may and
be, se.
tylle
wardes pat warstalworthly dygbt
And clenly tayled J wroght and craftily “ Of clene sylver and gold and enamayld.
denot« «trenKth,
power »nd
bonours
in heven, salle feie
of pe cete of heven brygbt
I.
Bot pa wardes of pe cete of heven, 9088
Er marc crafty und Strang pam any kan neven, Bot gastly to speke, pa wardes swa dygbt, Maybetald strenthe, und power, andmyght. pat pas
9092
salle
bave pat
Als ybe mogbt here
in
me
heven salledwelle, bifore teile.
Digitized by
;;
[BOOK
VII.]
THE GATES OK THE IIEAVENLY pe
yhates
I
24b
CITY.
lyken of heven swa brade,
Tylle yhates pat war of charbukelle stanes made
Bot swa clere char buk eile was never sene, 9096
Als pa yhates of beven er ne swa clene
Bot pa yhates, gastly to speke, er mekenes And fredom of ryght fayth and bowsomnes, pat gyfes wayand entre
tylle
men
boghsoin.
9100 Intylle pe cete of heven for to com.
pe garettes oboven pe yhates bryght Of pe cete of heven, I lyken pus ryght, 9104
pat wroght war,
Of fyne And of
curalle
Highe
and rych rubys,
other stanes of gret prys,
state,
alle
alle
obout
frett,
and lordschip, and dignit£;
pat salle
Salle bere
pe
won
pe cete of heven raay
in
And pe wonvng-stedes lyken here, after
I
in pat cete pare,
heghe state pare-in ever-mare.
lanes alle-swa and pe stretes
pat
91 IG
or-
and dignitj.
And bryght besandes burnyst omang sett. pe garettes of heven, gastly, may be Ffor
9112
and
naratnted with fine gold wire denote lordship
als I hefore told,
With fyne gold wyre 9108
The w«tch'Tr'” rir^d' rubiea,
Tyllc pe garettes of a cete of gold,
I
alle,
falle,
pat er par-in.
yinagyn,
Tylle pe lanes and stretes, lese and mare,
Of pe
cete of gold pat I spak of are,
With pe bygynges on 9120 pat of fyne gold
Bot ,
in
,
Jvr stedes
Ne swa 9124
ilk
syde standand.
war made, bryght schynand
na cete pat men may neven. ,
,
,
.
and lanes swa bryght alsin heven;
in no citj »re there nach brigta ln p i»cm
m
bryght wonyng-stedes als er par-in,
Can na man, thurgh
wytt, ymagyn,
pe whilk salle schyne, with-inand with-out. And on ilka syde alle obout, Whare alle ryghtwyse men salle won at ces, 9128 In ioyfulle quyete, and rest, and pese;
And
parfor haly kyrk, pat oft prays
Ffor pe saules in purgatory, pus says:
Digitized by
;
IHK BRIGHTNE8S OF THE RBDEEMED. [BOOK VU.]
246
TuamDeus 0132
dejwscimus pietatem, uteutribue-
re digneris lucida» et quieta» mansioues.
“Loverd God, we ask
]>i
pete,
safe, als we pray pe, To gyf pam wonyng stedes bryght And restfulle ”, patnede hasof rest and lyght.
pat pou vouche 9136
Na
bodily eghe uioght never here se
A poynt of swilk bryghtnes, als in heven sali« bc. Ilka lane in heven and ilka »trete
9140 Most schyne bryght, bi skylle, for par sali« mete
Aungels and men bryghter schynand,
pan
9144 pat tyll« all« a coutre, ane
hcav«D ibali
m
hright a« the sun.
shino
ever schane pe son in any laud;
Ffor pe body ofilk man salla schyne so bryght
Th« bodien of earh man in
moghtgyf
lyght
And ilka bare pare, on pair hede, And on pair body, on ilka stede, Salle be als bryght als es pe son,
9148 pat
we may
se here
whare we won,
Fülle bryght schynand oboven us,
And
parfor says pe boke pus:
Fulgebunt 9152
iusti sicut soi.
“pe rygbtwis men
salle
schyne als pe son,”
In heven whare pai sali« ever-mare won.
No w
man salle schyne als bright pan mon he gyf lyght
sen a rygbtwis
Als pe son dose,
9156 Als fer als pe son dose and ferrer,
Fforwhi he
And
salle
pan be wele bryghter.
yhit salle alle pat gret bryghtnes,
pat rygbtwis men 9160
salle liave
pan pe bryghtnes of God salle be knawen pare
Als
Ryght Semes 9164
als
lane« and
we won,
pe bryghtnes of pe son;
salle be
And God The
ftroeta in
pe Sternes here, whare
als to
Ffor we
pare be les
alle-myghty,
openly,
pare als Sternes in bryghtnes.
bryghtest als son of ryghtwisnes.
Ilka lane and strete pat in heven
may
be,
heaven
are iongor than those of anjr country on earth.
Es lenger pan here
es
any contre,
Digitized by
; ; ;
[BOOK
VII.]
9168
TUE STREETS AND
I.ANE8
OF HEAVEN.
247
Ffor pe roume and pe space pat es contende In pe cete of heven
lias
nane ende,
Tb« »treet« ud pa stretes and lanes, gastly to teil«, lanes of hoaven TA 11 II II naly men pat pare salle awelle; denotc hoiy men br alle who sball dwell And pair wonyngstedes may be pe inedes, for ever in .
1
.
,
9172
hoaven.
pat pai
salle
have for pair gud dedes.
In pat cete salle be mare rychesce
pan 9176
pe
alle
men
may
of pe world
Bot pase rycheB gastly
gesce
to understand,
Er sere blysses and delyces ay Instand, pe whilk alle pas, pat tylle heven salle wende, and se pare with-onten ende.
Salle feie
9180
pe pament
may lykeued
of heven
be,
Ti Ile a pament of precy ousc stanes and perre
Bot pe pament ofheveu salle schyne marclere
9184
pan ever schanegold or precy ouse stanes here And pat pament es sett swa fast, pat
it salle
It
es
9188 pis
never fayle bot ay
may na
In whiLk
swa
hale,
last,
crevyce be eene,
and even, and
pament of heven
clene. Tbo p»«ment
als of perre,
of
hoaven denotea
Gastly to understand '
may J be
perfect io»e
endless
and
life.
Parfyto luf and lyfe endeles,
With 9192
pat
And
pese,
and
alle salle
pis
rest
and sykernes,
have pat
pament
salle
salle last
won
pare,
ever-mare.
pus may a man pat kan and
wille.
Alle pe cete of heven lyken bi skylle,
9196 Tylle bodily thing pat es fayre and bryght.
9200
And mast delytabell« here to syght. And to precyonse stanes of vertow, And to sylver and gold and thing of valow, pat men may here bodily se, Bot swilk thinges may nane in heven be. Of verray
ryches, gret plente es pare,
pat er a hundreth thowsand-fald mare 9204
pan
alle
^Th«
riebe«
pw» »n
e*rthiy we&lth.
pe ryches of pe world here,
pat ever was sene,
fer or nere,
Digitized
by
;
THE BRIGHTNKSS OF
248
[BOOK vn.]
GOI).
pat fayles and passee oway;
Bot pe rychegce of heven 9208 pat er alle thing, als
pat men
Oboven
Above ih* rity of beaven hall b right beams
in
J>e
sali« last ay,
God vouches
save.
heven yhemeg to have.
cete of heven sali« noght be sene.
Bot bright benies anly,
als I
wene.
onlr be »een.
9212
pat
sal
And
schyne fra Goddes awen face.
sprede obout and over pat place.
His bright face
pat 9216
And
sal alle pas se,
sal duelle in
pat blisful eite;
pat syght es pe mast ioy of heven,
me
Als men mught here
9220
And Men And
alle-if pat eite
hym
salle alg
9224
pe
ferregt syde.
be fra hym fer, hym be nerrer; landes may haf sight
wele pas pat
Als pas pat sal par
byfor neven.
be large and wyde.
se, until
sal
til
For alg men of fer Of pe son, pat we se here schyne bright. And als pe same son pat sbynes bvyhond pe se Shewes it here, and in ilkn cuntre Alle pe day, aftir pe ryght course es,
Bot when cloudes fra us hydes hir brightnes 1
9228 Right
swa pe
face of
God
alle-myghtv,
Sal be shewed in heven appertely,
All »hall *e* th« face of God, aa plainly an thf y »ee tbe sun on «arth.
Tille alle pe
pogh som
men
pat pider sal wende,
suld duelle at pe ferrest ende.
9232 Bot ilk man, als he lufes
God
here.
Sal won par, som fer and som nere. For som lufes God here mar pan sum, And som lufes hym les pat til heven sal com 9236
9240
1
Alle pas pat God here lufes best, When pai com par sal be hym nerrest. And pe nerrer pat pai sal hym be, pe verreylyer pai sal hym se; And pe mare verraly pai se his face, pe mare sal be pair ioy and solace.
M8. Uarl. 4196 reads
‘his’.
Digitized by
[BOOK
VII.]
SONG AND MINSTRBLSY Bot pa pat here
lufg
pai sal won par, 9244 Bot ilk
man
HEAVEN.
IN
hym
249
leg,
aftir pair luf cs;
sal se
hym
in his degre.
In what syde of heven
swa he gal be. Here haf yhe herd of many fayre gight. pat ay
sali«
be sene in heven brigbt;
9245 Ful glade and ioyfnl alle pas
pat swilk fayre
025 ‘2
of mykel ioy
may
pat
in pat eite of
heven
Alswa
may
be.
sightes, ay. par sal ge,
And
pai ay teile gal
ay duelle.
ilkan gal haf in pair beryng,
The rigbtoous «hall
Grete ioy
in
heven and grete lvkyng.
hart great
Joy io thoir heariog.
For
pai sal here par aongel sang,
And pe haly men 9256
With
ay syng omang.
sal
and
delitabel voyces
And, with
pat, pai sal
clere;
ay here
They
«hall hear all kinda of »wert moiic.
Alle other manere of melody,
0260
Of pe delytable noyg of mynstralgy, And of alkyn swet tones of mugyke, pat til any mans hert mnght like; And of alkyn noyge pat gwete mnght Ilkan sal here in pat
be,
eite,
9264 With-outen Instrumentes ryngand.
And And And
movyng
with-outen
of mouth or hand,
with-outen any travayle, pat sal never
mar
cese ne fayle.
9268 Swilk melody, als par sal be pan, In pis werld herd
never nan erthely man,
For swa swete snl be pat noyge and And swa delitabel and gtva sutille,
ghille
9272 pat alle pe melody of pis werld here.
pat ever bas bene
herd, fer and nere,
War
sorowe and care
noght bot
Als to pe 9276
lest
als
poynt of melody pare.
Omang pam alswa sal be bwa swete com never of r.
vvhen
.
J)ai
war
swete savonr, herbe ne
.
in
seson mast,
„
Or war mast of
flour,
Amon* th«m »n «ball b« sweet «tvoura, «we«t«r than tbo«e springin* from any herb or flower.
vertu for to tast;
Digitjzed by
;
SWEET AND DEUCIOUS SAVOÜRS
2/>0
9280
Ne Ne
HEAVEN. [BOOK VH.]
IN
of apicery mught never apryng. yhit of
nan othir thyng,
pat thurgh vertu of kynde suhl savour wele
Swa No onc
cm
9284
toll
how sweet each one
For na
How
«hall «mell
swete savour als pai sal feie; hert
may
thynk, ne tung
swete sal iikan
teile,
other smelle;
til
to aoolher.
pat savour
sal be ful plenteuouse,
And swa swete and swa delicious, men may feie, And of alle othir thyng pat hero savours wele,
0288 pat alkyn spicery pat
War
noght bot als thyng pat stynked sour.
Als to regarde of pat delycious savour. 9292
Each one
shall
sing with angeln and thank Go4
pan sal pat savour pat es swa swete, Be ioy til pam, ay when pai samen mete, Alswa iikan pat sal won par, Sal syng with angels, als I sayd ar,
fot hls mcrcjr.
9296 In swilk tones pat sal be swete to here,
With
ful delitabel
voyces and eiere;
sal love God ay in pair sang, And thank hym of his mercy ay omang And iikan of pat blisful Company
Bot pai 9300
Sal speke with othir par
With lagbyng and with 930t
fnl
swetely,
lufly serabland,
And say “weles us pat here er wonnund”, And thank God oraang pat pam gun wysse Til mekenes, pat pam led til pat blysse W*ith anger pat pai had in pair lyf days,
pan may 9308
pai say pus als
David says:
Lttali girmus pro diebns quibut
non humiliasti, annis quibus
vidimut mala.
“Loverd 9312 In whilk
ful
glad for pe days er we,
pou müde us lawe to be, we saw illes. ”
In pe yheres in whilk
pus may 9316
pai syng and say for sere skilies.
pan sal pair sang and pair spekyng, Be til pam gret ioy and lykyng;
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE CROWN OF
VII.]
;
:
;
251
BLISS.
Alswa pai aal feie worshepes grete, For ilkan sal be Bette in a ryche sete, And, als kynges and qwenes corouned be 9320 With corouna dight with ryche perre,
E»cii od« sh«n
u
be crown ©d kingu»ndqu««n».
Andwithstanesof vertu, precyousetoprays, Als David
til
God
thus spekes and sayg
Domine super caput
Potuisti
eine
9324 coronam de lapide preeioso.
“Loverd on hys heved pou
A
Bette ryght,
coroune of preciouse stanes dight; ”
Tl>« <•">»» »< precioui «tone«
Bot swa fayre coroune was never sene
»<*
opon «>•
heads of the righttou« 9328 In r pi8 world, on kynges heved ne awene. J ° * notee their
pis coroune es pe coroune of blys,
And pe
pis worshepe pat pai sal feie, 9332
»nd
d»grent Joj.
stane es ioy pat pai sal never mys. sal
pas
Alle pe worshepes pat ever here was,
Of whilk pai sal par mar pan any man can yherne pus
sal pai
have
ioy have, or crave.
in pair witteS fyfe
9336 Parfite ioy with endeles lyfe,
In pe heghe blisful
Whar 9340
sere ioyes er
eite
tung can neven
pai sal
And
God
hundred« »nd tboiisandsof men * nd
saf.
alle pe ioyes pat pai alle sal se,
Sal be ioyes
til
ilka
man
pat par sal be,
With-outen his awen ioyes,
pat
vouches
Thtre ‘^*11 •»
se
7
Ale pai er worthy and
9344
of heven,
ma pan
many hundreth thowsand Of men and wemen in xbat eite, pat many sero ioyes par sal haf, For
til
For pe
les
and mare,
hym-self sal be appropried pare; sight of ilk ioy pat pai sal se pan,
til ilka man; For other mens ioyes thamsal like als wele, Als pai sal pair awen pat pai sal feie
9348 Sal be ioy par
9352
pan sal a man haf ma ioyes in heven pan any tung couthe teile or neven For ilk mau sal haf special ioy and rnede, For
ilk
gude thoght and
ilk
gude dede,
»«P“»“
«wi
Digitized by
;
THE GREATE8T JOY
252
IN
:
[BOOK
HEAVEN.
VII.]
put he ever thoght or wroght openorprive. 9356
pan may never pair ioys noumbred be. pat ilk man in heren wlien pai com pider Sal in body and saule haf alle togider.
And 9360
The hghteous io hesvcn sh all n«r«r b« tired 9364 ef prainiDg God.
never mare of na ioy
feie
irkyng,
pai sal ay be new als at pe bigyuning. Of whilk pe leste ioy par to feie and se, Sal be mar pan alle pe ioyes of the werld may be
For
pai
sal
bc fed par and cled wele,
With ioy of
sight pat pai sal feie,
pai sal wirk par nan othir thyng.
Ood
Bot love ay
with-outen irkyng.
Als a versifiour says 9368
pe whilk Vitio
es
made
sit vtctus,
in
a verse parby,
metre pus schortiy
in
opun
est
laus, turnen amictus.
“With pe
Thsy «hall ba fed «Ith the sight of God.
9372
And And
sight of
God
pai sal be fed,
with lirightnes of light pai sal be cled, pair
werk
sal
be ay lovyng.’’
In whilk pai sal haf gret likyng.
Bot pair mast ioy sight of th«9376 Trinftjr «hall b« th«ir great estjoy.
Th«
For ay whilles 9:380
in
heven
be
pai pat sight sal se,
Of alle ioyes pai sal fulGUcd be; And if pai suld pat syght mysse, pai myght noght pan haf
9384
sal
pe blisful sight of pe trinite, pe whilk pai sal se cver-mar; And pat ioy sal pas alle othir pur.
parfite blis.
For if a man war pyned in helle, With ma payns pan tung may teile. And he of Goddes face mught se ogbt,
hym noght. how men sal hafe
Alle his payns suld pan gryefe
Now
haf
I
redde here
9388 Parfite ioy in heven pat sal be Safe The darnned
Bot pe dampned men par ogayne
«hall
have great soro«
and pain
Sal haf ful sorowe and parfite payne.
for ever.
With-onten ende for pair wikked 9392
For
lyfe,
pai sal in alle pair wittes fyve,
Digitized
by
;
[BOOK
THR
VII.]
THE DAMNED.
MI8F.RY OF
Be turmented on
253
sere mauere,
With grysely payng, many and sere, pat es to say, in syght and heryng.
93%
In smellyng, tastyng, and felyng.
pam
First Jmi sal in helle about
ge
Mare sorow pan ever in pig werldmughtbe. And pe sorow pat pai gal ge par, 9400 Sal be sträng payne
pair
wonyng
pai sal se
9404
And And
pam
about
men mught
And 9408
ever-mare.
pe buke,
Th« th«
and of smoke,
ntiscry of
damned.
grysely, and rnyrk, and dym,
ful
devels ful grym,
pat with sere payns Als
pam
til
in helle, als sayg
ful of fire
payne pam ay,
sal
me
here
byfor say:
alle-pogh pai in helle want light,
Yhit sal pai of
alle
payns haf
Thurgh pe sparkes of fyrpar,
Noght
til
pair comfort bot
Yhit mare sorow
pam
sight,
als says
Say nt Austyn
pair pyne
til
sal bytyde,
9412 pai sal here in helle, on ilka syde,
Ther« »h.u *“
Ful hydus noyse and duleful dyn
Of
men
devels and of synful
par-yn:
pai sal here devels par, rare 9416
And pe pai
ful
men goulc and
synful
sal par, in smellyng, feie
hydusly,
cry;
mare stynk,And
foul
.uoch;
Pan hert may here ymagyn or thynk, Of brynnand brunstan and of pyk, 9420 And of alkyn othir thyng pat es wyk. pat stynk,
yhe
als
9424
pai
sal
til
pam
sal ilkan other
And myssay and And
understand wele,
sal
Sal be sträng payne
Al-swa pai
to feie;
wery,
sclaundre Godallemyghty,
ay stryfe and be
at debate,
And
caraing and atrife.
ilkan other sal despice and hate
Omang pam
sal
never be pees,
9428 Bot hatreden and stryfe pat never sal eees.
pair throtes r\e
Ul
alle
.1
sal _
ay be .
filled .
omang, .
thyng pal es bitter and sträng,
The throut* ui th« wicked aball t» micu with
Digitized by
:
;
THE PAINS OF HE LI..
254 fl»tne
and «mokf
mixed with
tone and
briropitch. 9432
943G
Wheo Thar«
ilkan sal other
Al-swa pai
aball he
great cold and beat in bell;
[BOOK
VIT.]
Of lowe and reke witli stormes melled, —. _ , n , Of pyk and brunstane togyder welled, Of molten bras and lede with-alle, And of other weiland metalle pis sal be sträng payne til pam to last, Omang alle otliir paynes, lest and mast, With stryf pat sal be omang pam pan, wery and ban;
sal feie, als I byfor talde,
9440 Outrageus bete and outrageouge calde,
For now pai sal frese in yse, and now in fire bryn
And
be gnawen
witli -outen
and
witli-in;
'W ithin, als vhe sal understand, 9444
With wormes of conscience ay bytand; With-onten, with dragons
Dragous, addcra, toada, and other
vermin
9448
Beaata of prey aa wolvea, Ilona
and beara aball gnaw the ainful.
feile
and kene,
Swa hidus was never here nane sene, With neddirs and tades and othir vermyn, And witli many hydus bestes of ravyn, Als wode wolfes, lyons and beres feile, pat
noght be
sal
elles,
bot derels of helle,
In liknes of hydus bestes and vermyne, 9452
pat
sal
pam gnaw
Als
in
pe sext part of pis boke es wryten.
pus
sal
W 94 56 Devila aball «mite tbem with glowing hämmern.
ith
without, toekepairpyne,
pe synful be gnawen and byten
outen, thurgh hydus bestes and vermyn,
And thnrgh pe worme of conscience with-iu. pe devels alswa sal stryke pam felly, With glowand hamers, pat
sal
seme of
ful
huge and
pus
sal pai
In alle pair
9464
Th«c
psins
u
weii the .oiii aa body.
lievy,
iren and Stele;
94G0 pir payns pai sal with alle other
feie,
evcr-mare be pyned par, fife
wittes, als I said ar,
With sere payns als es gode skille, For pai here used pair wittes ille. Alle pir payns pat yhe herd
And manv J ma
me
teile,
pat salle be in helle,
pai sal thole ay par pat
sal
wende
pider,
9468 In body and saule alle to-gider.
Digitized by
;
DREAD THE BROTHER OF LOVE.
255
pus sal pai ever mar contynuely Haf parfite payne fmr with-outen inercy, Fra whilk payne and sorow God ns shilde, Thnrgh prayer of hys moder mylde, ,
9472
And pe
right
Whar-thurgh
Now 9476
And
way of lyf us wysse, we may com til heven blysse. Amen. buke sped,
es pe last part of pis
pe maters par-in haf
alle
put contenes,
als
I red,
yhe mught here,
The matter» this
Bathe general and special ioyes
of
book are
now brought
sere,
to
an end.
pat
pas pat
alle
heven
til
9490 Sal baf aftir pe day of
And
come,
dome;
sere schendshepes of helle alswa,
pat er even contTary
pc
gal
whilk, pas
pa,
til
pat. sal til
wende,
helle
9484 Sal haf par, with-outen ende.
Whar-for wha-swa of
May
be stird
til
luf
Til drede, thnrgh
pis wil take hede,
and drede;
mynde
of pe hydusnes
Those who bare read theno thing» «nd will take hecd, m»y be ‘stirred to love
and dread'.
9488
Of payne and sorow pat in helle es; Til luf, thurgh mvnd of ioyes and blissesere pat God hetea til alle pat lufes hym here. Bot pe drede es noght medeful
to prnfe,
9492 pat accordes noght halely with pat lufe;
For
if
drede stand by
Na medc
of
God
itself anely,
Fear withont love is not worthy of re ward.
es worthy,
it
parfor drede suld be lufes brother, 9496
And
ayther of
For wha-swa
He 9500
pam
stand with other,
lufes
God on
pan And
lufes
he his bydynges
And
hym
here
to fulfille,
dredes to do oght ogayne his wille,
Delites to be with
9504
ryght manere
has grete drede to wrethe
God
ay,
dredes to be put fra
hym
oway.
Formensuld noght drede Godanly forpayne t,0 v. ud f««r must go togetber Bot men suld drede to tyn peioysoverayne, pat
es,
pe syght of
God
of heven,
pe whilk yhe herd me byfor neven;
Digitized
by
;
WE
Ü5C
SHOUIjD LOVE GOD FOR HIM8RLF.
pat es pat 1
9508
And
luf
ay with
pat dred of
God
J>at
es
For pogh we suld never
Xe
drede,
worthy mede, helle se,
syn suld never punyst be,
[for]
In pnrgatory nc in helle, 9512
W« Uod
«bould for
luv«*
biuiaell.
Ne
werld whar we duelle, Yhit suld we luf God for hym-self ryght, And drede to tyne hys luf and of him pe sygbt, in pis
For, sikerly I dar wele say pis,
wha-swa wyst wliat ioy and blys Of pe syght of God in heven war, And als proprely had sene it als es par,
951Ü pat
He
had lever »hole here pis payne,
9520 11k day anes, all« qwik* to be flayne,
Ar he pe syght pat 9524
of his face suld tyne,
heven so bright
in
Many
sere ioys
ma
sal shyne.
par sal
falle.
Bot pat sight es mast principalle ioyof
For pat
alle;
ioyful sight sal contene
Alle other ioyes pat sal par be sene,
Of whilk 9528 KArtMy Jwys
Are
pAiaiuK veutly.
ioys,
pe
lest sal
pas
Alle pe ioy pat ever here was.
For ioy here es noght bot passand vanite, Bot pe ioyes pat er par ever-mar sal be, Til whilk ioyes pat has uan ende,
9532
God us
Now
bring when wehethen wende. Amen.
haf I here als
Fulfilled Tb« couteot«
pat er
of
tbe ‘Pricke ol CoD«ci«nce’.
9536
9540
1
’
pan (MS.
I first undir-toke,
pe seven partes of
titeld
pis boke,
byfor to have in mynde.
pe first es of pe wrechednes of mauskynde pe secunde es of pe werldes condicions sere, And of pe unstabelnes of pe werld here; pe thred es of pe ded pat es bodily; pe fertbe alswa es of purgatory; pe fift es of domesday, pe last day of alle, And of pe takens pat byfor sal falle; Marl. 4196.)
The MS. read«
‘qwilk’.
Digitized by
;
[BOOK
THE PRICK OK CONSCIENCE.
VII.]
9544
257
pe seit es of pe paynes of helle to neven And pe sevend part es of pe ioyea of heven. ln pir seven er sere materes drawen
Of
sere bokes, of whilk
Natnly
til
som
er nnknawen,
lewed men of England,
9548 pat can noght bot Inglise undirstand;
parfor pis tretice drawe I wald
may be cald men may
In Inglise tnng pat
_
®
..
Jrrifc
9552
For
_
.
.
,
of Conscience als
a
if
man
it
n
i» uiiij th« 'Prick of Coo-
„ , feie,
«rf<w, btum if i nun read
rede and understande wele, »nd uoJtrjuna well the mattere
,
tbereia. will And J>e materes par-in tu bert wil take, malte hi* conacienc« und«r may bis conscience tendre make, * n( And til right way of rewel11bryng it bilyfe, dread and m«kueas. And his hert til drede and mekenes dryfe, And til Inf and yhernyng of heven blis, And to amende alle pat he has done mys. it
.
It
*
.
#
9556
For pe undirstamlyng of
pir maters seven,
men may in pis buke sc and neven, May make amanknawe and halde inmynde. What he es here of his awen kynde, And what he sal be, if he avyse hym wele, And wbar he es, for to knaw and feie. Yhit may he se when he it redes What he es worthy for his dedes,
9560 pat
9564
Whether he 9568 pis tretice
es
worthy ioy or payue
may make hym
be certayne,
For par-in may he many thynges se, pat has bene, and es, and pat sal be; 9572
9576
pus may pis tretice, with pe sentence, Pryk and stirre a mans conscience, And til mekenes and luf and drede it dryfe, J For to bring hym til ryght way of lyfe. Of alle peis I haf sere maters soght,
And
in
seven partes
I
Als es contende in pis
pat
haf
9580 Alle-if
I
pam
»ui bring tim into the right
»*r
“»•
broght,
tretice here,
I haf draweti ont of
Aftir I had in
pam
i*
bukes sere,
nnderstandyng,
bo of symple kunnyng.
Digitized by
THE ADTHOR’8 ADDRESS TO THE READER.
258 The anthor
de•ire* to be ex-
Bot
I
cused for faultjr rhymcs.
pat
pis trotice wil here or se
pray yhou
par charite,
alle,
Yhe haf me excused
at pis tyme,
95S4 If yhe fynde defaut in pe ryme,
For
I rek noght,
pogh pe ryme be rüde,
If pe maters par-of be gude.
And
He
deaires
any man pat es clerk, 9588 Can fynde any errour in pis werk, that I pray hym he do me pat favour,
if any man find au error, he will
if
pat he wille amende pat errour;
correct IU
9592
For if men may here any errour se, Or if any defaut in pis tretice l>e, I make here a protestadon, pat
Of 959G
I
wil stand
til
my
pis
tretice specialy
The man
that
reads this book, and is not thereby, must be elther 9G04
'•tirred'
fooliahor wicked.
man,
defaut here correcte can.
For
to stirre
And
to
hope he
drnwen es
lewed men
make pam
9G00 Ffor wha-swa wil I
pe correccion
ilka rightwyse lered
pat
sal
luf it
Bot
alle
Or
heres
God Be
pat he es wittles,
Pr«? apeciiUy
pas pat redes it
graunt
stird
pat
for the Compiler of this book.
drede;
be stirred par-by.
Or over mykel hardend
9612
mekenes,
Yf he trow pat God es alle-myghty, And he sal it here or se, And may noght par-by stirred be, It seines
9G08
til
God and
here or rede,
pam
par-by
es, tille
in wikkednes.
it,
loud or
be red with gode
til
stille,
wille,
grace pat pai
may
ryghtwyse way,
pe way of gnde lyfyng,
And at pe last be broght til gude endyng. And yhe pat has herd pis tretice red pat now es broght til ende and sped, For pe luf of our Loverd Ihesu, Pray for hym specialy pat it dru, pat if he lyf, God And nmyntene hys
safe
hym
harmles,
lyf in alle gudenes,
Digitized by
MAT GOD BRING OS ALL TO HEAVEN.
9620
259
And if he be ded, als falles kyndely, God of his sanle haf mercy, And bryng it til |>at blisful place Whar endeles ioy es and solace, Til whilk place he us alle bryng,
9624 pat for us vouched aafe on rode to hyug.
Amen.
Explicit tractus qui dicitur, Stimulus Consciencie.
Here endes
|>e
tretice pat es called
Pryk of Conscience.
Digitized by
,,
.
NOTES. Page
I.
2.
26
48
1.
3.
4.
17
beyng,
50 bughsom, buzom
49 dum, dnmb.
56 at, tbat.
74 digne worthy. 76 wytie, tkilie and mgnde, and memory. 82 feile, akin. 96 man (=mun), shall. ,
107 hight, promised.
1.
9 ar, eYer.
afterwards.
71 herth, earth.
1.
sense, reason
Page
«ythyn
skylle, cause, reason.
51 lof, praise.
obedient.
Page
8 endyny, death.
5 ipede, prosper.
1.
existence,
Page
122 unkynd,
lit.
115 kydde, showed.
121 love, praise.
129 wake ( = wayke),
unnatural and hence ungrateful.
steak.
Page
5.
139 lyggut,
1.
166 unskylwys, without reason.
Page
6.
183
1.
knawyng, ignorance.
Page
7.
226
1.
253 per
1.
tyttest,
And
til,
196 un-
237 to put in mind. 250 thoght, an error for yhouthe. And to all tbat might be plea-
230 mynd,
242 mase, makes.
f=p ir),
182
soonest.
lylhernets, wiekedness.
lettyng, hindrance. 8.
208
uninstructive fables.
187 kun, learn by rote, pret kund.
evidently an error for un-til.
Page
169 unkunnyng, ignorance.
idle stories,
trofles
156 can, knows
162 unkurmand, ignorant.
lies.
these.
272
sure to him.
Page
9.
1.
283 payt, pleases. 306 pal pam thynk hard, that
MS. Y. bas
his
10.
hard.
320-321
his
wordea trowed pey,
preysyng as pei coup sey’.”
loved = alowed = praiaed , lovyng
Page
tbem seenis
to
tbe following reading:
“He saip ‘in And alowed
= preysyng = praise
336 drawen
1.
326 quert, joy.
1.
368
Io luk,
1.
421
shortly, briefly.
1.
443, 444 geten, conceived.
,
composed.
354
to
rede,
to
be read.
Page Page Page
11. 12. 13.
slime.
glet,
Page
to be seen.
loper, coagnlated.
381 tuk kepe, took notice.
424 erlou, art thou. 471
455 alstite,
caytefte,
1.475
wretchednoss.
459
immediately.
ligge, lie. 477 gowl, howl, yowl. 503 »embland, appearance.
14.
496 gretyng, weeping.
Digitized by
NOTES. Pag#
15.
1.
509 pure, po«r.
261
520 rym (creme), membrane.
535
fulfild,
filled witb.
Page Page
19.
1.
17.
1.
566 fen, mud, dirt, fllth. 575 eghen, eyes. 593 aantee, ia lacking. Thia verb iahen ua«d iinpersonally 594 laykyng, sport, play.
witb the dative.
Page 18. 1. 613 brethe, vapour. 614 hard ne netshe, 628 myddyng, dunghill. 646 gruytiely, carefuUy. 19. 1. 684 lat, toas.
Page Page
20.
689 »oyght, brave.
691 angers and
hard nor
soft.
paing and dis-
yvels,
698 meecheefe», niisfortune*.
701 MS. Y. reads: “Stechea gowrtea and other maladys.”
eases.
707
1.
becomes white. 712-15 MS. Y. reads: “Man he saij> as a flour b right
u>eike, fades, lit.
Forst eomep
And
pe sight, and passep awey
forfie to
so ne es broken
As a
tchalde weihe in somera day.“
Page 21.
I. 725 ßoreeehe, shonld be ßourttthe». 729 negien, nine. bycom, became. 741 giere, years. 766 held = cid, old age. 767
731 hele,
weit, govern.
health.
Page 22. 1. 762 fon (pl. of few) =fone, see 1. 764, 765. 773 rounclee, MS. Y. reads: ryveleth, wrinkles. 774 Hit mynde es short, His memory ie not retentive. 775 hand = and, breath. 776 wax, shonld be waxet. 777 gae, gocs. 780 for-tcorthex, comcs to nothing. 781 moutet, monlts, falls
786 lyghtly,
off.
789 trowyng, opinion,
Page
23.
1.
797 lake»,
angerd, troubled, disturbed,
snspicions.
798 granand, groaning
816 frount,
812 sleghe, crafty, wise.
In 'Wicliffe's Apology
jnents.
is
791 tembland, appcarance.
817 hehle», bends, bows.
head.
suspects,
788 nouches,
easily. belief.
censures, blames.
‘His * leringee
799 fre-
Uyringes, move-
822 pouce, pulse.
we have
’
“voluntatia suae
motu».”
860 ugly, horrible. 863 toPage 24. 1. 856 what-kyn, what kind of. gnaw, gnaw away. Page 26. 1. 917 uglynes, horror. 939 agil, ought. Page 27. 1. 949 Jikel, treacherous, deceptive. 961 ‘world of world’, eter966 hight, called.
nity,
Page Page Page
28.
29. 30.
know.
Page
1.
996
1.
1027
1.
1060 wayn, vaiu.
s lernet,
31,
1.
stars.
bisen»,
1090 fraistee,
eiamples.
1064
tharlies
-
thralles, sdaves.
1074 ken,
tries.
1106, 1108 Urne,
the one,
the
first.
1127 yhernyng,
lust,
deaire.
Page
33.
tillee,
1.
1181
leads.
eleghte», crafts, contrivances.
1186 wagte», watches.
fatUome, vanity.
1t
sometimes
1189
gwayntyse, cunning.
taries,
1183
mocks, deludes. 1187
signifiee a lie;
Digitized by
—
m
262
NOTES. “Tbis is no fantu ne no fabulle, Je wote wele of the Rownntabulle." ,
The Avowynge Page
34.
approach,
neghe,
of
King Arther
&c., Robson's Met.
1207 whyn
1205 bymene, to be explained.
1.
come
,
Rom.
0
1230 rogg
= rugg - tear,
ii,
p. 57.
1208
that!
1224 wawet, wxYes.
keen.
1229 icorow men bylyve, strangle
1228 wolwes, wolves. see Glossary.
1217 ken,
near.
men
quickly,
rend.
1. 1239 pase*, paths, narrow passages. 1250 umset, surronnded. 35. 1260 be taken = be-taken, to betoken. 1268 flog, to terrify, frighten. Page 36. 1. 1272 oftesythes, oft times. 1277 «Ao, she. late*, leta. 1279
Page
wa
to wele,
Page 37.
woe
to weal.
1281 p«r, theae.
1319 drove, disturbs,
1.
38.
1.
1322 tokenyng - takenyng, token,
afflicts.
1334 happy, fortnnate, see
sign.
Page
1339.
1.
1368 syker, sure, certain.
1338 pa, those.
1374 gettes, guests.
1376 hethen,
hence.
1385 eommelyng, a foreigner, used to translate advena. 1390 1393 leie, loyal. 1397 war = wäre, cantions, carefnl. twythe, qnickly.
Page
39.
1.
1400 dede, death, see
1.
riand, sarying, see
1426.
1.
1403 over-lightly, very easily.
1402.
1415 vedirs, weathers, see
1.
1413 va-
1424.
Page 40. I. 1432 wate, knows. 1443 douiland, evidently an error for domland, Sc. drumly, N.E. dromland, dark, clondy. Page 41. 1. 1452 Now er men wele, now er men wa, No* aro men happy,
now litel
men
are
=
sorrowful.
over-litel ,
fände,
meeur,
1453 faa,
moderation.
foe.
1460
1464 smert, smart, quick.
try.
1456 pyn, pain.
1459 or-
well fnrnished.
bigg,
1468 were, war.
1470
1463
saghiel,
1478-79 The correct reading seems to be:
reconciliation, concord.
“parfor pe world pat clerkes seea pus beide, Es als mykel to say als pe werldes ekle."
Page
42.
1487
1.
head, the poll.
Page 43.
to mette,
to
measure, mete.
1492 haterel, top of the
1520 havyng, behaviour.
1502 elde, age.
1522 coslage, expense.
1.
1525 hauntes, practises.
1528 wryn-
chand, twisting. if som smithfeild Kuffian take up som stränge going: some new mowing with the month: some wrinchyng with the shoulder, som new disgnised garment, or desperate hat— whatsoerer it cost
“And,
gotten must is stale
it
be and used with the
and gone.”
first;
The Scholemaster by
or eis the grace of R.
Ascham,
p. 44.
it
Ed.
Major 1863. 1539 hypand als a ka, liinping as a cow. 1540 new gett, new fashion. 1543 gang, walk. 1548 hasty myschewes, sudden misfortunes. 1651
make angry,
wreth, to
Page Page
44.
1.
45.
1.
irritate.
1657 fyndynges
,
inventions.
1561 controves, contriTes.
1599 unbowtome = unbuxom , disobedient.
1616 p«*n toll be
wa, to them shall be woe.
Page 46.
1.
1651 clomsed; cursed
is
perhaps too streng a rendering,
if
Digitized by
:
NOTES. the word
Page 47.
The
meaning
literal
be ‘benumbed’ and hence ‘stnbborn’, ‘blockish'.
to
1680, 1681 dede, deatb.
1.
1687 tirynyng
natural.
263
derired from O.E. clomsen, clumttn.
is
would seom
,
1682 rede«, explains.
Separation.
1686 kyndelyt
1704 onence,
1688 full, rery.
against
Page 48.
1709 twyn, separate.
1.
wild, desired,
1718 gayn-turnyng, returning.
pret of teilte or teilten, to desire.
The pret of
1732
wille as
an auxiliary verb = teald. Page 49. 1 1750 <J dede brayde, a death assanlt, pain. 1776 mynde, remeiu1777 thurgh kynde, natnrally.
brance.
Pago
50.
1788 skulkes, hides.
1.
1781
sieet,
pret of swete, to sweat.
1810 overalle, eTerywhere.
1817
tost,
experience.
Page
—
51.
1820 »toure,
1.
s amen ,
1849
conflict.
to be together.
1852
A
ane, one.
Page
52.
1881
1.
reteard,
1883 thewes,
regard.
1890 dede
manners.
hand, death’s hand.
Page
53.
1913 occupyde,
1907 fested, fastened.
1.
with a sudden
1915 nt a
filled.
litte,
1917 Each rein and each sinew and
with a tug.
jerk,
member. Page 54. 1.1938
unsleghe, unwise, foolish.
1944 wayte (= wate), knows
1946 forluke, foresee.
Page Page
1970 teake, watch.
55.
1.
56-
h 2011
chalanges,
2044 drighe,
tynes, loses.
1971 dedyt, death’s.
claima.
2025 felted,
feit.
2000 yhate, gate. 2027 and 2036
suffer.
Page 68. 1. 2088 myndlee, forgetful. 2101 thraws, throes. 2102 quathd Awathes, evils, dangers. Page 60. 1. 2163 laghe, law. 2167 Thar, need. 2172 The sense would seem to reqnire that we shonld read: ‘he fiat ean this lif despyse’ instead of
Page
61.
‘he J>«<
fiis
lif deepyse’.
1.2196 strippe», passes quickly.
2216 redde,
aparty, partly.
‘Why ‘Why
2217
2206
alle-if,
althongh.
2210
told.
shonld be?
dede es swa gretely drede’
fie
the dede es swa gretely to drede’.
2224 fare, go. 2226 grymly, savagely. gryn, to open the mouth wide. 2224-27 MS. Y. reads blere, pnt out the tongue. “Ffor as wode lyons ficy schul fare, To raumpe on hem and grenne and stare,
And gTymly on hem grone and hare tonges And with hidous lokes hem sore afere.” 2231 ferdnes,
Page 62. tint.
Page 63. Page 64. Page 65.
1.
blere,
fear.
2249 drogh,
2265 see
1
201
2257
drew.
flit,
depart.
2264
la
=
tane,
the
1.
wisdom,
1.
2309
1.
2320 saghe, saw.
1.
2353 kynd, natural.
sleght,
craft.
2342 warne, unless. 2368 tcar-io = whar-twa, where-so.
Digitizefl
by
NOTES.
264 Page 66.
~ i.
2391 grete müde ; ‘eger mode’
1.
mood, mind.
Cf.
2416
‘confused in mind'.
e.
halely,
a better reading; müde,
is
mode
phrases ‘milde
1
‘evil
,
mode
mode’, 'mengid in mode',
wholly.
Page 67. 1. 2446 pe should be pi? 2449 to see, to be seen. 2453 /eie, many. 2460 aresoned, called to acconnt. Page 68. 1. 2466 umyker, uucertain. 2467 alowed, praiaed. 2469 tiktrly, aecnrely.
Page 69. 1. 2510 ame, onght. 2511 yhelde, re ward. 2516 u-hat=wate, knows. Page 70. 1. 2552 deret, injnres, hartns. 2662 myspays, displeases. Page 72. 1. 2623 s trik strek, atraight, direct. Page 73. 1. 2666 whate^toale, knows. 2682 tpedde, fmiahed. 2685 neghesi, neit. Page 74. 1. 2722 hentes, receives, takes. Page 75. 1. 2750 ‘,For pai sal haf [inj a day pare." Page 76. 1. 2791 crysom, an error for uncrysom. Chrisome signifiee properly tbe white cloth which ia aet by tbe minister of baptism npon the bead of a cbild newly anointed with chrism aller his baptism: now it ia Tulgarly taken for the white cloth put about or npon a child newly chriatened, in token of his baptism, wherewith the women uaed ,
to
sbroud the child
dying within the raonth; otherwise
if
brought to church at the day of Purification. uaed
du ring that time they parts
England,
of
calf killed
a
— Blount 2864 ncdly,
78.
1.
80.
81.
is
,
nanally billa
of
because
wear the chrisom cloth; and in some before
it
a
ia
month
old is called
a
fear.
2933 mol, inust.
2947 acouped-acouiped,
felony, crime.
2953
1.
82.
of birth
of necesaity.
2915 ferdelayk,
1
accnsed.
Page Page
month
in Ualliwell p. 249.
chrisom-calf.
Page Page
to
it
Chrieoms in the
mortality are such children as die within the
1.
giryte
free.
,
2991 Al», also, grege, increase. 2993
sleuthe, sloth. potagre, dis-
ease in tbe feet. 2995 kylle», ulcors. felouns and apostyms, whitlows and im-
posthumes.
we,
Page Page Page Page
let
2999 swynavy, «piinsey.
3001 meselry, leprosy. 3008 l'hynk
us think.
83.
1.
85.
1.
86.
1.
87.
1.
3037 be it ane, by itsolf. 3126 was hoven, was raised, see 3148 caffe, chaff.
3173
stylher,
stronger.
tilossary.
3175 loud or
stille,
openiy or se-
3183 The senso reqnires tham before by3192 mene = tuean, moderate.
cretly, publicly or privately.
3189 sadde, Page 88. 1. 3213 haf hovet.
feet.
Page Page
3239 are,
89. 90.
strykly read:
1.
1.
til
solid.
for ha» or hafesl
before.
uiyn,
3248 defaut, want. 3287 For heven
“For snm
3289 myt, wrong.
s
blis.
um
3214 hend and fete, hands and
go
3256 düngen,
here po< als
tite
.«mitten, besten.
a/tir poi'r dede,
The word p at should be omitted
or
wend we must
sal
pat 4c, die." 3288 strykly, straigbt, direct 3292 boghl, redeemed. 3298 stonde, time.
er here
Digitized
by
,
N0TE8.
265
3323 tmertly, quickly, emartly. 3325/cre, frighten. 3331 For = '• For tbere is none &c. 3338 Whar ~ war, were. Page 92. 1.3362 hede, hcad, chief. 3363 hatreden hatred. 3367 for3370 omang, at interrals. tweryng, perjury. Page 93. 1.3400 rede, teil. 3402 houtil, the Sacrament. 3404-9 MS. Y.
Page 91. it
et
1.
nan
Sfc.
,
has the following reading:
“General schritt pat may cche day be made And benyson of liischop pat makep pe sonl glade And namly in pe ende of pe holy masse, Ffor hit es greto rnede bope to raore and laste,
And knockyng ou pe brest and knelyng in pe gronnde, And pe last anoyntyng on pe dethus stounde. 3408 Knokyny of pe brest St. i e. confession. 3413 atans, at once. Page 94. 1. 3434 off], d is correct and very common in the ‘Cursor Unndi'. 3447 mytler, need. 3473 debate, eontest, strife 3478 Page 95. 1. 3468 sary, sorrowful. ianglyng, idle talk, idle stories. 3487 na 3484, 85 bann, bau, cnrse. .
3491 ma, more.
should be nane.
Page 96. 1. 3507 Rytte he, let him rise. 3510 forthgnb/ng, repentance. 3514 wotwarde, wretched, plagned. 3515 hardnet, sererity, affliction. 3522 unlyndnet ingratitnde. 3519 faynlise, deceit. 3534 fände, tempt, try. 4535 sande, niessage, messenger. Page 97. 1.3546 heke = eke, increase. 3555 thechee, teaches. Cf. feth
= fet,
wythenet
=
i
cytenet
tfc.
Page 98. 1. 3589 mettyng, mass. 3594 twyn, two. 3608 byhyng, ransom. 3610 atiethe, amends, satisfaction. 3611 Ah, also. Page 99. 1. 3624 frende, friends. Page 100. 1. 3678 For alle be it onence pe doer dede, i. e. 'For althougb it
be against the doer» detd.
Page Page Page Page Page
104.
1.
105.
1.
Page
109.
103.
1.
3781 pat, »hat. 3827 thechyng, teachiug.
3835 tper», locks, fastens. 3844 playn, full. 3870 lagher, lower. 3877 underloutet snbjects. 107. 1.3915 large, free, liberal. 3923 par-/or, i. e. for that (purpose). 3934 yetce, to be reckoned. Page 108. 1. 3951 hat, called. 106.
1.
1.
,
3986 aghtynd, eighth.
3988 neyhend, nintb.
3996 poutte,
power.
Page
4026 World endyng, world’s ending. 4028 htket pat yhvw detayve na man, i. e. ‘see that na man deceire you'. 4036 erthcdyru earthqnakes. 4053 trowage, homage, fealty. 110.
1
4025 Sayt
tu,
teil
ns.
,
1.4119, 25 heyhe, to exalt. 4130 lyvyng, life. 1.4153 to 4215. The following lines on Antichrist are from the 'Cursor Mundi’ fol. 124. (CotL MS. Vesp. A. iii.) Nu sal yce her, i wii you rede
Page Page
112.
113.
Hu
pat anticrist sal brede,
266
NOTHS. Nathyng Bot pat
sal
I
fene
I find in
yow nen
bokes treu,
pir clerkes tolles fiat er wjse pat be o luus king sal rise.
And
o pe kind,
man
pat prophet mas
clepes dane,
o pus bis
Bane he sais â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;neder iu Waitand hors to stang'
nam.
strete,
in fete,
To do pe rider falle bi pe wai, pat als mikel es for to sai
By pe wai pat
als nedder sal he paa men pat he mai pe reute o right.
all
Ridand
in
He He
pam pam
sal sal
smeit and dnn
sitt,
witt,
pam
light.
give ful attre* dint,
Ute of pair trouth pam for to Stint. 0 fader and moder he sal be born, Als otber men es him biforn, Bitnix a
And Als
man and a womman,
noght of a maiden allan, it
es foli tald* o
sum
Noght tuix a biscop and a nun, Bot of bismer4 brem* and bald,
And
geten of a glotun scald,
Pat par mai be na
He
sal be
geten
fuler tnin.*
al in sin.
Geten in sin and born in plight, Over alle he sal be maledight. In his geling7 pe feind of helle, Sal crepe in his
moder
to dnelle;
Maister of errnr and of pride,
par-in be sal his birth abide pof he be in prisun bnnden, Als
it
in hali writt es fanden,
pat Sent Gregor
seif has wroght,
parfor he sais, he
lies
noght
po
kind o strenght pat he had ar pof pan his might be laten mare,
pat
his might es noght sal yee knaun Ur laverd has don it als for his ann. Ffor if he moght, al wald he quelle bunden has pat feile.*
Ffor-pi he
'
one.
ttang *
= tting, lnstfnl.
pierce. *
â&#x20AC;&#x2122;
poisonons.
combination.
7
1
*
reckon ed.
conception.
*
a wicked
wicked one.
Digitized
by
267
NOTES. He sal be lesed pan o band And mikel wj sal werc in Und; pis es be pat sorful dring 9
We
rede of in bok o uceuing;
An
10
angel be sais isagb lendand
Wit a mikel cheigne
And
in band,
bar pe kai o pe mikel pitt
Als sais Sant lohn in hali writt.
To ]>e dragon snith he «an, pat men calles devel and sathan, And in pat pitt him sperd fast For
be laisd at pe last
to
To quils a thusand yeir at pe last; Qnen pat thusand yeir war past, To walk his forth fra pal quile And mani man for to bigile Right sua pe devil sal descend In anticrist moder Iend,"
To
pat caitif ful unclene
fille
And
nmbelai hir
Al in
al bidene,
his weild 1 * hir to receive,
And do
hir poru a
man
conceve,
pat al pat birth pat par es born Be wick and fals and felnn lorn, Fforpi his
Sun o
nam
tinsel
19
es cald wit right
pat maledight,
For al pat he may wirc par-to Al manskind he sal fordo.
Of Of
his geling
his birth
i
I
yow
tald teile
ar,
you qnar;
Ffor als pat crist him-selven chese
Be born
in
bethleem for ur ese,
His maidenhede for to bring in place,
pat he tok for ns wit his grace Right sua sal pe feind him pis, Chese him stede o
birth iwise.
pat best es titeld til his stalle, Qnar es pe rote of ivels alle, par left o godd men makes sin pat es, tun o babilon wit-in;
in,
p‘s tun was quilum chefe o pers 0 mani other alsua divers, A tun o selcuth mikel pride, Hefd o maumentri pat tide, * chieftain.
10
‘book of re^elations’.
>i
loins.
19
power.
19
perdition
-
Digitized by
NOTE8.
268
Bethsaida and Corazain tna cites gal foater him.
J>ir
ür larerd snaipa'* pir tua tana, And pua he aais in his sermuna: Corozaim ai be ye waa, And sua be ya Betb[a]aida, And Capharnaum ai wa ye bei pe ainfnl sun aal regne in pe; pof pou pe raia up until hären ‘
To
belle
depe
aal
pou be
driTen.'
Norya bim aal enebannters, 0 nigramanci and o jugulots,
Of Of
Pe
alle
maner
o craftes
alle falahed
pai aal
wicked gnstes
Him
folnand in
his
ille;
him
Alle,
wiera 11
al bia afers.
Page 114. 1. 4180 uptteyker one »ho goea np, from ttegh, to ascend. MS. Y. reads upstirl. 4202 treritd, cnrsed. 1t Page 115. 1. 4210 nun/st, nurtnred. 4213 treyetiour, a magician. aometimea signifie» a cheat. Cf. 0. E. treget, a trick. 4220 ae, seat. ,
4228 fnlt trowth, Page 116. 1.4248
false belief.
4257 A-ane, One. 4268 thurgh /alt welk, walked. mirack» »hewyng, i. e. through the manifestation of falae miraclea. 4268 euthfaetne», truth.
Page 117. Page 118.
4316 chact, drire. 1. 4306 stey, ascend. 1.4339 otinrar, nnywhere. 4349 0 000 path, track, and hence ,
example.
1.4359 Jene, far. 4368 < hymne, fireplace. “Damesele loke ther be
Page 119.
A
ffuyre in the
chymene
Ffagattna of fyre tre
That fetchyd waa Sir Degrevant in Tbornton
Page Page Page Page
)are."
Romancea
p.
234, Ed. Halliwell.
4400 fdaghihepc, fellowship. 4477 werray, to make war on.
120.
1.
122.
1.
123.
1. 4541 /ul wratbe, very wroth. 1.4558 wathe, torment. 4576 fra po», from that time. 4727 1.4700 gun teile = gan teile, did teil. 4708 ken, see.
124.
Page 128.
brethe, rapour.
Page 130.
1.
bnildings.
Page
132.
1.
4772, 74 romyng, romiyng, roaring. 4782 byygyM-.byggyngt, 4786 An, an error for And. 4794 to nerea, to be named. 4861 yhed, went. 4853 brumtane, 4850 bygged, built.
brimstone. 14
=
inubi, cnrsea.
14
protectors.
Digiti
id
by
NOTES. Page 133.
1.
269
4891 raykt obout, spread «bout.
4906 datednes, eoldness.
4907 tDÜrkyng, Operation. Page 135. 5020.
1.
4961
beinei
The following
the ‘Cursor
Mundi’
4975 movyng, movement. 4979 to npon the resnrrection of the body are from
trumpets.
,
lines
fol.
1
128.
Sant Paule us littel and
on pia-kin wise, and yhing.
sais
pat
ruikel, ald
Alle at pat mikel upriaing,
Sal be of eld aa pai suld here
Haf deied in pat eild pat
eild o thritte yere,
had at
crist
Quen he ne broght
And
bis ded,
ur fed;
al fra
pat ani her livand
if
Was weramed 7
or on fote or oo hand,
Ala vre se chances oft bitide,
On muth or nese or elles-quar, Or bote npon hie bodi bar, Cripel, croked or turnd o baft,
Or limes ma gain* kinJIi craft, Thorn ma or leas o lim haf last, At pis uprieing pat aal be last, Alle paa pat Qodd haa ohoain til
hia
Ffor to be broght into hia blis,
Quatsum
>
na
It sal
pai in pis
wem
1 o
Ne naking thing
liif
pam
haa bane, be sene,
bot alle fairhed»,
Als we in hali scripture rede; Alle sal have right limes par,
pai aght to haf ne leea ne mar. Bot take tent qoat I sai to pe;
0
quat
fair stature
And o
pair eild, o
it sal
pam
1
be.
mele,'J
pat Criet taa for hia aun leie, paas other aal ha fairhed nan, For
welth sal
al
0 paim
it es
pam
to teile
pat brued wituten
be wan, 6
na
tale,
bote es bale.
pe childer pat es abortives, paa pat er born olives,7 Sal rise in thritte winter eild,
To
litel
bote to paim or beild, 9
Ffor paa war noght baptist iwiaa,
Ne 1
1
enemy.
*
wanting, absent.
aal pai haf
defonned. 7
alive.
3
na pari o against. 8
blies, 4
blemisb, spot.
protection, safety.
9
talk.
270
NOTES. mikel maisters sais pat pai
f>ir
Mai saured be on nankin wai, aal haf nother wel ne wa in merckenes forever and
pai Bot
pe men
pat thoru pair aun
Wit hefding draght
a.
gilt,
or hanging apilt
Thoru pair sin and pair feluni, Wit hundes eten pe mast parti, Mani wenes pat er nnwise, pat pat dexa hale suld ne rer rise, And pat to wene ea bot sotthede;*
Nu
i
sum
aal pe
Ute of
reaun rede,
alle skil it es
and right
Ffor to miatru in goddes might.
Qnat man mai wiit, quat man mai lere. Qnat man may se, quat ere may here, Quat man in erth mai thinc in thoght
Hu
al pis
«erld ur laverd wroght,
Heren and erth al in pair haldes, pat mighti godd pat alle waldes?“ Qua can sai me hu of a sede,
He
dos an hundret for to brede?
Thoru bis mighti wille dos pat king Ute of pe herd tre to spring Fürst pe lef and sipen pe flur, And pan pe frut wit bis sarur, Ilkin frut in his sesun;
Agh wo
Hu he
par-in seke resun
dos ilkin thing to nait, u
Certes pat war bot surfait,
pe mar man
sninc
him par
abute,
Ffra spede“ ferrer he sal be ute.
A sample sal Pati fand o par he was
i
sceu
par-bi
Saut Oregon,
in a stede sumquar,
An crafti clere and And * asked him a 1
Of a wolf and a
And
yow
wis o lare,
qnestiun
leon,
of pe thrid pat
was a man,
Quar-of pe tale pus bigan.
A man
welk thoru a woddes wai,
Par ner pe
stret a wolf
him
pis wolf it was nnmesur Al pis mans flexs par he • folly.
10
rules, wields.
11
prosper.
lai;
[of]
mete,
ete, 11
success.
**
Digitized
also.
by
NOTES.
271
Als-suith he sna had don,
An hnngre leon mete he son, Up and don bis prai sekand; Quen he nan oper pis wolf he
best par fand,
feld ant ete hirn al
Ne
left
pe
leon efter deied in
he noither gret ne small«; hii,
Ded par gun
his coroigne lii, par was roten al to nogbt,
And
Quar-in sal pis man be soght? For i mai tra on nakin wise,
Pat
pis
man mai
Sin nan es als
Tuin 14 pat
to liif uprise,
wene pat can com o man,
i
erth pat
Ffra pat erth pat es bredd o best. Sant Gregor gaf ansner honest,
And o pat man pat was in were, pe soth he scend him al eiere, And provide him wit quik resnn pat Wit
at pis resnrrectionn, all« his limes, hale
and fere,“
cmne befor pe demstere; Ffor pof his bodi al war brint, And blaun ovoral [and] pe pnder tint Sal [he]
Yett mai godd gedir
And neu him
it
alagain,
at his will« wit
All« pe flexs pat was o pe Sothfast sal be raised pan, lt sal
be delt in
littel
main
man
weve,
16
pat was o best al sal bileve," pat bath pe tane and pe toper made
Wel
bituix
Sna
haali sal pai
pam
sal
pam
can he schade. 19
pan rise pare, noght want a hefd hare,
Ne noght a nail o fote ne hand; Pof qnether we sal understand pat nail and hare pat haf be scoro, Bes noght al qnar pai war befom, Bot als potter wit pottes dos,
Quen he his neu wessel fordos, He castes al pan in a ball«, A better for to mak wit-all«;
0 noght he lokes quilk was quilk, Bot makes a nother of pat ilk, Wel
fairer
pan pe
Right sna sal
“
»pwate.
»
«ound.
19
first
crist,
was wroght;
ne dut pe noght.
pieces.
17
remain.
«•
distinguish.
Digitized by
,
,
,
,
272
NOTES. He
pat es laverd of ertb and heven,
Hai o pst
pat
ilk
selrin «Ten,
was molten
first
lame 19
into
Hak a wel fairer licam,* And if par-of was mar or le« To mesor, als his will« es. Page Page Page Page
1.5003 peryste, destroyed. 5020 menand, comely. 1. 5054 For tee the sense requires pe.
136.
137. 139. 141.
1.
5126 levenyng, ligbtning.
1.
6188 fatl, near,
1.5261 bla,
5131 onence. opposite.
5199
elose.
5202
clotbes.
clotes. clouts,
6218 »weit, died.
nere-hande, nigh, near.
Page 143.
lirid.
5266
«mk
,
5293 Haynged-ttangcd,
to lose.
pierced.
Page 144. skin.
5298 liarnpane
1.
5299 bratt hu hyde 5827 erres, sears.
dread,
bunt
brain pan.
5311 enchesoun, reason.
Page 145.
5367 rvddour
1.5332 atteyn, aceuse.
,
reddure, seYerity,
his
lit.
fear.
Page 147. 6417 sar, Page 148.
1.
Page 149.
1.
1.
5410 seake, shake.
5407 threp, dispnte witb, talk severelv.
5428 Ynwitt, eonscience. 5460 wreghe» bewrays, discovers.
sore.
,
5503
5483 egged, instigated. 5487 eggyng, instigation. 5511 bymens, signifies.
kepyng, custody.
Page
150.
wreke
1.
5522 halghei
= hallows
5526
saints.
,
sloghe,
5538
slew.
Yengeance.
Page 161. 1. 5567 uptruit, uptrussed, boarded np. 6570 moweld mone, monldy money. 5672 moghet or moies, moths 6574 ot-er, above. Page 152. 1. 5602 stak, pret of shk to pieree. 5606 legge pouste so,
Yereign power.
Page 153. Page 154.
Page 155. Page 166. Page 157. reeve.
1.
1.
lene, to giYe, grant.
5672 yholden, yielded.
5716 for pe the sense requires 6771 beddt, offered.
1.
p».
1. 1.
at.
5785
ryft,
6831 pepen, thence. 5871 uniustifyed, wronged. 5908 Oude» of hap tfc. 5913 arrirage arrears.
ss
1.6944 leches, physicians.
Riehes of fortnne are these to be
5951
lent,
giYen, pret of len, to
5958 bede, giYe. 1.
6978 reken, giYe an acconnt
6994 lialdynge
6001 lagt, seek, look
“ loam,
len,
1.
to do jnstice to.
Page 163.
giYen pret of
1.
reckoned.
grant.
lent,
5784 eghlild, eghteld, endeaYonred, aimed 5785 bytaglU, entrnsted.
Page 160.
Page 162.
5609 accutyttg, accnsation.
1.
Page 168. Page 169.
Page 161.
6649
1.
for.
,
of,
poesesslons.
see
1.
5984.
5987
6999 laynd, kept
iustify,
secret.
6003 rekkenyng, acconnt.
6022 teme, appear.
earth.
*>
body.
Digitized by
,
,
,
,
,
,
»
‘
NOTES. Page
164.
1.
6058
273
seems an error
dtcelle
6079
for direlled.
J>at soune
any manere, cf. tho following passage from Ascliam: “Some sball sing bim a gong swecte in tune, but * ovnding in the ende utter destrnction. The Scholmaster, p. 72, ed. Mayor 1863.
in Ulf on siren Io hi»
Page
saints. 6091 reddure see line 5357. 6112 165. 1. 6087 lialyhes. 6114 mrrryng, louring. 6122 »etil, seat, throne. terror. Page 166. I. 6133 dcparte, divide. 6135 gnyte, gnats. Page 168. I. 6205 briet need. 6210 Suthly, trnly. 6212 kydde, known. 6227 trhyne 0 tbat! 6229 thurt, needed. 6232 sirelyhe, swallow. Page 169. 1. 6248 tonte, leisure. 6250 redde, promised. 6251 »pedde tinished. Page 172. 1. 6348 hak, whole. 6365 retnovyng, rcmoval. 6373 o, of. Page 173. 1. 6418 ugge, fear, dread. Page 174. 1. 6424 forte, few. 6429 mynde, memory, feer tcrrify. 6432 ,
ßaying
.
,
dight
Pape
6415 colke, core. 6447 dalk, hollow. 6463 stoped, stuffed. 6466 täte, reckoning, nnmber. 6469
prepared.
175.
1.
lare, learniug.
Page
176.
6522 lughe
1.
6535 yhoile, weilt. Page 177. 1. 6664
6523
laugbed.
,
threst,
efte,
again.
6666 graped,
thirst.
feit,
dreglte,
suffer.
handled.
6571
dyngyng, smiting.
Page 178. Page 179. wall.
Page Page
1.6575 greling, weeping. 1.
6613 ehire,
6632 fole, foul
181.
1.
182.
6693 pyk,
6603 vcrelh, wrath. pure, clean. 6614 brend, burned. 6619 waglte, 6647 dated, cold. 6694
pitch.
1.6729 reuthe,
6704
tryk. bad, nasty.
6736
pity.
cleave
cleute
of-race, tear
breit, hurst.
off.
6738
menged, mixed.
Page 183.
6762
1.
to feie,
too
much.
6763 Ule,
cool.
6765 rouke,
6772 fett, fasten. 1.6914 »prent, scatter, fly.
sqnat, nestle.
Page 184. Page 185. Page 186.
1.
1.
6832 uylyne», borror. 6860 aferde, frightened. 6874 Wha», wbose. 6877 duleful = doleful, aorrowfnl. 6884 fleghe,
6902 gryin, savagc. 6936 dolce», claws, clutches.
fly.
6900
tade», toads.
Page 187.
1,
6937 umlapp, surround.
188.
6947 parc, wbere 1.6955 covertoure, covering.
189.
1.
6950 ferd,
umluke, nmset, nmthink &c.
Page Page
7009 neghend, ninth.
7015 dyng,
strike, beat.
Cf.
afraid.
7016 »tyntyng»
cessation.
Page Page
191.
192.
1. 1.
7070 rosyng, boast. 7119
out-yltetted,
7075
foyltel,
fowl, bird. jieghaml, flying
poured out, shed.
7130 forthynkyng, repentance. Page 193. 1. 7159 * chame to feel ashamed. Page 194. 1. 7193 hend, hands. 7194 utter,
7169 bald, ready eager. 7216 tytled, pulled
outer.
with violence.
Page 195. Page 196.
upsidedown.
1.
7230 up-»u>a-doutu
I.
7264 Over-tite, very soon.
cor», unless.
i
-
7126 teelland, boiling.
,
,
,
,
NOTES.
274 Pa (je 197.
1.
7296 tharnyng
stand in neod
sorrow and
Page 198.
of.
grief.
7302
Tham
desire.
tynl, lost.
7303
sometimes
stytU, cease.
signifies to want,
7327 trey and
lene,
7328 wantyng, absence, lack.
7338 gnayste, gnash. 7341 rare, roar. 7347 skryke, shriek. 7351 dwtchyng, dashing. 7352 skiykyng, shrieking. 7355 strake, struck. 1.
7355 »topp, stuff. 7361 weld, nse. 7364 thrang, throng, pressure. Page 199. 1. kepe, hold. 7373 myster, need. 7378 scratte scratch. 7392 Mate, contest, strife. 7396 wa worth J>e. woe be to the. Cf. ‘wele worth pe while', ‘wa worth (>e day.’ Page 201. 1. 7451 tyme, evidently an error for pam. 7460 ueued, renewed.
7461 new, nnew.
Page 203. Page 204. Page 205.
1.
7535 tagtes, seeks.
hangs over.
1.
7579
1.
7601 smored, suiothered.
liove»,
7615
7619 wonderly, wonderfully. Page 206. 1. 7633 »tyk, stand, remaiu. Page 207. 1. 7666 getced, reckoned, see mesuryng, measuremont.
1.
teilte»,
7642.
7695 mct, nieasnred.
attends, takes notice.
7687
tollt
7696
truth.
»tey,
7692
ascended
halghe, holy.
Page 208. Page 210. Page 211.
7730 paye weight. 7802 gese (guess), teil. 7816 alkyn, all kind of, to weide to be possessed or be eujoyed.
1.
1.
1,
7825 drnryes, gallantry. 7826 7847 lowtyng, obeisance.
iwbillay, nobility. 7846 yheldyng, bestowal. 7848 boghsomnes, buxomness - compliance.
7939 ta = tane, the one. 7940 wyld, desired. 7942 ogaynestand ne lett, oppose nor hindor. 7953 charged, loaded. Page 215. 1. 7964-5 mow, bo ablc. remowe, remove. 7969 uyayne-standPage 214.
1.
7985 warn, forbid, refuse. 8000 my», lose, be withont.
yng, Opposition. obediont.
Page 216. Page 217.
1. 1.
7987 boghand, coinpliant
8003 ehaeed, driyen abont. 8039
fülle-] yld,
filled.
8061 feile,
fierce.
8075 toke kepe,
took notice.
Page 219. Page 220.
1. 1.
8122 endelctne», eternity. 8158 transyng, trance.
Page 221. 1.8193 taste, experience. 8199 aywhare, everywhere. Page 222. 1. 8252 bamhede, childhood. 8262 lom, lost. Page 223. 1. 8268 »kylle», reasons. causes. 8300 tehrafe, shrove. Page 224. 1. 8305 love, praise. 8319 myalykyng, dislike. 8320 meneymg, remembrance. 8323 haled, healed, made «hole. Page 226. 1. 8385 fested, fastened. 8389 Ziele, health. 8405 felony, wickedness.
Page 227. 1. 8448 veray, true. Page 228. 1. 8462 alle-sonc, immediately. 8481 wyld, desired. Page 229. 1.8500 heyhnes, exaltation. luwnes, bumilty. 8505 lawnes, hum8514 lyke, pl ase. ility. 8506 heghed, exalted. 8507 halely, wholly.
Digitized by
,
,
NOTES. Page 231.
8582
1.
To und fra,
275
overthwert
and endlang, To and
fro,
across, and from head to heels; overthwert across, endlang, in length:
‘from head to
Page Page Page by Page Page Page
teil’
our modern along.
232.
1.
233.
1.
234.
1.
8591
feot.
Ihre»!,
8628 tane, taken.
8608 detyce», delights.
8656 sothfast, true. 8674 anely, only. S688 nett, next. 8706 lykand, pleasing.
236.
1.
8710 tehane, shone. 8790 dubbed, decorated.
237.
1.
8827 a
1.
8840
himself.
238.
wood.
8590 feth
8506 unbowtom, disobedient.
thrnst.
=
8709 bi him-ane,
ane, one.
ir onand,
8851 teonyng, abode.
dwelliog.
8857
tre,
8866 weldand, ruling, governing.
Page 239.
1.
8882 langes, there longs.
8898
castle.
garettei,
watch towers.
8897 wurdet, out works of a 8902 overgylt, gilded over. ena-
rnyld, interwoven, mixed.
Page 240.
1.
8900 perre
jeieelry,
see
note on befandet.
8906 bygyngi,
buildings. 8911 brede, breadth. 8938 rate, jonrney, conrse, wny. Ra, roe.
Page 241. Page 242. Page 243.
1, 1.
8946 underhut, subject. 8966 lowted, reverenced. 9002 tirynsty, a pigsty. 9017 flayre, smell, flavour. 9024 laythede, ugliness. 9026 wayknet, weakness.
1. 9028 nnpleasantness. 9032 tald, reckoned. 9035 eld, old ago. 9049 untykernet, insecurity. Page 244. 1. 9060 hrynand, burning. 9084 ttalwortldy, strongly. 9085
mytlyk-yng,
tayled, carved. 9094 eharhukeüe, carbuncle. Page 245. 1. 9107 freit, ornameuted. 9108 betandes, besanta. Bezants were gold coins so called from Byzantium or Constantinople where tbey
They seem however
'nexe first coined.
to have beeil used for Ornaments. was of blenket with briddus fnl bold, and bocult ful bene. was frettnt and fold.” “The Antnrs of Arther" Rubson's Met. Romances p. 14. 9136 restfxdle, peaceful. 9156 fer, far; ferrer, farther-
“Her
beite
,
Beten with hetandut
Her
,
fax in fyno perre
Page 246. 1. Page 247. 1. 9170 gaslly, spritnally. 9181 pament, pavement. Page 248. 1.9211 /eene, snpposc. 9218 alle-if, althongh. 9221 nerrer, nearer. Page 249. 1. 9254 fang, song. 9255 o mang, at intervals. 7261 like, please. 9270 shylle, shrill. Page 250. 1. 9304 wyste, show direct. 9312 tkilles, reaaons. 9315 lykyng, pleasure.
Page 251. Page 253.
1.9358 1.
trleyng,
weariness, see 1.9365.
9423 mystay, to
revile.
9430 lowe,
Haine,
reke, smoke.
melled, mixed.
Page 254.
1.9439 ovtrageus, extraordinary.
9447
bestes of ravyn, beasts
of prey.
Page 255. Page 257.
I. 1.
9474 tped,
finisbed. 9490 medeful 9580 kunnyng, knowledge.
deserv ng of reward.
s2
Digitized by
INDEX. Abraham Absolom
Calvary, Mount of 141.
84.*
Capernanm
243.
Accusers of the wicked
day
at
dooms-
115.
Caryn and Lentyn, Sons of Synieon 176.
147.
Adam and Eve
Oaspian Sea, 121.
14.
Child
Africa 241.
— how to
born
Age, old, described 22. of man at tbe resurrection 135.
teil whetker oue new male or female by its
18
cry 14.
Alexander the öreat 241.
Chorazin
Almsdeed 98. Amazons, queen of the Anselm, quoted 67.
Clothing, fashions of 43.
1
14.
man
Couception of
121.
13.
Conscience 147-8.
Contents of ‘The Pricke of Con-
Antichrist 109, 110. place of birth,
science’ 10.
113.
nnrture, 115.
Crystalline heaven 204.
tyrrany, 117-124.
Customs, change of 43.
deatb, 125-6.
Apocalypse 61, 137, 236, 237. Apollo 112.
Daniel the prophet, qnoted 148.
Aquinas Thomas 108.
Dan,
Asahel 241.
David, quoted
Dame Fortune and
Asia 241. Anstin, 144,
St.,
her wheel 36.
tribe of, 113. 9,
13, 43, 44,
171,
180,
189,
190,
192,
David and Jonathan 241.
Day
of
doom
108-165.
the signs before
219, 223.
Dead body, foulness of Bartholomew,
St.,
qnoted 32.
Bethsaida 115.
Bernard,
St.,
quoted
16, 18, 52,
7,
St.,
and the
devil 62.
Bethlehem 141. Bliss of
it
108-9.
24.
Deadly sins 92, 93. Death 47. signs preceding
it
23, 58.
three kinds of 47, 49.
54, 69, 70-
Bernard,
134,
171, 182.
quoted 37, 86, 97, 107,
described 47.
pains of 49-51.
Heaven 203.
Devil, the 47.
Bodily death 47, 49.
appears to the dyiug inan 51, 63.
*
Tbe uumbin
refer to the
pagea.
Devils are v e ry ugly 64.
Digitized
by
277
INDEX. Disease of those in Purgatory 82.
Janndice 82.
Doomsday
Jehoshaphat, valley of 140.
108.
Dropsy 82.
Jeremiah, quoted 62.
Dying
Jerome, quoted 36, 129, 180, 183.
the, lose their senses 57.
Jerusalem 112, 141. Egyptiana and Joseph 241.
Job, quoted 12, 15, 20, 22, 77, 138.
Enemies of man 35. Enoch and Elijah 122,
Joel quoted 128. 124, 241.
John,
quoted 61, 145, 181, 199.
St-,
Eternity 219.
Jonathan and David 241.
Europa 241.
Joseph 241.
Ezekiel, quoted 75, 159.
Judith 188. Jupiter 112.
Ealse Gods 112.
Knowledge of
Fever 82.
prevent
Fire of Pnrgatory 86, 86. at the 1
day of doom 132-3.
los seiend«*, author of
Fortune,
Dame
7.
Rome
and graco
Man
12,
13.
Lisyas and Sampson 241.
159, 160.
Lot 131.
Gog and Uagog
I
121.
evil 45.
Gospels, quoted,
9,
11,
quoted 136.
Luke,
St.,
Lynx
sees throngh stone walls 17.
12, 31.
Malachi the prophet 122.
19.
Gregory, St
,
quoted 37, 154, 156.
Maladies 20, 80.
Man, conception Ileaven, bliss of 203. its
—
joys 211.
life
of, referred to 129.
Hell, description of 174-203.
the devil’s son 16.
length and breadth of 42.
motions of 205.
Hebrews, books
of 13.
fades as a flower 20. is
Heavens, nnmber of 204.
lierbs
111.
Lazarus 84, 176.
Lentyn 176.
Gifts of nature, fortune
Gout
it
Last emperor of
194.
36.
Life of
Good and
seif 5, 6.
four things there are which
Final reckoning, the 153
like
—
of 11, 12.
an inverted tree 19.
only ashes and clay 12.
pains of 175.
shortness of his
Situation of 174.
why
and
wretchedness of 11.
trees 18.
life
21.
rnade of earth 11.
Hercules 112.
Mars, the planet 206.
ltermits 235.
Martha
Holy Thursday 207.
Martin, St., and the devil 62.
,
sister of
Lazarus 176.
Martyrs and Saints 150. Innocent, quoted 14, 18, 19, 24, 107.
Mary Magdalene 176.
Innocents 91, 235.
Mary, mother of Christ 234.
Isaiah, quoted 154.
Mass, the 101.
Isidore 69.
singing for infants 103.
Digitized by
INDEX.
278 Matthew,
St.,
quoted 124, 139, 164
Saints and Martyrs 160. the planet 206.
Mercy of God 171. Morcury 112.
Saturn
Methusaleh, age of 243.
Sin makes the devil ugly 65.
Michael, St., 125.
Sins, deadly 92, 93.
Mooti
Sins,
the 206.
,
,
Seneca, quoted
number
36.
of 87.
venial 87.
Moses and the Egyptiana 243. Rabbi 206. Motion of the heavens 205.
Sion, gates of 59.
Nebuchadnezzar 187.
Soul and body
Noah
Solomon
mount
-
the,
can
life
of the
in
?
82.
Purgatory 83-100.
Stars are below the planets 208. are not so small as they ap-
pear to us 208.
Patriarchs 235. St.,
pain
body 83.
Spiritual death 47.
Purgatory 81-84.
Pardon 103, 104.
Penance
so closely con-
it feel
purification of 91.
of 112, 139, 141.
Pains of Hell 175.
Pani,
why
nected 51.
21, 131.
Old age, properties of 22. Olivet,
154, 159.
qnoted 112, 137.
Starry heavens, the 204.
Sydrak 208.
76.
Peter, St., quoted 105. 224. Pilate 177.
Tiberius 177.
Tysyk
20.
Planet«, naines of 206. distance from the earth 207.
Pope, power of 105.
Poor
men
Venial sins 87.
how done away with 92. Venus, the planet 206.
151.
Properties of old age 22.
Veritas Theologiso 108.
Proud men 17. Psalter, qnoted 8, 17,21,39,76, 134.
Purgatory 74.
Wicked, the conceits of 44. World, the 26.
——
kinds of 74.
alter the
•
is
Situation of 76.
a wilderness 35.
3.
a forest 35.
wickedness of 30.
—
Resurrection 135.
last
2.
4. a battle-field 35.
107.
Remorse 225. age of mankind at Rome, destruction of 111.
172.
1 .
Rabbi Moses 206.
Raymond
doom
of change 39, 40. compared to a sea 34.
is full
pains of 81-84.
135.
emperor of 111.
wisdom
Worldly
men
of 38.
26.
success 37.
Worms
shall eat
gnaw
man's body 25. the wicked 26.
Digitized by
GLOSSARI AL INDEX.
*A, erer, see *Ay'.
Affecyon, 8876.
A, 1852, ob«. Abate, 1672, 3108, 5011, to put down, lassen, put an end to, 6596,
Affoiee, 2536, 4253,
frayer,
Fr. abbattre.
Abayste, 1430, depreseed; pret of abaisse l
abash,
or
Fr.
abaechyd or aferde,
etbahbr;
territua' P.P.
Aboven, 612, 4120, above; A.
8.
yfan, be-uftm. hufan. Du. boven.
reged, 4575, Fr. abreger, Lat ab-
bidan, abidan,
bird-scarers.
Aftir, after, 47, 553, 6016, 2)
according to
;
1) after,
A. 8. oft,
<rfter,
afterwards, again. 168, 1252,
4011, 4062,4268, against; A.S.
ungean,
ongen,
agen , oppoaite,
A.S.
gain occurs offen in tbe Cursor
Goth. beidan, to
Mundi in this sense. Agaynward, 1279. *Agh, ought, see ‘Awe\ Aght, 1831, ought, pret of aw or
to waitfor,
expect, look out (oi.
1302, 4514,
French accorder, 2) *b.
to scare birds is
among
against; gean, against, opposite;
breviare,
Abyde, byde, 5055,
1) vb. intr.,
to agrce with.
agb.
8465.
Accorde, vb.
Frag,
in uae
ef-
affright, effroi,
to scare,
terror. still
Agayn, agayncs, agayns,
"Abortives,
Abrege, 4571, 4577, to «horten; ab-
Acorde,
to exert, en-
deavonr. Afray, 6112, fright, affright, Fr.
Ir.,
3473, to reconcile.
aghlynd,
Germ.
3986,
acht.
6895,
Sc. auch!,
O.Fris. acht, achta, eight.
Accuse, 3985.
Agrege, aggreggyn, aggravo (P. P.)
Accuser, accusoure, 3984.
p 82, see ‘Grege’, Fr. aggreger to aggravate, from Lat. gravit.
Accusyng, 6104, accuaation. Acount, vb., 7675, 5422, 5425. Acouped, 2947,
Agbtend, eighth,
Accnsation, 5699, 6195.
pret, of acoulp, to
Acunt, acount, 3986, 6000, account, Fr. compter, Lat. cmitpularc,
to
reckon. Adversite, 4642.
Aferd, 2303, aferde or trobelid(P.P.).
,
Aioynt, 3302, enjoined.
Al,
accuse, froin Lat. culpa.
alle,
arft’.,
2269, 1) adj. all, 2) 9520
quite, entirely;
A.S.
call.
Al-if, alle-if, 3650, 3687, although.
Alan, 24, alone.
Aid, aide, 214, 794, 6418, old, A.S. ald, eald.
Afered, 2943, frightened.
Aldir-foulest, 527, foulest of
*Afers, affairs.
Alkyn, 613, 3248,4948, allkindsof.
all.
Digitized by
,
GLOSSAHIAL
280 Allane, 5244, alone.
INDfiX. Angred,
Allebydonen or albedene,
flat
angerd war with divers (MS.
Allege, 3894, to allay; A. 8. alec-
lay
to
down, put down,
Flarl.
4196
f.
guer, Lat. allegare.
99.)
Anguise, angnyse, angwys,angwyse,
strait,
O.Fr. anguisse, Fr. angoisse.
Alliance, 8399.
Allowt, p. 33, to
sorrow; Lat. angustia, a
Anhede,
Alle-if, 4107, see al-if.
16, 8448, unity.
Anly, anely, 1338, 2345, 4901, only.
bow
to,
see ‘Lowt’.
Almus, 3609, alms, Gr. rlmioori'i;, compassionate, A. 8. admene, alms.
Aparty,
1804, 2700, 3579, partly.
Apayre, appayre, 69,
to
impair,
ph, pire, ‘To appayre to waje Apperyn or worse’ (Palsgrave). make worse, pejoro, deterio’. injure; Lat. pejor, Fr.
worse.
Almusdede, 3660, 3708, almsdeed. Alowed, 2467, praised; O.Fr. loutr, to praise, Lat. laudare.
(P. P.)
Als, 17, 2991, 2995, as, also; A.8.
Germ, ah, 0. Fris. aha,
ealhtea,
evils.
2240, 3518, 3547, 6107, anguish,
suppress.
Allege, 5584, to alledge, Fr. alle-
(firnen,
ah.
Apayred, 3691.
Apayrand, 1475, becoming worse. appert, 4234, 4490, 5743,
Apert,
Alsone, 4624, atonce, immediately. Alstite, 3767, 6232, 6460, at once,
Fr. apert.
O.Fr. apoetume,
Gr. apontema, an imposthnme.
Alswa, 81, 3682, also. Alswa = als wba, 7447.
A Itherbest,
open.
Apertely, 4238, 8651, openly.
Apostyms, 2995.
immediately, as soon.
Appere,
2195, the best of
all.
6219,
6243,
to
appear,
to be seen.
Altherfeblest, 746, theweakestofall.
Appropried, 9346, appropriated.
Alther-hoghest, 7722.
Ar, 9, 10, ever.
Alwytty,
Ar, are, 178, 407, 440, 1763, adv.
allwise.
2,
Amend, 5021. Amended, 3773,
before, formerly;
in
phrase
‘are
Amidward middle
in the midst
,
,
in
the
269,
if,
1768, 4085,
one,
A. 8. (tra, be-
Gotb. air.
sorrow, trouble, grievance;
angers, 3538.
1433, 6158, early.
A.S. arliee
Aresoned,
mane. ‘called
to
arenoner,
to
2460, 5997,
0. Fr.
account’.
qnestion.
Lat. ratioeinare.
Arte, 7723.
Anger, angre, 691, 2100 , 6039, narrow,
724.
Arrirago (rerage), 5912. arrears.
8075.
Anes, once.
angr,
Arcly, arly,
Arely, in tbe morning, matte, 723,
of.
A. 8. ön ; ph. bi it ane, by itself, 3037, 3109; by tham ane, 6833. Ande, 3054, breatli. 0, N. anda.
And
töre, early,
Aray, 7070.
amended'.
An, ane,
pai
broght
alle- bi-
dene, 32 15,8040, 8934, see'Bidene.
gan,
302. tronbled.
adj.,
‘And mani seke men have
Alle, see al.
grief,
pain;
Icel. pl.
Asethe see assethe. Askes, 424, 4886,
ashes;
A.S.
asca, Icel. aska.
Askyng
,2288,
»6.,
a petition, prayer,
Digitized by
,
GL08SARIAL INDEX. A.S. ascian,
Aungel, aungellr, 6188, angel. Ansterne, aws ferne, 5235, 6181,
‘Ulke in Laverd, and gif sal he J>o askinges of pi heit to pe.' (Ps.
xxxv
281
Auctentyke, 7116.
to ask, Icel. irtkia.
0. Fris. aekia.
.
i
)
austere, steril.
Austerite, 5376, sevority.
Assale, 1037, 6824, 8804.
Auter, 3685,
Assav, 1399, to try; Lat. exigere, to prove by examination. O.Fr.
A ntorities,
assaier,
Assent, 1) 8391.
Assethe, asethe, 3610, 3747.
word
is
another.
»4.,
We
find otber 0.
forma such as aatyth.
»ytli,
0. Fr. atorne.
Avail, avalo, 3587, 6623. Avant, 4298, advance. Fr. avouier,
This
the earlier form of onr
‘asaets’.
Mid Lat. attarnatu *,
one taking the place or turn of
4386, 8460'; 2)
vl>.,
altar.
6593.
Antnrne, 6084
Fr. eeeayer, to try.
to
Eng.
pnsh forwards, from avant, he-
fore, Lat. abante.
Avantage, avauntage, 1012, adran-
sähe J
4*c.
A. 8.
Germ,
»<«/,
»ade, satisfied,
satt, full,
Icel. virtt, satte,
tage.
Avayle, 3884, Fr
reconciliation.
“And who
lere,
any man
so harmes
valoir,
Lat. ra-
to be well, be able, bo worth.
Avenand, 6020,
in
= avenaut,
comely,
j
elegant. 0. Fr. advenant, avenanl.
his nede,
Sal nojt he safe, bot he seth at hie
(Castle of
make
Avise, vb., 4000, to take note, ob-
as-
power."
Love
serve.
Avoket, 6084, advocate.
d’atsize’,
to
assize.
to sit, aseite.
a set
‘Cour
a court to be held on
Goth. aiyan, aihan.
a set day.
At,
1. conj.
Awe, 1870, anger,
2. preji.
56, 171, that.
4139, 6152, to (before the infin.
mood); 5569, in; 7730
to.
Icel.
Atans, attans, attanes, 4785, 6642, at onceto accnse,
eonvict.
Fr. attaindre, O.Fr. atteinder
,
to
convict, accnse &c.
And pharisenes, fülle mekil schrews, Went for to wit of his thewes, For to atteyn him in snm tbing, Jjat pai
Icel. itgir,
terrible.
Awcn, awin,
90, 447, own, see ‘aw’. sometimes lound under the form agben in the Cursor Mundi. It is
Atteyn, 5332, to,
originally dread,
phrase: ‘for Inf ne awe’. Dan. ave, A.S. ege, oga, fear,
fear; !
dread.
at, to.
reach
a place.
Avyse soe ‘avise'. Aw, awe, 2510, ought, pret agbt. A.S. agan pres. dh tfc., pret ähte.
O.Fr. assire, rate,
It.
Lat. ad-
vocare, to call, or surnmon one
abtolvere, O.Fr. abtolver , asuuiler.
Assygned, 4189. Aseys, 5614,
0. Fr. adviter, avieer.
avitare.
p. 107.)
Assoyle, 3860, 3862, to acquit. Lat.
might wrye him to peking. (Mä. Hart. 4196 f. 164.)
’Attre, poison, A.S. attor.
Awkeward, 1541, wrongly, awry. Sc. akicurd, awkwardly, sely, wrongly.
Ay,
äca,
perver-
A.S. atcoh, awry.
1752, 1753, always.
A.S.
a, all, ever. O.Fris. a.
Grm.
12,
je, ever, always.
Ayther, 1274, 5979, either.
A.S.
eeghwather, ayther, each.
Digitized by
)
,
OLOSSAllIAL INDEX.
2« 2
Aywhare, 8195, overywhcre.
A.S.
bid the banns', ‘to bid for a thing',
rrghwccr, ererywhere.
‘to bid against a person'.
A Bad, 6275, pret of
With many
Bald, 6855, 7169, bold, oager, ready,
Germ,
0
His
torment, destrnction.
wowndes,
Bedred, bedreden, bedrida , one
Bar, 5979, pret of ‘bere'.
Germ.
Fr. battre,
batlie, 117,
Than sal be herd the blastof bem Tbe d ernster sal com Io dem. (Met. Hom. p. xii Beme, 3097, beam, ray.
Goth.
5981, both.
ba, baioth *, Ieel. bddir, A.S. btdti,
baiira.
Baum, 652, balm. Fr. bäume. Lat. haUamum, Greok ßnlouftar, a fragrant gum.
Benefice, benefyce, 116,119,5436,
good deed, kindness,
,
Fr.
benefactum, Fr. bienfait
bewte,
deed, benefit.
692, 57S2,
bcaute from
,
Benysoun, 3405, a blessing. Fr. beniston from benir, to bless. Ber, bere,
‘Bede'.
6944, bed,
Bede, 5958, 6193, to
offer,
'Bid'
685, to bear, prot bar,
bare.
"Bere, noise.
fnrnish
A.S. beodan, Germ. offer.
any one, a good a
Lat. benqicium,
kindness.
beau,
bei, Lat. bellue.
Bed, bedde, 6152, 8534, offered, sec
*A.,
benefit. Lat.
benefacere, to do good to
Be, 3736, 5369, by.
Beaute, beute
0. Fris.
beim, beme.
beat, Aa-
to
band of armed men.
taille, battle,
protection, safety.
heida, to establish.
Berne, 4677, 4961, trumpet. A.S.
1247, armies,
ßatailles, bataylles,
to
A.S.
rides about in
to regard.
’Beild,
Barnhede, 8428, cbildhood.
pret bedde.
who
ßehald, 579, behold. A.S. behealden,
Ieel. baratla , strife.
0. Fr. barat.
bieten,
104.)
*Beft, besten.
baar, bare. Baret, contest, dispnte, contention.
Boddyng,
6198.
adj.,
his bed.
Barn, a child. A.S. bearn.
beanty.
fol.
Bede, 3722, prayer. A.S. head. Bedene, see ’Bidene'.
a stem, stock.
1460, naked, poor.
pa
stowndes. (MS. Hart. 4196
Baptem, 5509, baptism.
hosts
lethid pe werking in
A 3, band. A S. An». Welsh Aon,
Aein, tbe leg.
him
bede,
And
Bane, 629, 4804, hone.
Batb,
his body,
pare was none pat wald
Mete ne drink for alle his nede; Bot hnndes come and likked his
to cbide, cnrse.
Band, bande, 3209, bonds.
,
fall« lothly
Ieel. bol,
Ban, 3484, 3485, to curse. Swed. bann, excommnnication. Animo,
Bare
untillehis jäte
on
of crums parofor to baTe,
fill«
And
A.S. bealu,
Fris. bale.
calamity, misery.
Germ.
biles
And fast pan gan he calle and crare,
bald, qnick.
Bale, 6103, 6465, misery, calamitv,
woe.
man come
pover
Lazsr he was and
bid.
has this
0. Fris. bere. noise,
alarm. ,
sense in tbe modern phrases: ‘to
Bery, 6216, to bury.
A. S. birgan,
byrigan, to bury. |
Digitized by
)
,
GLOSSARIAl, INDEX. Beryng,
283
"Bismer, a wicked one.
bnrial.
tb.,
A.S.
bis-
mere, an imfamous person.
Best, beste, 166, 470, a beast. j
Bette, 5204, besten.
Betyde, 4812, to happen.
Beyng,
bisey.
17, existence.
tb.,
Bitter,
A S
Bid, 3663, to eommand, Order.
Bidder, 3679, a petitioner.
a
3688.
tb.,
compound
blau-,
hence, immediately,”
Bigg, 1460, ei.
‘
big! y
same sense
And
|>ir
The
occura with
'
MS.
in
er wretin pat
i
I
saw
form
Als he had bene a maister thef,
Alle with blude his cors was cled,
the
And with spitingfro bevidto bele."
4196 we may luke,
(MS Tiberins
Barl.
Bla in
E. vii,
ße
fol.
Icel.
blude brast out both bla and rede,
Blaw, 4677, to blow.
,
Blawen, 685, blown.
3608, redemption.
fit,
‘Blenk, fault.
A.S. heho-
Blerynye 2226, to mock. wythe mono makyngo. l’atento, The knave (Pr. Pra.)
Biere,
right.
Bilyfe, 9655, quickly.
vnlgio.
Biry, 4648, to bury.
blcareth
Bisschope, 3804, bishop. Bisen, 1027, example.
And
to
dede.”
byggia. tb.,
83
82:
Wers was never none done
A.S byggan,
Bihove, 1396, behove. vian, to be
f.
tbe sense of blue oeenrs
in
MS. Bari. 4196
(fol. 90.)
Bigbing,
hang
ad-
And teche pe folk how pai salle trow, And baynly tili« his biddinges bow, And ever-more honore him and his, And so cum to his bigty blis. Bigg, 4850, to bnild.
is blo.
my dere son
With sides blo als pai him dang, pat are war white and me fol lefe,
(Marsh.)
bolga , a swelling.
jective
“Bernard,
blö.
Dan. blaeuw, blue,
A more modern
livid.
fnrnished.
vreli
rieh,
N.Fris. bla,
blue. blar.
Icel.
of the particle by
and the demonstrative pronoun. hy dien = thereby, therefore, and
b
Icel.
O.lI.Germ. blao,
Bla, 5261, livid.
Bidene, 7968, ofDntch origin. “It is
1775, 1935, painful.
bür, sharp.
beitr,
Bitterly, 2988, painfully, sharply.
biilan.
Biddyng,
A.S.
Bisy, bysy, 1233, 5489, busy.
(Met.
Hom.
his tonge at
la lamjue.
A.8.
biteu. \
of Child Iesus biten take.
of the
me,
lirer
(Palsgrave.)— In Sion
among
tins
moulh are given the
fol-
College MS. xviii,
6,
lowing:
p. 110.) j
We
sometimes meet with
Laghyng, grynnyng and vayn
biten j
as
a verb
=
to
signify,
denote.
lykenyng, Dispycus bro, bleryng and maws
Scottish writers nse the verb in |
the sense of ‘to portend', and the
adjective
equivalent
as
and hence beteene’
=
‘
well
-
betene’
1
makvng.
to
ominous, portending. Bisen has also tbe meaning of ‘appearance' well-
of good appearance, as
nsed by Cbancer and Spenser.
(fol. 5.)
Blethly, blethely,
1
84,
6051 blitbely.
A.S. blähe, joyfol , Blin, blyn,
,
blithe.
1746, 5350, to cease,
stop, pret blan.
Blisfulbede, 7832.
GLOSSAUIAL INDEX.
281
Brast, 5299, pret of brest, to barst.
Blissed, 6148, Messel.
Blöde, 6196,
Brayde, see ‘Braide’.
Germ. Mut,
blood.
Brayne-wode, 6707, mad.
Dan. blocd. Blody, 6261, bloody.
Brede, 5673, to breed (as vermin).
Blude, 6537, blood, see ‘blöde'.
Brede,
Blyn, Clll, see
‘
Icel.
Iesus satt on his moder kne
With Hogh pou
A.S.
Brede, 3597, bread.
of bogh. to bend.
a ful blith obere said
1488, 5899, breadth, see
»4.,
Brade’.
‘
Blin'.
Boghand, 8495, obedient, imp.part.
Germ.
braud.
anay.
til us suith pou tre Unnetbe bad ho aaid pe snno
Breke, 4465, tobreak.
Qnen pe
’Brcrn, fierce
Boghsom, bousom, bowsorn, hughsom, 50,83,201, buxom, obedient, A. 8.
dutiful.
bugan,
front
buhsoni,
bend,
subrnit.
1
13,
Brest, 679, breast.
A.S.
breost.
Brest, 1787, 7264, to burst, pret.
A.S. berstan. 0. H. Germ-
braut.
hrestan.
6273, bought.redeemed.
Brethe, 613, 4727,
Buk, boke, buk, buke, 39, 51, 206, book.
breka.
brechen.
A.S. breme.
Brend, 6617, burnt, p. of brin.
boeguum.
Kris,
Boght,
bocsam, to
0 Fris
Germ,
Goth. brikan.
boghed dune.
tre it
brot.
Breke, 412, 2078, to scatter, drive
he
Scott, broth.
vapour, steam.
Germ, brodem, bro-
den. steam, vapour.
A. S. boc.
Bonden, 3210, bonnd.
A.S.
brtrth,
odour, scent, breath
Borne, 3259, to borrow; phrase ‘beg ne borvre'. A.S. bork, a surcty,
Brelher, 6178, plural of
4842,
Bridalles,
'
brother'.
nedding
feasts.
pledge. Gernt. bürgt, surety, bail-
A.S. bryd-eate, themarriage feast.
24,35, but, 151, except
Brin, brine, bryn, 3181, 3183, 3974,
Bot, 2.
1
.
conj.,
A.S. bgr-
4920, 4921, to burn.
adv., 5849, only.
nan.
Scottish nriters ttse bot, but, in
the sense of ‘n ithout', as 'bot
Du. brenneö, bernen.
Brist, 6205, need, want. J
dout ’, bitta.
‘
hot remede’.
A.S
butmt,
wantynge, of nede.
hüte, without, exeept, be-
A.S.
Bot-if, 1569, 4061, unless.
joke.
Gael. burd,
burt,
Germ, attack.
Brydegome, 8809, bridegroom. tb.,
6203, hlow.
Bughes, 680, boughs. A.S. bog, boh, from bugan, to bend.
Bughsom,
50, 1973, see ‘Boghsont’.
A.S. bräd.
Buk, buke, 307, 336, see ‘Boke’. Buk, 8938, a buck. Welsh buch.
an assanlt,
Bunden, 3208, 3851, p.p. of bind. Burnyst, 8907, burniabed.
breit.
Braidc, brayde, 1750,
stone.
Bryn, 4994, see ‘Brin'. Buffet,
inockery.
ßousoiu, bonsom, 85, see'Boghsom’. Bow, 333, to be obedient. Bonos, 658, bonghs, sec ‘Bughes’. Brade, 71, 1484, broad.
default.
Brunstane, 4853,6693, bronstano, 8056, brimstone, i. e. buming
böte.
Board, 1593, jest, play, sport. Fr. bourde , jest. Bret. bourd, deeeit, trick,
(P. P.)
Dan. brüst,
sides.
'Bote, rernedy.
‘Brett or
Indigencia.'
Digitized
by
GLOS8ARIAL INDEX. Bnxom, Bycom,
see ‘Boghsom'.
Genn. bekommen, to get obtain. Byd, 2847, in ph. ‘bidahede’. i.e. offer a prayer.
Bydo, 1980,
285
Bysily, 5809, buaily.
743, become, beeame. A.S. becumem, to attain to, arrive at,
Bysy, 185, 4253, buay. Bysyncs, 545, toil, tronble. Bytaght,
entrusted,
5785, 6796,
pret. of biteehe, to entrüst.
A.S.
beteecein.
Bytaken, 4378, hetoken.
to wait for.
Bydyng,*A., 4708, abiding,awaiting.
Bydyng, byddyng, 5043, command.
«A.,
3673, 4607,
Bytwcn, bytwene, 3668. A.S betwuh, betmeob, by two, between.
Byyhondo, 4458, beyond.
Bye, 3615, 4399, to buy, to redeoin, pret. boght. A.S. hycgem, höhle. Byfalle, falle, 2100, 4807, befall,
A. S. ceaf. Ger-
Gaffe, 3148, cbaff.
man
happen.
kaff.
Byfor, 46, 368, 523, before.
•Oaitif , a wretch.
Bygan,
Cald, calde, 767, 4040,
33, began.
Bygged, 4350, bullt, see ‘Bigg’. Byggyn[gJ, bygynge, sb., 4782, 9119, a building.
be able;
to begin.
and
»A.,
kalt.
2) to
know,
pret.
A.S. cuiman. Goth.
cuth, couth.
kunnan, to know.
guile.
Bygyn, 477, 2019, 4031,
etdj.
Germ
A.S. cald.
cold.
Can, kan, kan, 156, 175, 607,4800, 1) to
Bygile, bygyle, 1264, 4031, to be-
A. S. Ae-
gionelan.
Sw. kunna,
to
be able.
A.S. aginnan, beginnetfl. The abbreviated form gan, gun, cetn is
Thon
ert
Laverd that worth y drillte
Tbat
al
ophaldes wiht thi milde;
often nsed aa an anxiliary of the
Thon that al craftes kam, Of erth and lam thou made man. (Uet. Hom. p. 2.)
past tense of verbs aa,
=
eliil
gan aay
‘
gay’ &e.
Bygynnyng,
»A.,
495, 3677,
be-
of bygyn.
Byhald, 625, 5337, behold.
Byhove,
A
f)at
was na
Bituixand
ginning.
Bygnnnen, 6476, p.p. vb.,
behove.
3969, 5760,
S. behojian, to be
Byhufe, 70, behoof.
eiere sa crafti kend,
[>e
werlds eud,
moght pe
eiere wit clerge mat pat cuth pe bokes pat be wrat. (Cursor Mundi fol. 48.) f)at
(MS. Vesp. A.
fit.
A.S.
behefe.
Byhynde, 1958, behind. Byhyng, aA., 3608, redemption.
Fr. charogne.
Cast,
1918,
Lat. coro. order,
1976,
Bylyve, 1229, qnickly, auddenly.
invent, pret. kett,
Bymene,
hence 0. E.
1205, to explain (passive).
5511, to signify (activc).
Bynethe,
bynethcu,
5409, beueath, from beneatb.
O.Fris
612,
A.S
nieder, lower.
ceist,
reckon,
p. p. kästen;
a lot, an artilice.
Castel, 4783, eastle.
5055,
neothem,
binelhei.
Byred, 5195, bnried.
iii.)
Care, 7263, grief.
Carion, carayne, 572, 7926, corpse.
O.Fris. behuf, Ijehuf.
Qerm.
Catelle, 3521, wealth.
0. Fr. chaptel,
whence
Fr. chatel,
a piece of pro-
perty (moveable).
Lat. capitale,
captale, cataUum.
Cay, 3838, key. A.S. arg.
Fris. kay.
.
GLOSSARIAL INDEX.
286
Chese, 2132, chooae, see ‘Cheese’. Childer, childre, 688 1 , 6 1 48, children.
Cayserc, 882, emporonr. Caytefte, caytiftc,
455, 65t, wret-
Front 0. Fr.
chedness.
Chytnne, 6368, 4377, fire place. Fr. cheminee. Lat. caminus.
chatitf,
Fr. chetif, poor, wretched.
caitif.
Circumcid, 4187, circumciaed.
Lat. caplivut, captive.
Citesayne, 8925.
Cees, ccese, 3564, 6373, to ceaso.
Ceosyng,
sb.,
3553, 5565, (prot.
Clathe, a) ob.,
8356, cessation.
Certayne, 3562, 5969.
clad, cled), to clothe. b) sh., 5573,
Certaynte,
6156, a cloth,
Oesyng, 8356, cessation.
garment.
i
‘surkot’ is called a elaih.
Chace, 4316. 5879, to drive about, 0. Fr. chacier ,
follow.
Cled, 6169, pret. of clathe.
chacher.
Clene, 6352, purified, clean; 3801,
Fr. chtuser.
3828, chaste, pure; entirely.
Chalange, 2011, 2253, a) to Claim, b) to accuse.
Fr. chalenger
Clenly, 9085, neatly.
Lat.
Clensen, clcnso,
calumniare. a) sce
A.S. pl. clathea. Germ. Heid, Icel. kltrdi, a In MS. Harl. 4196 a
cldth,
6546.
Certifie,
King Lear
i,
Chalengyn or ‘cleymyn’ vendico.
*Clepe, to call.
Chalengyn, or ‘undyrtakyn’, re-
Clergy.
prehendu, deprehendo. (P. P.) For qua-sa hides godea gift,
God man chalange him (Met. Hom.
p.
3
sb.,
O.Fr.
5844. learning.
Mid Lat.
elergie, Science.
cleri-
Fr. clerge.
ria.
the clergy, a learned man.
)
Clewe
Lat. c arricare.
Lat.
der.
clerc,
Clethyng,
ob., 2947. Charged, 5056, loaded. Fr. charger.
Charge,
sb.,
O.Fr.
clerictis.
1633, 6943, clothing.
6736. A.S, cleo/an, Dn. klauen, kleuen. Sc.
(clefe)
chl/an.
,
clem, to cleave, separate.
Charite, 3627, charity.
Cloke, 6936, aclaar. A.8- dea, deo.
Lat. caali«.
Chastite, 3828, chaatity.
Sc. cluke, cleuk, O.E. cloy,
Chastied, 6068, pret. of chasty.
dem, de.
Chasty,
3549, 5547, to cbastise.
pake
i
[9 er Cheese, chese, 79, 1683, 2132, to
Cheftayn, 5073.
face,
O.Fr. chiere, Fr. chere,
visage.
Whas
he
same
rela-
pouch does
to
Sec.
hym
rechej,
and
bis brathelle
blodye alle over. (Mort. Arth. p. 67.)
chevetainc.
"Cbeigne, rhain. Chere, 1636, 2233, 6181, face, couutenance.
Ilys brest !
O.Fr
as
pitch to pyk bnffete)
dam,
Mod. E. clulch, of uhich was
AVith hys brode klokes,
A.S. ceosan.
kiesen.
,
Sycbe
-
choose, pret. ches.
Du.
to cloke,
tion
'Chefe, chief.
form
clouch, Stands in the
Lat. castigare.
Chaunge, 4254, to cbange. Fr. chan-
cliver.
earlier
the
O.Fr. chasloier, chastier. Fr. chätier.
to
Clerk, clerke, 3831, 6257, one of
of thift.
Charbukellc, 9094, carbuncle.
Chast, 3829, ebaste.
3705, 4913,
cleanse.
2:
Clomsed, 1651, cursed. This meaning of
is
given
on the anthority
MS. Addit. 22283.
The word
occurs again in MS. Marl. 4196
Digitized
by
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. io tbe sense of confined, (cf.
Prov. E. dam, fendes
|>at
fol.
woman.
or
Adventi-
cins, inquiliuus P. P.
Common,
to starve, pinch).
Gospel of Nichodemns
“pe
287
cum man
bound
A. S. clom, a band, aprison;
5775,
j>. j>.
of come.
Comparyson, 8890. Compase, 7586.
213.
saw tlyke lyght
Compleccion. 768.
befalle j
Whare none
before was seue,
Comprcbende, 7403.
Said 'we er domaeil gretandsmalle
Witb yhone kaytyf
Condicion, 3955.
so keoe.'
C-onfessour, 3826.
A.S dut,
Clote, 5199, clout, rag.
Conforted, 1643, comfortod.
.
a patch.
Confusioun, 5309.
Clyme, 3601, climb, elamb
,
dam, dummen,
clumben ,
p. p.
Connyng, 4435, knowledge.
pret,
Consayve, 4159, 6857, conceived.
clommen.
Conscience, 5428.
Clyng,
Constellacyonn, 7607.
833, to dry up, wither, thrivel, pret dang, p. p. düngen. A.S. dingan, to wither, sbriuk. Pl.D. klingen,
Kor pal aud düngen was hiscbek, His skin was klungen to pe baue. i(Met.
Till
Hom.
p. 88.)
famine ding tbee. (Macb.
Colke, 6445
(=
core,
coke),
Mr Wedgwood geriue
Contemplaciotin, 5907.
tonten, contene, 439, 4751, contain.
to sbriuk, shrivel.
v, 5.)
heart.
gives Wall.e/tauie,
de l'oeuf.
Gael.
caoch,
'
Contende, 30, contained. Continuele, 8947. Contrarius, 1414, 1591, 4115, con trary.
Contrary,
Contricion, 3808.
Controve,
empty, hollow. He bas evidently
trover.
overlooked the
iuveut.
PI. D. kolk (a bole
in the ground, a pit),
a dimin-
7887.
ab.,
Contre, 4036.
Bot by
1561,
devise.
utive of kule.
In borde ther if
it lyse,
a inan assay
it
witterly,
1t is full roten inwardly,
At tbe
(T.
kl.
Conversand. 4198. vb.,
4502.
Corde, 316, to accord, agree with. p. 281).
Colour, 4265, pretence, pretext. 506, 2245, pret. of com,
come.
Corne, 3420, a grain, pl. cornea. A.S. com. Goth. kaum, corn; kauruo,
grain.
Du. keerne, a
grain, kernd.
Comandmentes
(teil),
Coron, coroun, 4099, 5800. a Crown’
6056.
Comend, 4267.
to crown.
Comly, 690, comely. A.S. ctnemian,
Correccion, 9594. Corrccte, 9596.
to please.
Commelyng,
pai might no thing pe maiden move. (MS. Huri. 4196 fol. 139.) Convert,
colke within.
Com, come,
conth controve,
an appylle she is lyke, Withouten faille tberis noneslyke
Tille
Bot
0. Kr.
Fr. controuver, to devise,
alle craftes pai
ab.,
A.S. cumling.
1385, a stranger.
Vomelyng,
new
Corrumpciouue, 6353, corruption. Corrumpid, 2557, corrupted.
,
288
;
«ILOSSARIAL INDEX.
Corrnpcion,
corrupcionne
,
4873,
The crop was evening
4948.
(MS. Vesp. A.
Costage, 1522, expense, coat cuuster, coster, to coat
expense
;
O.Fr.
contenge,
frorn Lat. contlare
,
,
to
stand one in, coat.
and
sb.
3927, 5943,
vb.,
counsel.
O.Fr. covtuaiL Lat. comilium. Countenance, 6245. Cours, 4318.
Couth, 321, 3787, knew, see ‘Can’.
conld,
5703,
5734.
Covaytise
,
1180, 2990.
ab.,
Dale, 1044, 1046, abode, dwelling.
secret, frorn covrir.
,
Lat. coöperire.
,
cliulle
vallis.
cliffs
llarl.
‘ ;
a krag
4196
of
fol. 187.;
vareg, a stone. Gael. ereng,
a rock.
Creatonres, creatours, 4127, 5430, 5472, created things (animate and
Pr.
speken
silierte,
{je
Pm.
Dan. dal,
dint.
“Moni cunne riwle
heort,
Jic
(MS.
a
(lala
anh tuo beoü among
9088.
9085.
Welsh
Volke,
(Forby).
valley.
Crafte, 4215, art.
stone'.
cavity in the body or in the soil
lcel.
Coverture, 6955.
6393,
Deik a small
Dalk, 6447, a holiow.
1578, adj., 4489, secret.
O.Fr. covert
Cragges
— Cotgrave.
Cnstom, 4054, 4055. Cymented, 9068.
O.Fr.
coveteise.
Cover, 811, to rerover.
C'rafty,
7207,
Curlasy, 1519, 1530. Fr. courtoinie, conrtesy, civility
Covatous, covayteous, 740, 4431.
Craftily,
Crysom, 2791, an error for uncryeom. O.Fr. cretone, from ymapa. Crystalle, 9078.
Cunnyng, counyng, 2350, Cnralle, 9105.
Covayte,
sb.,
Lat. crux.
croix.
knowledge, Science.
Oountrefette, 4311, connterfeit.
Covert,
Fr.
eroi».
4087, 5296, a crown.
counsnylle,
counsaille,
65.)
O.Fr.
5275, 5279, 5283, 5596.
Croun, a) (of the bead), 1492. b)
Cotidiene, 2987. daily.
Counsaile,
to the rote. iii, f.
Crose, croyce, croys, croyse, 5272,
beoff;
alle |>et ich
J)e on riwleff
of.
makeff hire efne ant
wiffute
knotte ant dolke
of wob, inwit aut of wreinde." ({)e Ancren Riwle p. 1.) Dam, 1273, dame. Dampned, 3706. Dang, pret. of ding, to hammer, strike, see ‘Dyng'.
inanimate).
Cresten, 4397, Christian.
pan
Crestendome, 3128, baptism.
pat laurence was noght for him rad
Crevycc, 9186.
And
Cribbe, 5200,crib.cratch. Crista!
,
Du .krihbe.
6349, 6397.
cristale,
Cristante, 3925,
pat
decius thogbt grete hethinge,
to bis turmentours he bad, J>ai
suld tak kobille stanes,
And ding bis teth out al at anes And when pai with |>e stanes him dang.
Cristen, 197, 3783, 4136, Christian.
Cristendonie, 4082, 4168, baptism.
Crop, croppe, 663, 1906, top, summit.
A.S. crop, top.
an erbe or
tree,
pillamentum.
Croppe of
cimu, ronw, ca-
Pr. Piu.
He
pam omang.
stode ay lagband
(MS. Harl. 4196 Dased, 6647, wigbtis.’
cold, It
also
fol.
weak;
=
170.)
•daegt
stupitied.
(G. Douglas, vol.ii, p. 567.)
Digitized
by
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. All
maisters wäre so tnased
{>6
pat dom
pai stode als pui
wäre
dased. Icel.
datdr
dos,
a faint, exbanstion.
faint,
,
tired;
dm, To
datt, to feel cold, to shiyor, occurs in the Townley Mysteriös. “I wote never wbedir,
date and
1
Kor ferd of pat Dasednes,
4906,
coldness.
Sc. detine».
sla«dy bis Inf in god settes. (MS. Tib. E. vii, fol. 24.)
Dannger,
»!>.,
Daynte
7846.
,
8522.
tbern form
is
The
earlier
dagnteth from
nor-
Welsh
dantauld, delicale; dant, a tooth. Debate, 3473, 4092, strife, contest. Fr. debattre
Ded, dede, ad/.,
,
to contend, light.
sh.,
3649,death.
Dede,
1745.
112,
A .8. dedth.
1750,
Fris .dettd.
3981, dead.
Dede, 2485, deed. Dedely, 2158, deadly.
Icel.
Defaut, 2.
1.
Deli voran nee
davfr.
280, 3248, 6190, want;
5016, defect.
O.Fr. defaute,
8699.
Defygured, 2340, disfigured. Deghe, 1939, 7289, to die.
0. Fr. deleit, frorn
Delyvernes, 5900.
desguiser.
Fr.
Dem,
deine, 1995,3981,6017,6026,
to jndge, to doont,
an opinion. A.S.
guixe.
Germ. weise. Eng. wdse, mode, manner, fashion. |>e
ehild in tna.
(MS. Y'esp. A.iii,
(bl.
deem,
form
to
di'muit. to
deem
or doom.
’Dcmstere, a jndge. Depart, 6133, to separate. Departed, 3710, separated. Departyng, 1847, 613, Separation. 1. adj.,
dearth.
2978, 3019, 5797,
valnable,
Phrase
‘lefo
tbe root of
and
dere’.
2. adv., dearly, as in tbe modern phrase ‘dearly bongbf. A.Sax.
debre, 0.
On
hiui
Germ, tiur, precious. [Christ] mai I best found mi werke, IT.
And of his dedes tac mi merke, pat niaked al |ds wer[l]d ofnoht, And der mankind on rode boht. (Met. Horn. p. 4.)
Dele, 3883, a) to give, b) to divide.
tan bad dele
From 0. Eng. from O.Fr. de-
deliver, delgver,
Kvre, active, nimble. Fr. delivrer from Lat. liberare, to free, free from.
Der, dere,
Degise, degyse, 1518, 1524. O.Fr.
pe
see ‘Delices.’
Lat. deleetare.
precious,
Defend, 3537, 5360, forhid, exense. Defens, 5364, defence.
deguiser,
delyveraunee, 3585,
Delyveraunce, 6100, 8041.
defect.
Defantles,
,
*Delt, dividcd, see ‘Delo’.
Der, dere,
Dedeward, 2249, death-ward. Deef, 782, deaf. A.8. deaf. Germ. taub.
liri/e.
Deliver, 3591.
Delyverd, 6080, acipiitted.
Uiixediwx of bert als clerkes pruves Ks when a man god daxedly loses,
And
Lat. de-
Delicious, 9291.
Delyte, 8336.
taylle.” (p. 28.)
6647,
deligbts.
Delitable, 5239, dclightful.
Delyces, 1628,
dedir
1
289
Delices, 4615,
49.)
vb., 1232, 2168, 2290, 3604, 5413, to injnre, harro, hurt.
A.S. derian.
0. Fris. der in.
+Derai, confusion. Dere,
aitv.,
1469. painfnlly, bad ly.
Derlyng, 8791, favourite, darliug.
A.S.
derling.
Desayvabel, 4232, deceplive.
c) 3460, dele witb. t
—
,
GLOSSAR1AL INDEX.
290
Desayve, 4028, 4235, to deceive.
So ßatnotiofesne sallemodretche(M8. Hart. 4166,
Descryfe, descryve, 2305, G848, to
fol. 171.)
Dom,
describe.
Despende, dispend, 125, 2435,6915, to spend, use.
Despice, v b., 9426. Destroie, distroie, 4453, 4472.
Destrucion, destrucioun, 4049, 4063,
dorne, 49, 4323. dnmb. A.8. Icel. dumbs, dumbi, domh, dumma, to be still. Dom, dorne, 264, 1859, 3990, 4476,
numb.
4714, doom. A.S. dom, jndgment. Domland, <u$.,1443,looring, cloudy.
Douitand,
4067,
ia
printed as the read-
Destruye, 4074, 4076.
ing of the Cottonian
Pesyre, 8032.
dondatui which
Detto, 3617, 3861, debt.
two Manuscripts
Deyocyonn, 590G, 7252. Deygh, digh, dighe, 1747, 1748,
correct word.
1780, 2060, 3636, to dio; 5262,
6533, pret. djglied,
dej/hed, did
(1779), dieghcd (1780, 5596).
timba ,
a
clondy,
set in ordor.
,
trite, inrent.
is
a par-
Dan. dum, dim.
Word
dromland,
mnddy. With
the double
forms domland and dromland campare thiU and thriU. Cf.
Digne,74,5853, worth y. Lat. dignut.
Domland
dumba, darknes«. Sw. fog.
norfbern
the
A.S. dihtan to Germ, dichten, con-
no donbt tbe
Krockett'a Glosaary bas
obscnre.
Dignite, 3872, 4809, dignity.
Digbt, 448, 6149, a) prepared, b)
decked, 8532.
MS-, but
the reading of is
of the verb dornet , to be
ticiple
dark. Icel. f
is
Borns use
of
drumlg
in the
sense of mnddy, turgid.
Don, doun, 673, 2065, down; of
Dilitable, 5276, delightful.
deorsam— Lye.
dune,
Disciple, 5908.
Disciplyne, 5556.
Donlight, 4293, to descend.
Discrive, discryve, 1901, 6117, to
Donward, 663, 816, dowoward. Dote, 785, talk silly, rate. Dutch
describe.
dolen, t lütten delirare, desipere
Discnsse, 6247, to investigate.
Kilian,
Dispayrc, 6293.
‘Maddyn or dotyn,
Pm.
desipio'
Dispend, 2435, to spend.
Pr.
Dispisc, 4252.
fused, to
Dissencion, 4061.
slumber.
Distance, 8400.
And
Divers, 4788.
Ile tuet a man [|>at ]was
Diversly, 7473.
Croked and cumberd, koghand for
als
Sc. dvit, dote.
to
Icel.
be condotta,
to
he went anotber way,
wouderold,
Diriscd. 987, divided.
cold,
Dolde, 2259, double.
Lame he was in lith and lim, With nese dropandandeghendym
Doctur, 3827.
His handos tremblid, bis teth roted,
Do, 4290, cause.
Dogbter, 2130,5434, daughter. A.S.
Ile spak so
dym men demyd be doted.
dahier.
Dole, 5381, pain, pl.
grief.
Sc. dool,
Unto
blis
(MS. Harl. 4196,
fol.
201.)
Douiland, see ‘Domland’.
dolet.
[he] Wille himself
me
Douncom, 4821, 5171,
to descend.
fetcbe,
Digitized by
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. Douncomyng,
a
5371,
sb.,
des-
291
Drove, 1319, to
afflict, tronble.
Loverd hou fele-folded are pai, pat drove me, to do me wa.
cending.
Donnfal, 4620. Dounfallyng, 6676.
DoaDgangyng,
sb.,
(Ps.
4779, setting.
Douulay, 4415, to lay down. Dounryn, 7123.
3.
2.
1476,
compile, compose, pret. drogh,
For
1.
A.S. dragan.
felawes oft drawes
il
God men
til
ivel
plaws.
(Met. Hom.. p. 115.) 2.
To dede
3.
Mi specbe haf I mint to draire, Of cristcs dedcs and his saw.
I
drawe
als
ye mai se
(Ibid. p. 30.)
(Ibid.
Drawen, 336, composed. In other Inglis was it
And
turned Ic have
p. 2.)
drairin.
ur awin
Language of the Dorthin lede, pat can nan other Inglis rede. (Met.
Dre, 5373, sorrow.
Hom.
xxii.)
Cf. Sc. dree;
see ‘Dreghe’.
Dredful, dreful, 4977, 5129, dreadful, sorrowful.
Dreghe, drigbe, 2235, 3640, 6523, Sc. drin, to suiTer. A.S. dredyan.
A.S. dreorig. rni
drupi,
Compare
40, see ‘Domland’
p.
‘drubly, drubly, turbn-
lentus, turbidns (of drestys), feculentus.’
rie,
P. P.
O.U.Germ.
drurie, friendship.
—
trüt, drüt, dilectus Burgny. Dubbed, 8790, decorated, from dub, to adorn, Ornament. Fr. douber,
to rig or trim a ship.
Prov. ado-
bar, to arrange, prepare.
him gert he mair, Side and wide, and wonder blak;
He
gert
it
to
dub
With swerel
top
fra
til
to,
tailes ful blak also."
(MS. Cotton Galba E. Dule, 6887, pain, Dulfnl, duleful, Phrase,
ix, fol. 39.)
grief.
1116, 6110, dole‘
Dungen, 3256,
duleful dyn’. p. p.
of ding,
to
harnmer, strike.
Dunwarde, 816, 2869, downward.
Drery, 791, 1455, sorrowful. Germ.
Whi
Cf. 0. E.
trüben.
Drnry, 7825, gallantry. O.Fr. drue-
ful.
Dred, drede, 3969, 5935, dread.
traurig.
2.)
Goth. drobjan.
troubled, sorrowful.
Droubelonde,
“A garment
it til
iii,
Du. drotf,
tribulation.
disturb, trouble.
to go to, to incline to;
droh, drow.
sb.,
droeve, troubled, sad, droeven, to
Germ,
Dout, 4330, doubt, fear. Draw, 1291, 1. to entice; 4007,
Drovyng,
Dur, 4135, 4548, to dare. Duschyng, sb., 7351, ablow, asmiting.
Dan. daske,
dust, a blow.
saule dreri ertou? (Ps. xii, 6.)
'dusch'
is
to slap.
Icel.
The verb and nonn frecjuently
Scottish writers
used
by
in the sense of
down.
Drighe, 2044, 2754, to suffer.
to dash, smite, beat
A.S. drihten. A.S. dreng. 'Dring, ehieftain. Drogh, droghe, 2249, 4419, 8527, prel. of draw.
The by mand towr do wn rollys with
Drighten, lord.
drup.
Icel. dropi.
the dusch. (G. Douglas vol.ii, p. 551.)
Drop, 775, to drip.
Drope, 3063, a drop.
a rusche, Quhill all the hevennysdyndlit of
Du. drop, A.S. dropa.
And sa hard on
hei nies
he duschit,
t2
Digitlzed by
,
0L088ARTAL 1KDEX.
292 Throw
fine force [he]
thame
al to
(Bnik of Alex. p. 386 ) Dwine, 703, lo dwimllo, fade A.S dirinan, to fade.
dvina, to
Icel.
pnrsue.
sometimes written
is
attled, eyleld, aghteld,
For ur lord had aghteld yete A child to rais of his [Adam’s] oxspring,
diminish.
Dygh, dygho, 2054, 2670, to Dym, 1166, dark. A.S. dim.
die. Icel.
dimma, darkness.
tlinnnr, dark,
dm = dark
‘dedes
doeds.
’
noise.
Icel.
pat
suld oute o baret bring.
all
MS. Vesp. A.
(Cott.
Aglitel also
dynia
,
Qua berd ever spek to
pan
aghteld was
endow
o mare
l>liss,
Adam and
his.
(Ibid. fol. 53.)
Dvng, 7015, 7031, to strike, beat. Icel. deugia. Sw. dänga. A.S. denrgan.
Eke, heke, 3256, 6239, to increase.
Germ, auch,
also. Goth. aukan, A.S. ecan.
to increase;
Dyngyng,
*5., 6571, a beafing Dynt, 5418, 7017, blow. A.S. (lynt. Dyay, 1771, dizzy. A.S. dysig, (l.E.
0. Fris
‘to
signifies
resound; duna, to tbundcr.
du*i, foolish.
fol.9.)
iii,
with’.
(Met. Ilom. p. 111.)
Dyn, 4787,
intend.
to
crtla,
Icel.
Tbis word
fruschit
dusifi , to
be dizzy.
Eid, elde
742, 1513, 1883, 4983,
,
A.S. eald; Genu-
age, nid age. all, old.
Elementes, 6352. Elle, 5273, bell.
Elles, eis, 1281, 1754, 3816,7420,
Edwyte, atwite.
see p. 4, note 1,
vh.,
reproaeh.
E.
A.S. edmitan.
to
0. E.
4798,
A.S.
eiles.
A.S.
elexenth.
elevon.
Emparour, 4089.
Eer, ear.
Eese, vh., 1460, toplease.
«A.,
1563,
ease, plonsure.
Eesy, 1402, easy, pleasnnt. Fr. convenience, leianre.
aise,
A.S. eath,
easy, gentle. Eft, elter, 6523, 6654, after, after-
wards, again.
A.S. oft,
(rftan ,
öfter, ejler, again, afterwards.
Egg, 5483, toincite, instigale. O.N. eggia,
olso, othcrwisc.
Ellevend,
emlleo/an
tirit.
A.S. eygian
to instigato.
,
to
sharpen,
Egg, an odge.
Einpiry, 7761.
Empyre, 4050. Enamayld, 8902, interwoven. Encbauntemonte, 4286 Encheson, oncbesoun, 5311. 5790, reason. O.Fr. acheson, Laboccoafo.
Endeles, 6067.
Endelosnes, endlesnes, 8122, 8124, etcrnity.
Endeward, 4007, towards the eud. Ending,
3772, end, death, 4026, Goth. andeis; Sansc. flnto,
sh.,
Eggyng, *5., 5487. instigation. Eghe, 2234, 6261, eye. A.S. egh, enge; Germ, äuge; pl.egben, 575.
4156.
Eglit, 4784,elgbtb. A.S. ehla, eatlia.
How
Eghtend, 6569,
Had brocht pe Citmyn tili endyng Out of his wit he went wele ner.
eightl).
Eghteld, eghlild, 5784, 5800, to eu-
deavonr, to aim
A.S.
elitian,
at.
Sc. edle,
ehlan, to follow after,
end, death.
And when
to
kingEdward wastald fiat was so bald
pat Brus
(Barbonr
p. 33.)
Endlang, 8582, from head
to tail.
Digitlzed by
;
,
,
:
;
GL088AR1AL INDEX. andlang
A. 8.
Germ, entlang
;
293
Evaungelistte, 5004.
along.
Excused, 6077.
Enioynt,
3‘JOO, 3906,
enjoined.
Enrny, 1037,5329, enemy.
Exposicion, 3856, 4716, exposition.
Expouud, 4272.
0. Fr.
enemi, Lat. inimicus.
Enoyntyng, oindre
«4.,
Faa, 1453, foo, pl. facs, faas.
3409,anointing. Fr.
example.
O.Fr. ensample,
jective
,
pair clathes was sa gnede and fa
pat
(Cursor Mundi,
Erdly, 4955, earthly.
Fal, fall, 171, a) to appertain
erde,
belong
[oarth.
done wrong'. 5327, 5600, scars.
A. S. fahl.
Dan. ar,
Faid
5r.
=
fold, as in
twafald &c. Germ.
fallen, to fold.
Falsbede, 1176, falsehood.
5728, 5974, error.
Fand, pret. of
Erthedyn, 4036, 4790, earthquake, a compound of erthe = earth and
Es, 30, is. Eschape, 2678, Fr.
find.
Fände, 1463, 3534, 2228, try. A.S. fandian.
dyn, din, noise.
0
to escape.
echaper,
to
A.S.
Fantome, 1197, vanity, lio. Greek an appearance, y nrtaa/ia whence the Fr. fantvsme, fan-
Fr.
shift
slip ont of.
tmne. a spectre, fantom, ‘a fan-
time or a fabel’.
But theder come bothe Jong and
(Cursor Uuudi,
olde,
Mennes sones to-when
Into tbe temple for to her,
Whi
Uom.
itan;
speke?
Far
Germ,
essen.
un-
(l’salm v, 3.)
p. 74.)
Ete, 4848, ate. Ette, ete, 4675, 6191, tocat, pret.
liert
love yhe fantom and lighinge
Etter that thair esse war. (Met.
fol. 134).
of
meke ?
Goddes servyse on tbair inaner, And for tomake tbair offerand thar
Gotb.
tempt
fandung.
Ese, 595, pleasure.
ete.
to
Fandy ng, 314, temptation.
Ertou, 424, art tbou.
away,
to
Faid, 4637, 4640, fold (for sheep).
Erronr, 4266.
escha/ter,
to,
228, 3992, h) O.N. falla, to fall.
to;
happen.
Err, vb., in phrase ‘cs erreeP, 5733,
»5.,
fra.
fol. 48.)
0. N. Jadir
vater.
•Fairhede, boauty.
Germ,
Ere, 782, ear.
,
moght nan part f>am
Jiai
Germ,
Er, 49, 331, 805 &c., are.
O.S.
two woiuen,
before Solomon,
Fader, 1386, falber.
8898.
Envy, 4169.
Erres
of the
who appeared
Lat. intendere.
Erryng,
A.S.
an ad-
each laying Claim to tbe samo
Entre, vb., 5340.
‘is
as
bad, dirty occurs in the
child
Ententyfly, 624, 2550, carofully.
sh.,
=
description
Lat.
exemplum. Entent, 3696, 5960, 5991, intention will. O.Fr. entent, from
Entre,
Fa
fak,fd, enemy.
Lat. ungere, to anoint.
Ensample, ensaumple, 708, 4532,
:
=
+Fare,
fare, *4.,
Fare, 1863,
3638. suffering. 1.
to go, depart, pret.
Digitized by
;
G1.088ARIAL INDEX.
294 and
fore
270, 1343, 2. to
ferd;
A.Sax.
bebave, conduct oneself.
Fas, 3883, foes, pl. of
of,
Wo
rejoice.
a verb in Ps.
A
of.
S.
Ferdlayk,
formed from the
fear,
adj. ferd, afraid.
-layk
tion
ix, 3.
in pe.
=
;
The termina-
-ness
as rerrelaic,
,
hendlaic &c.
Ferdnea, 2231,2321, fear, see ‘Ferd’. J)e erth tremblid
And balows
from feindre, faindre.
2915, 6427,
ferdelayk,
see ‘Ferd’
to
as
deceit from O.Fr. feintiae, fain,
in
and
al to
heyyn
quoke.
(US.
0. N. fagr, bright.
Ilarl.
4196.
Fayrnes, 249, boauty.
Fere, 2291, to frighten.
*Fed, fede, enemy. Du. vied, hatred.
"Fere, sound.
Feer, vb., 6429, to frighten.
Sw. fara,
fear.
A. 8.
to fear.
Fel, 5406, fierce, see ‘Felle’.
Fel, 6416, rnany.
A.S.
/ela.
Fclaghe, 5485, fellow, companion. Fel aghahepe,felawshepe, 4400, 5032, fellowship,
Feld, 1247,
Company.
fei, adj.,
1820, a) croel; 1743,
b) dreadful. Yr.feile, cruel, fierce
felon, cruel,
Ferforth, 3814,
rongh felonie, anger, ;
O.N.
Ferre, 5190, far, see ‘Fer’.
Fest, pret. of fast, to fasten.
Al bis clatbes
bete opon his
(MS.
739, 3077, 4967, ekin.
Du.
fra
him
fai kest,
And tille a peler fast bim feit. And scourges kene pai ordand pare Ilarl.
body
bare,
4196,
fol. 76.)
Fested, 1907, 1909, fastened, p. p.
hill.
fei.
sudden.
Ferth, ferthe, fierthe, fercth, 356,
To
crnelty, treason.
Felle, 82,
A.S.
2211, 2955, wonder.
ferlic,
"Felle, ab., a wretch.
tFelle, a
Ferrer-forthe,
far.
2329. Ferly,
1246, 1828, 3983, 4260, 4770,
*too much'. Felle,
-j-Fereu, fiery.
fourth. A.8.feother,fcoicer, four.
field.
many; phrase ‘to feie’, Germ, viel
Feie, 2453,
fol. 82.)
Dan. for. lexX.foerr.
Feretb, fonrth.
A.S. fahth, enmity.
far,
schoke,
for ferdnea
Fayre, 4315,9249, beautiful, beautifully.
6950,
adj.,
A.S.forht, Germ. furcht,
fain; fahnian,
and glad
I aal fat/ne
fear;
ab.,
meet with fain
Fayntise, 3519, weariness, literally
tue
A.S. feor, 0. H. G. fer.
fear.
4552, glad
aeij.,
fagn, joyful
comp.
1866, 2329, 3895, far;
ferrer.
afraid.
fa.
Fast, 4211, quickly.
Fayn
Fer,
Ferd, 6864,
faran.
vel, skin.
of fest.
Festend, 5295,
Felony, 5346, wickeduess,see ‘Felle’.
Feyn, 4233, to feign. Fr. feindre. Feyned, adj., 2556, feigued.
Feloun, 2995, a whitlow.
Fickle, 1088, deceptive, false.
Felly, 4449, cruelly.
Felouns, wretches, see ‘Felle’.
Fen, 566, morass.
mud.
O.N. fen, a Goth. fani, mud.
dirt,
Fende, 36, 1253, 4160,
fiend, deril.
Semi Saxon ceivc. to
Jiken, fikeln,
de-
to
A.S .ßccan; F ris. fächeln,
flatter (see
Gloss. to ‘Seinte
Uarharete’, ed. Cockayne).
Germ, feind, enemy. Goth. fan,
With par tunges
to hate.
‘linguis suis doloso agebant’.
fleeli pai
dide
(Ps. T.
110
Digitlzed by
295
GLOS8ARIAL INDEX. For
bard well say
3762,
fiai war all tymc of fay. (W. C. vol. ii, p- 130.) was
flytte,
tymc,
in bis
I
fiat fykkil
2. vb. intr., to
to
remove.
AndforJ)efnte[i.e.ofthecross]
2.
He moved Be fykkyl
fals
suggestyowno.
3088. 3966, 4776,
Fift, fifte,
fifth.
suld
it
(MS. Harl.
flueda, to in-
Filand, 2363, defiling.
Flogb, flew, pret. of flegh.
Fild, 2341,
Fode, 458, food.
fild.
File, fyle, 1198, 1210, 2348, to delile
Hence 0.
pollute.
,
E. fyle,
Filed, 2559, defiled.
A.S. fylan,
to
A. S. Joda, fodt.
Eng.
Goth. fodjan, to nourish. to fester.
Folo, 126,
wicked wretch.
die, a
flit.
O.N./drf, Sw.
O.N.
flod, a flood.
a pit
fef>in
fol. 83.)
undate.
4812,
Filtern!,
man
Flodo, 4706, llood.
Du. vyf.
made
Jiay
Ffor no
(lbid. p. 132.)
Fife, 2431, five.
remove. Dan.
fool.
Fr. fol, foolish.
Fole, 6632. foul.
Filthede, p. 13 note, seo 'File'.
Germ, fohlen, 1537, foal. Goth. /uW, a foal, filly. Phrase
Final, 3990,
‘•tatird fole.”
make
Fole,
foul or lilthy.
0. N.
Fine, 4913, to refioe, purify.
Flteja,
fley.
Icel.
put
to flight-
Thow
to
Sc.
frighten,
6112, fear.
Goth. faur, Germ, vor, in front
The for
of.
Germ,
in forbard, fordo 4c.
ver, forth,
away, out.
3395, 3504, 6323, t« do
Fordo,
Forga, 1842, to forego, to go with-
9017, smell.
Fr. fairer,
out.
F'organger, 4152, foregoer.
to smell.
FTaumo, flawme, 6737, Same. Lat. Fr.
FTegb, 4394, flogh.
plural
away with, destroy.
FTayne, 9520, flayed.
flamma.
A
favai.
Forbard, 957, excluded.
(ibid. p. 232.) eh.,
pl.
For, conj., 1263, 1291,2034, because.
=
for to flay us,
F’flüke-mouthede schrewe.
FTayre,
Goth. favs,
Fontstane, 3351, foutstone. for a flye
lloseho lyghttes.
(Mort. Artb. p. 175.)
Flaying,
(Foner, 765, 3731, fewer.)
form of the A. 8. featca. 0.11.G.
No ferly me thynkys! Thou wille be flayeile
Thou wenes
(T.M. p. 4.)
Fon, foue, 530, 762, 764, 2693, few.
fuho.
art bot a fawntkyne,
That ou thy
“ Tatird as a foylle.”
Folk, 4637, 6013, people.
fina, to polisb, cleanse.
Flay, 1268, 2244, to terrify.
F'orgyfnes, 3817, forgiveness.
ßamme.
flee, pret.
A.S. fleon,
Forgeton, 3909.
flegh
flion.
and
Germ.
Forluke, 1946, foresec. F’ormefader, 483, forefather.
A.S.
In Ihe Cursor
Mundi
forme,
fliehen.
first.
— first
Flemed, 2977. 6054, banished, from flem, to banisb. A.S. fly man, to
we
banisb; JU'am, eiile, Fleygb, flew, pret. of
/orm-kiud,/onn-birth,/or»i-days.
flight.
flegb.
Flitte, vb. intr., 2257, 1. to depart,
find
adj.
formast
‘formast fader,
used as au
(fol. 54),
Cf.
(fol. 51.)
Forsake, 4406, 6057, deny.
Digitized by
296
C.L08SARIAL INDEX.
Forsweryng,
3367, perjury.
*5.,
A. 8 .forth, fürward-
Forthir, 440.
Germ.
A.S
Frete, 6570, to eat.
Forth-bring, 4163, 5868.
Forther-marc, 2892.
fort.
.
fretan.
Frett, 9107, ornamented. Fro, 1586, 7735, from. Front, frount, '816, 4410, forehead. Lat. fron», frontis.
Fortone, 1273, fortnno. ’Forth, way, course.
A.Sax. /dr.
Forthy, 375, thereforo, because
= for
that.
Fruytles, 5666, not produciug fruit. Fudo, food, aee ‘Fode’. Ful, fule, fülle, 520, 789, 4129,
5276, a) verv; phrase ful ‘
Forthynkyng,
sb.,
3610, repeutanee.
For|>i, forjiy, 189. 375, 1854, tbere-
because.
fore,
to
780, to
vb.,
como
to ruin,
A.S. forweorthan.
fall.
For Lavcrd of rightwise wate
[>e
wai
And
gate ofwickod/wrtcorMsalai. (I’s. 1,
6.)
Fot, fote, 467, 778, 1493, foot.
Fonrme, 3982, form,
603; ‘fra than', from tbat
tempt, to
time',
1358, to at-
O.N
try.
.
fill
fresta,
to
try.
puritied.
Fyre-brand, 7421.
Fra ward
Fy ver, 2989, 3029,
,
87, 256, 5854,
froward.
to refine,
see ‘Fine'.'
Fynal, 6129.
Fyre-bryght, 5035. Fyry, 7762, fiery.
frawarde
mako com-
Fyndynges, 1557, inrontions. Fyne, 3337, see ‘Fine’. Fyned, 3201, 3202, 6398, refined,
Frauliches, 7995, freedom. ,
np,
Fygur, 2320, form, shape. Fyland, 2357, dcfiling.
ptirify,
4071. 1090,
5016, to
plete.
Funden, 4608, p.p. of find. Fune, 6424, few, see ‘Föne*. Funstane, see ‘Fonstane".
Fyn, fyne, 3337, 3338,
114,3713, from. O.N .frei, Phrasos: ‘to and frn’, 471,
from.
Fraist, frayst,
Fully, 476, 4570, completely. Fulfill,
Fyle, 2349, to defile.
figure.
Fourtend. 4808, fourteenth. Fra,
phrase 'ful joy’, ‘ful sorrow'. Fulfild, 535, filled with.
Forwhi, forwhy, 1249, 6458, wherefore, therefor = for which. Fürwort h,
late’.
2611, 2612, b) entire, complete,
fever.
Fr.fievre.
Lat, febris.
Fra ward nes, 1173. Frayst, 1358, sec ‘Fraist'.
For
{io [>at
to
Ga, gang, 193, 4100, to go. 3 d pers.
dremys overmoche trastys,
To scorne hem |>e fende pen\frastgs. (Handtyng Synno p. 16,) Frely, 5902, 5958, 5965.
Freud, 1116, 6342, frioud;
Fresshe, 1254, cager, ready. ferne.
to
gathcr.
Gaderyng,
Germ, sb.,
gatlern.
Dn. ga-
8831.
Gaf, gve.
A.S.
Du. verssch, frisch. frail.
«fl,
ileren. pl. frend.
Frendshepe, 1884, friendsbip.
Freyle, 4582, 5740,
O.N .gantja; ü.ganga, go on foot, walk.
sing. gase. <J
Gader, gadir, 1342, 2221, 3728, to
Fr. freie.
Gain-turnyng, 1718, retnrning.
fGammen,
sport, play.
Ga ne, 3750,
gone.
Digitized by
GL088ARIAL INDEX. Gang, 194, 1936,
to go, to walk.
1.
Phrase 'gang or
Ane seknes tnk bim in the way, And put him in sa hard assay, That he
gang na
raicht nonthir
uh.,
4779, setting.
A
With gnde mene And a bekyne aborene, To brynne whenne them lykys, That nane enmye with hoste, Salle entre the monutes.
A. S. gast.
5537,
gnilty.
Glade,
Dan. glad, 4517, glad. O.N. glatlr.
joyous.
Glet, 459, slime.
0. N. ghrta. wet.
Prov. E. glut, glit,
O.E
pns.
slime, .
glat.
Glomsede, see ‘Clomsed’. Glorify, 8015.
geint.
spiritual,
974,
gastely,
Glose, 4473, gloss, corament.
Glotony, 6730.
ghostly.
Gate, 7076, 8983, way, a Street. Dan. gatte, a wray.
O.N. gata, path.
Gay te, 6133, goat(nsed
collectirely)
adj.,
1
Glow, 7360, to bnrn.
Gnawen,
3586.
teil,
Da.
ghisten, to reckon, estimate. 0. N.
N
gloa.
N. gnitta.
A.S. godtpell, the Word of God. A.S.
tpell,
O.E.
Germ,
Gestes, 1374, guests.
gatt,
a stranger. O.N. gettr, a gnest. Gcten, 443, 444, 4157, conceived.
(O.N.jftn, to conceitc.)
of
fi. )>.
Gonle, 477, to yowl, cry. 0. N. gola.
Gonlyng, sb., 6109, cry. Gout, 2993. Sp. goto. Du.
goete,
Lat. gutta, a
drop.
the
palsy.
of gell, to conceive (pret. gatt),
Corresponding
hence O.E.
tluca,
geling, conception.
Gett, 1540, fasbion.
‘
Oet
,
modus,
consuetudo, manner, or custome. a custom. gnise
»pelle, discourse,
tidings.
Godspeller, 5121, evangclist.
N. gista.
iette,
0
Godspelle, 1099, 3857, 6041, gospel.
136, 3935, 5908, to
reckon, calcnlate, to gness.
(P. P.) gelte,
0.
864, p. pari, of to gnaw.
Gode, 5210, good. Godhede, 13, 5265, godhead.
Generaly, 4791. Gesce, gese,
'Glotun,
Gnayste, 7338, tognash.
O.N. geil, a female goat. Gemetry, 7801, geometry.
“nette
,
glitte.
meist, slippery.
2272, spirit, sonl.
giska.
2949, 2954
0. N. gialhl, Dan. gjeld, debt. A.S.
fGlad, pret. of
phlegm. 8c.
Gas, 3745, goes.
General,
O.Fr.
gnile, deceit.
Fr. glette.
(Mort. Arth. p. 48.)
Germ,
Gilry, 1176,
gilt, fanlt.
of armes,
Gastly,
sense of contrive, dcrise.
tGeting, conception.
Gilty,
kepyde,
,
the
in the
Giltless, 5374, gniltless.
garette be rerede,
That schalle be garneschte and
Gast
from the rerb get
Gilt, 2951, 5559, guilt.
appone Godarde
»alle
it
guille, deceit, frand.
Garetto, 9101, a watch towor.
There
derires
uses
Mr Wedgwood
get.
Gilden, 6360, golden.
ride.
(Barbour p. 81.)
Gangyng,
297 Chancer
Palsgrave.
phrase falte
ride’.
Phrase
norelle".
—
fol.
we
to the Sp. gola ea-
find iu the
Cursor Mnndi
66 mention made of the fall-
antl gute’, or epilepsy.
Grace, 3592, 5956, 5957.
Gramer, 7801.
Digitized by
—
;
;
UL088ARIAU INDEX.
298
Granaml, 798, groaning. A. 8. granian. Du. grooiten. Grape, 6566, 680 to feel, grasp. A.S. 1 ,
grajiian; Goth. greipan
;
O.N.grei-
pa, Sw. grabba, to seize, grasp. pan answerd tohim Peter and Ion, And said parof es wonder none-, Forwhipou trowed noght Thomas,
pat onre lord Ihesus resin was, Untille pou saw his blody side, And graped within his wondes wido
Of
has pou ay bene,
evil bileve
And
pat es on pi selven sene,
parfore ertow ay us
When any
(MS. Marl. 4196,
,
Graythely, paredly,
rcadily,
signifies
pre-
from gragthe,
mako
A. S.
gredSa.
173.)
tho-
carefully,
also
1t
to
greithe,
fol.
to graut.
645,
roughly.
ready.
0. N.
ye-read,
ready.
Prov. E. gradelg.
Grege, 2991, to increase. Gres, gresse, 4884, 6392, grass.
A.S. gurr», gr<r». Sc. gerne. Gret, 5392, to weep, see ‘Grete’. Gret,
69, 644, 903, 3721,
grete,
A.S. agiysan, to
lic,
grisly.
terrify, gris-
murmnr, grumble. ‘Qrvtchyn, gruchyn, murmuro’ to
Fr. gruger, to griere, re-
(P.P.)
pine; grouver, groucliier , grou-
murmnr, reproach. pai gmched pus and war noght cher , to
fain.
(MS. Marl. 4196,
bottom.
Goth. grundut,
0. N. grumr. Grym, 2250, savage, fierce. Germ. grimm, fury, wrath. Do. grim,
probably connected with Ihe O.E. gram, grame, grome, angry. A.S. Germ. gram.
grama gram ,
Grymly, 2226, fiercely. Gryn, 2226, to grind the teolh, open the mouth wide. N. grina, to wry the month, curl the uose. Du. grinnen, to grin, snarl. Then shalle helle gape and gryn. (T. M. p. 53.) Bihald sal sin ful rigbtwis thenne.
And
with his tethe on
him
We
grete a tear, weeping, see Pb.
c.
Grysly, 1404, dreadfnl, see ‘Grisely’.
Gryslynes, 2310, terribleness.
Gud, gude,
8, 80,
good, see ‘Gode’.
Gude.p/. gudes, 1244, riches, goods.
1 - 10 .
Gudnes, gudenes, 134, 3676, 4586,
Gretely, 1831, greatly.
Gretyng,
he
(Ps. xxxvi, 12.)
A.S. grcetan, have also 0. Eng.
Grete, 7099, to cry.
weep.
sal
grame.
great, comp, gretter.
Gretand, 502, crying.
to
fol. 38.)
Grotehand, 3542, marmnring. Grand, grond, 209, 7213, foundation,
fro,
thing es for to do.
Graunt, 3827,
ful.
Gruse, 4781, grass.
Groche, 297,
si.,
496, 1451, 6109, acry.
Grevannce, 3019. Fr. grever,
to oppress, disquiet.
Lat. gravi»,
pret. of bigin.
grevusly,
4537,
5562,
grievously.
pGrise, torrible.
It is fre-
quently written gan, can, and is used as an auxiliary of the past tense as ‘gan say'
heavy.
Grevosly,
goodness.
Gnn, 4700,
Greve, 3608, grieve.
=
‘did say’.
Gys, gyse, 1533, 1546, gnise, fashion (of dress). Fr. guite, mode, way, fashion.
Grisely, 1757, 2233, honible, dread-
Digitized by
.
GLOS8ARIAL INDEX. fHa, Haf,
299
Right so pe
to have.
gift
of strenkith rnai
make
68, to have.
Haithen, baythen, 5521, heathen. Germ. heule a heathen. Gotb. ,
haithno haithi, tho open country. ,
Du.
E. heath.
heule, heyden.
E.
hoiden, a Clown, a pagan.
Haid, balde, 794, 1283, to estimate, 3836, bold.
Halden, 99, 1696, 4398, 5950, 5960, (p.p. of hald), beld, bound. A S.
|>e hert stalwortbe, to undertako
And to
thole hardnes here in body,
For pe Inf
of god almighty. (MS. Tib. E. Tii, fol. 12.) Hare, 676, 5001, bair. Du. haer, Germ. haar. Harn-pane, 5298, brain-pan. O.N. hjami, A.S. harne».
And
with a sownd smate Targus
healdan. Gern, halten , to keop,
Phrase
observe, hold.
1
is
holden
but remede,
Thron ather part or
for to do’, 6937.
'Haides,
Haldyng, 6994, potsession. Haie, ad/., 3933, 6348, whole. Haie,
vh.,
teniplis of
bis hede;
holds, fastnesses.
«6.,
In the
hampan
the schafl he has affiat,
Quhil blude and brane
al togider
8333, 8344, to beal. A. S.
mixt.
hal, healthy, wbole.
(G. Douglas,
551.)
fol. ii, p.
Halghe, 6087, a samt. Halghe Thursday, holy Tbursday.
Haste,
Haligast, 3, Holyghost.
Hastily, 3725, quickly.
Halow, 3823, a saint, pl. halowes. from AS. halgian, to keop holy,
Hasty. 1548, sudden, unexpected.
E. hallote.
consecrate.
hattet
vh., ,
to hurry.
Symon auswerd and I may noght bere it
Haly, 977, 3690, 4233, holy.
Haly, halcly
,
2416, 3710, 4254,
And
hasty thinges
hatter fortnne.
=
hotter, 3097.
ealled,
named.
sometimes written
hatten.
Hat, hatte, 3951,
O.N. happ.
It
A.S. hdtan
iii,
fol. 50.)
is
mand.
And
=
O.N.
Phrases ‘hard haldand
close fisted,
he said Ic haf sped ful
790; ‘hard day',
6075, ‘Aard-herted’.
als
brede here bodily,
Sustenes and strenkithes pe body,
ille,
For nan of tbaim wille do mi wille, [Thar] wald nan of thaim mi lare liste,
Bot an that
Hardnes, 3515, suffering, pain.
For right
vow, promise. name, to be named.
to
Gotb. haitan, to call, to com-
Happy, 1334, fortunate, lucky. hart,
,
Icel. halft, to
Hard, 806, 1785, a) severe, painful
Germ,
fol. 82.)
Hat, bats, 3038, 3189, hot; comp.
Salamon was in mekil wele Umset batb wit hap and sele.
hardr.
have to do.
Hastyly, 4544, speedily.
O.N.
anda, breatb.
(MS. Vesp. A.
[the cross]
I
(MS. Harl. 4196
Hap, happe, 1282, 6897,
662, b) firm.
said nay,
this day,
wholly, see ‘Haie’.
Halynea, 4240, holinass. Hand (sand), 776, breath.
Sw.
2885, to hasten.
hatte Teoeist.
(Met.
Uom.
p. 149.)
Haterel, 1492, the poll.
Hatreden,
3403,
hatred.
‘Wie
,
GLOS q ARIAL INDEX.
300 hatreden’
e.
i.
Omnes
‘wicked hatred'.
declinarernnt simul. (Ps. xiii, 3.)
(Ps xxiv, 19.) -reden «ras a
common
termination
Northern literature; lufreden,
in
love
(M.
II. p.
pemcu
[rat
Said “to
fri
wyght and willy wäre, steven we stand
Whajo heved
30); felatrreden
so heide* brede of
fellowship (MS. Ilarl. 4196); mon-
an hare,
raden, tuonreden, lromage (Syr.
Hardily hag of his liand.“
Gawayne, Komances Ed. Robson
pe
A. 505).
And did him hononre alle. (MS. Harl. 4196, fol. 207.)
Hannt, 1079, 1525, 4382, 6344. practise.
to
to fre-
Fr. Iianter,
quent, hannt.
hovedes halely gan hcld
Held (=
eld), 756, old age.
Hole, 757, 1326, 2036, health.
Havyng, sb„ 1520. behaviour. Germ. A.S. habban
habet), to behave.
,
Hend, 3214, 5602, plural of band O.N.
hetidr.
Haid
to hare.
He [Edgare] wes
a
man
of fayre
[rai
haf,
Grape with
fr
and noght
am
And dyde
in
hys tyme bot
(Ps. cxiii.)
leful
pai hent Joseph be hend and
thyng.
(W.
(MS. Vesp. A.
C. p. 275.)
Hi, fol
fnl sar.
Hawtayne, 255, hanghty.
m
from haut,
0
.
Fr. hau-
Fr. hault, high.
Haythen, 5431, heathen. Ued, heved, hede, 486, 3596, 5002,
A.S. hedan,
to
keep, guard, observe.
heglie,
vb„ 1191,4953,8506,
p. xviii.)
A.S.
Hegheu, 4119, to exalt. And he [rat mekes himself with wille,
be heghind als
it
es skitlc.
fol. 109.)
Hcghnes, 8500, cxaltation, pride.
Heght, 4760, beight.
Heke (=
2722, to receive.
O.N. henda, *6.,
Hent,
to seize.
448, 6153, lodging. Sc.
lodge.
f 54, to
vb.,
A. S. heribgrigan,
to lodge; beorgan, to shelter.
Bot Godd sun he wald sua be gest, ln clene sted al
A
high.
(MS. Harl. 4196,
vb.,
herberg , to sbelter, to honso. fi
heghest (and hext), 993.
sallc
Hent, pret.
to exalt.
He
Hom.
Hongod, 5260, hanged. O.N. hanga,
Herber,
Hegh, heghe, adj., 1872, 1887,4953, 4763; comp. heghor, 962; nt perl. healt,
(Met.
Hende, 1764, 2693, 4005, cnd. Hend, polished. to hang, pret. heck.
5658.
Hede, 592, heed.
'Holding, beheading.
Hegh,
fete.
25.)
Thai wrang thair hend and wep
Hxwen, 3877, own. tet
sal [rai
night ne dai.
havgng.
most be
clene bewist he ches
For
to
mak
(MS. Vesp. A. Uere, 526, to
rest,
forjri,
in his herbergeri. iü, fol. 55.)
liear.
Heremyte, 8724. Hert, 255, 3547, heart. Herth, 71, 409, 4881, eartb.
Goth.
hairto.
eke), 3546, to increaso.
Hete, 9490, to promise. A.S. hdtan.
Held, 817, to bend down, stoop.
Hethen, 509, 3704, 6007, hence. Heved, 675, 771, 4082, 6002, head.
Alle helded
[rai
gamen.
Digitized
by
,
GLOSSARTAL INDEX. Heven, 7756, heaven. A.S. Iteo/on. Hevenryke, 403, 1898, tbe kingdom of heaven.
Hever, 3982, ever.
Hevy, 4583, sorrowful.
Hew, 4889, hue. A.S. heaw,
hieu \
301
meaning
the
this is a
of ‘baptised’,
pan at pe fyrst of pat cas pe Kyng of Brettane hoiryn was; And all pe Baruago of his land pan baptyst wes (W. C.
form, fashion, colour.
Hewed, 3713, bewn. A. S. heawian. Germ, hauen. We have also the to ent chop.
Northumbrian hag, O.N. höggva.
Hey, 3044, high. Heygbe, 4897, high heygbost,4896, ;
knave.
highest.
Hidos,hidus, 1 744, hideous, frightfnl. 0. Fr. hide, hisde, hidour,
hUdour
dread; hisdouse, dreadfnl
promised;
107,
1)
pe
(Handlyng Synne p. 55.) Sarrament ys holy bap-
fyrst
teme Höre of watyr, and noyted wyth
2) 906,
creme.
6530, called, named.
(Ibid. p. 294.)
Bir, 582, her.
How-swa, howso.
Hird, hirde, 6134,4038, keeper = the
Hufe, 4179, hoof.
Germ,
herd in shep herd.
Air*,
0. N. hird, to keep
a berdsman.
Honeste, 6829, honour.
Honour,
vh.,
hord, treasure.
8635.
A.S hönlom.
Hordoni, 8259.
loci.
.
,
llyde,
5299,
skin
O.H.G. (of the
Hortei, 4787, hurt'e.
Du. horten.
O.N.
And allehisÄic/ein sunder rngged.
tugged,
dash against.
Honsil, 3402, the sacrament.
Hove,
vh.,
.
(MS. Harl. 4196,
a sacrifice.
3126, to hover, remnin
hang hoßo, to hnng above,
over.
W.
hofim,
fol. 82.)
Hydus, 4773, hideous. Ilydusly, 6568.
Hydusnes, 9487.
over.
fHove, eessation.
Hyng, 675,
Hoven, p.partie. of heave, to raise, ‘was Äonen’ = was presented (i. e.
liyngand, 1536, hanging.
to is
the priest
baptisni).
for
It
a phrase that often occnrs in
refercnee
to tbe
Macpherson
human
O.N. hud, hydi. Germ. haut. Du. htt yd, skin of a beast His clathes fra hira sone ]>ai
5619, 6430.
hunel, html
hört.
body).
hör, adultery.
to
hoef.
Hundroth, 4524, hundred. 0. Norse
Hunger, 4035, famine, pl. lmngera. Hürde, 5667, treasure, hoard. A.S.
Honest, 5892, hononrable.
1
Dan. hur . Du.
hundrat/.
guard.
Bombe
p. 98.)
Syne howyn bc wes, and cald Henry. (W. C. p. 309.) Or jyf a man have hove a chylde, God hyt forbede and shylde, pat pat chyhle sbulde any have Of hys godfadrys, maydyn or
Hider, hyder, 508, 1417, hither.
Hight,
but
secondary scnse.
baptismal
rite.
aud others give
it
(pret.
hang) to hang,
Hynged, 5334, banged. Hypand, 1639, halting, hoppiug. O.N. hipp, saltus. It [pe foule] Itipped bifore Lim in pe gate,
GLOSfiARIAL INDEX.
302 come
Tille it
at
fie
abbay
(US. Harl. 419«,
Hope came hippjnge
jäte,
fol. 93.)
351.)
and
slapes,
Surn tentestoianj/tWyw/andiapes. (US. Harl. 419«,
fol.
18b.)
Fr. jaunitse
53, 89, 137, 138,
ille,
O.N.
80, 174, 600, evil, bad. illr.
in the
Käst
vb.,
,
7261, to devise.
73%,
Kaytif,
‘Cay’.
«retch.
,
mach.
Insight, 363, knowledge; generally
explained by ‘perception'.
For tbon gaf man
skil
and
of ken. cruel, sbarp.
bold, daring.
O.Sw.
kun, kyn, quick, prompt, daring.
Kepe
,
a) 5029, to guard, take care
of; b) 7371, tohold,contain. intiht.
(M. H. p. 2.)
Korbatho thirfoules [doufes] baves
crowding Insted ofsang, and stillemuming, bitakenes that sinful man,
That sehilwisnes and tntyl can, Suld of thir fnlea bisenes take. (U. H. p. 169.)
Instrumentes (musical), 9264. Invisile, 972, inTitible.
Fr. joli, mcrry.
A S.
cepan, to observe.
Kepe,
*A.,
381, 597, care, as in phr.
‘tuk kepe’.
Kepyng,
sA.,
4196, 5503, 5819, care,
custody.
Kidde, 4342, pret. of kithe, to sbow, A. S. kythan.
discover.
Kirk, kyrk, 3684, ebureb.
Knaw, 83, to know. Knawen, 8609, known, acquainted witb.
Knawyng,
lointly, 8835.
Ioly, 589. joyfnl.
Kend, pret
Germ, kühn,
In-als-mykelle, 1712, in as
45, 147, 4010, 6727.
tb.,
knowledge. Knytted, 7216, knotted.
8588.
Irk, vb., to tire, get *A.,
Ken, 1074, 5215, 5946, to see, to to teach show. 0. N. kermo
Kene, 1228, 4383, herce,
midst of. Imydward, 6447.
Irkyng,
Ka, 1539, cow, pL ky. Kan, see 'Can'.
perceive by sense, observe.
Imyd, imyddes, 51C8, 5186,
Ire,
Ivel, tb., 8588, disease.
,
Impossibol, 6281.
And
(Mort. Arth. p. 66.)
5330, jastice.
sh.,
Iuwis, 6106, jndgement.
Kele, 8725, to cooL
each. 111,
jnaticei of landen,
Kay, cay, 3835, 3838, key, see
from jaune, yellow. ilka, ilkan,
to.
Luke thon juttyfge thern wele, That injurye wyrkes. Instys,
kirk slomers
launys, 700, jaundice.
Hk,
do justice Ordayue thy selvene, Bathe jure) and juggei.
O.Fr.
jangler, to chatler. in
Iugement, 2802, 6106.
And
Hadde man y men y-holpe. (Pien Ploughman p. langlyng, 3478, chattering.
Sam men
tlthenli, frequently.
lustify, 5987, to
after,
That bad so y-bosted Ho« ho «ith Moyses manndement,
weary of 8918.
9359, weariness. A.S_
eargh, slothfol.
Kun,
cA. »prn.,
cumum, Kydde,
to
kid,
187, to learn.
A.S.
know, 6459.
4342, (pret. of kithe or
fltben, frequent.
Digitlzed by
;
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. kythe, to show.to discover)=shown, discovered, known.
Kyll«, 2995, ulcer.
a
beap.
0. N. lag, Order, law;
5942, law.
down.
leggia, to lay
Lagb, 1092,
langh (pret. loghe.
to
Germ,
Sc. leuch.)
lachen.
O.N.
lagr.
Swed.
lag.
Laghter, 1451. laughter.
Laghyng, tb„ 7840, langbter. 797, to censure, blame.
lercken, to
fault,
blame.
Swed.
rice.
Lake
generally written
lak,
fault,
lakke.
(see Piers
Plougbman
1.
2736.)
Lakkgn or blamyn vitnpero culpo. (P. P.)
Unreufulli pai can Fful snoberli
him
biui lac.
(US. Harl. 4196, fol. 191.) 'Lame, loam, eartb. A S. leim.
Lane, *4„ 8905, pathway. Lang, 632, long. O.N. lange.
Lang, vb. impers., 8882, to long Langer, 6410. longer.
523, 841, 6219, folded.
for to snaipe,
(Cursor Httndi
Proy.E.
leg na.
lerne,
fol.
135.)
to hyde.
Laynd. 6999, pret. of ‘Layn’. Layt, vb.tr., 6001, to seek. A.S. tclilan. Icel. teiia Sw. Uta, to look
for.
sais to terbe
man for to bare a leche Bot pe man pat feles sekencs sare Nedes to lagt a leches lare. hale
(MS. Harl. 4196, fol. 181.) Laythede, 9024, ugliness, foulness.
A.S. for.
Langly, 3188, for a long time. to fold.
play-,
raipe
Laykyng, sb., 594, sport, pleasure. Layn, 5999, to heep secret. O.N.
A
bac.
him
pe folk fiat was sa fade 0 clai pai kest at him pe clote, And laiked wit bim siti-sote.
"It es no nede he
«olap,
A.S. hlgford.
Lawnes, 8500, bumility. Layk, to play. A.S. Urcan, to
When he was wen t pefolk of Tours,
Wiclif bas
this late.
humble. Lawed, 886, see ‘Lewd’. Lawed, 8522, bumbted.
Harmed him behind his And fast omang [mm gan
Lapped,
In
O.N. lavardr. Law, lawe, adj., 862, 4764, low, meek, see ‘Lagher’. vb., 8505, to
hewanting, blame,
accuse, from lack, laecke, want,
is
A.S. Urtan.
slow.
lazy,
connected with E.
lac, play.
Lagber, 3870, lower. Comp.ol laghe,
vb.,
to permit. latr,
it is
Larerd, 416, Lord.
A. Sax. hlad,
O.N. Modi,
Lagh, lagb«, law, 2163, 2267, 4144,
Du.
0, N.
Laude, 338, see ‘Lewd’.
Kynred, 4167, kindred. Kyrke, 4472, church.
low.
lausen,
sense
Kyugryke, 6*80, kingdom.
Lake,
Fr. laiton, brass.
iron.
Latsom, 793, see ‘Wlatsom’. Latte, late, 1567, 1869, tolet. Germ.
turally.
to load.
lare.
Latonn, 4371, latten, brass, tinned
Ic»l. hjli.
Kyndely, kyndly, 127, 1686, 3714, 6380, according to nature, na-
Madan,
A.S.
Large, 4259, liberal.
Kynd, tb., 52, 1615, natu re. Kyod, adj., 2535, natural. Kyudel, 6603.
Lade, 3421, load.
303
Lare, 6469, leaming.
leith,
evil.
Leche, 6944, physician. A. S. Utce. Lede, a) 693, 5719, to lead, b) 2640,
O.N.
to bring.
Ledyng,
sb.,
Leef, 684,
leida.
4217, instigation.
leaf.
Digilized by
,
,
GLOS8ARIAL INDEX.
304 I.ef,
4100, leave, pertnission.
I.ef,
192, to leave.
A
leave.
Sax.
whence the A.S.
ln- er.
Legge,
Dn.
leof.
sovereign.
Comp. dear.
lief,
Ph.
Fr. lige.
'legge
po nste’.
par ded
lif
I
gif
sali rieht
wele vengit be.
of
bim
p. 108.)
«eill vengit be.
(Buik of Alex. of the word
;
it is
p. 190.)
common
letgge is not a very
form
nsuatly written
‘Liege pouste (Buik of Al. p.361). je
worpilych
Gawan Bid
me
boje fro
,
And
I
lorde qnotli
to pe kyng,
benche and
{»is
yow
stonde by
pat
|iero,
wyth onte vylanie myjt voyde pia table,
pat
my
legge lady lyked nat alle,
I
to
wolde come to your counsoyl, bifore
yonr cort ryche.
(Syrüawayn and peGreneKnyJt 1.
346.)
Leie, 1393, 4253 loyal, faitbfnl.
Germ,
as
‘
and lewed', 6266.
lered
170, learning
elj.,
pou ha*
for
least.
4274,
*/».,
A.S
lie.
empty,
sian, to lie; leas,
Lote, 1556, 5989, to
Lett,
238, 3921, 5130,
A.S.
to bindor.
Goth. latjan, ga-
latidn.
latjan,
Lettre. 6759.
Lettyng,
»h„
237,
1996
4900,
,
hiudrance. I.euke, 7481 (note), rlac, tepid. ‘
hartit.
warm.
Lewke
not fully hote,
Lewkenette
tepidua.
A.S.
Itnnbar has luik-
t
tepor.’
5797, dear, see ‘Lefe'.
adj..
Levenyng,
mi
lare,
N.
Ijon,
5126, lightning.
eh.,
It
Lewed,
not
unto
pi hele,
ilka dele
adj.,
117, 4414, 5302. igno-
rant, lewd. Ph.
Right
and
lightning.
ljun,
Lever, 5058, rather, comp, of leve.
A.S.
eres
German
Prov.
to delay.
to retard, impede, hinder.
letzen,
Unto pi body aal I send Sexty wowndes and ten to lend, pi hevid
lea-
false.
lot.
tLeth, loosening.
occura also under the form levin, left
And hroken pe bode pat I bad are, And mare wroght öfter pi wife, pan efter me pat lent pe life,
Kghen and
letau.
Lest, loste, 165, 469, 2322, 6177,
(P. P.)
to grant,
A. S. limian.
fra
A.S.
Lesson, 3857.
Leve, 6539, leave.
3932, 6233, longer. len,
heran.
117, 4197,
distingnished from tbe laity.
Ph.
Leve,
Adam,
sh.,
Lese, 2916, to lose.
'Lendand, descending.
Lent, 5993, pret. of
77.)
lehren.
and
J, enger,
give.
A.S.
leam.
A.S. lendenu.
’Lend, loins.
fol.
along.
155, 1525, 4663, 5874,
teach,
Sw. Lern.
Lesyng,
lege or liege.
Wold
Ler, lere,
].eryng,
pouste
leif in liege
I
sali
=
Ph. ‘on lenthe’
4414, learned, taught, the clergy.
in lege poutle
(Barbour,
For
be ocupide.
aal
(MS. Barl. 4196,
I.erd, lered, adj.
Bot, and
Tliow
lims on ilka side
alle pi
Witht sorows
Lenthe, 5899, length, see ‘Lang’.
= «upreme,
5606, liege
adj.,
And
lei/a, to
romaimler,
beloved, dear.
2978,
I. efe,
O.N. laf,
Sc. laf, lave.
lieird,
the
tetteryd,
knowynge
‘
lered
and lewed’.
Itrwde, iaieus; lend,
the people,
in
laity.
illiteratns;
‘1-emle,
— uu-
wbat so hyt be,
scius, iguarus.’
iu-
(P. P.)
Digitized by
)
,
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. The
Libard, 1323, leopard.
voydis he (G. Douglas vol.
Life, 630, to live.
Ligg, ÜKge, 475, 3507, 4546, 4553, to lie; p. part. liggen, lygyn. A.S.
lecgan.
O.N.
leggia, to lay; lig-
a) 688, full of levity,
b) 3346, joyful.
lickle.
Lightles. 6819, dark.
Lightly,
1330, 4460, easily.
786,
Light lyer, 4241.
N.
7851, to please.
lika,
to
be to ooe'a taste
Likyng, 292, pleasure.
A.S.
6767, please, desire.
have pleasure
lyst,
schall the bette every leih,
Hede and body, wythout [
i.
e.
gretb,
quarter]
Yf thou make more pressyng. 292
(Sir Cleges lith
;
Ly the
N.
fro lylhe, or
membratem.’ lithe,
stille’,
3782.
O.N. A/M. Louse, lowse,
Germ,
fro
lym
laut, souud.
1792, 2182, 3841,
Gotb. laue,
loose, empty; lauejan, to Love, 321, to praise. Du.
Dan
loose. loven,
Io v, praise.
Icel.
Germ, loben. Of mouth of childer and soukaud Made pou lof in ilka land. (Ps
Loverd, 1384, 3669,
A.S
lyther
viii, 3.)
lord.
Lovyng, 321, 2129, 3789, praise. Ilafe mercy of me Laverd aud se Mi mekenesse of my faes pat be pat upheves me fra yhates of dede, pat I scheue forth to sprede, pine loveynge» everilk-ono, ln yhates of doghtres Syoii. (Ps. ix,
flame.
And
O.N.
A.S. heg,
14, 15.)
loyi.
Dan.
lig.
0. K.
brint in pair sinagog
fire ful
lue, love.
löge,
leie.
b right
slow.
Lof, 51, to praise, see ‘Love’. Lof, sä., 1843, love, see ‘Love\
Lokand, 3016, hurting. Loke, 6271, to look, see. Loper, 459, coagulated, clotted, thick. Prov Dan. labber, anything coagulated.
pu-
‘loud and
pbrase
in
Low, 9431,
lidr.
lym
(P. P.)
Lither, 1069, wicked.
from
7337.
openly,
loudly,
as
Gertn. glied, a joint,
bodily meniber ‘
to loose,
pit.
blicly
lyntan,
O.N.
in.
Germ. luet. 1917, limb, memher.
pleasure.
A.S.
621.)
p.
letan. (ierm.
lo/a, to praise.
List, liste, vh. impert., 795, 2012,
I
verlieren
fLou, a
to praise
Likand, 7834, pleasing.
Lith,
A.S.
lese, to lose.
3652, 3853, to loose.
Ligbtnes, 308, levity.
to
of
Loud, 3782,
gia, to He.
Light, adj.,
ii,
Lorn, lorne, 547, 4165, lost; p. p.
Life-days, 4981.
I.ike.
305
lopprit binde in ded thraw
C763, liquor.
I.icour.
0. N. lattpa,
to run, congeal. O.H. Germ, laberen to coagulate. Hart. MS. 4196 reads lopyrd. And of bis mouth, a petuua thing ,
to so,
pe
Anre
it
swath sinful donnright. (Ps. cv.)
Lowt, 8966,
to reverence.
Lowting,
7847, obeisance. A.S.
tb.,
lülan, to bow, stoop
O.N.
lüta,
to stoop.
‘He saghpaim knelepiscalf ahnte, Als
Goddhim
(Cott
Lof.
MS
lufe,
selven love and
Vesp. A.
iii, fol.
lute.
37.)
1) «Ä., 69, 142, love.
2)
vb„ 594, 1844. II
Digitized by
s
GLOSSARUL INDEX.
306 l.ugbe (or loghe),
6524,
of
pret.
high, to laugh.
pe
Desidieux, idle, lazie,
lither.
til iii,
hething.
Lufly, 690, lorely.
Ma. 3997, more. greater, more.
Luke
Majeste, 4713.
1)
,
fol 87.)
205, 4028, 4726, to see.
2) 368, to
Lusty, 4231,
be seen.
threats.
to live.
Tbis »ord
sky, air.
»ppears es luft or
And
als
A.S.
luft.
nb.,
iii,
fol. 71.)
4130, 5642,
Lyg, 6942, to lie. Lyght, to come on,
Mayutene,
1)
superl. of ma.
;
1108, toserve. 2)4091,
Hayster, 5946, 6880, teacher. Maystre, 5580, mastery.
lain, p. part. of lygg.
A
I.yghtly, 3393,3482, easily or soon.
Lyghtely or sone leviter.
or esyly faciliter.’
I.yghtly
S, med.
Meigne, 5870, meiny, hold.
Fr. mesnie.
‘I.ike'.
Meke,
1) adj.,
pleasure,
‘Lylcynge or luste (lyste
s.)
A.S.
middle.
lice.
1636, to please, see
’List’.
3454, bad, wicked. Lythernes, 226. wickedneas. Germ. lut her),
liederlich , loose,
disorderly.
‘Lyder or wyly (lipire or wily cantus'.
(P. P.)
Fr. mail.
Melody, 9011.
Men, mene
lim.
Lyther (—
72,
Fr. vieler.
hammers.
Melles, 6572,
1
meek, to humble.
Melled, 9431, mixed.
Lat. mallem.
(P. P.)
Lyrn, 1912, 3641, 3630, limb.
Lyse, 661,
house-
395, meek. 2) vh.,
to cause, to be
Lyknes, 73, likeness
Lykng, 183, 272, 7984,
fainily,
0. Fr maignee,
menie.
(P. P.)
Lyke, 1119, to plcase, see
delcctacio’.
96, 3545, meed, reward. Gotb. miethe, hire.
Mede,
Medeful, 9491, miritorious.
Lygbtles, 4729, dark.
I.yst,
4374.
vh.,
Mas, mase, 242, 255, makes.
Lat. manutenerc.
7383, pret.
laght.
lust.
1047. A.S. mara. Marterdom, 3825, 4380. Martir, sh., 3825, 4384;
to maintain, keep. Fr. maintenir.
life.
Lygyn, 3202, Lyggy*. lies.
1
Mar, maie, 323, 380, 1) more. 2) greater; superl. matt, gTeatest,
Mast, 4090, greatest
7731, support. «A.,
Fr.
minacia,
Martird, 4374.
seven.
the Ufte
Lyfyng, lytyng, 7227,
heveu
til
(MS. Tib. Vesp. A. Lyftyng,
O.N.
iyft.
be loked up
Open he saw
Latin mime,
Manhed, 5132, manhood.
Lyfaml, 2319, living.
lopt, air, sky.
4350, inenace.
sh.,
menace.
Lycour, 6763.
:ilso
mara,
«ia,
Maliciouse, 4169.
Manace,
Lycberous, 4231.
I.yfe, 37, 82, 1869,
A.S.
Malice, 4186, 6646.
full of Just
Lycbery, 4902.
Lyfte, 1444,
lithtr.
sloutbfull (Cotg).
felous high hira
(Gott MS. Vesp. A.
Ignave,
(
= mean),
Fr. mögen.
3187, 3194, Lat.
medim.
Mencion, 3940.
fMene, Mene,
to
mention.
vh.,
5740,
to
remember.
Cf.
Gotb. meinem,
k.)
O.N. munna, to remember. Germ.
lazy,
to think, intend.
meinen.
Digitized by
,
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. Meneyng, sb., 8320, rcmembrance. Menged, 6738,6748, mixed, the pret. of meng, to mix, to tningAe. Germ.
mengen; Du
mix. mix, occur
inengen, to
Meng and ming
to
307
Met , 7695 (pret. of niete), measured. Meyne, 4628, see ‘Meigne’. Midward, 435, middle. Mikel, 924, great. O.N. mikill, great.
Ministre, 5958.
very fretjuently in O.E.
Miracle, 6550
The bnsy bee her honey now she
Mirk, dark, see ‘Myrk’.
mings. (Snrrey, p. 40. Ed. Bell.)
For askes
als
it
And I mengidmi
wäre brode
mixtura
ete.
drinkewithgrete. (Ps
Mengyng,
I
ei,
6.)
4704, mixtnra, com-
sb.,
Merk, 4402, mark. A.8. nteare; O.N. merka, to mark. Merryng, sb., 6114, louring. Dn.
make
thirk,
muddy.
Mesehyve, 6369, misfortune, sorrow. Fr. meschief,
He
meschef.
[Dives] luked np and saw fülle
snne, f>e lazar set in
goddcs kne,
And
nnto hevyn pus cried he, Ffader Abraham mend my minchefe.
(MS. Harl. 4196, fol. 105.) Meselry, 3001, leprosy, from i neael, a leper.
0. Fr. mesel.
Mes, 3688, mass sarrifice;
pl.
nes’.
Misse. 5266, to lose. Mister,
myster, 3477,
Fr
m wie
,
the
messe», 3605, tho
mass. Messanger, 2021. O.Fr. messatge, a message, from Lat. mistus, sent
•Mistru
=
mannys
mistrow.
wytte, misticv».’
Moder, 447, 463, mother. O.N. inodtr. Moghes (mowes), 5572, moths, maggots. A.Sax. mogthe. We may compare this with O.E. ntaiek, maggot N. makk; Sw. mask,
a
a grub, worin.
Moght, 571, might.
Mon, man, 96, 7518, »hall. O.N. man, man. Mone, 5670, money. Mon, mone, 992, 4702, the moon. O.N. mana. Genu. mond. Moneth, 4988, month. Montayn, mountayne, 5078, 6394. Morn, 2668, morrow. Germ, morgen.
O.N. morgun.
Most, 3878, mnst.
Mot , 4207, may, must,
3589, mass.
Mesnr, 1459, 5574, moderation. Fr. mesure. Lat. mene um. fonl
he was out of
(Y.& G„
men ir. p. 11.)
Mesure, 7690, meaaure.
Mount, 4896, mountain; tes,
Pl.
fall off,
Moveyng, movyng,
movement, motion. Mow, 7965, to be able.
Goth. mitan.
rnoun-
monlt Du,
D. muten.
Mete, mette, 1487, to measure, pret. »testen.
pl.
4458
Moute, 781, to mutten.
Germ.
pret. raost,
7397. 7398.
Mesnryng, 7692, measurement. met. O.E. mett, a measure.
(P. P.)
Mispay, 7189, displease. Miswroght, 1993, miswrought.
Messe, 3722, mass.
For
ne-
Span.
Mistyly, 4364, ‘mysty or prevey to
Messyng,
sb.,
need,
Lat. ministerium.
cessity.
menestre.
(P. P.)
moeren, to
Mirkenes, 6802, darkness, see ‘My rkfMisfar, misfortune.
sb.,
4956, 7609,
u2
Digitized by
GLOSSARIAL INDES.
308
Moweld, 5570, mouldy. Dan. mutne, to becomo mouldy, mul, moold.
Mysbylyefe,
Milde- mood, 2391, anger.
Myslykyng,
It is ge-
nerally »ritten mode.
Mught, 282, 2285, 4241, migbt Multiply, 3727.
Murnyng ,»b., 1846, mourning. O.H. Germ, momen, to grieve. Muse, 6266.
myddynge
‘A
A. 8. tniddmy.
(P. P.)
steri)nilimim.'
Syno sweirncs
thc
at
secound
bidding,
Como
lyke a sow ont of a midding
Ful slep was hes grunyie. Dunbar (Ed. Laing)
The deadly
Sins.
=
middle eartb, 2302, 6850,
the earth.
Myronr, myronre, 8216, 8217. in the
Mydward, 553, 4909, 6319,
liiory,
to
A.8. neutan, to
"Nait, to prosper.
enjoy, nse.
Namly,
3738,
171,
926,
esperially,
chiefly.
Nan, nane, 19, 57, none. Natbing, 44, uothing.
Nedder, 870, adder.
A.8. nedder.
Icel.
nadr.
Ne, 465, 466, not, nor. Nedly, 2864, 3318, 6760, of ne-
A.8 .nead. Germ.
nuth. need, want.
near, nigb.
1) adj.,
1208, to approach, 439,
na.
Nacion, 4358.
2) vb.,
come
near.
nearcr, nebst,
next
Neghebur, negbbur, 5983, neigh1)
sb^ 59, 167, 2050, me-
recollection
remember,
O.N. minna. Myndles, 2088,
to
;
2) vb., 230,
call,
to mind.
O.Nonse myrkr,
Nerebande,
Myrknes, 194, 6114.
Myry, 904, inerry. Mys, I) tb., 109, wrong. 3770, ill, wrongly. 3) lose.
Du. nak, nek,
hnecca.
nik.
Nere, 1866, near.
darknes.
Du. missen,
German
nachbar.
Negremancien, 4212, necromancer. Nek, neke, 677, 5457, neck. A.8.
Mynystre, 6207.
Myrk, 456, dark.
A. 8. neah-bur.
liour.
Negben, 729, nine. A.8. nigon. Neghend, 3988, 4790, 6571, ninth. Neghest, 2920, 6411, next.
forgetful.
Mynstralsy, 9259.
to
A.8
Na, 472, 6201, no.
A. S. neah, near, 237,
great.
Mynde,
Myswroght, 1993,
Neghe,
Myghtfnlncs, 752. mykelle,
Myster, 7373, need.
eessity, necds.
middle of. Mygbtes, 1673, powers.
Mykel,
Myslyvyng, 3773, wrong living. Myspay, 1120, 7189, to displease. Myspray, 1993, to pray wrongly. Myssay, 9424.
Ooth. nadrs,
Myddyng-pytt, 8770. Mydlerd
6521, nnbelief.
9028, dislike.
sb.,
Mysturn, 1617, 7227,
Fr. «inner.
Myddes, 2938, 4220, midst Myddyng, ei., 628, a dunghill. Dan nwdding, a dunghill. O.N. moddyngia.
sb.,
Mysdoer, 4151.
O.N. missa, to fail,
= 2) adv., vb.,
5266,
to
lose.
miss.
5202,
nigh.
It
also
nearly.
pan
lifed
be lang in wedowhede,
llnto eld no
patal
gan he pas,
his bare
(Cott
nereband white was.
M8. Galba E. ix,
fol.
33.)
Digitized by
GL08SARIAL INDEX. Nese, 626, nose. A.S. na»e. Germ.
Neshe, nesshe, 614,31 10, 4949, soft. Phrase ‘hard and nesshe’. A.S.
Anw,
Germ,
tender, soft
nass,
«et
3700.
sb.,
6704, from ract.
Of-race, tear off,
Germ,
Sc. rase.
reissen.
NeTen, 969, 4794, nafn, a name.
name.
to
N.
posite.
Ogayne-standyng,
7969, Oppo-
Ogayn-ward, 8053, on
1) 61, 131, not; 2) 46,
2073,
A.S. naht, nauht, noht.
Noh-
nourished,
nourrir.
Omang,
I)
adv., 7424, at intervals.
among.
5192, opposite.
Onluke, 7717, to look on.
Noyse, 4705, 9259, sound. Freuch noise, rumbling stir. Fr.
other
Onence, 1355, 3678, against; 5131,
war, noulnrar (Ancren Riwle).
nuryst, 4198,
tbe
band.
Ogbt, 10, 306, aught. Olyke, 7560, alike. 2) prep., 2240,
940, 1842, 6023, neither.
Nonmbre, 7432, number. Nourwhare, 6057, nowhere.
Latin
Or (= Or (=
over), 1459, too. are),
2067, before
Ordayn, 4654, Order, ordre. « b ., 3695, 7636.
Ordinance, 8438.
nutrire.
3538.
sb.,
It.
noiare,
to
trouble. vb.,
»6.,
sition.
Norysshes. 7610, nourisbes. Notber, nouther, nowther, 167, 465,
Nuyes,
304,4042, against.
391, 2271, 4034, 4140,
Ogaynes, 4144, against; 6366, op-
Nobelay, 6532.
nurtured.
1) prep.,
2) adv.,
Nites, 651. nits.
Nurist,
Ogayn,
again.
New, adv., 7475, anew. New, 7460, to renew. New-made, 6407.
nongbt.
off.
Oftsythe, 7460.
0
Never-pe-latter, 3660.
Noght,
0. N.
rekja, to uudo.
Of-ryve, 7379, to pluck
Nest, 676, next, see ‘Neghe’.
Nnye,
309
Offeryng,
Offico, 3791.
na»e.
1234, 4395, to nnnoy,
to tronble.
Fr. nuire.
Oriaon, 3498, prayer.
Fr. orai»on.
Ourwhar, 6963, anywhere; 4339, ouhwbar (Ancren Riwle). Out-broght, 3220.
Outga, 5126.
Nygromancy, 4286. Nyghtes anddays, adv»., 4286,5704.
Outber,
1651,
3913, 4410, otber.
A.S. outher. 0, 6401, of. Obedience,
Oboune
O.N.
af.
(oboren), 5405, abote.
Obout, 1905, 4051, 4326, about.
Outrage,
»b..
1)
1516, 1523, excess;
2) 5010, 5011, defect. Fr. outrage,
excess, violence, from Lat. ultra
beyond Fr.
outre.
Obout-ga, 7593, 7613,revolreronnd. Obout-rynn, 7583, run about.
Outrageouse, 9440.
Oboren, 849, 2875, 4123, above. Occupide, 1913, 6401, Glied witb.
Outsay, 5482, to speak out Onttake, 2808, to take out.
Of, 1867, 1874, oxer, upon.
Outwith, 6669.
Offer (tbe host) 3597.
Out-wyn, 4462.
Outragiouste, 5010.
Digitized by
)
GLOSSARIAL INDEX.
310
A.S. geo-
Out-yhetted, 7119, shed.
Oven, 7369.
Latin
Pases, 7684, paces.
Over, adv., 1988, 3904, 5014, too.
A.S.
Overalle, 6311, everywhere, o/er-eal.
Pas, 3558, 6009, escape.
passus, vvhence Fr. passer, to go
to pour.
tan,
Gerui. iber-all.
Pass, 2309, snrpass. tbi mckues, he sayd, speke 1, For wit meknes thou passe» me.
Of
(Met.
Overgylt, 8902.
Hom.
p. 70.)
Passion, passionn, 2262, 3821, 5310,
Overtang, 7274, ovorlong.
Overmykelle, 7287, over misch.
suffering.
Overmykelle, 6662.
Pastnr, 6135, pastnre.
Overles, 627, openings.
Pay, 283, 1734, to please.
Overtyte, 7260, very soon.
Freuch Lat. pa-
payer, to satisfy, pay.
Ovcrthwert, 8582, athwart.
eare, to appease.
Oway, 2264, 3713, away.
Pays, 7730, weight. E.
Paen, 4120, 6065, pagan. Pain, 98, punishment. Fr. feine,
Pamcnt, 9180, pavement.
[pain.
Pape, 1886, 3804, pope.
Fr.
peser, poiser, to weigh,
from poids.
Lat. pondus, weight.
G. Douglas
uses pais
-
weigh, paysand
to
heavy. Pees, pes,
Pappe, 6767.
puise.
2133, 2141, 4088,
1) >6.,
7315, peace. 2) vb.tr., 4320, 4618,
Paradise, 3719.
to
quiet.
Parautre, 2562, 5326, peradventure.
Penauce, penaunce, 3611, 6541.
Parchaunce, 3768, 5557.
Pero, peer, 4587, eqisal.
Pardou, 3769, 3929.
Perilius, 1086.
Parfit, parfite, 3766, 4330, perfect.
Fr. paralysie.
Parlesy, 2996, palsy. Lat. paralysis.
Nu
Greek nnpalvai c.
biginnes ho [Herud] to seko sicken]
[i. e.
parlesi has bis a
f)e
[
i.
e.
one]
side,
ßat dos him
fast to
(MS. Vesp. A.
pok bis pride. iii,
fol.
66
Perisse, 4376, 5659, to destroy. Fernste, pcryst, 3711,
4376, lost;
5003, 5104, destroy ed. Perre, 9005, jewelry.
Fr. pierre.
Lat. petra. l’eryshe, peryssche, 4078, 7597.
Pestilence, 4035.
Peysebelle, 7833. Peysibilnes, 7832.
Parsecucion, 4134, 4137, 4451,
Fistel, 6543, epistle.
Parson, parsoun, 3979,4958, person.
Pitte, 6238, pit, hole; ph. 'pitte of
Party, 2797, pari.
helle'.
Partyng, 1803, Separation. Pas,
1239, path.
Waites us
O.Fris. pas.
als thef in
lis
is
the
Dnnbar has ‘pol of helle'. Owl and Nightingale it Dn. put, putte.
written putte.
Place, 5149.
pas
Planetes, 6356.
(Met. llom. p. 53.)
Bot in our gat
In
Satenas
Satenas
Wit
bis felawes als tbef in pas
And
spies ful gern ef
wo strayo.
(Ibid. p. 52.)
Play-with, 1307, mock, to deceive.
Playn, 3844,
fall
;
ph. ‘playne way’,
7654.
Playn, 4766, level, even. Playnt,
sh.,
5603, complaint.
Digitized by
GL088ARIAL INDEX.
311
Plede, vb., 6085.
Principaly, 3701.
Plente, 6333.
Prisonn, 6159. to deprive.
Plenteuus, plenteous, 4618
Prive, pryve, 110,
Plenteously, 6341.
Prive, privy, 1794, 1940, 4493,6026,
Pleynand, 799, complaining.
secret.
Pleyne, vb.tr., 5552, 7061, com5662, 6105, com-
sA.,
Fr. plaindre from Latin
plaint.
pryvely, 4482, 4486, se-
Prively, cretly.
plain against.
Pleynyng,
Privete, 5617, secret.
Privetese, 2403, secrets.
Process, processe, 6249, 6256.
plangere, to complain
fPlight, danger.
Propre, 6866.
Pomp, 7077.
Properly, 3632, 3816.
Pople, 4245, people.
Propertes, 7582, properties.
Por, poer, 6728, poor, see ‘Pover'.
Pryvete, privite, 3775, 4651, secret.
Pryvyng, 1813, deprivation.
Porcyon, 8118. Possihel
Psauter, 284, psalter.
6328.
,
Potagre (or Podagra), 3033, a ease
on the
feet
dis-
and joints of
Punnys, pnnyssche, 4878, 4914,
to
punish.
Pur, 2498, 2499, pure.
the limbs.
Purcbased, 3803.
Pouce, 822, pulse. Ponder, poudre, 412,427, 878, dust.
Fr poudre.
Purcbes, 3919.
Fr.
pourchatter.
O.Fr. purchacier.
Lat. pulvi».
Poust«, 3996, 5606.
Lat. poteeUu.
Pure, 509, 3609, poor.
Pured, 2721, pnrified.
O.Fr. poetle.
Pover, 1872, 5435, poor. pauore Lat. pauper.
French
Purgatory, 3724.
Purged, 6398.
,
Pnrsue, 4450, persecute.
Povert, 1638, 6941, poverty.
suivre.
Power, 3748, 5884.
Fr- pour-
Lat persequi.
Poynt, 2311, particle, particnlar. Poyntea, 5470.
Pnrtrayd, 6619, painted. O.Fr. p or-
Prayer, 3596.
Putt, pntted, 4584, 6135, cast, put.
Precbe, 3815, 4265, 5948.
French
preeher , Lat. predicare.
Preehours, precheours, 4264, 5948.
Prechyng, aA„ 4261.
traire.
Dan.
to
putte,
put,
put
into.
O.N. potta. Pyk, 6693, pitch. Du. pik. Germ'Pike and terf. Cursor pech.
Mundi
Precious, 4432.
Lat protrabere.
fol.
66.
Precyouae, 9009.
Pylers, 5388, pillare.
Prelate, 5990.
Pyn, pyne, 1)»«., 1322,2121,2224, 6029, punishment; 2) vb., 3959, to punish, to suffer pain. Germ.
Prese, 7367, to press. Prest, 1222, 3548, 3598, 5990. O.Fr. prestre.
Lat.
presbyter.
JtQHßVTtpOi.
Pesampcion, 4249. Prike, 5338, to pierce.
PrincipaUe, 7299.
Greek
pein, trouble, pain,
O.N. pina,
punishment.
to torment,
punish.
A.8. pinan. Pyte, 3576, 4147, pity.
Fr. pitie.
Lat. pietas.
Digitized by
;
GLOS8AR1AL INDEX.
312
Qwake, 7343, quake, pret. qwoke. Quathe = wathe, 2102, danger, harm. A. 8.
PI.
reite.
1).
quayntyse,
Quayntis,
roam,
wander, go
abroad and hence,
2) to spread
about, 4891.
1181, 1348, 4327, crafl, device.
Qwene, 4461, queen. Qnert, 326, joy. cf.
‘A early’,
‘in
roh
fra
heart'.
Larerd in quert hert.
Quilk, qwilk, 1165, whicb.
to
,
Qwitt, quyte, qwitte, qwyte, adj.,
3617,
phrase ‘all
5679,
qtvite’
6004 ’qwyte and Quyte, qwitte,
occur in A. Saxon in
Lajamon.
Bi
this tal
Germ.
vb.,
=
blameless ‘scot free’,
3920, tu rolease,
Lat. qruetut.
Fr. quäle.
A.S. raA.
roe.
Icei. ra.
(Met.
Rane, 6297,
1.
1424,
c.
39)
sb.,
Race
extend; pret. roght.
A
8. rtrean.
Recovercre, reconrersre, 2961, 6095,
Red, rede, 6086, red,
1) sb.,
advice. teil,
2014, 4303, 6605, 2)
vb.,
1677, to
3) to discuss (pret.
redde), 3963, 6286, 6288.
And wit him pai And badd pat he
pret. of Rin.
A. 8.
reisa, iter facere
(Cott. l
siti-sott,
snld rede
MS. Vesp. A. iii, fol 91.) fol. 40 onr modern
rtdel rede’,
rers.
Bring a beeant to of ryng
Sc. Icel.
—Jam.
Raump, vb., 2225. Ital. rampnre, to paw like a lion. Kanmpand, 2907. Haumpyng, sb., 7351. Raunson, 3619.
plaid
phrase read a riddle.
roaring.
course, journey.
raus.
,
58.)
Quilk o paim him gaf pe dint.
Rare, 7341, to roar
Rase, 8938,
Hom.
Receyred, 5436, receired. Reche, 554, 3814, 6311, to reach,
Red, 6947, told.
reb.
(Acte. Ja.
7381, tear.
Rareyng,
se,
7257, recovery.
fre'.
Harte, llynde, Daa, Ra.
,
but appears
may we
her
Rayne-ehours, 4317.
adrise, to
Race
This Word doee not
rokke.
O.E. rayk = path, way, road. 1723, v6. mir.,
to live.
Ha, 8938,
ander the forms
occurs also
3981, 6390, 6981, alive.
A. S, curic.
Quyken, qwykon,
absolve.
O.N. reka: Icel. ruin. Rate to walk,
That wis and wair bihores us be, That Satenas ne ger us rar/k Fra rightwienes to sinful laik.
(Ps. rii, 11.)
Questyon, 7205.
2953,
to
1)
ränge or rove about. (Brorkett) It
good
That sauf makes right of
qv.ik,
reika,
Fr. caeur, qveor,
Ui rightwis helpe
Quyk,
Raryste, 4309, 5050, 5077, ravished.
Rayke,
quäl, bad.
qwavntya,
Fr. ranfon.
Ravieehe, rariesche, 2909.
Ravyn, 9448, plunder, rapine, see ‘Reve A.S. reaf, reäfung, spoil,
And
}if it for paire dreme redeiny Pai rede pe dremys pan als pam
lykes. (Cott.
MS. Galba
E. ix,
fol. 37.)
Reddour, reddure, 6091, 6304. Sw. radda, to fear. O.E. rad, red, fear.
A.S
hreth.
[affray,
Of dreidful raddour trymlyng for The troianys Red right fast, and
-
.
plunder, robbery.
brak away. (G. Dongl. p. 677, vol.
ii.)
Digitized by
)
GLOSSARIAL INDEX.
And
Redempryoune, 7261. Retard, iu phrase
313
Bat more and more ay cried be said Lord Ihesn rew on me.
Rede, 6621. red.
‘to
(MS. Hart 419,
regarri of',
7484, compared with
0
req/ian.
Fris. rdva.
Reberce, 2386, 4748, rehearse.
Reverence, 7847.
Reke, 9686,
Reryled, 8644.
Io care.
Reke. 9431, smoke.
S c.ruke. A.S
rek.
For waned
swa
als reke ini daie*
And roi banes als krawkan dried f a. (Pa. cj,
Reken, 6978, to account
4
;
6567, 6690, to
teil,
Reward, 1880, 6856, regard. Ital. guardare. Fr. regarder, to look. Rewel, vb., 5885, to rate.
Rewel,
5991.
tb.,
Rewme, 4033,
realni. O.Fr.
reaume.
Rightwis, right« cs, 135, 511, righ-
for.
Rekken, 3100, 6986, 6003, 6009, to rockon
fol. 41.)
Rese. reave, 251, 308, to rob (with riolence), In plunder. A.Sax.
Renne, 4032, 4200, to reign. Regyon, 4080.
A.S.
reccan.
teoaa.
Rightwisnos,
rightwrysnes,
3579,
3605, righteouaness.
Rekkenyng, rukennyng,
tb.,
3986,
an acconnt.
Roche,
6078, 6393, rock.
tb.,
MS. Vesp. A. iii, fol. 67. Rode = rood, 1780, cross,
care
Rodc-tre, 5260.
A.Sax. 6646, careless. from recau, to reck
for.
Rogg, 1230, to tear in pieces.
Reklesly, 6792, carelessly,
Reklesnes, 3907, 3909, carelessness.
rüg.
Relees,
‘to shake’,
tb.,
3666.
It
is
2.
Tort.
Religionse, 1888.
3.
Tort.
see ‘Rym’.
(or remn), 7366, to
Remoryng,
tb.,
this
only a
is
Do rüg him. Do dyng him.
A.Sax. reama,
reoma, a film, membrane, rfm. Remedy, 7261. Remenand, 3897, 3910, remnant.
Remow
Sc.
generally explained
but
secondary meaning of tbe word. Sw. rycka, raptare, trabere- Jam.
Relese, vb., 3813.
Releaed, pt., 3576. Religion, 4622, 8728, belief.
Reme,
Fr.
‘Rochen stan' occurs in
röche.
recce-leat,
Rekiea,
remore.
(T. M. p. 28.)
So was he
[Christ] rugged, raced
and reryn
pe pnrper clath pat he Was hardened all with
6366, remoral.
in stode,
bis
awin
binde,
Repentance, 3906.
So pat
Reprore, 5314, reproofj 6665, 6221. Resayre, 446, 5957.
Ffnl fast both nnto fiessche and
Reson, resoune, 5966, 7225, reaaon. Reson, 3676, acconnt.
pai rugged
Respyte, 6233.
Reatreyned, 3873.
it
cleved on ilka side,
hide,
When (MS.
it
it
of with onten rest,
so to pe flessh was
Ilarl.
4196,
Romyng, romiyng,
fols.
81
tb.,
fest.
4 7 1.) roaring,
Renfnl, sorrowfnl.
loud noise,
Heut he, 6729, pity, from tbe rerb rar, A. S. reöican, to bare mercy
Sc. rame, to roar, growl; 2) 4774,
or pity.
1)
4772, from rome.
from romg, to roar or growl. A.S.
)
.
GLOSSAHIAL INDEX.
314
hremian, to roar, reomian , hrea-
the Antnrs of Artber (Rd. Robson)
Sw. raama. He [the bare] began to romy and
we have the Verb Sa}tun and tbe noun sa)tenyng. ln the Thornton Romances p. 252 we have the noun sau]thlynge which is more com-
man.
rowte
And gapes and
(Robson's
gones.
Mut. K< m. p. 63,
Rosyng,
from
boasting, boast.
f»e
Icel.
he
f>at
,
rusyng,
Dan.
hrosa.
cile
rose.
fiat
4196,
58
Sal,
squat
Rook
(Ray).
A.S.
is
To Godds
=
the Sou-
sajtd sco can hir bu.
(MS. Vesp.
A. Sax.
Swed. ryncka.
a sending
sarnl,
This bodword can the levedi tru,
Du. hur-
ken, to crouch, 9168.
Rouncle, 773, to wrinkle. wrinclian.
41, shall.
thern word sonde.
used by Shakespeare and Chancer. 0. N. hruku, to squat.
salle,
.
lie close.
to
to
Sam, 12, 25, same. Samen, 1 849, together. O.N saman. Sande, 3535, message, ameasanger
6765, 6897, to
ob. intr.,
,
croncb,
Ruck,
,
settle.
Salle, see ‘Sal’.
A.8. rotian.
Rote, 784, to rot.
Eng.
Saide, 4849, (pret. of seile) sold.
)
rote, 664, 676. 5293, root.
Roukc
reconciliation
,
Cf. Swed. sakla
-{-Sake, fault.
he dose.
fol.
soeU
,
saht.
place.
A. 8. sehtian,
0. N. swtta, to recun-
satt
;
A.S.
sekes here to have rose
llarl
than saghtel.
saethlian.
praise,
to
Swed. rosa, to
dede es noght worth (MS.
Rot
mon
xii, 3.)
Sc.
ros,
Sc. ruse.
praise.
And
7070.
*4.,
A
iü, fol. 61.)
Goddesann and Uodes sande
Sc.
runkle, runkiil.
[Christ|
Com
Rychesces, 5940.
to les
mankind of bande.
Ryfe, 5785, reeve. A.8. gere/a. Ryghtwysnes, 3179, righteousness.
(Met. Horn, p 8.) Sang, 9254, sung. A. S. sang.
Rym,
Sar, sare, a) adj., 1461, 1775, 3635,
520, reme.
Rim, peritoneum or membrane
6972, 8ore,sorrowful. b)
enclosing the intestines.
a sore; ph. ‘seke
(Brockett
Ryn, 471, 781, 4318, to run.
A
7402, sorely.
and
A.S.
5945,
sb..
sare’. adv.,
sdr.
Sarmon, 4535.
S. |
yrmn.
A.S. sorh.
Sarowe, 3218, sorrow.
Rysyng, 3976, resurrection. Ryve, 888, 1230,
pret. rafe, p.part.
ryven, to split, to tear.
A.S. sar-
Sary, 3468, sorrowful. gian, to be in pain
& c.
Saufe, 2959, safe, saved.
Saul, saule, 129, soul.
Sacramont, 3599. Sadde, 3229, hard,
=
(MS. Harl. 4196,
firm faitb. fol. 41.)
Sagbe, 2320, saw. Sagbtel
,
liation.
sb.,
1470, peace, reconci-
Cf. vb. sag/U.
to reconcile,
A, 8 taul, .
sdicl, tdwol.
thick, solid. A.S.
‘Sad trowth’
sied.
Sc. taucht,
make peace
with. ln
Save,
adj.,
3776, saved.
Saveour, 4224.
Savonr, 656, 9016, smell.
Sawen, 445, sown, p.part. of saw, tbe pret. of which is seu. A.8. sdwan, to sow, pret seow. Say, 4025, to
teil
,
relate.
Digitized by
Googl
.
;
315
OLOSSARtAl. INDEX. A.S .scocan.
Scake, 5410, to shake.
Sen, syn, 57, 2212, 6536,
'Scald, a acold.
Scalden, schald, 6576,7124, toscald.
Septre, 4098, sceptre.
‘Schade, to distinguisb.
Scpulcre, 5188.
Schäme,
7145;
1) *5.,
vli.,
2)
Sere, 48, 337, 5966, several, seve-
7159,
shame.
to feel
Srhamefnlnes
rally.
Sergeannt, 6084.
7155, verecundia.
,
since.
Sc. syne.
Schendschepe,7 146,disgrace, shame. Scheut, 845, A.S. scendan injure.
Servage, 1157, bondage.
Servand,
,
Schrafe, 8300, pret. of schrife.
servannte,
1082, 1083,
3668, 3672, servant.
Schryve, 7168, to sbrive.
Servisabylle, 8704-
Schrywen, 2631, shriten.
Servise, servyse, 6383, Service.
Schyre, 6934, see *Shire'.
Sete, 6046, seat.
Science, 5946.
Setil, sctyl,
6122,8531, seat, throne. that Gode til bim havid suorn,
He [David]
Sclaunder, 4252, slamler.
wiste
"Scorn, shorn. Scratte, 7378, to acratcb.
Scnlke, 1788, to hide.
Dan.
» kolka
len,
That ane suld of
Sw.
skiule.
To
skyln,
hi* sede be borne
in setlis that
Du. schu-
(Met.
was
Hom.
bis. p. xxi.)
Sette, 5991, 6140, to place; phrase
to hide.
Bot ilkau sculked thairn awai. (MS. Vesp. A.
Se, 4220,
site
7226.
‘seit hard',
Sevond, 362, 3984, seventb.
76.)
iii,
Sext, sexte, 360, 3982, 4780, sixth.
seat.
Seculere, 1888,
Sexti
Secunde, 3974, 6637.
Shane, 6243, pret. of shine. Shap, sbappe, 672, 1799, 4893,
Sees, 6373, to cease.
Sek, 566, sack. A.S. nec, sacc. Seke, 772, 5945, sick. A.S. »«•,
Shendshepe
Shepe, 6134, sheep.
Shewyng,
4530, sack-cloth
,
A
Selcouthe, 1518, wonderful.
seid— cutt =
seldom known, Seiden, 260, seldom. A.Sax.
A
S.
sh.,
5904, manifestation.
the
of
sveuing’
seid,
tbe ‘Book of Kevelations' in the
is
to
Cursor Mundi.
5810, 6002,
Shille
seif.
6006,
happy.
,
9270,
shrill.
Sbire, 6612, pure, clean
dern word sheer.
salig.
Selynes,
= our
A.S.
mo-
scire.
(Ps. xi, 7.)
Semande, 5290, apparent. Sembland, 791, appearance.
Seme, 6022,
The ‘Bok name givcti
Sax. sceawung.
rare.
seldon.
Selve, selten, 6780,
A.S.
shensbep, shenshepe,
6221, ruin, disgrace.
Sekfnl, 566, sackful.
Sely,
,
shenschip, 380, 1171, 3341, 5315,
teöc.
Sekenes, 2024, 2026, sickness.
Sekkes
4525, sixty.
,
form, shape.
to appear,
ting, to befit.
Sho, scho, 583, 1277, she. Short, adj., 774, not retentive (as
be seem.
Icel. Semely, 73, 5012, seernly. Germ, ziemen, to be fitscema.
applied to the mernory),
Short, 6269, i
brief.
Short!)', 4848, 6278, briefly.
,
816
,
GL088AKIAL INDEX.
Shote, 1906, ahoot.
Slaver,
i
Shrife, 3508, to confess, to reeeive
Slawly, 3192, slowly.
Shryfte, 2647, confession,
Sleghe,
shrifl.
Bhulder, 5206, shoolder.
7570,
A.Sax,
verness.
For
(ierm.
5810,
of thine fingrea sleah.
(Pa
confidently,
Mi month
surely, securely.
aal speke
8, 4.)
wisedome on
Sikernes, 8557, security,.
beght,
And
Singulary, singulerly, 4584, indi-
thogbt
[i. e.
meditation] of
mi bert
vidnally.
Singulere, 7453.
sleght.
(Pa. xviii.)
Sleke, aleken, vh
Skap«d, 8436. fSkathe, danger.
6313, 6558, 6763,
,
6778, 6882, to lesaen, to
fikil, skill, skyile,
1) 50, 91,
the
qnench, cool, aee
gste,
reasun aa a faculty of the mind
(MS.
2) 48, 607, 3789, reason, can.se.
liarl.
4196,
fol. 61.)
Frorn the Sw. stocken we
O.N. skiL
slokken in the
Skomfit, 2269.
1t willc
time
(Ibid.)
Sleuthe, 3299, slotb. A.S. sliewlh.
O.Noreo
Slogbe, 5526, pret. of sla
O.Fris. skria. sh.,
Sloterd,
7352, shrieking.
tSkurn, to shun.
A.S
2367,
bespattered.
Prov. E. slotler, 1 ) sb
sctmian.
Sla, 4185, 7272, to alay, pret. slogh.
with mnd.
A.S. shrge,
to
8c. slotter,
4 u euch, stop. The original meanis to looseu, let loose, 7177,
ing
A.Sax. sleacian, to Sw. stocken, to slake;
to alacken.
alacken.
sloka, to droop.
0
N. sinke. A. S.
At pasch of lewes pe custom was, of priaon to slake
W ithoute n
dorne to latt hiro paa
Ffor pat hegh fest sake.
(MS. Hart. 4196,
mnd.
slodda, to trndge through
mnd. Welsh
yslottian, to paddle.
p. 15, slough, skin.
Slouh, slow,
Slyghe, 2662, wiae, clever.
Smaie, 3420, 3977, 4992, small. A.S. smaie.
scleac, loose, slow.
Ane
dable in wet; schlott,
lcel.
pass
Prov. Oerm. schlottern,
drowsy. '
to
na-
,
Slutiry,
time idly or sluggishly.
a slaying, 3367. 81ake, 6224, 6888, mitigate, leasen,
Cf.
tilth
2) vb., to dirty, bespatter
stiness,
O.Fris. sla. A.S. slean, pret. sloh.
Slaghter, slaughter.
have
sense.
not slokken ay paire tbriat.
Skonl, 2225, to acowl. Skrike, 7341, to ahriek. skrikga.
muti-
‘Slake’.
paire thrist for ever.
It sal slek
Sklaunder, sklaundre, 7042,slander.
Skrykyng.
Cle-
hevenes hegh
sal se thine
I
1181.
PI. sleghtes,
And Werkes
sikur.
0. Fris
2469,
sure.
,
slaegr.
7685, 7639, wisdom,
Sleght,
sculder.
Siker, 8559, certain
O.N.
vrise.
0. E. sleeche.
Shnld, 3776, 5013, should.
sicher.
A.S.
stehe.
A. S. scrifan.
Sikerly,
784, to alobber, drivel.
Slaw, slawe, 188, 5546, slow
confesaion, shrive, pret. skra/e.
fol. 209.)
Smert, adj 2)
1464,
smart,
1)
2940, 5878, severe,
quick;
vh.,
A.S. smeortan,
1317, to
to
smart.
Smertly, 3323, qnickly.
Smethe, 6349, smootb. A. 8. smethe
Digitized by
GL0S8ARIAL INDEX. Smnred, 7601, destroyed,
literally
A. S. smorian,
smothered.
to
smother.
The
derill sa devit
wes with thair yell,
That iu the dopest pot of belle He smorit thame with smuke. (Donbar.)
A credill of iren for hirbe And binged it up on iren linder
And
it
make
gert be
makes.
Soverayne, sb
Spare, 3928, up.
to treasure or
gnn
We
war
iu a
fol.
164.)
bns batb wonnand,
At ans bath wit
child
we war,
At ans bath barns bar; In »anes war wo stad unwide
And
laid
nr barns be ur side.
Bot waiiawaa
it
Mi felaw srnord
sna
bitide,
hir barn in bedd.
(Cursor Mnndi
fol. 49.)
’Snaip, to enrse.
Sna», 1440, 6661,
A S.
«mite.
Sodanil, sodanly, 1282, 1989, 4476,
we
p. 111.)
(ibid, p.
waate.
115)
Specialy,specyaly, 3603, 3654,5648, 6412, specially. Speeiel, 3696, special. Specify, 6590.
Spede
(pret spedde), 5, 2682, 3585,
3725, to hasten, to succeed. A.S. spedan.
Spede, 2882, sucress.
Sped, 6258, bastened. -J-Spelling, tearhing.
Spended, 59G8, spent. A.S.
O.N. sperra
sparran.
pe yhates pan he gert pam sper And sat and et at all laser.
snddenly.
,
(ßarbonr, p. 116.)
Sodayn, sodayne, 1951, 4331, 5129, sndden.
Spere, 4887, sphere.
Spere, 5292, spear.
Soft, 1004, easy, pleasant.
Soght, songht, pret. of
»eie.
6558, destroyed,
Son, 687, 1018, 4702, 5128, sun. Son, 4971, 5044, sonnd. A.S. sott.
Spowse, 8844.
Sonder, ‘in sonder', 888, 1787. Sone, 68, 4161, soon. 9271.
A.S. sonn.
of
Spille.
Sprawel, 475, to sprawl. Sprede, 649, 6335, to spread.
A.S.
sprirdan.
A.S. s6th.
Sothefast, 5532, true. A.S. soth/cest.
s prent
A.S. sprtmean.
pair speris
in splenderis sprent.
(Syr Gawayne.)
Sotbly, 6175. see ‘Snthly’.
'Sottbede, folly.
pret.
Sprent, 6814, to leap, scatter, pret,
Sotelle,
Soth, 7687, sooth, trnth.
A.S.
spillan, to spoil, destroy.
Spilte,
4789, to sonder.
A.S. spere.
Spille, 1320, todestroy, ruin.
Solace, 3245, 3729, 6036, pleasnre.
»4.,
save.
seek to spare tbat
afterward
Sper, 3835, to lock, fasten. snowr.
Socur, 5861.
Sonder,
I
(Suirey, Kd. Bell,
Some time we
brayd.
(MS. Hart. 4196,
board
A.S. spdrinn.
Great heaps of gold by sparing
fire,
And in pat credel allone her layd. To smor bir in pe amoke so thik.
3074.
adj.,
Space, 3933.
bir with bitter
pai
5579;
,
Soverainly, 8777.
stakes,
grete
kest in oyle toniake itsebire,
Setbin toke
317
Soncbe, 788, to snspect. Souke, 6767, to sock. A.S. sücan. Sounes, vb., 4678, soonds, see ‘Son’-
And Salamon
sais to understand,
y
GL0S9ARIAI, INDEX.
318 pair mowthes er
like a
pot weiland,
Wharnf hatedropes ay sprentetout
And
pam
skaldes
(MS. Tib. E
pat er obout. vii,
bakwart
(G. Douglas, p. 96.)
froin stoup, to stoop, 777,
stooping.
Stour, stoure, 1820, 5812. couflict,
Spyeery, 6278. Spylle, 7600, see ‘Spille’.
batele.
Spyttyng, 655.
For pe best and pat wilfull war
neys snicllid of tbe lewes
His
(Castle of Love, p. 147.) (pret. of stik),
Stalworth, 689.
stone.
3076, 4784,
stane,
,
A.S.
stab;
p. p.
O.N. stinga, to prick,
sting,
stungen.
Genu.
stick.
7426, to look sternly
sträng payne',
‘
Strang stynk’, 6692.
5613 , 6000
,
Strek, 3388, straight, direct.
a place, stead.
strenthe,
6703,
5898,
6170, vb.
A.S.
Strenthi, strenthy, 5075, stroug.
Ho
[Criet] es a strenkttk
(MS. Karl. 4196,
stede.
Stegh, stey, 4306,4557,4603, 5134, 7692, to ascend, pret.
stey, stegh.
0. E. stegh, a ladder.
A.S.
A. Sax.
fol.
swayne. 209.)
Stresced, 8546.
Streyned, 7181. Strik, 2624, direct, straight. strik.
stigan, to ascend.
Sterne, 996, 4120, star. steorra. O.N. stjama.
A.S.
Jcel.
straec.
Stryfe, 7376, to strive, pret. strafe.
Strykly, 3288, straight, direct.
Study, 7204.
Sterned, 993, 7567, starry.
Steven, 4559, 5044, a voice.
A
S.
Styk, in phrase
styk fast', 7633.
‘
Styk, 5337, to stab, pierce, pret.
stejen.
stak.
Stey, 5132, to ascend.
As
a phrase
3782.
0. Eng.
1388, secretly.
loud and
6136,
,
strict.
strength.
Sted, stede, 457, 1168, 3723, 5001,
stille’,
st Uly, secretly.
Stille,
‘
2376
Strenth,
upon. Stature, 4980.
Stille,
Phrases
violent.
Strangellc, 8108.
Strayt,
Straytcst, 4736.
fStarck, stubborn.
Hence
pam dang.
(Barbour, p 38.)
Straytely, 7181, severely.
stecken.
Stare, vb.,
rontes rud about
Strake, 7355, pret. of strike.
6690;
»tan.
pierce,
win houour
Strang, 881, 6562, 6563, stroug,
Stang, stayng, 5293, pret of to
And
5602, to siab.
A.S. st<rl-weorth.
Stalworthly, 9084.
Stan
worthyast,
J>e
to
Plungit in pe stalward stour.
snot and foul spitting.
Stak
Du.
stop up.
stuff,
stoppen.
Stoupand
s prent.
stoc.
A.S. stund.
time.
Stopp, 7359, to
the bus and for feir
in
A.S.
3329, a space of
Stonde, stounde,
tred on a rowch
serpent
Lyggyng
Sting, (pret. stang and stanged, p.p stungen), 5293, to pierce, stab.
Stok. 676, stock.
fol. 70.)
abak he dreuch
As quha onwar
fStilli, secretly.
Stynk, vb. 566. Stynt,
vb.,
1630, 6093, 7299,
stop, cease.
A.S.
to
stintan.
3737, continually.
Digitized by
GLOSSARIAL INDEX. Styntyng,
7010, a stopping.
ab.,
Stytber, comp, of Mythe, 3173,
319
Taa, 1910, toe.
Styr, 7091, move, instigate.
Tade, 1910, 0900, load. stiff,
atubborn.
Taken, 359, 1328, 2093, 3972, token, miracle.
Subieccion, 4064.
Takenyng,
Suftishaunt, 3874, sufficient.
Tald, takle, pret.
Sugette,
ad.}.,
4052, subject
1335.
ab.,
of
teil,
213,
1)
4040, told; 2) 436, reckoned.
Suld, 3705, should.
Tale, 7702, reckoning, numher.
Suppose, 3776. Suthefast, 6128, true.
Tan, tane, 58, 964, taken. Tariyng, ab., 1172, delay.
Sutbfastnes, 4268, trutb.
Tary,
1180, 3921, to pro-
t-4. tr.,
Suthly, 6175, troly.
voke, annoy, mock. A. Sax. tirian,
Sutille, sutolle, 5904, 7687.
tyrgan, to provoke, vex.
Sutilte, 5903.
tarren, to tease.
Swa, 28, 231, 3550, so. Compound how-swa, wha-awa.
For speches of God grerned
thai
And
ai.
(Ps. cvi, 11.)
Summe
A.S. swelgan.
Swet, 1781,
A.S. xweltan.
he teinptes alswa and
solitary men and wymbe dredes, and ugglines and qwakynges and schakynges, ou-
namely
men
pret. of «iCent.
Swete, 4915, sweet. Swetter, 3699, comp, of swete.
ther aperand
A.S. ewilc.
Swilk, 155, 273, such
PI.D.
tirre.
taried rede of beghest
Swelge, G232, toswallow. Sc. awelly. Swelt, 5212, to die.
Dan.
{>am
to
liknes, or eiles in
in bodile
yinagynynge,
slepand and wakande, and taryea
Swinacy, 2999. Swithe, 5713, quickly.
A.S.
awitli.
Swipp, 2196, to pass quickly, whip. O.N. awippa.
to
pam swa have any
pat pei
may unnethes
rest.
(MS. Harl. 1022,
27,
fol.
Swowne, 7289. Swynk, 755, labour.
Tas, 275, 3865, takes.
Swynsty, 9002, a pigsty.
Taes, tas, 685, toes.
Swythe, 1390, 3424, see ‘Swithe’. Syde, 1534, long. A.S. aid.
Tattird, 778, rough, shaggy.
Syght, 2218,
-vision,
see
appearnnce.
King John,
‘tattird as a fole’.
pan
Schowes pam a
Sykerly, surely, see ‘Siker’.
A
Sykemes, see ‘Sikerness’. Syn, see ‘Sen’. Scotch syne. Synging, ab., 3702. Synoghe, 1917, sinew. A.S.
And
2)
1) 25.
731, afterwards.
4138, 6014, since.
Sythes, 1272, 3496, times.
fende blackor pan any cole, talerd als a filterd fole. fol.
175.)
Teche, 5548, teach, pret. taght. Tempest, 4940.
Tempre, 7612,
to moderate.
Tend, 3990, 4794, tenth. Tene, ab., 7327. A.S. teön. Tent, 7615, to take note
Ta, tan, tane, 972, 1375, 1856,
Pb.
8c. tätig.
ful grisely sight,
(MS. Harl 4196, sin».
1.)
pe angelle shinand brigbt
Syker, 1372, sure, certain.
Sythen, adv.,
act. iv, Sc.
of,
attend
to, pret. tent.
2264, the one.
Digitized
by
.
,
GLOßSABIAC INDKX.
320 ‘To
tiltb
be
tent
amt tend [tenth] gaf
(MS. Vesp
pa
9087
,
thcse
,
,
fol
iii,
57.)
1253, those, used either with or
»ithout a folluwing substantive, ward, 7281.
Thar,
vb
A.S.
behovee, need, pret. thurt.
pai gederd thornes kene,
On
A.8.
So pat pe thornes »ent be in need
vb., Io lose,
of,
Tille pai pereed
pan, paires to pe pore
(MS. Tib. E.
man.
vii, fol. 37.)
partille, 6307, 6828.
paa, paae, 491, 7236, those.
thefes,
thieves.
threa.
Ieel.
,
Threp, threpe, 5407, to dispute. A.S. threapian. O.N. tbrefa.
!
hearken, in grief lamenting
My
1237, 5210,
pray:
I
loud, and
eke threpe on so
Bnckled
to
do
me
fast,
scath,
so
is
their malice bent. (Ps. iv, Surroy’s Works, Ed. Bell,
thirst.
pepen, 2721, 5831, thence. Thewea, 1883, 5548, mannera. A.S. peritr. ‘Mauer or thewe’ Mos. P. P. His resoun and bis wise
pat he was Godd achewes.
how
foes pat bray so
tbief,
A. S. thef.
6775,
thrä.
Thredend, 4804, thirteenth.
per, pere, 1259, these. Therst
in pan,
fol. 76.)
A. S. threag,
Thred, 364, third.
Behold
Pat, 3781, what. peder, i40, thither. Thef,
Thraw, 2099, throe.
Oive ear to my suit, Lord! fromward hide not thy face
7300, want.
ib.,
doun,
pe bern-pan.
(MS. Harl 4196,
Andalle patmercy here »illewarn Mercy of god sal pai Ibam, So he turnes pe defe ere to pam
it
nntille bis
crowne,
want, 8509.
pat turnes
fast
it
thrall,
a servant.
Tharnyng,
pe blude out-brast,
ilka side
Witb staves of rede pai set
And clapped
thearf, imp. thorfte.
Tharlies, 1064, slaves.
Tharn,
pres-
press,
A nd made a corowne pam bitwene, And on his hevid pai it thrast,
2167, 2173, 2963,
imp.,
A.S.
[tholian.
Thrang, 4704, 7364, throng, sure. A.Sax. p ringan, to
pan
adv., 361, where.
rel.
3542, 4352, to suffer.
Thralle, 8001.
Thrast, pret. of threst, to thrust.
pan, 4712, then. Thankyng, sb., 7842. par,
,
Thraldoiu, 8005.
push.
pair, 4329, tbeir.
pam,
pogbt, 278, tbnught. Thole
1804
leie,
A.
dem. pron. pl
theiees
graitheli
ful
(M.
II.
p. 3.)
p. 128.)
Threst, 3264, 6734, to thirst. Threst, 8591, to thrust, pret. thrast.
A.S.
thrtestian, to twist.
Thrested,
p. p.
of threst,
5296,
to thrust.
pider, 1417, 3731, tbither.
Thresty, 6165, 6777, tbirety.
piderward, 7539.
Threttende, 7173, thirteenth.
Think, 306, pret. thought to seem.
Threty, thretty, 4588, 4987, thirty.
pir, 1281, 4151, these.
Threttyng,
,
pof, pogh, poghe, 1713,6288,6308.
7721, though.
ung.
«6.,
2230.
A.S
.
threat-
‘Manaisse or thretynge’ (Pr.
Digitlzed by
Pm.)
;
GL089ARIAL INDEX.
Thunder-dyntes,
thunder-
5418,
A.S. thincan. O.N. iil, to. away, and hence entices, from O.N. til, to. A.S. This must not tili, end, object be confounded with tolle or lulle, thoght.
Til, tyl, 85, 1302, to. Tilles, 1183, leads
For
ille
To
tille
felawea bald
Jang
tbis
maistri
sli
man
to foli.
(Met. llom., p. 113.)
For pairn wo an to Wit god ensanmpil
til
and drau
til
godnes.
To
regard of, 5516.
Tother, 384, 552, 3592, tbe second. tbat other.
Touch, 3969, to concern. Tour, 4783, tower. Trace, 4349,6037, 7076, track, path, Fr. trache.
Traist, 1359, to trust,
confide in.
Transyng, trance. labour;
2)
1
)sj., 545,
work,
vb„ 539, 642, 1378,
comp,
titter
O.N. tid,
;
Trayst, trayste, 1091, 6297, 7339, see ‘Traist’.
A
Tite, adt>., 471, 1914,4979, quickly,
tregetur I hope [cxpect] he be,
Or
litt,
tidlice.
frequently.
Sw.
Cf.
ready.
litt,
Ph. ‘alt-tite’, 2901, as soon, at once, immediately. It is used
See
by G. Douglas and Dunbar.
Godds
elles
superl. 405, 3703,
Titte, 1918, a tug, pull.
(MS. Vesp.
Tremblyng,
»b.,
seif es he.
A
getber.
fol. 68.)
iii,
6108.
Tresor, tresore,tresour,tresur, 1266,
3819, 3837, 3882,4115, treasure. Trespas, 5262, 6361, fault.
Trewely, 6297. Trey, 7323, sorrow.
Phrase ‘trey and
‘Tytt’.
Togider, togyder, 1841, 1858, to-
A. S. triga.
tene'.
Tribulacion, 4133, 4353. Troble, 4319, to trouble.
To-gnaw, 863, gnaw away. Toke, 5196, took. Tokenyng (= takenyng),
Trofel
,
sb.,
1322,
Iogeloures grete avantage gettcs
Thurgh
token.
Ga yee
to fest, for
MS. Vesp. A.
iii,
foL 80.)
empty, and hence
‘iape or trifulV.
.
and
vii,
tregetes. fol. 35.)
Jode,
(Palsgrare.)
Trouthe, trowth, trowthe, 4388, to
belief, opinion,
beliete,
trowth’.
none ogaiu he
trofels
‘to tryfle or jape or lye’ (Ortus),
idle.
efter
fals
(MS. Tib. E.
turne.
sna yee do,
na tome at ga parto.
(Cott.
It also signifies
183, (a lying) tale, story,
fable. »b.,
Sc. Tome, 6248, leisure. A.S. Um. O.N. tomr,
And
fol. 38.)
Tregettour, a magician.
Tirauntes, 5526.
I
day tome.
je al
4196,
Trecberous, 4232.
(Met. Morn,, p. 103.)
’Tinsel, perdition.
Haf
stand
Ilarl.
To-morn, 4666, the rnorrow. Tong, 7315, tongue.
2657, 5942, 6401, to labour.
sense.
titest.
(MS.
pe marked stode even be come,
Travaile, travayle,
not always used in a bad
is
in
fülle
eiample.
to entice, deceive.
A.S.
Unto pam
And said whi
bolts.
Thurgh, 1428, throngh. Thurt, 6229, pret. of Mar, to need. Thynk, vb.impr., 2094, seem, pret.
It
321
And other jet
Thrist, 6118, 6204, thirst.
think.
4228,
from trow, Ph.
falte
'
GL08SARIAL INDEX.
322 And
pat fals Crist as I teile pe
dum sal baplist be, To save man sanles he »alle
be
be sallede-
alle /alt trowth
Trow,
Trowage, 4053, For
fealty.
Rome, and servis and homage. (Met.
Trowyng, »4
Hum.
lie
disobedient.
5434, 5544, 5985.
’Tuin, combination.
Unchaungeable, 8232.
“Ton, town.
Uncomly, 1642.
Tung, 783, 4294, tongue. Turment, 1) *4., 4260, 4383
Uncristen, p. 76, unbaptized. ;
2) r4.,
Uncurtays, 2056.
Underlout, 1)»4., 3877, underliug,
4385. Tnrrettes, towers.
inferior; 2) adj., 4052, see ‘Lowt’.
Twa, 374, two.
Underlout to Laverd thou be,
Twelf, 6046, 6047, twelve.
T weifte,
And
bid [pray to] him, for best
And
underlout
4802, twelfth.
Twin, twyn, two; 2)
Twinyng,
es he.
3594, 5842,
1) adj-,
separate.
vb., to »4.,
1864, Separation, di-
(Ps xxxv,
,
(Met.
tyne,
stroy,
2322,
5274,
0. N. tyna.
pret. tynt.
6094,
1631,
lost.
taken
pret.
of
away from;
Tyraunt, 4149, Tysyk, 701. Tyte, tyttest, 322, see ‘Tite’. vb.,
7216, to pull suddenly
or with great violence. tihtan, to
Hom.
p. 109.)
stood.
adj.,
5871, not done
justice to, wronged.
Unknawen, 337, unknown. Cnknawyng, «4., 194, 6741, ignorance.
Tyrauntry, 1601, 4392.
Tytt,
elders be.
Undiscussed,5697, not investigated. Uniustifyed,
Tynt, 4854, destroyed, tyne;
7.)
thsim was be til
Understanden, 1681, 2135, under2) to de-
to lose;
1)
1457, 2027,
til
Als god ebild au
vision.
Tyde, 379, 6142, time.
Tyn
p. 194.
with.
Unchastide, unchastyd,unchastydde,
p. 61.)
789, opinion, belief.
,
"Umbeiai, to
Unbowsom, 8596; unboxom, 1599.
kinges yald trouage
alle
Uyly Furies', Sun-ey,
liglynes, 917, 6832, horror.
Umlapp, 6937, envelop. Umset, 1250, 5420, surrounded.
A.S. truwian.
think.
Till
fol. 78.)
3776, 7504, to believe,
t>4.,
Hence
Ugly, 6683, 7182, horrible. 1
fend.
(MS. Hart. 4196,
tigga,
see Surrey’s Ed.
Bell, p. 174. Uglines, 2364, horror, see ‘Ugge'.
send.
And
O.N.
eten Riwle).
0. E. ugaome,
In pe
A. Sax.
Unkuunand, 152, ignorant. Unkunnyng, 169, ignorance. Unkynd, unkynde, 122, 5855, ungrateful.
Unkyndness, 6219, ingratitude. Unlered, 6947, ignorant.
draw.
Unnethes,476,890, hardly.scarcely,
Ugge, 6419,
to fristen.
4196, reada
tig.
Cure Cocorum
MS. Hart.
Cf. vyhe, Liber p. 47.
Uggi (Kn-
from un, not
,
eth,
easy.
Unproperly, 8130.
Unredy, 1990, unready.
Digitized by
Googl
GLOSSARTAL INDEX. Unrekend
2462, 5652, untold, un-
,
accounted
323
Usage, 3790, custom.
Use, 6071, 6078, to practise.
for.
Unresonable, 599, «ithout reason.
Utter, 4815, 7194, extreme.
Unsemely, 5009, 6023. Uusikcr, unsyker, 1069, uncertain,
not secure.
Unsykerness, 9049, insecurity.
Unskylwys,
166, not poasess-
adj.,
ing, ‘tiilT or reason.
Unsleghe, 1938, unwise, aoe ‘Sleghe'. Untaght, 5872, nntaught. Untald, 7447, untold.
Unthewed, 5873, rode, ill-manered, theud, well behaved, occurs in the
Cursor JUundi
fol.
47— and milde o mode,
|>e child es theued
Lok
]»at
Vaile, Taille, 3646, 3942, arail, help.
Valeis, 4796, valleys.
Vany, 955, rain. Sins pat cumes of werldly dede And of pe body er pise to rede, Dronkenes and glotony, And manslaghter and lichery,’ Sacrelege, thift, and raryne, And symony, a wikked syn; Oker gretely God mispays; Brekeing of dere haly days, Forsaking of Order pat men mase,
Xaking of howsel nnworthily, Uureverence unto goddes body, Bisynes for Tanie reverise.
he haf maister god.
Until, 182, unto
(MS. Tib E. tü,
Unto, 3319.
Unwroght, 5976, nndone.
Vanyst, 2269, vanished.
Uppu.
Vanyto, 7228. Variance, Tariaunce,
Upcalle, 4963, to call up. Upraise, uprayse,
v6.
intr.,
4985,
1423, 1446,
change.
Yariand, 1413, cbanging.
uprose.
Uprise, npryse, 4979, 5046, 5047, to rise
fol. 28.)
Vedir, 1415, weather.
Velany, 1528, 7148, crime.
up.
Cpstand, 4762, to stand up.
Venemus, 6751.
Upstegher, 4180, see ‘Stegh’.
Vengance, vengeance, Tengeauuce,
Upswadoune, 7230, upside down.
4852, 6101.
Uptane, 5142, uptaken.
Yenge, 5533, arenge.
Uptrust, 5567, stored or trusscd up,
V’eniel, 3175, 3902, venial.
from up-trut, T. M. p. 287
In
the
signihes
root,
truts,
see
— dialects truts
bind in
‘to
while in the North
it
bundles',
means
‘to
He had so grete plente of corn, He wist noght whare it might be laid,
'How I se
pat I ne have no howsing,
Wharin pat
And
pan pus he said, da now of pis thing,
to himself salle I
I
my
4185, 6756, poison.
Verdite, 2952, verdict.
Yermyn, 916, 6574, vermin, worms (all
creeping things, large and
small).
itore-up, house.
And
Venym,
Veray, trne.
Southern
corn
may
trus',
eftsones pan said he pus.
Verray, 4310, trne, very. Verrayly, 9239, 9240. Vers, 6624, verso.
Veitow, vertu, 3821, 9198. Vertuouse, 9072, valuable. Vicar, 3837.
Vilan, 4412.
x2
Digitized by
;
'
C.LOSSARIAL INDEX.
324
Voce, 4555, voice.
Warn, warne, 7985, to deny, forbid. O.N. varna.
Voyde, 390, empty.
W'arne, 2342, 7264, unless.
Vilany, see ‘Velany’.
pai
Wa,
1)*A
,
4207, woe; 2)
adj.,
1452,
ph. ‘fülle wa’, 7320, vory sorrowthe, 7396.
‘wa worth
fnl’,
Waghe (=waw),
6619, awall.
A.S.
Wowe Wake,
1970, to watch. A.S. watccan.
the galley-slaye,
havo time to take Save I alas! wbome
‘well
or
wem,
com
or fiou
Uow
schewes in his godspelle man and lazarus,
pat he
parfor god
A
wamed him alrnus wamed him agayne,
drope of water to slokcn his
payne
2434, an exclam-
interj.,
of sorrow
=
‘well-
away !
In pe fyro of helle
when he was
a day!’
pan.
(MS. Tib. E.
vii, fol. 37.)
Wast, waste, 4864, 4883, stroy, do away with. For he [Crist]
doficiency, want.
It also
despair.
wantrutt, wanthrift oft.,
Cf. 0. E.
fyc.
6198, to be without, to
Batiz yon and your sinnes waste. (Met. llom., p. 11.)
Wat, wate, wayte, what, 5372, to know. A.S. teitan [ical]. Wate, »A., 7611, wet. Wathe, 1) danger, harm; 2) torment, 4558, see ‘Qnathe’. Sorwes of dede umgaf me
be absent or missing.
Wantyng, sA., lack. Wapen, 1707, weapon.
A.S. wce-
And
wathes of helle
Du. wapen.
War, 2022, 2676, cantions, careful. A.S. waSr. David es his name And for J>at he es wäre and wise, I have bim chosen to ]>is servis. (Cott. MS. Vesp. A. iii, fol. 42.) War, 1903, 1905, was. War, 583, wrere. Wardes, 9089, ontworks. tWarlau, wizard, sorcerer.
do-
gaste, rod,
has the meaning
of branch, twig in O.E.
Wanhope, 2229,
to
sal wit the hali
pret. of win, to go.
Wand, wände, 6876, 5880, (birch).
pare.
185.)
vii, fol.
to deny.
— God
Wald, 15, 6193, would. Warn, wambe, warne, 463, 515, 4161, womb. A S. wamb.
pen
ille
[Of] pe riche
continually in pain (Surrey).
ation
harrn, or hurt pe sare,
(MS. Tib. E.
care, of force
To w ail the day and wake the night, Walaway,
]>e
suld far
War[ne]d, 3058, denied, pret. ofwarn
their ease
doth so constrain,
Want,
To do
or wa], murus. (Pr. Pm.)
Theship-boy and
"Wan, "Wan,
said ‘Sir bind pe nedes usbus,
And lede ]>e nnto Iams with ns, And to Philet f>at fra [ie fled, And icame it war us forbed,
pou
wall.
also
me
ai
fand thai.
(Ps. cxiv, 3.)
In the Cursor
Mundi
it
occars as
an adjective. Alias! pat
i
[Jacob]
him outher out-sent
pat way pat was
sa
(MS. Vesp. A.
wath iii,
to
wend.
fol. 25.)
Walter, 4777, water.
Wawes,
148, waves.
A.S.
wtrg.
H'oice of the water, flustram. (Pr.
Pm.)
Digitized by
GLOSSARIAI, INDEX.
Wax, 4039, (pret.
become
to increase,
wex).
for in Order to
harm.
waile* in hidels als liouns in
den,
He To
icaites to reve
reTe
pe pover in dim,
pe pover while he
drawes
to-
hiin.
(Ps. ix, 30.)
Waytyn, to harmyn, Insidio. (Pr.
Pm.)
Werk. 4683, 5977, 6905, work. Werray, 7268, trne. Werray, 4477, to make war upon. Wers, 61, worse. Werst, 4456, worst Wery, 7422, to curse. Weryed, adj 6186, 0392, 7393, cursed. A.S. werigan. Wete, 1438, wet. ,
Wethen, 90, whonce. *Weve, a piece.
Wex,
-
pe
Wayte, sce ‘Wate Weder, wedir, 1424, weather. .
govern,posses,use.
Wele, 131, 1452,
to rule,
A.S .wealdan.
well.
weal. A.S. wela, weal,
Welk, 4248, pret of walk. Welk, '707, wither, fade. Sc. wallow A.S. wealwian. Germ, welken. welkid tre pir appels bare
pat hae bene ded pre yere and (MS. Harl. 4196, fol. 96.) Weiland, 7126, boiling, from welle ,
walle, to boil.
A
Sax. weallan,
pl.,
1319, riches.
'Wem, spot, blemish. Wend, wende, vb., 3557, go.
Wharfor, 3702.
Wharwith, 3835.
Whas, whase, 23, 892, whose. Whaso, whaswa, 4153, whoso. What, 2666, see ‘Wate’. What-kyn, 866, what kind of.
W hat-swa, 7
885.
Whothen, 5205, whence. Whider, whyder, 21 1 5,2935,whither. While, 8b., 632, 1418, time. 5715, 5778, whilst.
Whilom, 4202, formerly. Whilk, wilk, 144, 204, 244, 3950, which.
to boil.
Welthe, 1307, prosperity, riches. Welthes,
ix, fol. 37.)
Whiles, whilles, whyles, 3645, 3930,
mare.
.
E.
‘
wealth, pl. riches, property.
pe
wax), increased.
MS. Galba
Wha, 900, who. Whake, 5411, to quako. Whakyn or quakyri. Tremo. Wham, 3868, whom. (Pr. Pm.) Whar, 357, where.
'Weild, power.
Weid, 7361, move, stir. Weid, weide, 5777, 6149,
(pret. of
water wex pan cald and lyth.
(Cott.
Wcderward, witberward. Wedlayk, 8j61. wcdlock. Weght, 7690, weight.
Wele, 1002,
A.S. uuerre.
Weried, cursed, see ‘Weryed’.
Wayke, 6157, weak. A.8. w<eg. Wayknes, 9026, weakness. Wayt, wayte, 1186,1243, to watcb
Ho
32 5
Were, 4088, war.
A
6028, to
S. wendan.
Wene, 2154,
to
think, suppose.
A.S. winan.
Were, 2296, donbt. cantion.
A.Sax.
teier,
Whine, 7423, see ‘Whyne’. Whit, see ‘Wite\ Whyderward, 5401. Whylles, see ‘Whilles’.
Whyn, 3887, obtain, see ‘Wyn’. Whyn, whyne, 1207, 6228, utinam, = whi-f ne = why not. Bnt whi ne as separate words take a ne-
gative in the
same
clanse.
Digitized by
!
GLOS8ARIAL INDEX.
326
Whine had he eghen, in ilk hows, Wkine might bis sight be set ay-
Wo!warde,35!4, plagned, miserable' A.S. w6l, plague, severity.
ware
Than
Cf 0. E. wie (= wol) bad. (Owl and Nightingal 1. 35.) Wolleward and weetahoed
suld his sorow be mekill
(Cott. Collect
j
mare MS. Galba E. ix.)
Wente I forth As a reccbeles
Wiche, 4214, a witch (not confined to femalet).
(Piers
Wytche magus, sortilegua. 'Wiera, piotectors.
(Pr.
(pret. wild), 8340.
,
Wirk, 3685, 4877, 6905,
to work,
operate, perform.
W'irkyng,
4907, Operation.
tb.,
Wisit, 6158,
visit.
Wisse, 9304, to show, direct.
A.S.
Wyttyn, dirigo. (Pr. Pm.) Wist, wyst, 9516, knew. Witandly, 5727, wittingly.
bear witness.
5618, the senses.
(five),
Wittles, 6864,
ont of one’s wits
or senses.
0
caytyve
t
oyüet knaipt
Qnhatl wenyt thou our handis to
ii,
p. 562.)
bateful, lothsom.
The verb wlate — hate occnrs
in
Ps. r, 8.
Men
slaers
and swykel Laverd wlate sal.
W'ode, 99, 1608, 2224, 6864, mad.
Wodeness, 6915, madness.
,
Worow ( = worry), 8o. worrey,
1229, to strangle.
wirrey, choke, kill.
Worschepe,worshepe, 6217, hononr. Worthynes, 3757.
Wrahte, 6406, wratb. Wrang, tb. and ad/.,
193, 5433,
Wrangwysly, 3865, wrongfully. Wrathe,
Witty, 880, 6280, wise.
Wlatsom, 459,656,
place.
Worldisshe, worldescbe, 1065, 1066, temporal worldly.
5992, wrong.
eschaip? (G. Donglas v.
Wonand, 997, 6831, dwelling. Wondo, 5337, wound. A.S. wund Wonder, adj., 1786, 4321, wonderful.
Germ, würgen. Worowen, suffoco, strangulo. (Pr. Pm.)
With-onten, withont.
Wittes
wone, 13, 16, 1001, 4221, to A.S. wunian. Germ. wohnen. 0. Fris. n orm.
live, dwell.
a dwelling.
4093 , 6847, wisdom, knowlcdge; 2) vb., 4734, 6118, to know; 4664, discorer. f-Witherwin, an enemy. 1) tb.,
to
r
Wonnyngsted, 1372, a dwelling
Wite, whit, witt, witte, wyt, wytt,
Witneas, 6769,
(Ibid. p. 497.)
W on,
Wonderly, 7619, 7641, wonderfuliy. Wonnyng, wonyng, tb., 980, 6827
witian.
wytte,
p. 368.)
As we wrecches nsen. Wolwes, 1228, wolves.
7288, desire.
tb.,
Wille, vb. tr
renk.
Thei shulden delven and dyken, And werchen and wolward gon
Pm.)
Wight, creature. Wight, 1874, active, sce ‘WyghC. Wille,
after,
Ploughman,
adj.,
5479, angry, wroth.
Wreched, 557, wretched. Wrechednes, 6102. Wregh, ob., 5460, 5462,
to betray,
accnse.
Wreke, 5538, 6101, vengeance. Wrenk, 1360, trick, stratagem. Ph. ‘wyle and wrenk’. A.S. wrenc.
Digitized by
Coogl
GL08SARIAL INDEX. Sa qaaynt and crafle mad thoo itte, Tbat al bestes er red for man, Sa mani wyle and terenk he can. (Met. Ilom. p.
Wreth, wretbe,
2.)
787, 1552,
1) tb.,
5091, 6102, wrath
1556, 5081,
2) r b., 1551, 5606, to
;
make angry.
WrethfuI, 5107, wrathful.
Wrynchand, 1538, wriggling, twisting. MS. Harl. reads ierythand. MS. Lands. 348 bas tcrickyny. Wydenes, 7576. Wyght, adj., 689, Sw. vig, active. ‘Wyghte or
(Pr.
Pm.) A.Sax.
Wyk,
6694, horrid, bad. A.8. trtec, wac. Germ .weich. Prov. Germ. treek,
mean. from
soft,
0. Eng. rnuky,
nasty,
Cf. linetc,
soft;
and O.E. phrase 'trikke clothes’. Germ, tceiclten. Prov. Germ, soffen.
A.S. tcican, to be weak.
|)e
wind began rudely to rise, |>e see to bolne on wunder
And
wiae,
Grete stormes wex with weders teik,
pe wawes went wunder thik.
(MS. Harl. 4196,
fol.
154.)
Wyle, 1360, trick, artifice. A.S. teile. Wyn, wynne, 1) 2769, 3880, to obtain
,
(pret.
i
ran,
p. p. teonnen).
2) 2871, 3263, 4462, 5057, to go.
Wyndyng-clathe, 840.
Wynter, 7652,
pl.
=
,
to pay,
render,
reward.
A.S. geldan.
Yheldyng,
Yhell, 7341, to
Yheme, 5792, gyman. Yheme
me
|>at in
give up, yield,
7846, bestowal.
tb.,
yell.
A.S. geallian A. Sax.
to proteet.
laverd stedfastly, {>e
hoped
(Ps. xv.)
I.
Yhere, 741, 3933, 4526, year. Yhern, yherne, 1649, 2176, 2182,
Wyst, see
tb.,
6705.
A.S. geor-
1127, 1579, desire;
Yhet, yhit, yhitte, 22, 105, 930, 2207, 3652, yet, also. Yhister-day, 8083, yesterday.
Yhode,
pret. of ga.
Yholden,
p. p. of yheld,
5672.
A.S. geolca. Yhong, 3785, young. Yhou, yhow, 3560, 5143, you. Yhonr, 5210, yonr. Yhouthe, yhowthe, 5972, youth. Yhouthede, 5713, youth-hood. Yhong, yhong, 5712,6011, young. Yholke, 6451, yolk.
Ymages, 4323. Ymagyn, 6685. Ymyddes, 6450, amidst.
Y’pocrisy, 4240.
6355, to give
tb.,
3612,
to
kuow.
3366, witness. 3763, 4788,
Yren, 6572, iron. Yse, 6644, ice.
or bear witness.
Wytnes, wytteneseyng, vb.,
it ete’,
6638, Inst.
Ynwitt, 6428, conscience.
‘Wist’.
Wythen (=witen),
‘yherne nian.
Yhernyng,
Ynogh, ynoghe, 1466, 1759, enough.
years.
Wys, wyse, 3622, manner.
Wytte,
A.S. geat. Ybe, 68, 400, 4046, ye. Yhed, pret. of ga, 4851. It is sometimes written yhode. Yheld (pret. yhald) 3864, 3987,
4663, 6725, to desire, yearn, ph.
trihl.
And
Yhate, 2130, gate.
For
deliver, agilis.
Wyghtes, 6186, creatnres.
327
Ydous, 2911, hideous.
Yvol, 698, 3001, 5347, evil,
dis-
ease.
A.S. mtan.
oofg'.crn
Digitized
by
—
;
CORRIGENDA. Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Page Pago Page Page Page Page Page Pago Page Page Pago Page
Page Page Page Page
not« for ‘MS. Addit.’ read ‘MS. Addit. 11305.’
11,
13,
1.450 für ‘inquitatihus’ read ‘iniquitatibus.’
18,
I.
620
for ‘eansidores’ read ‘consideres’.
40, note for ‘MS. Ilarl.’ read
1478 for ‘pus’ read
llarl. 4196.’
‘MS
41,
1.
56,
1.
68,
1.
2010 for ‘fajlcs’ the sense requires 2496 omit ‘non’.
69,
I.
2516
for ‘men’ read ‘inan’.
74,
1.
2727
for ‘payn’
77,
1.
2823 for ‘tldelium’ read ‘tidelium’.
‘{ms'. ‘flayes’.
read ‘payu’.
88, 1.3215 for ‘allen’ read ‘alle’.
91,
1.
3333
for ‘par’ read ‘pas’.
93,
1.
3426
for ‘pat’ read ‘pai’.
124,
1.
4578
for ‘ma’ read ‘inan’.
165, 1.6117 for ‘nau’ read ‘man’. 189, 1. 6991 for ‘knaw’ read ‘gnaw’. 190, 1.7034 for ‘here-ol’ read ‘here-of’.
208,
1.
7727 for ‘couth
217,
1.
8040
clerk’ read ‘conth
ua
clerk'.
for ‘pe’ read ‘pe’.
229, 1.8509 for ‘pat‘ read ‘pai’.
253, 1.9408 for ‘pai’ read ‘pai’. 296,
1.
43 for
300,
1.
31 for ‘beribyrigau’ read ‘berebyrigan’.
‘ferse’
read
‘ferse’.
CONTRACTIONS USED
—
IN
THE GLOSSARY.
—
Dan. Danisb. Du. Dutcb.— E. Englisb.— O.E. Old A.S. Anglo-Saion. O.Kris. Old Frisiau. Englisb.— P. E. Provincial English.— Kris. Frisian. Jam. Jamieson’s Scottish Dictionary.— Met. llom. Metrieal Icel. Icelandic. Homilies.
— — Pr. Pm.
(P. P.)
—
Promptorium Parvulorum.— T. M. Townley My-
Vf. C. Wyntoun’s Cbronicle. Words marked by a ‘ occur in tbe Xoks
steries.
Berlin
tbose
ma
tcod
by a f are in
*
the IrUroduction.
,
printed by
Ungar
( ‘
Brotbera, Printers to tbe King.
is\ ütN
j
Digiüzed by
r
t-'
Note Ready , Sie Volumes, Sco., Cloth , Lettered.
Price S.3.
THE PROCEEDINGS OF
THE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY FOR THE YEARS
1842-1853.
The circulation of these Volumes has nntil rocently beeu limited to the Merabers of the Society: the Six Volumes were issued duriug the vears 1842 to 1853, at a cost to the Members of TVVELVE GUINEAS. The Council of the Society having been enabled to complete a limited uumber of sets by reprinting a portion , have now issued the sots POUNDS. at the reauced price of
THREE also
Transactäons, 1854, One Guinea. Trausactions, 1855, One Guinea. Transactions, 1856, Oue Guiitea. Transactions, 1857, One Guinea. Transactions, 1 1858 (mcluding Early Englisb Poems, > Half a Guinea, and Lives of Saints) | The Philological Society’s Transactions, 1859, Half a Guinea. The Philological Society’s Transactions, | 1860-61 (including the Play of the Sa- I Half a Guinea, crament, and a Cornish Drama) J The Philological Society’s Transactions, 1862-63, Part I., 5«. Liber Cure Cocorum, an Early English Cookery Book in Verse (15th Century), Edited by R. Morris, Esq. 3«. Just Ready. Hampole’s Pricke of Conscience ( 1 4th Century). Edited by 12«. R. Morris, Eso. The Creation of the World: a Middle-Cornish Drama. Edited by Whitley Stokes, Esq.
The The The The The
Philological Philological Philological Philological Philological
Society’s Society's Society’s Society's Society’s
.
.
In the Press.
The
A
Philological Society’s Transactions, 1862-63, Part II. Fourteenth- Century Translation of Grosteste’s Chateau d’Amour. Edited by R. F. Waymouth, Esq. PUDLItmED DT
A.
ASHER &
CO.,
BERLIN.
to bk had in LONDON or BELL AND DALDY, 18G, FLEET STREET. TRÜBNER AND CO., 60, PATERNOSTER ROW. J. R. SMITH, 36, SOHO SQUARE. CAMBRIDGE, DEIOHTON, BELL & CO.
Digitized by
Di(Jltized
by